Gizmo's Profile

Joined: Apr 18, 2014

Filter By:
7.4
Overall Rating
7.5
2000AD #1863

Jun 23, 2014

-- JUDGE DREDD // TITAN: Nice space action in this Rob Williams/Henry Flint team-up. -- ULYSSES SWEET, MANIAC FOR HIRE // CENTRED: Boring other than when a fight breaks out among mercenaries when one of them misuses the word 'gay.' -- ABC WARRIORS // RETURN TO MARS: Clint Langley switches up styles from the previous issue. I'd like to see more of his the painted art style, but his inks are fantastic as well, so I can't complain. The story was okay, nothing special. -- GREY AREA // DID YOU PACK YOUR OWN LUGGAGE?: Short but sweet. Art looks good. -- STRONTIUM DOG // DOGS OF WAR: The epic battle continues. I fail to see why anti-mutant radicals need to also be Neo-Nazis, does this have any significance to Strontium Dog history? Otherwise it is extremely on-the-nose. -- Overall enjoyable prog but without any one strip standing out.

7.5
2000AD #1867

Jul 18, 2014

-- JUDGE DREDD // TITAN: This is getting really good, imagine if Titan manages to become an independent colony! -- ULYSSES SWEET, MANIAC FOR HIRE // CENTRED: What a chore to read. At least this installment does something original. This is probably the best Ulysses installment thus far but it's still not funny and I can't imagine this series possibly improving anymore than it does here. Ulysses is just a crappy character and the supporting cast might as well be a figment of his imagination for all they add to the 'story' -- GREY AREA // ALL GOD'S CHILDREN: Interesting development, love this series. -- FUTURE SHOCKS // FAMILY BUSINESS: Filling in for ABC Warriors this week. Not the most cohesive Future Shock, but interesting nonetheless. -- STRONTIUM DOG // DOGS OF WAR: We finally do away with the Neo-Nazi wannabes. More operatic battle action that has been the norm on this strip for a while now. -- Overall average prog, Judge Dredd and Grey Area are doing the heavy lifting while Ulysses continues to weigh the prog down.

7.0
2000AD #1869

Jul 20, 2014

-- JUDGE DREDD // TITAN: The conclusion to this is good. Henry Flint's art gets a little clunky in places, but it has great emotions. I can't help but feel left hanging a bit from the last page, I hope to hear more about the prisoners in future progs. -- ABC WARRIORS // RETURN TO MARS: I don't get Tubal Caine's connection with this kid. The Terraneers are cool, but if they have a history of this ritual sacrifice, why is it a surprise to the kid? What purpose does this subplot serve? -- GREY AREA // ALL GOD'S CHILDREN: Mostly an action sequence here, and it is very well executed. -- ULYSSES SWEET, MANIAC FOR HIRE // CENTRED: What's with the whale? Did I miss a prog? That's not a clever payoff, that's just more random shit. The best part of this strip is when it ended. Let us never speak of Ulysses again! -- STRONTIUM DOG // DOGS OF WAR: This saga has been treading water for a few progs, but this week is a good entry. The Ikans are really cool -- So overall, Ulysses Sweet goes out in a blaze of awful, but Strontium Dog is pitching in to help Judge Dredd and Grey Area carry the load. ABC Warriors needs to find a path and go somewhere.

8.0
2000AD #1871

Aug 13, 2014

-- JUDGE DREDD // SQUIRM: Great script from Michael Carroll, love the American Idol commentary -- ABC WARRIORS // RETURN TO MARS: Pretty good, action packed installment -- THARG'S 3RILLERS // AFTER THE VENGEANCE: A cool idea based off of the Occupy Wallstreet movement. The art is fantastic -- TERROR TALES // THE ICARUS INCIDENT: A very condensed one-off. It's creepy and sly, well handled. -- GREY AREA // RATES OF EXCHANGE: Nice issue, lots of action to wrap up this arc. The art looks great and sells the action well -- OVERALL: Without any weak strips, this is the best prog in recent memory.

8.5
2000AD #1872

Aug 13, 2014

-- JUDGE DREDD // SQUIRM!: Ends rather abruptly, but in a very entertaining way nonetheless -- ABC WARRIORS // RETURN TO MARS: Shocking events result in the best ABC Warriors strip in a while. It's a relief actually, to finally reach the status quo that it has been leading up to for months! -- THARG'S 3RILLERS // AFTER THE VENGEANCE: Still very interesting -- FUTURE SHOCKS // THE MUDULAR WAR: Very strange and creative. This world is so interesting, it's a shame to be contained in a tiny 4 page strip. -- GREY AREA // VISITATION: Dark and scary. Nice to know that seeds planted earlier are being nurtured. I'd say Grey Area takes this prog for the win! -- OVERALL: Even better than last week's. Maybe the best prog in a year!

7.5
2000AD #1873

Aug 14, 2014

-- JUDGE DREDD // FIT: A good one-off Dredd story that functions as an interesting epilogue to the events of the 'Titan' story arc. Continuity has always been a strength with 2000AD -- ABC WARRIORS // RETURN TO MARS: Clint Langley shows off his painterly style again! Unfortunately the plot is only engaging due to the promising outlook of the next story -- THARG'S 3RILLERS // AFTER THE VENGEANCE: I didn't really care for the twist here, *spoilers* why would everyone recognize him as a famous musician if he... isn't one? Did I miss something? -- FUTURE SHOCKS // THE FLOWERS OF VIPER HINGE: Another interesting Future Shocks premise, but I didn't care for this one as much as others. It was predictable and not engaging with the execution. -- GREY AREA // I.D., PLEASE: Another quirky alien idea explored, which has been a reliable trend in Grey Area since it's inception. The end also ties into the previous issue and gives a little more value to the Lyra character introduced in the 'Rate Of Exchange' arc -- OVERALL: Though a couple strips didn't wow me, none of them were bad, so this is an above average prog, with Dredd and Grey Area carrying most of the weight.

7.0
2000AD #1874

Aug 16, 2014

-- JUDGE DREDD // MEGA-CITY CONFIDENTIAL: John Wagner is back! Dredd isn't the protagonist here, but that's not a problem. So far it is creepy and intriguing -- SLÁINE // A SIMPLE KILLING: Sláine always has great art but half-assed story. We've got the art covered here, and as for the story, it seems okay so far but we'll just see. -- OUTLIER // PART ONE: The art is good but the story is not so far. In fact, the whole idea just seems like a more modernized and tame Johnny Alpha -- SINISTER DEXTER // GUN SHY: This was a good one (which Sinister Dexter isn't always), it's continuing from another arc, but the recap should put new readers in a comfortable spot. I love the humour and commentary on an old bank promotion from a few years back. -- JAEGIR // STRIGOI: A lot of talking without much being said; it's not even exposition(which this needs badly), just boring chatter. At least the art is good, but if this New Thrill wants to impress anyone it had better clean up the dialog and get to the point. -- OVERALL: This is a jump-on point for new readers, but can't imagine too many new reader getting excited. Hopefully they'll stick around for Dredd and Sinister Dexter because I don't imagine Outlier or Jaegir will impress anyone.

6.0
2000AD #1875

Aug 18, 2014

-- JUDGE DREDD // MEGA-CITY CONFIDENTIAL: Still mysterious and intriguing. Dark silhouettes in the art help the mood -- OUTLIER // PART TWO: Oddly enough, the character with any sort of personality so far in this strip just got killed off. We get it, the freak is killing people from his past off, can we move on now? -- SLÁINE // A SIMPLE KILLING: I think Sláine suffers from A.D.D., it would explain how he can't stay on one task for a single story arc -- SINISTER DEXTER // GUN SHY: The dialog gets dry and I'm not sold that the gang leader would actually decide to hire these two strangers. It feels forced. -- JAEGIR // STRIGOI: Starts off cool, but then turns into a bunch of talking heads. They talk about cool things that I want to see, not read a description of. Show, don't tell; it's comics you guys, come on! -- OVERALL: Honestly, it's a pretty boring prog. Dredd is the only strip holding my interest. I think Sinister Dexter is going to pick up, but I have little hope for the others.

7.5
2000AD #1876

Aug 19, 2014

-- JUDGE DREDD // MEGA-CITY CONFIDENTIAL: A story of persecution and betrayal, this is still a good one. -- OUTLIER // PART THREE: This finally feels like it is going somewhere, the backstory is interesting even if the protagonist is still bland and unnecessary. -- SLÁINE // A SIMPLE KILLING: We left the last issue assuming that Sláine would save the woman or go after the monsters, but it turns out he's just been partying and doing shrooms while the woman has saved herself. At least the details of her confinement were interesting and the art still rocks -- SINISTER DEXTER // GUN SHY: The boys are getting in deep now. An improvement from last week's issue. -- JAEGIR // STRIGOI: Okay I get that these guys take out war criminals and that is very interesting and cool, but wouldn't it have made more sense to depict this before we were given their mission for the Strigoi? It feels like sidestepping the plot that took unnecessarily long to established last week. -- OVERALL: There is an improvement in each of the strips since last week. Dredd is still carrying the team, but there's hope for this lineup yet.

7.5
2000AD #1879

Aug 29, 2014

-- JUDGE DREDD // SHOOTERS NIGHT: Nice! Another Wagner script. This one deals with a touchy subject and turns into another mystery story -- OUTLIER // PART SIX: This is getting better with each issue, this entry in particular was well executed -- SLÁINE // A SIMPLE KILLING: Okay... This would have been cool if there were ANY reason given for what's going on. Why is she turning into a mermaid? Don't you dare just ignore it and move on! -- SINISTER DEXTER // GUN SHY: A fun end, nothing special -- JAEGIR // STRIGOI: The best issue so far. Ending on such a good note doesn't save this story from the previous installments, but it sure helps. Everything missing from this strip previously can be found in this entry. -- OVERALL: With Outlier and Jaegir finally pulling their weight, this rounds out in a good prog. Sláine is still the best art but worst script.

7.0
2000AD #1880

Sep 4, 2014

-- JUDGE DREDD // SHOOTERS NIGHT: Excellent installment, we get some answers to the mystery, a chilling intro page and some hilarious dialog from an H2GO employee (at least SOME Citizens show Dredd the respect he deserves) -- INDIGO PRIME // PERFECT DAY: Looks pretty... No idea what I just read -- SLÁINE // A SIMPLE KILLING: The art is still great, and the atmosphere makes up a bit for the lack of plot -- THARG'S 3RILLERS // COLONY: The art is kind of rough but somewhat fitting. The story is really interesting, me likey. -- OUTLIER // PART SEVEN: Now that we know where this is going we can just enjoy the ride. -- OVERALL: Although Dredd and Tharg's Trillers/Colony were the brilliantly shining highlights this week, Indigo Prime really pulls the average score of the prog down, and Sláine isn't carrying enough weight.

8.0
2000AD #1881

Sep 4, 2014

-- JUDGE DREDD // SHOOTERS NIGHT: This has shaped up to be a great entry. The art looks like it was done quickly, but it communicates the story and sells the action and emotions very well, so I'm not complaining. Funny, smart, thrilling, what more can you ask for in a Dredd strip? -- OUTLIER // PART EIGHT: Dark, tragic, and violent in a good way -- INDIGO PRIME // PERFECT DAY: So much better than last week's, this one opens in a creative way and proceeds with interesting developments. We barely even needed last week's entry. -- THARG'S 3RILLERS // COLONY: Very suspenseful, in a similar vein to John Carpenter's The Thing. It's too bad this strip couldn't last longer, only one installment to go. -- SLÁINE // A SIMPLE KILLING: Again, very little happens, but it looks great doing it. -- OVERALL: Very solid prog, each entry is enjoyable in its own way with Dredd and 3rillers/Colony still in the lead and Sláine scoring the lowest due to it's lack of plot.

7.5
2000AD #1883

Sep 7, 2014

-- JUDGE DREDD // TRAUMATOWN: Woohoo, Michael Carroll's rockin' the script again! And what this? Is Dredd finally going senile? -- SLÁINE // A SIMPLE KILLING: This was really cool and disturbing. It also finally feels relevant to advancing the plot! -- INDIGO PRIME // PERFECT DAY: A little bit slow, but it advances the plot and has some great visuals -- THARG'S 3RILLERS // IN SECONDS FLAT: This is an interesting idea, though it is odd how calm Lily is when she find out Scott's crazy secret -- OUTLIER // PART TEN: A pretty good ending, the last page is the best. -- OVERALL: I enjoyed reading this prog from front to back, which is a rare treat in an anthology. Tighten up Indigo Prime and In Seconds Flat a bit and you've got a perfect lineup.

7.0
2000AD #1884

Sep 14, 2014

-- JUDGE DREDD // TRAUMATOWN: Painted interiors often look static, that happens here occasionally but for the most part they look gorgeous. And Dredd faces his worst nightmare, taking time off! -- GREY AREA // NEARER MY GOD TO THEE: Grey Area is back! It's just getting started here so not much has happens, just some plot establishment that sounds interesting. Unfortunately the art is looking gnarlier than ever. We may be facing the first Grey Area arc to disappoint me. -- SLÁINE // A SIMPLE KILLING: Pure action in this prog and it looks gorgeous. -- THARG'S 3RILLERS // IN SECONDS FLAT: It's not going to blow your cap off, but it's a fun, action packed installment -- INDIGO PRIME // PERFECT DAY: Another action packed strip, though I'm not sure where these robo-thugs came from and what their significance is. If the main characters came to this weird alien carnival place on a whim, how'd the bad guys anticipate them? We're dealing with dimensional jumping technology, but that's not an excuse for lazy writing. -- OVERALL: Average prog, nothing is bad but nothing stands out either.

7.5
2000AD #1885

Sep 19, 2014

-- JUDGE DREDD // TRAUMATOWN: Friggin' awesome! The art is highly rendered and atmospheric and the story is tense and mysterious -- GREY AREA // NEARER MY GOD TO THEE: Ooo, I see where this is going and I'm on board! Also, thank god we can get the over Birdy's jealousy now. Mark Harrison's art really needs help though, the colour palette looks good but pencils and inks are terrible! -- SLÁINE // A SIMPLE KILLING: This is fantastic, the art has never slipped and the story has become much more palatable. -- THARG'S 3RILLERS // IN SECONDS FLAT: A rushed ending, but clever and enjoyable. -- INDIGO PRIME // PERFECT DAY: Visually pleasant but the story is not terribly exciting, and that includes a chase that leads to the methane lakes of Titan, so what's that tell you? -- OVERALL: Pretty good prog overall, but you need to figure out where you are going Indigo Prime.

8.0
2000AD #1886

Sep 23, 2014

-- JUDGE DREDD // TRAUMATOWN: Continues to be great and starts to hint at some answers -- TERROR TALES // DONE DEAL: Nice art from rookie Tom Foster, I hope we'll see more. The story itself is an atmospheric and well told done-in-one tale. -- SLÁINE // A SIMPLE KILLING: An interesting character development for Sláine who is normally very two-dimensional. This strip turned into something great. -- GREY AREA // NEARER MY GOD TO THEE: The art is really bring this down, it's otherwise a very interesting development for Grey Area but it needs help -- INDIGO PRIME // PERFECT DAY: I finally see where this is going and there are some pretty high stakes introduced. I'm finally looking forward to next week's entry -- OVERALL: An enjoyable read from start to end this week, just fix Grey Area's pencils/inks and we're all good.

7.5
2000AD #1887

Sep 25, 2014

-- JUDGE DREDD // TRAUMATOWN: Sweet ending. Michael Carroll has been crafting excellent Post-Chaos Day stories; really takes advantage of new territory. I hope to see Nick Percival on the Dredd art again very soon, fantastic work all around. -- TIME TWISTERS // BURPING HITLER: Short and sweet, I don't know if it will ever get tiresome to make "screw you" stories to Hitler -- INDIGO PRIME // PERFECT DAY: Actually, I'm a little disappointed that this is the evil scheme. *Spoilers* Replacing Jesus with Cthulhu doesn't mean that a twisted form of Christianity would arise from it. I think it's also trying to allude to drone aircraft somehow at the end too. I don't know, it gets too convoluted; and what the hell was the point of the elders in the robot suits a few progs back? -- GREY AREA // NEARER MY GOD TO THEE: The art has actually gotten much better, the inks could still use some variety in weight/thickness but it's heading in the right direction. I like the tension building up in the story as well, can't wait for the next prog. -- OVERALL: Only Four strips this week. We get a double length Indigo Prime, but wasn't really worth it so I can't help feeling a little jipped.

8.0
2000AD #1888

Sep 30, 2014

-- JUDGE DREDD // THE HEART IS A LONELY KLEGG HUNTER: Rob Williams on the script and Chris Weston on the art, this is awesome! The story manages to touch my heart in 6 pages, which is seriously impressive. Weston does a great Klegg, he should do some art for Elephantmen -- BRASS SUN // FLOATING WORLDS: Brass Sun is back! The art could be better, but I love this strip and it's part of the look now. Looking forward to exploring Hot Air further. -- THARG'S 3RILLERS // VOODOO PLANET: Not quite sure what to make of this, but it seems cool so far and the art is unique -- GREY AREA // NEARER MY GOD TO THEE: The art has gotten better just in time for the end!? I certainly hope not, or I will be a little disappoint, but I have a feeling we'll see Grey Area again. If we do not then there is no Tharg! -- OVERALL: Strong prog, no weak entries and an especially good Dredd entry. The Dredd strip has been on a roll! With 3 new stroies and one wrapped up, this prog is a good jump on point for new readers, so get in on the action while it's hot!

7.5
2000AD #1889

Oct 5, 2014

-- JUDGE DREDD // THE HEART IS A LONELY KLEGG HUNTER: A short story arc, but thoroughly enjoyable. Chris Weston, don't be a stranger. -- BRASS SUN // FLOATING WORLDS: Not much happens this week, and I'm not sure what to make of the mysterious character at the end. I'm sure it will pick up soon though -- THARG'S 3RILLERS // VOODOO PLANET: A face paced and exciting story, I think this could be stronger if a chance was given to expand on this world, but it's still cool. -- FUTURE SHOCKS // THE NAME OF THE LAW: Interesting idea, not super memorable but it certainly makes for a good one-shot story. -- SINISTER DEXTER // CONGO: A fun intro to this arc, tossing Finny into the deep end. The art is not super refined but I do like the slight caricatured aspect to the characters. -- OVERALL: Fairly consistent prog, nothing I found lacking, though nothing standing out too much either, aside from Judge Dredd.

7.5
2000AD #1890

Oct 6, 2014

-- JUDGE DREDD // STUDENT BODIES: Whoa, John Wagner and Boo Cook! What more could a guy ask for? Awesome! -- SINISTER DEXTER // CONGO: Some fun action but a little overboard on the usage of the word funt. Sorry but it sounds more ridiculous the more it is said. -- BRASS SUN // FLOATING WORLDS: Going into some interesting new territory now, I expect the excitement will pick up from here. -- AQUILA // CARNIFEX: Reintroducing Aquila's usual bad-ass self. A violent story with tasty art. -- THARG'S 3RILLERS // VOODOO PLANET: A horror ending that stirs up emotions in the reader, which is a good thing. I think the only downside to this is the briefness to introduce all the elements of this world, it feels more like something ripped out half the pages from another comic book. -- OVERALL: No bad strips, it's a pretty great time to be reading 2000 AD.

8.0
2000AD #1891

Oct 26, 2014

-- JUDGE DREDD // STUDENT BODIES: Another tear-jerker in Dredd, the past couple months have been astounding for this strip for both story and art. Don't be gone long Boo Cook. -- SINISTER DEXTER // CONGO: Tensest BBQ party I've ever seen. -- AQUILA // CARNIFEX: Nero is subtly disturbing, as well he should be. So far so good on this arc -- BRASS SUN // FLOATING WORLDS: Nice entry this week, very exciting. -- BLACK SHUCK // PART ONE: Chucked right into the deep end from the start, I'm not sure I want two historical fantasies in one prog, but I'll give this a chance. -- OVERALL: Great prog, Dredd comes out on top once again, but the other strips are all entertaining as well.

7.5
2000AD #1893

Jan 19, 2015

-- JUDGE DREDD // A NIGHT IN SYLVIA PLATH: Awesome throwback to a Judge Death story from Judge Dredd Megazine vol 1. What a great way to revisit the legacy of Judge Death without actually involving him personally. It just makes me more excited for the time when he finally rears his ugly head once again. John Wagner's story here is told very efficiently without loosing the entertainment value. -- AQUILA // CARNIFEX: This entry is a little short and forgettable in the grand scheme of things. Aquila is playing two sides and it's getting dangerous. -- BRASS SUN // FLOATING WORLDS: This entry is short as well, but it has one big moment with a giant flying angler fish creature that looks spectacular, plus a little romance to keep us grounded. So it may be short, but it's sweet. -- BLACK SHUCK // PART THREE: I'm struggling to follow the story in this week to week, too much timeline jumping and it's not particularly interesting. -- JAEGIR // CIRCE: There's some less than necessary action in an attempt to open with excitement, but the referencing to Rogue Trooper is sure to excite longtime readers. -- OVERALL: Average prog, Dredd and Brass Sun are great but the rest, particularly Black Shuck, are forgettable.

7.5
2000AD #1894

Jan 19, 2015

-- JUDGE DREDD // CASCADE: Man, with scripts alternating between John Wagner and Michael Carol, it's been a great year to be a Judge Dredd reader. This idea of an astronaut from 2050 going through culture shock as she returns to America is brilliant. This would be a great jumping-on point for new readers on Judge Dredd because readers can experience culture shock along with Indira Knight as Mega-City One law and culture is explored. Unfortunately, we're still in the middle of the rest of the 2000AD stories, so that's not all that new reader friendly, oh well. The art is decent too. -- AQUILA // CARNIFEX: This is a particularly brutal entry in Aquilla. If you like blood and violence, you get it here in spades with some of the best artwork in the prog. -- BRASS SUN // FLOATING WORLDS: Man, our heroes just can't catch a break, they're trying to save the universe and it just seems that everyone is out to screw them over. Another good entry. -- BLACK SHUCK // PART FOUR: This week is decent, but doesn't explain an attack from werebears very well. Also, how does Black Shuck break his shackles? That's just lazy writing. -- JAEGIR // CIRCE: This issue is pretty cool, and very dark. It could be improved a bit with some trimming of the captions and dialog. -- OVERALL: Average prog, Judge Dredd is in the lead yet again and Black Shuck comes in last, but at least it's more interesting than it was last week.

7.5
2000AD #1896

Jan 26, 2015

-- JUDGE DREDD // CASCADE: The tension building is masterful -- AQUILA // CARNIFEX: Another blood soaked issue, but mostly filler. -- BRASS SUN // FLOATING WORLDS: I thought this was a little escape pod that the heroes are in, but I suppose it's for battle? Either way, it seems very easy to take out the airships, but oh well, it's some intense action. -- BLACK SHUCK // PART SIX: There's some excitement to be had, though the cliffhanger is a little silly. -- JAEGIR // CIRCE: Probably the strongest Jaegir strip of this storyline. There's some intense flashbacks that are dark and cool. The cliffhanger is nice as well. -- OVERALL: Average prog, I totally stoked for the next Judge Dredd, Brass Sun holds strong and Jaegir gets better and better.

7.0
2000AD #1897

Jan 31, 2015

-- JUDGE DREDD // CASCADE: More great tension and a killer cliffhanger. -- AQUILA // CARNIFEX: More blood and action -- BRASS SUN // FLOATING WORLDS: Random floating castle, but okay. -- BLACK SHUCK // PART SEVEN: Okay, well I see the point of the flashbacks at last, so this is finally enjoyable. -- JAEGIR // CIRCE: The flashbacks are kind of cool. -- OVERALL: Average prog again. What's good is that none of the stories are bad, the better strips don't stand out as much as usual either though. Dredd is still the best.

8.5
2000AD #1898

Feb 2, 2015

-- JUDGE DREDD // CASCADE: Oh yeah! Lawlords ain't the law, Dredd is the law! -- AQUILA // CARNIFEX: One of the most intense issues yet, with Aquila that says a lot -- BRASS SUN // FLOATING WORLDS: Super exciting issue -- BLACK SHUCK // PART EIGHT: Better than this has been, Black Shuck is a little boastful though, he hasn't really earned the "I am Black Shuck!" battle cry JAEGIR // CIRCE: I don't really get the last panel, but this was a pretty decent conclusion. -- OVERALL: Pretty good prog, no weak stories here, Dreed, Aquila and Brass Sun are particularly good.

8.0
2000AD #1899

Feb 2, 2015

-- JUDGE DREDD // CASCADE: A clever conclusion. great writing, good art, this was a memorable entry in the Dredd mythos -- AQUILA // CARNIFEX: Awesome and satisfying conclusion considering how much of a scumbag Nero has been. Hopefully the next entry is a little easier to follow week to week. -- BRASS SUN // FLOATING WORLDS: A little falling action after the climax of last issue, this is nice to have since most strips end very suddenly due to page counts. --FUTURE SHOCKS // PERSONALITY CRISIS: The art could be better but the writing is solid and very original -- BLACK SHUCK // PART NINE: It's a good ending considering the rest of this strip hasn't been interesting. -- OVERALL: Great Prog, no weak strips, everything ends in a satisfying way, Black Shuck will certainly be the least memorable strip of the bunch, I highly recommend the Dredd and Brass Sun strips.

8.0
2000AD #1900

Feb 2, 2015

-- JUDGE DREDD // BLOCK JUDGE: John Wagner and Carlos Ezquerra together on Dredd again! Excellent prog, shows you how impossible the roll of a block judge is. Too bad this is the shorter of the three strips in this prog, it's is clearly the best one. -- STICKLEBACK // THE THRU'PENNY OPERA: Aw crap, not Stickleback again, I hate this character. At least the art style still looks great and the story here is a decent start, so we'll see how this story arc goes. -- THE NOBLE 1900: Just a short article about previous landmark issues. I was nice but doesn't measure up to story. -- KINGDOM // AUX DRIFT: Truly stellar artwork here. I like the concept and execution as well. I hope there will be more to this than people and dog-people vs. bugs, we'll see in the coming progs. -- OVERALL: It's a decent prog, but I'm a little disappointed there were only 3 strips. A couple were 10 pages each, but still, it certainly wasn't the sensational #1900 I was expecting. Prog 2000 in a couple years better be a lot more sensational.

6.0
2000AD #1903

Mar 8, 2015

-- JUDGE DREDD // BLOCK JUDGE: Dredd's continuing to crack down on this block. Although the story jumps around a lot, it's a fun way to experience the day-to-day life of a block judge. -- STICKLEBACK // THE THRU'PENNY OPERA: I don't know who this Bob character is, but he seems kind of interesting compared to the rest of this boring story arc. -- GREYSUIT // PRINCE OF DARKNESS: The secret agent junk is like concentrated boredom. At least the flashbacks are slight engaging. -- ICHABOD AZRAEL // ONE LAST BULLET: Ichabod is the only other strip besides Dredd that is holding my interest. I particularly like this talking horse. -- KINGDOM // AUX DRIFT: Oh goodie, we finally got some dialog between the characters only to get interrupted by yet another attack by Them. Kingdom seems like a great concept, the art is certainly the best of the whole prog, but it's got about as much substance as and empty paper bag. -- OVERALL: 2000AD has plummeted since the 1900 issue. Dredd is the only exceptional strip, with Ichabod following as the only other entry worth reading. Unfortunately, all of these strips are just getting started so it's going to be a crummy couple of months moving forward. I hope nobody jumped on at prog 1900 with their hopes up.

5.0
2000AD #1904

Mar 8, 2015

-- JUDGE DREDD // BLOCK JUDGE: I like the yucks, and the story feeling like it's starting to find a direction -- STICKLEBACK // THE THRU'PENNY OPERA: Boooring -- GREYSUIT // PRINCE OF DARKNESS: Boooring -- ICHABOD AZRAEL // ONE LAST BULLET: Exciting action -- KINGDOM // AUX DRIFT: Boooring -- OVERALL: Worst prog I can remember. Dredd and Ichabod are still good, but the other strips are not even worth my time to critique.

6.0
2000AD #1905

Mar 8, 2015

-- JUDGE DREDD // BLOCK JUDGE: Dredd is still doing his thing, cracking skulls and taking names. -- STICKLEBACK // THE THRU'PENNY OPERA: At least this one has a giant steam punk robot. That doesn't last long though... -- GREYSUIT // PRINCE OF DARKNESS: Better than previous weeks, but still kind of cheesy -- ICHABOD AZRAEL // ONE LAST BULLET: Crazy issue, I like the deux ex machina that plays with the comic medium -- KINGDOM // AUX DRIFT: Elson and Ryder are doing all of the work in this strip. Abnett, on the other hand, is handing in scripts with barely more than "they fight" written down. -- OVERALL: 2000AD can't seem to pull out of this nosedive. Dredd and Ichabod are still the only strips worth reading.

6.0
2000AD #1906

Apr 29, 2015

-- JUDGE DREDD // BLOCK JUDGE: More block judge duties, but at least a central focus is starting to emerge. -- STICKLEBACK // THE THRU'PENNY OPERA: There's some nice art pages in this one. The plot isn't memorable. -- GREYSUIT // PRINCE OF DARKNESS: This is the best entry so far, it actually pretty exciting and has a good cliffhanger. So, believe or not, Greysuit is the best strip this week. -- ICHABOD AZRAEL // ONE LAST BULLET: a quieter entry this week, but it's got a couple good developments -- KINGDOM // AUX DRIFT: I feel like this is the first entry to have more than just fighting, so maybe a narrative will actually form from here. -- OVERALL: Not a particularly exciting week by any means, Greysuit actually outshone Dredd, everything is rather mediocre.

6.5
2000AD #1911

Jul 4, 2015

-- JUDGE DREDD // END OF THE ROAD: This is a really fun done-in-one. Mega-City One doesn't treat their senior citizens any better than any other citizen, that's for sure. -- GREYSUIT // PRINCE OF DARKNESS: A pretty cool extended story. Lots of action, but it doesn't really conclude anything, I think 2000AD just cut it off here for the Holiday Special. -- STICKLEBACK // THE THRU'PENNY OPERA: As usual, I have no idea what is going on and this one also doesn't really end. -- OVERALL: Stickleback weighs down an otherwise great issue and there are only two other stories this time to bring up the average, so the issue hurts overall. I'm really looking forward to the 2000AD lineup changing up now, hopefully without as many duds as the last lineup had.

7.0
2000AD #1912

Sep 27, 2015

-- JUDGE DREDD // DARK JUSTICE: The antics on the space colony are priceless, it reminds me of the tongue-in-cheek humour from the classic Dredd progs. To contrast that, a possessed man is killing people on the ship one by one. Great stuff, a little overboard on the captions though. -- SAVAGE // GRINDERS: Wow, and just like that the war is over? A little too easy, yet I still enjoyed this entry. -- THE ORDER // PART TWO: Okay, this robo head guy is making things way more interesting, I'm ready for more now. -- ULYSSES SWEET, MANIAC FOR HIRE // PSYCHO THERAPIST: It's just not funny or interesting. -- ORLOK, AGENT OF EAST-MEG ONE // EUROZONED: New Prog based on a previously existing character that I'm not familiar with. It's intriguing, I'm curious as to what's motivating Orlok in his betrayal. -- OVERALL: I think we're in for some good progs coming up, Ulysses Sweet seems to be the only one slowing the team down.

6.5
2000AD #1913

Sep 27, 2015

-- JUDGE DREDD // DARK JUSTICE: Awe yeah, Death is here! And that art looks so good! -- ULYSSES SWEET, MANIAC FOR HIRE // PSYCHO THERAPIST: This one is actually kind of funny thanks to a bigoted old lady, and not so much the main characters. Unfortunately, the best characters to appear in this issue are all dead now, so we'll be back to the boring slog with the rest of the cast who refuse to come to life on the page. -- ORLOK, AGENT OF EAST-MEG ONE // EUROZONED: This entry can be summed up as "we can't find him" and it turns out he's going to Euro-City. Ooops, did I give away the "cliffhanger?" This needs to get to the story and quit fidgeting. -- THE ORDER // PART THREE: The cast is expanded here and we get some more shenanigans from the robot head; that head is carrying this team. -- SAVAGE // GRINDERS: Wait, Savage doesn't want Democracy? Uhhkay. Looks like some political sh** is about to go down, looking forward to that. -- OVERALL: Orlok is starting to look like a week link already, I hope Orlok and Ulysses don't stick around for too much longer.

7.0
2000AD #1914

Mar 11, 2017

-- JUDGE DREDD // DARK JUSTICE: The Dark Judges are hear, YES!! -- ULYSSES SWEET, MANIAC FOR HIRE // PSYCHO THERAPIST: Even more rediculous than usual, which is saying a lot for this strip -- ORLOK, AGENT OF EAST-MEG ONE // EUROZONED: I read this too long ago now, I don't remember hating or loving this, it's greatest crime seems to be that it's forgettable. -- THE ORDER // PART FOUR: Moves the plot forward. -- SAVAGE // GRINDERS: Action packed, Bill Savage is awesome, love it. -- OVERALL: Judge Dredd and Savage for the win.

7.5
2000AD #1915

Mar 11, 2017

-- JUDGE DREDD // DARK JUSTICE: Elicits the experience of watching the film Aliens, which is one of the greatest movies ever, so don't sleep on this one. -- ULYSSES SWEET, MANIAC FOR HIRE // PSYCHO THERAPIST: Dumb -- ORLOK, AGENT OF EAST-MEG ONE // EUROZONED: I read this too long ago now, I can't remember much, but I remember it being decent. Part of the problem may be the artwork, it isn't that great so it isn't memorable. The plot is boring secret agent stuff, so that doesn't help either. -- THE ORDER // PART FIVE: The plot is picking up and it's getting cool -- SAVAGE // GRINDERS: Nice, F these losers up Savage. -- OVERALL: Just need to replace Ulysses and Orlok, come on baby.

6.5
2000AD #1916

Mar 11, 2017

-- JUDGE DREDD // DARK JUSTICE: This continues to be claustrophobic and gripping -- ULYSSES SWEET, MANIAC FOR HIRE // PSYCHO THERAPIST: It's getting better, but it's still not my thing. -- ORLOK, AGENT OF EAST-MEG ONE // EUROZONED: I took a break from reading 2000AD, so I can't really remember what is going on, this one was always a bit more difficult to follow. -- THE ORDER // PART SIX: This one is pretty sweet, I love the worm things -- SAVAGE // GRINDERS: Man, that is some shitty dialogue. Not a shining moment for Savage -- OVERALL: Dark Justice and the Order are the main reasons to keep reading 2000AD right now, I hope the other strips get better soon because it is frustrating when Judge Dredd is so good but the other strips drag down the prog's rating.

7.0
2000AD #1917

Apr 10, 2017

-- JUDGE DREDD // DARK JUSTICE: It's like scary space-Ghostbusters! -- ULYSSES SWEET, MANIAC FOR HIRE // PSYCHO THERAPIST: Thank God it's over. At Least there was a creative page layout. -- ORLOK, AGENT OF EAST-MEG ONE // EUROZONED: A cool ending, but I'm glad this is over. -- THE ORDER // PART SEVEN: These worm things are crazy, and we're about to get some alchemy going. -- SAVAGE // GRINDERS: A low key issue but it's heading in a promising direction. -- OVERALL: Now that the weakest strips have concluded, I'm hoping the upcoming issues will be a lot better.

8.0
2000AD #1918

May 13, 2017

-- JUDGE DREDD // DARK JUSTICE: justice is ALWAYS sweet! -- SURVIVAL GEEKS // STEAMPUNK'D: Ooo, I remember these characters from a 3rillers story. There's some good comedy in this strip -- THARG'S 3RILLERS // STATION TO STATION: This is very bizarre, but super interesting. Cool to see a Muslim refugee in the lead role. -- THE ORDER // PART EIGHT: We get a brief window into Anna's childhood. The action is also very cool, great artwork. -- SAVAGE // GRINDERS: Savage clearly should not be trusting his brother. -- OVERALL: I'm very optimistic about the new strips, I think we're in for a streak of great issues.

8.5
2000AD #1919

May 13, 2017

-- JUDGE DREDD // DARK JUSTICE: The crime is mass murder! The sentence is CORN MASH! -- SURVIVAL GEEKS // STEAMPUNK'D: Hmm, that's an interesting cliffhanger. -- THARG'S 3RILLERS // STATION TO STATION: We got a Body Snatchers thing happening here, very cool. -- THE ORDER // PART NINE: That's right, kill your daddy. -- SAVAGE // GRINDERS: Savage clearly should not be trusting his brother. -- OVERALL: Best issue in a long time! The two "professional" reviewers seriously missed the mark on this one.

7.5
2000AD #1920

Aug 21, 2017

-- JUDGE DREDD // DARK JUSTICE: The artwork is so damn good it makes me want to cry. The plot is reaching its suspenseful climax. Only one issue left but I don't want it to end! -- SURVIVAL GEEKS // STEAMPUNK'D: Each character is off doing their own thing. The flashback to the steampunk party is the best part. -- THARG'S 3RILLERS // STATION TO STATION: The ending wasn't as clear and impactful as it could be, I think this needed more than three prog entries to tell the third act effectively. -- THE ORDER // PART TEN: Things are starting to get messy, but the worms are cool. -- SAVAGE // GRINDERS: That gun mouth chick is awesome! Awe... That was short lived... Good issue anyways. She made for a bad-ass cover. -- OVERALL: Dredd and Savage are excellent, Station to Station dropped the ball and the other two are just okay.

8.0
2000AD #1921

Sep 3, 2017

-- JUDGE DREDD // DARK JUSTICE: This amazing arc comes to a close. Bravo, this space horror will go down as one of my all-time favourites. Don't be strangers Wagner and Staples. -- SURVIVAL GEEKS // STEAMPUNK'D: I got a few chuckles out of this one, especially with the dork who thinks he's becoming like a jedi rather then a human sacrifice. -- THARG'S 3RILLERS // 1%: A very strange tale, like something out of the twilight zone. I'm intrigued. -- THE ORDER // PART ELEVEN: A little too much smiling and posing in this one. Ew, don't make the robot a human, gross! -- SAVAGE // GRINDERS: As unsurprising as reveals get, but it also provides interesting new context for the series leading up to now. On the other hand, I'd rather remember Savage as a superhuman revolutionary during the war. -- OVERALL: Got a killer cover out of this one. A pretty good prog, nothing that I outright disliked, which is always good.

8.0
2000AD #1922

Sep 4, 2018

-- JUDGE DREDD // 300 SECONDS: This one-off is a cool idea and a little reminder that the Judges are kinda fascist. -- SAVAGE // GRINDERS: The talking brain is a bit excessive but... Sure! Why not? -- SURVIVAL GEEKS // STEAMPUNK'D: I didn't realize the one guy was somewhat suicidal. The Old One looks really cool. -- THARG'S 3RILLERS // 1%: Whoa, this is weird, and I like it. -- THE ORDER // PART TWELVE: It's finally over, at least it went off with a literal bang -- OVERALL: No bad stories, so I'm very satisfied.

8.5
2000AD #1923

Sep 8, 2018

-- JUDGE DREDD // PERPS, CRIMES & VIDEOTAPE: A fun throwback to the goofier perps that Dredd has put down -- THARG'S 3RILLERS // 1%: A satisfying conclusion. -- SURVIVAL GEEKS // STEAMPUNK'D: Thrilling giant fight with great art and a satisfying end for the douchie guy -- BOB BYRNE'S TWISTED TALES // THE SCAMP VS THE PIGS: Whoaa, this was super cool! So imaginative and out of left field. -- SAVAGE // GRINDERS: Love the campy cyborg design. -- OVERALL: This was a great lineup, 2000 AD will have to work hard to top it.

7.0
2000AD #1924

Oct 27, 2018

-- JUDGE DREDD // ENCELADUS: NEW LIFE: Oooo, we're picking up from the last Titan story arc -- SLÁINE // PRIMORDIAL: Excellent artwork, but the dialogue steps on the action. What an odd place to pick up a story arc. -- GREY AREA // ANOTHER DAY ON THE JOB: I already love these alien agents, their names are Resting Bitch Face and Compelling Male Musk Odour! -- ORLOK, AGENT OF EAST-MEG ONE // THE RASPUTIN CAPER: I can already tell that I won't be interested in this one. -- STRONTIUM DOG // THE STIX FIX: OG creators John Wagner and Carlos Ezquerra are back on Strontium Dog, of course I'm happy. -- OVERALL: I'm a big fan for what they are doing with the recaps, it is something that these jump-on issues desperately need to be more friendly to new readers. It is difficult to judge the lineup at this point, but I think Grey Area and Dredd will be the leaders, Sláine and Orlok are likely to be forgettable.

6.5
2000AD #1925

Nov 8, 2018

-- JUDGE DREDD // ENCELADUS: NEW LIFE: Intense, dramatic issue. Well done, can't wait to see what happens next. -- ORLOK, AGENT OF EAST-MEG ONE // THE RASPUTIN CAPER: The artwork gets clunky and difficult to follow when the action breaks out -- SLÁINE // PRIMORDIAL: This installment is pretty decent, love the art. -- GREY AREA // ANOTHER DAY ON THE JOB: Highly intriguing setup, I'm hooked. -- STRONTIUM DOG // THE STIX FIX: The way that the Koreans are portrayed is rather cringe worthy: goofy names, cartoon accent for the interpreter, and the general looks like something out of a WWII propaganda poster. Clean it up guys, this is embarrassing. -- OVERALL: Loving Dredd and Grey Area, the rest need help.

7.0
2000AD #1926

Nov 22, 2018

-- JUDGE DREDD // ENCELADUS: NEW LIFE: A dire flashback sequence makes the strip memorable -- ORLOK, AGENT OF EAST-MEG ONE // THE RASPUTIN CAPER: The premonition makes the strip interesting at least. -- SLÁINE // PRIMORDIAL: Very slow, very dull -- GREY AREA // ANOTHER DAY ON THE JOB: Our heroes are at each other's throats! Or is it some sort of mating ritual? -- STRONTIUM DOG // THE STIX FIX: Apparently General Bing has got some moves, nice. -- OVERALL: I found out a month late that Carlos Ezquerra (co-creator of Judge Dredd) died, that sucks. It makes me treasure these progs more as I have a backlog of his final works lefts to read.

7.0
2000AD #1927

Dec 15, 2018

-- JUDGE DREDD // ENCELADUS: NEW LIFE: A closer look at the fate of the ex-Judges from Titan and it's dope! -- ORLOK, AGENT OF EAST-MEG ONE // THE RASPUTIN CAPER: This one is kind of cool. -- SLÁINE // PRIMORDIAL: Boooring. -- GREY AREA // LOCKED IN: Funny. The Grey Area crew get a taste for what it's like to be in holding while immigration paperwork gets put off. -- STRONTIUM DOG // THE STIX FIX: Uh oh, Johnny Alpha's got himself in a pickle -- OVERALL: Everyone is pulling their weight except Slaine.

6.0
2000AD #1928

Jan 27, 2019

-- JUDGE DREDD // ENCELADUS: NEW LIFE: I'm loving this! I don't want to say too much, but a ship representing the Sov Empire has showed up and things... escalate rather quickly. -- ORLOK, AGENT OF EAST-MEG ONE // THE RASPUTIN CAPER: I really don't care about these characters. By all means, kill them off, all of them. -- SLÁINE // PRIMORDIAL: The greatest weakness of this series boils down to how poorly each page transitions to the next. This is a summary, not a narrative, I guess I just need to accept it. -- GREY AREA // LOCKED IN: Funny. There is some clumsiness in rendering the action, but I like the characters. -- STRONTIUM DOG // THE STIX FIX: This week is a good demonstration of Johnny Alpha's skills and why he's the right person for the job. -- OVERALL: What more can I say? Skip Slaine and Orlok, but keep going the distance with Dredd.

7.5
2000AD #1929

Mar 31, 2019

-- JUDGE DREDD // BREAKING BUD: So good, this new main character is a total victim of Megacity One's unrestrained capitalism -- ORLOK, AGENT OF EAST-MEG ONE // THE RASPUTIN CAPER: Final installment, thank goodness. -- SLÁINE // PRIMORDIAL: Finally, something cool. -- GREY AREA // LOCKED IN: Dope, this is really good. Who else can related to those in power ignoring obvious signs of catastrophe? -- STRONTIUM DOG // THE STIX FIX: Good prog, looking forward to the next one. -- OVERALL: Orlok is down, now we just need to wrap up Slaine, things are looking up.

8.5
2000AD #1930

Apr 10, 2019

-- JUDGE DREDD // BREAKING BUD: I'm loving this, Wagner always writes good Dredd, even when the focus is on a character we've never heard of. -- TERROR TALES // PHASE SHIFT: Weird, but not bad for such a short story -- SLÁINE // PRIMORDIAL: This one is just Slaine hacking up dudes... So it is one of the better installments. -- GREY AREA // LOCKED IN: Another great entry, nice character development. -- STRONTIUM DOG // THE STIX FIX: Strontium Dog is just a walking target, lol. -- OVERALL: Much stronger issue now that Orlok is finished.

8.0
2000AD #1931

May 1, 2019

-- JUDGE DREDD // BREAKING BUD: The plot thickens. -- GREY AREA // LOCKED IN: This was great, just some detained space refugees doing their part one day at a time. -- SLÁINE // PRIMORDIAL: That's one of the goofiest plans I've seen Slaine cook up. It amuses me. -- THARG'S 3RILLERS // COMMERCIAL BREAK: You got me, what happens next? -- STRONTIUM DOG // THE STIX FIX: And here the plot thickens as well. That John Wagner knows how to secrete plot thickener. He should jar it and sell it. -- OVERALL: Solid issue, I even liked Slaine.

8.5
2000AD #1932

May 18, 2019

-- JUDGE DREDD // BREAKING BUD: I'm starting to actually like this bad guy, he's an underdog sticking it to the man for his family. -- SLÁINE // PRIMORDIAL: Yeah, fuck obedience! I like this issue. I actually like a Slaine story, how about that? The brief analysis at the end is interesting too. -- FUTURE SHOCK // THE BIG HEIST: We get the mandatory twist that one expects from any good Future Shock. I like that this one was a heist, so it felt unique in contrast to the typically horror themed stories. -- THARG'S 3RILLERS // COMMERCIAL BREAK: Whoa, I don't know what I was expecting, but it wasn't that. Cool! -- STRONTIUM DOG // THE STIX FIX: Damn, you can't trust anyone! -- OVERALL: Great issue, no weaknesses!

6.0
2000AD #1935

Sep 4, 2019

-- JUDGE DREDD // BLOOD OF EMERALOS: Slow this week. -- ABSALOM // UNDER A FALSE FLAG: Haven't gotten into this yet, not sure what it is setting up. -- SLÁINE // PRIMORDIAL: Cool visuals, but I'm not privy to who this guy is that Slaine talks to -- OUTLIER // DARK SYMMETRIES: I barely remember anything about the first Outlier strip, so I'm not sure this warrants a sequel. -- HELIUM // PART TWO: Reminds me a lot of Brass Sun, probably because it is the same writer and the artwork is similar. I loved Brass Sun, so let's hope this one is good too. The creepy poison gas people are a good start. -- OVERALL: Pretty lackluster issue actually, Helium is the only one I'm excited to continue with.

6.5
2000AD #1936

Oct 5, 2019

-- JUDGE DREDD // BLOOD OF EMERALOS: Things are getting interesting again. -- ABSALOM // UNDER A FALSE FLAG: Human sacrifices are always fun. -- SLÁINE // PRIMORDIAL: Cool issue but an odd place to end Book Two. -- OUTLIER // DARK SYMMETRIES: Um, I don't know what's going on. -- HELIUM // PART THREE: Oooo, I hate that lord mayor! On the bright side, looks like things are going blow up in her face. -- OVERALL: A little better than the previous prog. I hope Slaine is filled in with something good.

6.5
2000AD #1937

Jan 20, 2020

-- JUDGE DREDD // BLOOD OF EMERALOS: The judges beat the crap out of this guy, but it's still not terribly interesting. -- ABSALOM // UNDER A FALSE FLAG: Wow, way to let the kid get away, worst agents ever. -- HELIUM // PART FOUR: We get a look at who is driving all these WWI style tanks and also find out why this prisoner is important. This is my favourite strip right now. -- OUTLIER // DARK SYMMETRIES: Very dull so far, I care nothing for any of these characters. Sure, by all means, kill the dude. -- JAEGIR // TARTARUS: I remember liking Jaegir, so I'm optimistic about this strip. It's off to a good start so far as we witness war crimes being committed with little hope for justice. -- OVERALL: Top marks for Helium, but I'd like to see all of the other strips step up their game.

7.0
2000AD #1938

Jan 27, 2020

-- JUDGE DREDD // BLOOD OF EMERALOS: Another bar fight, I guess this is what you get when you go to future-Ireland -- ABSALOM // UNDER A FALSE FLAG: Some double dealing with a cyborg-devil is always interesting -- HELIUM // PART FIVE: More explanation for the backstory. This strip is still the best. -- OUTLIER // DARK SYMMETRIES: There's some pretty cool action that plays with the light from gunshots. -- JAEGIR // TARTARUS: Everyone likes a tragic backstory. I like Atalia Jaegir's humanity. -- OVERALL: Better than last week but only Helium and Jaegir seem to reach their full potential.

7.5
2000AD #1939

Feb 15, 2020

-- JUDGE DREDD // BLOOD OF EMERALOS: I don't know, I probably need to reread this to totally get it. -- ABSALOM // UNDER A FALSE FLAG: Getting better as things are revealed. -- HELIUM // PART SIX: Another great issue where we get to see the airplanes in this world and the main character makes a difficult decision. -- OUTLIER // DARK SYMMETRIES: The action picks up. -- JAEGIR // TARTARUS: Boobies! -- OVERALL: Helium is still far better than the rest.

7.5
2000AD #1940

Mar 24, 2020

-- JUDGE DREDD // ENCELADUS: OLD LIFE: Oooo, yes, a follow up to the developments with Enceladus. I'm on board -- ABSALOM // UNDER A FALSE FLAG: Heavy on the violence against robots. -- HELIUM // PART SEVEN: Fun fantasy dogfights with bizarre airplane designs. My favourite plane design got blown up first though :( -- OUTLIER // DARK SYMMETRIES: They talk about stuff... I dunno, I've checked out on this strip, sorry. Wake when it's over. -- JAEGIR // TARTARUS: Boobies! I said that last issue too. But it's good though, I space Nazis investigating space Nazis. -- OVERALL: Helium is still the champ.

7.0
2000AD #1941

Jun 16, 2020

-- JUDGE DREDD // ENCELADUS: OLD LIFE: Wasn't wowed, but the end suggests things are about to pick up. -- ABSALOM // UNDER A FALSE FLAG: The best parts of this installment are bits in the background with the dog and the ducks. -- HELIUM // PART EIGHT: Best of the prog yet again thanks to exciting dog-fights and epic aircraft designs -- OUTLIER // DARK SYMMETRIES: This one was a bit more interesting, thanks mostly to a compelling use of layout in the opening page. -- JAEGIR // TARTARUS: The tables are turning in an ominous direction. This is the second best of the prog -- OVERALL: Helium is still the champ.

6.0
2000AD #1942

Apr 19, 2020

-- JUDGE DREDD // ENCELADUS: OLD LIFE: It's not very clear what is going on at the end of the first page and start of the second. The cliffhanger is the revelation that Dirty Frank is getting recruited. I kind of remember that guy... -- ABSALOM // UNDER A FALSE FLAG: The end, yay! This arc had more action than Absolam typically does, but it was still somewhat difficult to follow. Part of that is due to my lack of Absolam knowledge, but a lot also has to do with poor dialogue. -- HELIUM // PART NINE: I was confused at first as to which faction controlled the not-helicarrier, I think I get it now but I'm still not sure what they're talking about as the mention the protagonist being pale. I hope this is clarified in the next prog. -- OUTLIER // DARK SYMMETRIES: Damn, Outlier still isn't over! This installment might have landed better if I could remember who ANY of these people that he unfreezes are supposed to be... or if I cared... at least there's a boob? -- JAEGIR // TARTARUS: I was lost at first because it isn't very clear that there are multiple scene-changes/time-jumps in the panels. At first I thought there was a mistake in the art for Kapiten-Inspector Atalia's uniform. This turned out to be what actually clued me in to the scene changes, but it wasn't exactly made obvious. My advice: don't do time-jumping scene changes in-between panels, wait for a new page and give a text cue or a lingering dialogue box. The red colour cues helped but were only particularly effective in the two panels that were entirely rendered in red as opposed to the other flashback panels that just featured a red backdrop. -- OVERALL: A disappointing prog, Tharg needs replace the clarity filters on his art and story droids, I know they are capable of better.

7.0
2000AD #1943

Jul 11, 2020

-- JUDGE DREDD // ENCELADUS: OLD LIFE: The pages featuring Judge Maitland are suspenseful. -- HELIUM // PART TEN: I very interesting and important bit of lore is revealed, followed by quite the shocking final panel. My thrill circuits are overloading. -- OUTLIER // DARK SYMMETRIES: I don't know what's going on, but there's some big space monsters, so that's cool. -- FUTURE SHOCKS // CLOUD NINE: Weird, creepy and cool. I love the airbrush paint style. -- JAEGIR // TARTARUS: Deus ex machina. Lame. -- OVERALL: Helium is still the best, but Dredd is picking up again and the Future Shock was a welcome palette cleanser.

6.5
2000AD #1944

Jul 19, 2020

-- JUDGE DREDD // ENCELADUS: OLD LIFE: Things are getting out of control rapidly, I can't believe the judges resort to napalming themselves. -- HELIUM // PART ELEVEN: Another cool, cooky flying machine. -- THE ALIENIST // THE HAUNTING OF HEX HOUSE: A weird and welcome new strip. -- OUTLIER // DARK SYMMETRIES: It's over, yay! -- JAEGIR // TARTARUS: Jaegir wraps here too. This strip started out good but I didn't care for the ending. -- OVERALL: This prog fell short, but hopefully things will pick up as we switch up the featured stories.

7.0
2000AD #1945

Jul 19, 2020

-- JUDGE DREDD // ENCELADUS: OLD LIFE: Daayum, Judge Dredd got jacked! Don't let anything stop you Dreddy! -- THE ALIENIST // THE HAUNTING OF HEX HOUSE: Not bad, but the momentum is running out quickly, don't let this turn stale! -- THARG'S 3RILLERS // APOCALYPSE ANONYMOUS: This just started and the characters are already cheesy and annoying. Not a promising start, hopefully they all die. -- GREY AREA // CONTACT: I'd like to see more clarity in the art, it's only the first installment and it's already getting messy. The plot is promising though, I'm excited to be reading Grey Area again. -- HELIUM // PART TWELVE: Another flying action-focused prog, it's exciting and well executed. -- OVERALL: The 3riller is dragging the prog's down, at least it will be over soon. I hope the others continue to shine.

6.5
2000AD #1946

Apr 3, 2021

-- JUDGE DREDD // ENCELADUS: OLD LIFE: Things are starting to look pretty hopeless. -- THE ALIENIST // THE HAUNTING OF HEX HOUSE: It's okay. -- THARG'S 3RILLERS // APOCALYPSE ANONYMOUS: This doesn't really work when you don't give a crap about the characters. -- GREY AREA // CONTACT: Okay, cool. Let's get on with it. -- DREAMS OF DEADWORLD // FIRE: Holy crap this is hot, especially the artwork! -- OVERALL: The bread is the best part of this sandwich.

6.0
2000AD #1947

Apr 3, 2021

-- JUDGE DREDD // ENCELADUS: OLD LIFE: Cool ending. -- THE ALIENIST // THE HAUNTING OF HEX HOUSE: The artwork is cool and creepy. -- THARG'S 3RILLERS // APOCALYPSE ANONYMOUS: It's over, yay. -- GREY AREA // FEEDING FRENZY: We're getting somewhere, but I don't really get what these things are they're shooting and how this is a path to victory; seems more like an excuse to shoot things. -- DREAMS OF DEADWORLD // MORTIS: So creepy, I love it! -- OVERALL: I hope the 3riller is replaced with something good.

8.0
2000AD #1948

Apr 3, 2021

-- JUDGE DREDD // GHOST TOWN: An extra length entry where Dredd is more villain to the people than a hero. I always like these. -- THE ALIENIST // THE HAUNTING OF HEX HOUSE: Starting to get cool. -- GREY AREA // DEADLINE: Lots of explosions. -- DREAMS OF DEADWORLD // FEAR: Another triumph! -- OVERALL: I think this issue demonstrates that 2000 AD would be better with an extra sized Dredd strip in each issue with less stories of other titles.

7.5
2000AD #1949

Apr 3, 2021

-- JUDGE DREDD // GHOST TOWN: Not as good as part one, but still good. -- FUTURE SHOCK // RE-INCARN-8: This is a weird -- DREAMS OF DEADWORLD // DEATH: This is probably the weakest of this series, but it's still cool. -- THE ALIENIST // THE HAUNTING OF HEX HOUSE: Despite how cool the art is, I'm glad this is over. -- OVERALL: I'm going to miss the Dreams of Deadworld, these are cool, but I imagine there are only so many you could do before they become repetitive.

8.0
2000AD #1950

Apr 3, 2021

-- JUDGE DREDD // SERIAL SERIAL: John Wagner is back for a murder mystery. -- DEFOE // THE LONDON HANGED: I'm not really familiar with this strip, but it's kinda cool so far, I'm just a bit tapped out on zombies. -- BRASS SUN // MOTOR HEAD: Dear god, this is horrifying, in a good way. -- BAD COMPANY // FIRST CASUALTIES: This looks like a cool concept. -- OVERALL: I'm excited for everything here except Defoe.

7.5
2000AD #1951

Apr 3, 2021

-- JUDGE DREDD // GHOST TOWN: I think others might like the intrigue here, but I'm actually kind of bored by it. -- DEFOE // THE LONDON HANGED: I actually really like this art. -- BRASS SUN // MOTOR HEAD: This fills in the gap for what happened between the last arc and last week's issue, which jumped ahead in the timeline for dramatic effect. -- BAD COMPANY // FIRST CASUALTIES: I'm already feeling invested in these characters, which is impressive considering that they are brand new to me. -- OVERALL: As usually, Brass Sun blows everyone else out of the water, but I'm liking Bad Company too.

6.5
2000AD #1952

Apr 3, 2021

-- JUDGE DREDD // GHOST TOWN: Still not into this. -- DEFOE // THE LONDON HANGED: This might be better if I were more familiar with this title. -- BRASS SUN // MOTOR HEAD: When it rains it pours, goddamn! -- SINISTER DEXTER // THE TAKING OF THE MICHAEL: Awe fuck, not these guys again. -- BAD COMPANY // FIRST CASUALTIES: Get your truth and justice boyz! -- OVERALL: Brass Sun for the win yet again.

6.0
2000AD #1954

Apr 3, 2021

-- JUDGE DREDD // GHOST TOWN: I think the misspellings in the letters are on purpose and are indicative of clues, but I'm not invested enough in this to try to decode them. -- DEFOE // THE LONDON HANGED: That's a cool looking vehicle, are we going to get to see it do anything? -- BRASS SUN // MOTOR HEAD: Fight the power, woo! -- SINISTER DEXTER // THE TAKING OF THE MICHAEL: pew pew, everyone shoot everyone. -- BAD COMPANY // FIRST CASUALTIES: Starting to lose some steam. -- OVERALL: Brass Sun all the way.

6.5
2000AD #1955

Apr 4, 2021

-- JUDGE DREDD // ISLANDS: Fantastic one-off from Michael Carroll, these little spotlight-type stories make Mega-City One feel real and lived-in. -- DEFOE // THE LONDON HANGED: largely forgettable. -- BRASS SUN // MOTOR HEAD: Weird! -- SINISTER DEXTER // THE TAKING OF THE MICHAEL: Pew pew! -- BAD COMPANY // FIRST CASUALTIES: The plot is getting in danger of dragging on. -- OVERALL: Dredd is finally back on top but Sinister Dexter is dragging the average rating down.

7.0
2000AD #1956

Apr 4, 2021

-- JUDGE DREDD // SLEEPING DUTY: This is simply hilarious! -- DEFOE // THE LONDON HANGED: Another instance where I think it would make a difference if I were more familiar with the lore. -- BRASS SUN // MOTOR HEAD: A quieter installment. -- SINISTER DEXTER // THE TAKING OF THE MICHAEL: It's over, YAY! -- BAD COMPANY // FIRST CASUALTIES: Uh oh, I think Bad company is starting to go bad. -- OVERALL: Dredd and Brass Sun are the best.

8.0
2000AD #2014

Jun 13, 2014

-- JUDGE DREDD: THE RIGHT THING - A somewhat typical "no good dead goes unpunished" one-off story frombest new JD writer Michael Carroll - - ULYSSES SWEET, MANIAC FOR HIRE: CENTRED - Didn't care for this one. It feels like this is trying to be Deadpool (even though Ulysses was created first). Unfortunately, this is continuing - - THE TEN-SECONDERS: HARRIS'S QUEST FOR THE PERFECT XMAS PINT - Nice epilogue to the series - - ABC WARRIORS: RETURN TO MARS - Nice strip with outstanding artwork, can't wait to see more! - - SINISTER DEXTER: ROOM ONLY - Nice one, this series is recovering from the slump it was in a couple years ago - - ABSALOM: OLD PAL'S ACT - I like where this is going and the art is great as always - - GREY AREA: SOMETHING TO DECLARE - The art isn't as good as in previous Grey Area strips, but this is a very good one-off and the POV angle maintained throughout is compelling - - THARG THE MIGHTY - A rare appearance from the mighty Tharg himself, but it feels like filler and is told in a disjointed way - - STRONTIUM DOG: DOGS OF WAR - Dark and full of action. Can't wait to continue the saga.

7.5
2000AD #2015

Sep 27, 2015

-- JUDGE DREDD // DARK JUSTICE: The artwork is stunning! So excited for the Dark Judges, jump in now if you are too! This doesn't start with a bang, but I get the feeling a lot is being set up. A space colony sounds cool. -- THE VISIBLE MAN // THE SCREAMS IN THE WALLS: A good done-in-one arc. I feel bad for the main characters. -- THE ORDER // PART ONE: A new thrill that has me a bit lost already. 2000AD hasn't had the best luck on this medieval stories lately. Werewolves? Awe man... -- ULYSSES SWEET, MANIAC FOR HIRE // PSYCHO THERAPIST: Awe man, not Ulysses Sweet! I hated the last strip with this guy. So far this one isn't great, but it's not as bad as the last one. -- THE CIRCUIT-SNAPPING QUAXXANN CHRISTMAS QUIZ: Someone put a lot of effort into this quiz, but it's totally inaccessible to me since I've only been reading for a couple years. This is a quiz that will challenge those who've been reading for decades. -- JAEGIR // BROTHERS IN ARMS: This is a really good one. It tells a story spanning years in just a few pages and it works very well. It adds to the Jaegir backstory and gives the series direction moving forward. -- LOW LIFE // THE REALLY BIG CHRISTMAS SLEEP: Yes! I love Low Life! This is very funny, the ending sets up an ongoing story but we'll have to wait a bit for the rest of the story, which is a bit of a drag. -- MAX NORMAL // NO COMICS FOR OLD MEN: I like this, the characters play off each other well and the story has a satisfying conclusion. -- SAVAGE // GRINDERS: Nice, I love Savage too. Looks like this one is going to focus a lot on weird cyborg people? -- JUDGE DREDD // THE GHOST OF CHRISTMAS PRESENTS: Sweet. Really cool story starring a crime lord's right-hand man who suddenly gets an attack from his conscience, or so it seems. -- OVERALL: There's a lot of material here, 100 pages. It's a great jump-on point for new readers, there are some great stories to look forward to, it's a shame two of the less interesting ones are continuing from here.

6.5
2000AD #2054

Apr 3, 2021

-- JUDGE DREDD // GHOST TOWN: At least the last installation of this arc was interesting. -- DEFOE // THE LONDON HANGED: So we don't get to see the car thing do anything? -- BRASS SUN // MOTOR HEAD: Things heat up, this is fucking cool! -- SINISTER DEXTER // THE TAKING OF THE MICHAEL: Just hurry up and kill knock-off Kingpin. -- BAD COMPANY // FIRST CASUALTIES: Don't let them talk you down boyz, fuck 'em up! -- OVERALL: Brass. Sun.

7.5
2000ADs Sci-Fi Summer Special #1

Nov 24, 2019

-- JUDGE DREDD // LET'S GET TO WORK: Michael Carroll brings back that classic 2000AD humour with the stickup of a movie in the making, culminating in a funny conclusion. -- ROBO-HUNTER // IRON SAM: Most comedies do a shitty job trying to satirize PC culture, but this is successful and funny, so well done. -- FUTURE SHOCKS // DUST: Manages to tell a decent story in only 3 pages with wonderful, painterly artwork. -- ACE TRUCKING CO. // STAR'S TRUCK: Not bad, mostly weird for the sake of weird. -- SURVIVAL GEEKS // MOVIE NIGHT: This promises to lead to future revelations, so this might be required reading for Survival Geeks readers. -- ROGUE TROOPER // DEATH OF A DEMON: Nice reveal, turning the propaganda into reverse propaganda, very clever. -- CONCLUSION: Pretty decent special but still works a bit better if you already have some familiarity with the principal characters.

7.0
20th Century Men (2022) #1

Aug 31, 2022

Interesting world building that clearly has a passion for 20th century history. However, the plot is a little disjointed and hard to follow.

8.0
4 Kids Walk Into A Bank #1

May 11, 2016

Great introduction, the characters have personality and chemistry, which really elevates the experience. There are plenty of laughs and skilled panel work. The story plot hasn't had a chance to kick in yet, but you get an idea for where it is going. Check this out if you are into Goonie type stuff.

8.5
4 Kids Walk Into A Bank #2

Jul 4, 2016

Just fun. I love the layout, and the cut throat antics of the children.

9.0
4 Kids Walk Into A Bank #3

Jan 31, 2017

The story is unpredictable and hilarious, I laughed several times reading this, these kids are crazy. Get in on the ground floor of this series while you still can, it's different from anything else on the stands.

9.5
4 Kids Walk Into A Bank #4

Jul 24, 2017

Excellent as always. So fun, but the intro to each comic is starting to get repetitive, so I'd like that to change up in future issues despite how good it was in this one.

7.5
4001 A.D. #1

May 13, 2016

I've read the first arc of Rai and I was pretty okay reading this since I am familiar with most of the players. If you are completely unfamiliar with Rai, this may be over your head. Even though it is an event, it is pretty much a Rai comic. That being said, I did enjoy the comic. It's very large scale action, so I understand why Valiant thought to turn it into an event book. The art looks great, but there are quite a few panels flush with detail that I just don't know what the heck I'm looking at. Clarity is king in storytelling and even a pro like Crain can struggle with it.

7.0
4001 A.D. #2

Jun 6, 2016

Big Robot fighting a giant city. That's pretty much all you gotta know.

7.5
4001 A.D. #3

Aug 7, 2016

I wish we could have expanded some more on Lula's key role, I would have liked to see her convincing the undesirables to help. The final showdown with Rai and father is also cool but maybe a bit rushed, perhaps another issue or oversized issue would have been beneficial. This is a pretty big event squeezed into only four parts, after all.

6.5
4001 A.D. #4

Oct 9, 2016

This is basically the epilogue to this story, focusing on how much better life is for the survivors now... But it's a rather barbaric story when you look at it from the outside. It's not dwelling on the fact that millions of innocent people perished in order to bring this nation back to earth, and for what? Because Father was a cold dictator? Could the terrible things he did possibly top the massive death count that Rai is now responsible for? I would have liked to address tough questions like this in further depth rather than in just a few captions.

5.5
4001 A.D.: X-O Manowar #1

May 19, 2016

Expands on the history laid out in the main 4001 A.D. comic but doesn't really add much dimension to it. It's interesting and slightly dark, but completely supplementary reading, and maybe that's okay for a tie-in. Unless you are absolutely in love 4001 A.D, your money is probably better spent elsewhere.

6.0
4001 A.D.: Warmother #1

Aug 16, 2016

Good for about as much as you can expect to accomplish in a one-shot like this. The art gets a little gnarly in places, like any time we see Furiosa- I mean, War Mother's family. Her family is hideous and I kind of want them to die. I'm also not understanding how she is transporting the debris she's scavenged, does she have some kind of Pym pocket that she's not telling us about? Without a system to transport these materials, this whole concept of a solo scavenger falls on its face. I like this talking gun thing, it's like something out of Rogue Trooper. I can't say I like the kid that she rescues, but I guess that's the point, War Mother values life so much that she is willing to risk everything, even for the douchiest of children.

9.0
A Girl Walks Home Alone At Night #1

Nov 21, 2020

This was a pleasant surprise to find on the shelf. I'm unfamiliar with the film, but I love the mood and cinematography that the artist brings to this issue. It reminds me of some of 90s Dark Horse comics. Looking forward to the next issue.

8.5
A Girl Walks Home Alone At Night #2

Jan 17, 2021

The plot is as bare bones as you can get, I'm assuming it is meant to lead into the film (which I haven't seen). But the artwork is so gorgeous that is speaks for itself and needs very little plot to keep the reader engaged; this transforms what might otherwise be a liability into a strength.

7.5
A&A: The Adventures of Archer and Armstrong #1

Mar 25, 2016

A couple chuckles beef up an interesting story, but not quite enough to hook me in when I have many other titles to read already.

8.0
A-Force #1

May 25, 2015

Secret Wars has granted the ability to create brand new locations and conditions to see our old character favourites react to. In this case, pretty much every female hero you can think of is in one place, leave it to Doom to seed all the powerful women to one island state. It's pretty much guaranteed that this is a temporary world until Secret Wars ends, so I'm not sure what the end game is going to be, but this is certainly a strong start to the series.

7.0
A-Force #2

Jul 9, 2015

Good, but already starting to feel like a monster of the week book.

5.0
A-Force #3

Aug 22, 2015

Unlike the previous two issues, this one has some glaring technical errors: She-Hulk concludes that a traitor is creating the portals based on.... What? The colours as she goes through the portal? She-Hulk is an expert in magic portals now? And what the hell is going on with Medusa? First she face plants She-Hulk and then on the next page she's defending her from the Thors? Is this Medusa having mood swings or something? It is extremely jarring and confusing and there are other action sections that feel like they are missing a panel as well. Also, why are two out of the three Thors using hammers in the first half of this issue, then swords in the second half? It's difficult to enjoy a confusing comic like this, it feels like it was rushed and never reviewed by an editor before publication.

7.5
A-Force #4

Sep 26, 2015

The reveal won't surprise any readers but there is still entertainment value in it because it is still a surprise to Nico. After tripping up the execution of the last issue, this one finds its footing and shakes it off. There's drama and well executed action. The most glaring thing about the issue will only affect readers of the physical copy: there is a foldout advertising spread right in the middle of a double page layout. Unsurprisingly, that ad messed the whole spread out and you have to try to read around it, not sure who screwed that up but it's a problem digital readers won't have to worry about. So with one issue to go, I'm optimistic that this will have a satisfying ending.

6.0
A-Force #5

Dec 18, 2015

The first half of this issue features action that is absolutely plagued by the worse one-liners I've ever heard, which every character in the town feels that they have to share. So that was unbearable, but at least the issue pulled out of that nose dive to deliver a heartfelt moment between Nico and the freshly dubbed Singularity, and a satisfying ending makes up for the face-palming of the first half.

7.5
A-Force (2016) #1

Feb 6, 2016

I like that the A-Force arc in Secret Wars didn't turn out to be a waste of time and at least some sort of continuity came out of it, it gives the reader an anchor with Singularity so that the reader is not dropped into completely uncharted waters. That being said, there are still some first issue obstacles in this issue, mainly that it is a team book and that team needs to be assembled in the opening issues. This can often feel extremely forced; but here, having Singularity drive the story, that team assembling first arc is starting off feeling a bit more genuine. If the series keeps this momentum going, it should hopefully form a strong foundation to build the team from; and that gives better opportunities to bring emotion and drama into the plot.

6.0
A-Force (2016) #8

Sep 11, 2016

An easy issue to jump onto. Nico is my favourite member of the team, so I'm happy to read a story centred around her. On the other hand, it is pretty much the first angle anyone would expect. "Oh no, what happens when Ulysses predicts that one of your friends will commit a crime? Who could see that coming?" So the intro to the issue is heavy on the eye rolls. From there it turns into something akin to a zombie flick, which is weird but kind of fun.

6.0
A-Force (2016) #9

Oct 23, 2016

I love the cover but it totally gives away this issue's cliffhanger, it should have been used for #10. Elsa Bloodstone seriously drags the issue down, her grammatically awkward swearing is so XXXXXXX annoying and the fact that every character feels the need to point it out is even more annoying. Have you people never heard a swear word before? Are you a team of seven-year-olds? "Hey. So there's XXXX definitely something in there," reads like it was written by someone with English as a second language or was home schooled and only watched PG movies well into her forties. Needless to say, it really took me out of the story, which was not that great to begin with. It picks up a bit after the obligatory "Okay, let's set our differences aside for the greater good" moment, but it is completely unbelievable that Captain Marvel would take Nico with her to locate the girl whom she's forecast to kill, I'm not buying it. Great layouts though.

7.5
A-Force (2016) #10

Nov 26, 2016

This arc basically ends the way I figured it would, not that it's a bad thing, but it's difficult to keep the self-fulfilling prophecy story type unique. Such is the inherent problem with the concept of this event. I'm happy to be rid of Elsa Bloodstone, I guess this is the end of this run, it's a bit of an awkward way to round it out, but I'm assuming that another relaunch is right around the corner.

8.0
A.D.: After Death #1

Nov 27, 2016

The magazine format is a good choice, it feels more appropriate when you get to chunks of text, allowing more room to break the text up into sections. Snyder shows promising talent at prose, I'd certainly read a novel by him. Lemire's artwork has always been unusual, but it works well for this subject. By the end of this issue though, I still don't have a strong grasp for what is going on and that should be more clear by the end of a first issue, especially in a three part series.

9.0
A.D.: After Death #2

Feb 5, 2017

This issue fills in the gaps that left in the first part, so now everything makes a lot more sense and the steaks have been raised (if you read this, you will understand the pun). This takes far longer to read through than a typical comic, so it is a good deal.

8.0
Ab Irato #1

May 10, 2017

An engaging fantasy in a flooded, post-global warming Montreal. The artwork is very nice but I don't care much for the style of the word balloons.

8.0
Ab Irato #2

Jul 25, 2017

The action cranks up and you feel like you are knee deep in the revolution.

7.5
Ab Irato #3

Aug 5, 2017

For being a sci-fi fantasy, it is very well grounded. I'm still waiting for Gana to tie into the story properly, so far she's just this random wild card wrecking up the place.

5.5
Action Comics (2011) #0

Sep 14, 2014

The story tries to be sentimental and it just ends up being kind of silly. As for art, the layouts are fantastic, but the finishes get muddled, especially in the faces where it looks like someone threw talcum powder in everyone's face. Also, 9 pages in: behold one of the worst silhouettes I've ever seen. The followup story had better art but suffered from some unnecessary caption boxes describing action that was already clear. The extra story also felt completely inconsequential, I'm assuming it holds more significance to ongoing readers.

8.5
Action Comics (2011) #42

Jul 21, 2015

Very relevant. The protest stuff, not that weird monster thing.

7.5
Age of Conan: Belit #1

Apr 11, 2019

As a character, Belit is actually more interesting than Conan.

5.5
Age of Conan: Belit #2

Aug 8, 2021

I enjoyed Bêlit's youthful exuberance, but can't fathom why this captain won't execute her for undermining him.

6.5
Age of Conan: Belit #3

Aug 8, 2021

It's about F-ing time this captain exerted his authority.

6.0
Age of Conan: Belit #4

Aug 8, 2021

Tini Howard really needs to stop introducing support cast and villains and focus on building a strong character base.

5.0
Age of Conan: Belit #5

Aug 8, 2021

I think this was just a convoluted way to get to a scene with a naked Bêlit fighting in a pool of blood. Sexy.

7.0
Agents Of Atlas (2006) #1

Jul 12, 2022

Not a good backstory, but the team and the main plot are good.

8.5
Airboy #1

Jun 15, 2015

Honest and self-degrading, but in a fun and intriguing fashion, I can't wait to read more.

8.0
Airboy #2

Aug 12, 2015

Airboy makes for a fun fish out of water approach and allows for commentary on life and comics in the 21st century.

7.5
Airboy #3

Aug 12, 2015

There was one page that reads from bottom to top and I only figured it out halfway through the word balloons; it didn't really work. Other than that, this is another enjoyable issue that lets Robinson expose some personal insecurities, even if the lead up to that is rather lazy writing. On top of that, I don't think the world will ever be able to forget Greg Hinkle's monstrous shlong.

9.0
Airboy #4

Nov 16, 2015

Sooo... Beautiful.

7.5
Alien (2021) #1

Apr 1, 2021

Captures the predatory corporate dynamite from the first Alien film and injects some radicals that are at least more believable than previous cultists often featured in Alien comics, but there still isn't a whole lot in the way of original ideas to report yet.

7.0
Alien (2021) #2

Jun 19, 2021

The characters, especially the alien, are drawn very stiff. The colorist is doing some heavy lifting to make up for it, successfully retaining the horror motif.

7.0
Alien (2021) #3

Nov 20, 2021

The story is interesting and the only reason I'm coming back. The art works fine until xenomorph is present; the aliens look like they're drawn using a stiffly posed toy as direct reference.

7.5
Alien (2021) #4

Nov 20, 2021

The drama and suspense come through. I don't have any new criticism to add that hasn't been covered by other reviews.

6.5
Alien (2021) #5

Nov 20, 2021

How is they guy outrunning the alien while carrying an unconscious man? The horned aliens are pretty cool. This issue clarifies that the visions we're being teased with may be some sort of fever dream you get while the facehugger is on you, and this might be connected to some alien hive mind.

8.0
Alien (2021) #6

Nov 20, 2021

The revelations in this issue are bold. I honestly thought the creators would avoid content from Prometheus, but they didn't and I'm surprisingly okay with it. The idea that the xenomorphs exist as a counter to any sentient species that progresses too technologically is pretty cool.

7.5
Alien (2021) #7

Nov 20, 2021

The Aliens series has the chance at a second life here with a very promising setup. It seems to be set on a colony founded by religious minorities who are finally becoming self-sustaining, but leave it to Weyland-Yutani to stab them in the back. The artwork is fine so far since there aren't many xenomorphs present to botch, but I don't think that will last.

5.0
Alien (2021) #8

Nov 20, 2021

Goddammit. I know there are many comic book artists out there that are talented at drawing the aliens; this arc was the chance to bring one of them on board. What a squandered opportunity. There are a couple panels that literally look like the alien was traced from still images of the the guy in the costume hanging on wires in the first film. You know they don't actually fly right? There's a reason for the fast cuts in that film. Also, is there anyone that is NOT a traitorous android in this series??

7.0
Alien (2021) #9

Feb 12, 2022

This issue in unnerving enough to keep me from giving up on this series.

7.5
Alien (2021) #10

Mar 16, 2022

This is the most disturbing issue yet! DAMN! Seriously though, leave this guy behind.

5.0
Alien (2021) #11

May 21, 2022

This actually would have been more interesting if it wasn't the company backstabbing our heroes once again, because that is every Alien comic at all times...

7.0
Alien (2021) #12

Jun 9, 2022

The comic is going pretty well until the adult aliens show up looking like posed plastic toys. How is this still the case 12 issues deep? There is actyally an interesting plot revelation in this issue that I should be gushing over, but the things that steal the spotlight are the glaringly stiff, floating xenomorphs.

6.0
Alien (2021) Annual #1

Aug 15, 2022

I suppose this is a prequel to the main series, but it didn't feel like it aligned right by the end.

9.0
Alienated #1

Feb 22, 2020

I nearly passed over this, but bought it because Simon Spurrier is a good writer. In this case he delivers. The characters each reflect their own unique dimension of teenage angst, one in particular ponders a surprising degree of existentialism for a teenager. Then there is some sort of trippy alien phenomenon thrown in to keep things interesting. I'm not sure where the plot is going, but it has me interested.

7.5
Alienated #2

Mar 24, 2020

At the core of this story in the acknowledgment that we all crave recognition, but this can easily manifest into selfish, destructive tendencies.

9.5
Alienated #3

Aug 9, 2020

Another pleasant surprise, this is the series that keeps delivering above my expectations. This one focuses on Samantha who has quickly become the most likeable. Once you dive into each character's psyche, you see where they are coming from and they become real.

8.5
Alienated #4

Aug 9, 2020

This is the heaviest issue yet, which is saying an awful lot.

9.0
Alienated #5

Oct 25, 2020

Hitting the peak of destructive, angsty behavior which hits true to human instinct, especially for a teenager.

9.0
Alienated #6

Oct 25, 2020

A fitting end. I'm stoked that I took a chance on this series, every issue brought the emotions full force and forced the reader self reflect as they encounter ugly truths to human nature.

7.5
Aliens/Vampirella #1

Sep 19, 2015

The art looks good, if there is one thing I can't stand it's an Aliens book drawn my someone who can't draw xenomporphs. The setup is familiar but atmosphere is just right so this gives me confidence that this will be worth sticking with. I hope so.

7.5
Aliens/Vampirella #3

Dec 18, 2015

It's got the thrills and chills you were hope for, so I'm enjoying it.

7.5
Aliens/Vampirella #4

Jan 8, 2016

Oh Sh**, oh sh**, the Queen alien's got wings!

8.5
Aliens/Vampirella #5

May 25, 2016

I'm actually quite fond of this ancient Nosferatu. I did not realize until issue #6 that she is female though, the artwork did not communicate that well, especially why she was still aged. It would have helped to adjust the dialogue in this issue to hint that she's female. This is an exciting issue, and the nosferatu does some cool shit.

7.0
Aliens/Vampirella #6

May 25, 2016

The final climax got too condensed, many panels jumping too far in time for what the action demanded, I wish this issue was oversized of even broken into two issues to allow certain moments, especially within the climax, to breath and to provide some much needed falling action at the end. For what the book managed to achieve in the pages allotted, I was impressed. I was ready to brush this series off when #1 came out, but this actually turned out to be one of the best Aliens crossovers that I've read in some time and it's given me an appreciation for Vampirella's character that I did not have before. Get this creative team on a Vampirella vs. Predator book (titled properly, with a 'vs', not a '/') and I'll be back for more! And if you are a fan of Aliens, Vampirella or space-horror, I'd recommend picking up the trade.

6.0
Aliens: Aftermath (2021) #1

Aug 29, 2021

I can't say I care for the characters but I do like how this builds on the aftermath of the second film.

5.0
Aliens: Fire and Stone #1

Sep 29, 2014

Not much happens really. Aliens attack, the humans relocate to another moon and aliens attack again. That's it. The dialog is okay but the characters are not interesting, at least not yet, and the art is okay. There are still 4 issues to go, so there is still opportunity to get a story going, there just isn't much offered in this particular issue.

7.0
All Eight Eyes (2023) #1

May 10, 2023

This is stretching my credulity when it suggests these giant spiders have been roaming around for decades yet only the homeless have noticed... But let's see where they're going with this.

7.0
All Time Comics: Crime Destroyer #1

Mar 5, 2017

This feels just like something printed in the 70s, all the way down to the paper and ink. Even the colors are inconsistent, and I can't tell if that is on purpose or the result of using an antiquated printing process. You're not going to get any substance here, but you'll get a bit of absurd fun and powerful waves of nostalgia.

8.5
All-New All-Different Avengers #1

Nov 15, 2015

I think it is safe to say that this is going to be the Avengers title to follow. The first story features exceptional artwork as it gets the gears in motion. I enjoy the awkward pitfalls for Sam and Tony in the public eye, I could have done with Sam swooping in to catch someone less than two times, please tell me he'll be bringing more to the table than that in the upcoming issues. Surprisingly, it is the backup story that really shines, the art isn't as flashy as the first story's, but Waid really captures that teenage angst that looks like it will add new and fresh chemistry to the team. We haven't even gotten to Thor and Vision yet, but I applaud the approach of letting the story breath rather than rushing it like the other two Avengers books seemed to do.

5.0
All-New All-Different Avengers #2

Dec 10, 2015

The quirks and pacing that I liked in the first issue are not present in this one. I hate it when teams form simply because the characters happened to run into each other, and that is all that this issue has been. It doesn't help that the villain is boring either. I had high hopes for this series, but after this hiccup, I am having second thoughts.

7.0
All-New All-Different Avengers #3

Jan 29, 2016

The story was not bad, something just felt off that I can't put my finger on, it might just be that there is one too many characters vying for attention or that the story is too bare bones. But on that note, I love the team lineup. I've heard some complaints that this is not the Avengers, but that is obviously someone who only started reading after the movie because the Avengers has always been a fluid team with membership changes. Most Marvel characters have been in the Avengers at some point in their history. The great thing about this lineup is that it lends itself to chemistry between the characters. Old minds and new minds butting heads, just maybe one or two too many heads.

3.5
All-New All-Different Marvel Point One #1

May 31, 2016

CONTEST OF CHAMPIONS: This is the main story tying these previews together and it's the worst of them all. Don't insult my intelligence by suggesting that this is a search for the best contestants in this bullshit video game adaptation. For crying out loud, they look in on SHIELD! I think it's safe to say we didn't need to waste consideration on these nobodies. Marvel fans are shouting dozens of better suggestions than what old-man Hulk and Collector are scraping their brains to come up with. Just call this an anthology and spare us from this charade. -- CARNAGE -- Utterly pointless. -- ROCKET RACCOON & GROOT-- This one was actually funny and enjoyable. -- AGENTS OF SHIELD: This only exists because of the SHIELD TV show, no one wants to read this garbage. It was a struggle just to figure out what was going on for the first half of this installment. -- ALL-NEW INHUMANS: What a terrible airline. This was actually good for the pages that it was allotted. But it's Inhumans, so it's probably just another new character that we'll never care about and will fade into obscurity, never to be heard from again. -- DAREDEVIL: I like that this new character is an undocumented Chinese immigrant, something that has been missing from Marvel. He keeps referring to himself as illegal, which could just be him being hard on himself, but at least call him undocumented in the captions. -- OVERALL: The only reason that I picked this up is for the Daredevil prelude. If you are not a collector, just read whatever prelude you are interested in while in your LCBS and save your money. The LCBS is not a library, but we can't keep encouraging Marvel to make these stupid things, they just want an easy buck. It's like paying extra at the theatre to watch the trailers. $5.99!? That's insulting. I don't care what the page count is, glorified commercials like this should be free or $2.99 at the most to cover original content expenses.

7.0
All-New Hawkeye #1

Mar 8, 2015

Boy, if I had a nickel for every story that involves busting up a Hydra or AIM operation I'd be rich. The flashback stuff is well executed though, it elevates an otherwise stock story opening.

6.0
All-New Hawkeye (2015) #1

Nov 17, 2015

Not a great read for someone jumping on now. The whole issue is Hawkeye fighting with Hawkeye about something I'm not privy to, but also pretending that it's not about that. And apparently this spat will go on for 20 years... Oh joy.

6.0
All-New Ultimates #2

May 16, 2014

The art's not bad, but fight scene doesn't flow very well. The main appeal to his book is the team roster. The characters' personalities feel right, but the story, so far, is not engaging.

2.0
All-New X-Men #25

Apr 18, 2014

The only thing that makes this a landmark issue is the fact that I was genuinely furious after reading it, and few comics have had that kind of impact on me. This was an overpriced waste of paper. All-New X-Men readers, you need not worry if this is absent from your collection because you won't even notice. The tie-in plot is boring, utterly ridiculous and doesn't even make sense. The only redeeming qualities of this issue are a couple of funny, short indie strips, but most of those aren't even good either and don't flow in any particularly cohesive manner towards the overall story setup.

8.0
All-New X-Men #26

May 4, 2014

Nice characterization, I'm excited again to see where this goes.

9.0
All-New X-Men #27

May 16, 2014

This was great! There is a creepy tone that lends well to great action and dialog. The future looks bright, (or dark?) for this series!

8.5
All-New X-Men #28

Jun 14, 2014

The battle continues and I'm enjoying the development of the future Brotherhood too. It totally makes sense for them to go back and try again.

8.5
All-New X-Men #29

Jul 12, 2014

A great end to this arc, lots of action. It gets very chaotic, but it's all part of the fun. Immonen's art is just superb.

6.0
All-New X-Men #30

Aug 17, 2014

Another trademark Bendis character building issue, which I don't mind after the intense recent events, but there are a lot of weird aspects of this comic. *SPOILERS* We start off in one of Angel's family estate getaways, it's odd to think that the family would still use it 50 years after young Angel's time and that he would have access to it. I'm assuming that he broke in so he could bang X-23, which is also weird considering they just started romancing last issue and X-23 was romancing with young Scott a few issues before that. Emma and young Jean indulge in psychic battle and come out as besties with no details as to how. At least now maybe there is hope to stop indulging in this annoying, repetitive rivalry between the two. In another confusing event, one of the Stepford sisters telekinetically drops a bowl of cereal (who eats cereal outside on a picnic blanket?) on young ice man's head: when did the Cuckoos get telekinetic abilities and if they have them, why don't they use them for anything else? To cap it off, we get an ending that continues in ANOTHER freakin' crossover with Uncanny X-Men. With all that in mind, it's still not a bad issue, but it could have been better.

6.0
All-New X-Men #31

Aug 30, 2014

Asrar's art lacks finesse and so does the story. At least we're not chasing after whatever is happening in Uncanny X-Men. The most exciting part of this issue is actually the promise of what's to come.

7.5
All-New X-Men #32

Sep 21, 2014

You'd think the crossovers with the Ultimate Universe would start to get a little tiresome by now, but that's not the case here. With the exception of Miles Morales, we're jumping into sections of the Ultimate Universe that haven't been explored that much lately, yet Miles Morales still promises to be one of the most entertaining because the interaction between him and Jean is excellent. This also gives the All-New X-Men team something interesting to do other than look for new mutants, listen to SHIELD whine, or fight the Future Brotherhood again. I'm sold!

7.0
All-New X-Men #33

Oct 30, 2014

This is an enjoyable issue to read, largely because of the new character dynamics introduced. Where this issue fails under scrutiny is in the details. We're to believe that Angle can literally fly to the other side of the world, in a short amount of time, without being particularly winded; and also that Wolverine Jr. is able to track him that far (when he's FLYING) and arrive at the same place in essentially the same amount of time. There's an explanation tossed out there but you'd be an idiot to buy it. I also don't care for the massive acceleration in Ice Man's abilities; yes, knowing it is possible is a huge plus, but as an example, you wouldn't suddenly be able to lift 150 pounds when you've yet to bench over 80 just because you know you'll be able to do so in the future. It wasn't really necessary to the situation either, nor did it take much effort. It was a spoiled opportunity that could have been more significant in the future. These details don't ruin the comic, but they do take away from the potential. The Jean and Beast plot lines have been excellent so far and the art is mostly pretty good.

6.5
All-New X-Men #34

Jan 3, 2015

A good issue in the context of this story arc, but doesn't hold very strong as a single reading experienced. There's no beginning, middle and end, more like a running update on what is happening with each character. When the full arc is collected together, I'm sure this will read through well, it just falls victim to Bendis's occasional over-indulgence in dialogue.

7.0
All-New X-Men #35

Jan 31, 2015

An enjoyable read for excellent character development and dialog, as Bendis is known for. The art works well too. I'm not particularly fond of the way this is structured though, it starts out in the middle of a fight which builds to a cliffhanger before it cuts back to the story that leads up to the fight. I'd be fine with this, except for the fact that we catch up with the fight again just in time to witness the exact same cliffhanger with no further information, the issue just ends there. Don't start out with a cliffhanger if you don't intend to resolve it within the same issue, it just ends up becoming a middle finger to the reader. If this was always meant to be the cliffhanger ending the issue then just leave the entire comic in chronological order, there was no insight gained from structuring it as it is now.

6.0
All-New X-Men #36

Feb 16, 2015

The throwdown with Ultimate Dr. Doom ends up being very tame and forgettable. Jean is one of the most interesting characters, but it's starting to feel like the comic should reboot in the summer as 'Jean Grey And The X-Men' with how much everyone else feel like a supporting cast. The artwork is decent, it's been better but I'm not complaining. Overall, I was entertained enough while reading this, but it's not memorable.

6.5
All-New X-Men #37

Mar 28, 2015

Not bad. It's a self-contained, character building issue and it works well on that level. The art is alright aside from some facial expressions that feel too exaggerated.

6.0
All-New X-Men #38

Mar 28, 2015

Great colours, line work could be better. In the end, it's still an even crossover that no one asked for.

6.0
All-New X-Men #39

Mar 28, 2015

Some nice character development is welcome. The whole splitting up think is kind of weak.

7.0
All-New X-Men #40

Aug 1, 2015

Overall, this issue is another character development issue, but the developments are interesting, so it's worth it. The gay thing seems out of nowhere at first so the immediate instinct is denial, but if you think about it Bobby has had so many failed relationships and seems to overcompensate with the womanizing, so it kind of makes sense. If the gay thing truly outrages you deeply, I'd suggest coming to terms with your own sexuality next.

7.0
All-New X-Men #41

Jun 7, 2015

Bendis is essentially running out the clock until Uncanny X-Men #600. The issue is just entertaining enough though, Jean pretty much runs the show at this point, and we may have some new additions to the team for whatever that's worth knowing Secret Wars could reset the status quo anyways.

7.5
All-New X-Men Annual #1

Jan 10, 2015

The formula with each time-jump gets obvious by the start of this issue and I'm extremely bothered by the lack of explanation as to why there is a triceratops existing at the same time as the dawn of man. Either mankind dawns in the Savage Land in the Marvel Universe, or Bendis subscribes to the school of creationism. Anyways, Eva continues to be put through the ringer and it molds her into a whole new person, which is excellent even if this issue doesn't quite reach the same heights as Uncanny X-Men Annual did. This is because the best of this sorry was presented in Uncanny, while this installment mostly follows through with the impact, which is fairly dialog heavy thanks to time concepts. The art is on par with Uncanny X-Men Annual: great colour and layouts with something to be desired from the pencils/inks. I also enjoy the concept behind the covers. Question: what are the blue marks on Eva's face? She still has them years later, are they tattoos, part of her mutation or a terrible fashion choice that she refuses to update? In the previous issue, all of the questions concern how weird her hair and clothes look, so I guess I'm the only one who questions blue football eye-grease.

6.0
All-New X-Men (2015) #1

Jun 19, 2016

A cheesy introduction to the characters.

7.0
All-New X-Men (2015) #2

Jan 11, 2016

I like the characterization but the plot has barely started two issues in.

4.0
All-New X-Men (2015) #3

Jan 17, 2016

Ouch, that was... Not good. For three issues we are building to see if this Ghosts of Cyclops team will switch to good or get busted. And will Cyclops and the X-Men get lumped in with them or help to bring them down? What we get is a climax that happens off page; the plot culminates in this poorly conceived speech from young Cyclops in the middle of a hostage situation escalated by vigilante teenagers rushing in to be heroes. I'm thinking any second they're all getting mowed down, instead the situation is resolved OFF PAGE! I can't help but wish that America's police officers were as restrained a the cops in this comic. The kids on both sides are begging to be shot, yet for some reason the officers don't even detain the X-Men after they rushed into a POLICE PRECINCT BEING HELD HOSTAGE (as far as the police knew)! I realize this is just a comic book, but this is the not the same quality writing we got from Dennis Hopeless in Avengers Arena and Undercover. Also, you don't pay property damage to the same people that impound your vehicle. I'm excited to see that Toad will get some attention in the next issue, unfortunately, I won't be sticking around for it.

7.5
All-Star Batman #1

Aug 15, 2016

Batman with a chainsaw is cool, I like the fact that we really can't trust anyone, but this isn't hitting the same tone that I loved in Snyder's previous run. I'm going to stick around in anticipation of some twists and turns either way.

5.5
All-Star Batman #2

Sep 21, 2016

Surprisingly uninteresting. Batman shrugging off classic villains one by one has an effect of cheapening them and I can't find much here to actually grab me. The backup is a little interesting, though I still don't really care about Batboy or whatever he goes by. JRjr's artwork is alright, it's just a little too noisy to be suited to the caped crusader.

5.5
All-Star Batman #3

Oct 20, 2016

It's remarkable how different this approach to Batman is from Snyder's previous run, and how it just isn't clicking. It doesn't feel like a Batman comic. I particularly dislike the pointless captions pointing to things on the Beast's costume that aren't there. The backup story is worse, what was the point?

5.5
All-Star Batman #4

Dec 8, 2016

One of the pages is printed in low resolution, not sure how that happened. There is also inconsistency with which end of Duke's nunchaku thing has the bat-spike coming out, and one panel doesn't even have the spike. Does JR Jr. have that short of a memory span? It's not like multiple artists are penciling this out, what's going on? Batman's costume is also getting goofier by the second, "Pectoral Speakers. GO." What is this, Batman '66? It's also confusing to start a new page off with a view of an island that the characters are not on and will doubtfully go to. What was that? I sincerely hope that Jock can rescue this title, because the rushed, half-assed nature of this comic is becoming intolerable. The backup story was fine, but I'd much rather drop it entirely in favor of a four dollar comic, this $4.99 cover price is ridiculous and it's going to take a minor miracle to entice me into buying the next arc on this title.

6.5
All-Star Batman #5

Jan 13, 2017

Well, what can I say? The ending does at least tie all of the loose ends up with a huge information dump. The problem is, I've read six oversized issues over several months for which the main drive of the story was Batman trying to evade KGBeast. So when all the stuff with the acid rain and Alfred being a dirty, rotten traitor is explained, the effect was me saying "Oh ya... I forgot about that." If you do choose to read this, I'd recommend reading the entire arc in one sitting because that might retain some of the gravity that was intended. For me though, this conclusion was just too convoluted and the rest of the plot was simply uninteresting. I would not recommend it to Batman or Scott Snyder fans and I'm astonished that All-Star Batman has such a respectable average rating from "professional" comic critics. In this case, the user rating average proves the more reliable measure to go by.

7.5
All-Star Batman #10

May 29, 2017

There is a nice flow of shock and reveal that keeps the reader engaged. The backup story takes Bruce Wayne out of his element and makes for an interesting introduction to the new villain as well.

7.5
All-Star Batman #11

Jul 4, 2017

I'm digging Alfred's backstory, I'd almost rather read just that. The backup story is getting good too, I'm glad that my extra dollar isn't going to waste.

7.5
All-Star Section 8 #1

Jun 22, 2015

I don't really know what's going on at times, but the journey is hilarious.

5.5
All-Star Section 8 #2

Jul 15, 2015

It's still funny, but I'm waiting for some sort of plot to emerge, this issue was essentially the same as the first one.

4.0
All-Star Section 8 #3

Aug 22, 2015

I've been waiting for the plot to get moving and now I'm realizing that it's not going to happen... It seems each issue just features a JLA member feeling uncomfortable around Section 8. The gags are funny, but that's not a substitute for a narrative, I actually suspect that Garth Ennis is just cashing in a paycheck this time around. It takes a lot to make me uncomfortable, but Ennis and McCrea actually achieved it in this issue with the gleeful raping of a chivalrous sentient tape worm, as it begs for mercy. Not cool guys, intestinal parasite lives matter.

3.5
All-Star Section 8 #4

Nov 3, 2015

This was just stupid and pointless. The Grapplah is the only thing keeping me engaged.

6.0
All-Star Section 8 #5

Nov 3, 2015

A significant improvement from the last 3 issues, I especially like the sales pitch for the TPB.

5.0
All-Star Section 8 #6

Dec 12, 2015

Depressing and stupid ending that uses meta commentary as an excuse for a shitty narrative.

6.5
Alters #1

Sep 11, 2016

It's a rather average comic, not deserving of the brutal reviews that it seems to be getting, yet not particularly worthy of praise either. I'm not totally understanding what Matter Man's role is, is he a terrorist or a world dictator? It's not clear in this first issue. Besides the main character being transgender, there is also a special needs brother and a casual nod to inappropriately teams named, like the Washington Redskins. So, the writer has his heart in the right place, and it approaching subject matter that is mostly absent from comics, but the spark just isn't there.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2014) #1

Oct 6, 2014

Peter is back as Spidey for a day and he's already blowing off his responsibilities to capture F-List criminals, lol. This is an enjoyable read throughout, even the backup stories are good which is rare.

7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2014) #2

Oct 6, 2014

I don't think I trust Peter's business sense, lol, but I'm glad to see that Anna Maria is still in the picture for now. Ramos's anatomy could use a little help at times.

5.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2014) #3

Nov 27, 2014

Keeps the ball rolling, but ultimately feels like a filler issue.

6.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2014) #4

Nov 28, 2014

One of the more sporadic issues I've read in a while. Parker's return has been decent so far, but he certainly is not reaching the heights of his superior predecessor.

8.0
Amazing Spider-Man (2014) #5

Nov 29, 2014

Ah, that's better. ASM is getting back into the groove, if you're having doubts about this series, this issue may keep you around.

5.5
America #1

May 21, 2017

From the very first page onwards this comic doesn't seem to know what it is doing. The dialogue is ham-fisted and the plot is all over the place. Diversity in comics is always good, but there is no need to hit the reader over the head with it, just let it come out organically. On the plus side, the artwork is pretty good, it would be better with just one inker because there is some inconsistency there. As another reviewer points out, why would moving be a relationship issue for someone who can teleport? This is the one person who would do just fine in a long distance relationship. Actually, I almost gave the art a pass, but on the second last page, there are panels where America bats away a grenade to the right side of the panel only for it to explode on the left side of the next panel. What the hell? She is also cut off at the waist in these panels for some reason. How did these panels get approved?

7.0
American Carnage #1

Nov 30, 2018

Bryan Hill tries his hand at modern political intrigue. It's not bad, but rings a bit hollow and uninspired.

8.0
Angelic #1

Sep 24, 2017

Spurrier does a good job of giving each species a distinctive dialect and I have to read through the dialogue slowly to make sure I'm interpreting it properly. Halfway through the comic, a dark part of the Lore is revealed and the plot continues to get more intriguing from there.

9.0
Animal Castle #1

Dec 5, 2021

This is a spiritual sequel to Animal Farm with all of the political intrigue and unrest I was hoping for.

9.5
Animal Castle #2

Jan 23, 2022

This issue dives further into the corrupt leadership if this farm in a dark yet slightly comical way. The story develops further to introduce a traveling rat performer who performs a story clearly depicting Mahatma Gandhi, which sparks new ideas for resistance within the animal proletariat. The art is exquisite and it feels like you get a lot of it for the regular $3.99 price. The only thing that would improve this would be to publish it in the wider magazine format, as that appears to be the original intent based on the panel layout and draftsmanship detail. I hope this gets an oversized release when it's collected in trade format to do it proper justice.

9.5
Animal Castle #3

Apr 8, 2022

Man, more people need to read this, it's good. Really fucking good!

9.0
Animal Castle #4

Apr 8, 2022

Oh Oh! The farm used to be ruled by pigs. It's officially the Animal Farm sequel, people!

9.5
Animal Castle #5

May 30, 2022

In a way, Miss B accomplishes her mission, but it is nothing like she envisioned. A bitter-sweet note to end this arc on. The struggle never ends.

8.5
Animosity #1

Aug 9, 2016

A compelling idea that explodes out of the gate. The art communicates very well, I especially love the six-panel pages that repeat to show the transformation all over the world. If there is one downside, it is that the comic feels very short due to the action and minimal dialogue.

8.0
Animosity #2

Sep 21, 2016

I don't get why the city is quarantined if this is global, and I'm a little put off by two forward time jumps, but there is no denying that this is extremely compelling, and I can't wait to read the next issue.

8.0
Animosity #3

Nov 25, 2016

Considering the immense role animals play is this story, I would expect slightly better animal drawing from the artist, it's not on par with the human figure drawing. The art is still pretty good nonetheless. The story is rather charming before it takes a dark turn for the cliffhanger.

6.0
Animosity #4

Jan 15, 2017

The action in this issue is incredibly messy and difficult to follow at times. I thought maybe I had a page missing because the double cross isn't executed well, I had to go back and reread the panels a couple of times to fully comprehend what was presently happening and what led up to this moment off-page. Also, how does that bear trap mechanism work? It's clearly not functioning as a typical bear trap would, so it has been altered, but it is used near the end in a way that I'm not buying. Why would they destroy the kitchens if food is the motive? And boy, do certain characters ditch their home and comrades without much hesitation. That being said, the emotions and drama are well written, so the heart of the story shines through, I just hope that experience will improve the pacing and clarity of this book over time.

5.0
Animosity #6

Jun 3, 2017

No no no. Okay, I'm going to have to give some spoilers to properly critique this: I realize that we are in a universe where animals have gained human level consciousness and speech, but why the hell does a lammergeier spit fire and/or acid? They have a highly acid stomach, however so do most animals, yet none spit fire. And the human-suit worn by the animals? Are they Muppets now? This is just utterly ridiculous.

7.5
Animosity #7

Jun 3, 2017

This issue is quite badass, much better than the last couple issues.

9.0
Animosity #8

Jul 24, 2017

This was the best issue since #1. After all of the trauma that everyone has gone through, we finally have a moment of reflection and we find out why the goat has a stick so far up his ass. This is a much more mature and well thought out issue, hopefully it is a sign that the series will pick up in quality again. Since #2, I've felt like I've been chasing the dragon to get that high that the first issue achieved and now I've finally caught it.

7.5
Animosity #9

Nov 26, 2017

Some nice character development and a chance to check out how bees are making it in this world.

8.0
Animosity #10

Nov 26, 2017

I like the window into the situation with Jesse's mother.

8.5
Animosity #11

Mar 10, 2018

The plot thickens, nothing is black and white.

7.0
Animosity #12

Mar 10, 2018

Git 'em beez, sting everyone! Shooting one in midair though? Come on.

8.5
Animosity #13

Apr 9, 2018

Damn... F you Kyle!

9.0
Animosity #14

Aug 1, 2018

Damn, the series just took a dark and compelling turn. People are starting to treat each other more like animals now, what an ironic turn of events.

8.0
Animosity #15

Oct 13, 2018

The entire issues is dedicated to flushing out Kyle's character, which goes a long way to identify with him and understand his motivations.

8.0
Animosity #16

Oct 16, 2018

Kyle's still not dead? Move it along son. This place that Jessie is in is hella creepy, I sure hope Sandor saves the day before something bad happens...

9.0
Animosity #17

Dec 4, 2018

Damn, this is dark and I love it. Animosity is getting better with each issue.

8.0
Animosity #18

Jan 29, 2019

The end of the previous issue suggested that there was more to the forced breeding, but I fail to see anything new revealed that I didn't already gather...

3.0
Animosity #19

Apr 29, 2019

This was just a chore to get through. The dialogue is boring and there is way too much of it. I guess the point is to develop these new characters, but I just don't care about them. It's a comic, show, don't tell.

5.5
Animosity #20

May 19, 2019

We're going in an interesting direction, but it's difficult to follow. The panels don't flow at times and neither does the dialogue for that matter.

4.0
Animosity #21

Jul 17, 2019

The acid trip snakes are losing my interest at an alarming rate.

3.0
Animosity #22

Sep 12, 2019

This tries to be deep but doesn't succeed. I'm afraid that Animosity has run its course.

6.0
Animosity: Evolution #1

Nov 5, 2017

It's interesting to watch this unorthodox society get off the ground and search for ways to overcome issues like food shortages. Little details are ignored though, like how are the birds lighting the dynamite? The cyborg stuff at the end is hamfisted. There is no insight into where the technology comes from or how Wintermute recovers so fast. It just does not fit with a story that otherwise focuses on concrete issues like food sources.

9.0
Animosity: Evolution #2

Mar 28, 2019

I love the mice, their personalities are well developed so that you care when things go south. Feels like we're going very 'Animal Farm.'

8.0
Animosity: Evolution #3

Feb 21, 2018

This is turning into a high intrigue suspense story.

7.0
Animosity: Evolution #4

Aug 24, 2018

The plot is intriguing but there is a glaring technical error: at one point, Wintermute asks Dr. Pham and Peaches to leave the room after it was clearly established, in multiple panels, that they were not in the same room but a separate building. I enjoy reading how this new society does things such as manual labour that can be done easily by machines, because they live by a unique sort of bootstraps communism.

7.5
Animosity: Evolution #5

Aug 24, 2018

I like the layouts and the drastic change to the status quo affecting the somewhat ridiculous robot limbs.

8.0
Animosity: Evolution #6

Aug 28, 2018

Adam and Wintermute are forming a close relationship as Wintermute's leadership grows more and more questionable.

7.0
Animosity: Evolution #7

Sep 8, 2018

Wintermute and Adam's relationship is getting weird, the dream pages look cool though. I'm pretty sure Adam hasn't actually read the bible verses that he talks about, that or he has shitty reading comprehension.

7.0
Animosity: Evolution #8

Oct 22, 2018

Can't help but sympathize with Wintermute's reasoning.

7.5
Animosity: Evolution #9

Jan 29, 2019

Soooo, did Wintermute have a grand plan or not?

7.5
Animosity: Evolution #10

Mar 28, 2019

Um... It'a weird... But I like it. Would have liked a little bit more closure at the end though.

5.5
Animosity: The Rise #1

Feb 14, 2017

One day later, really? This didn't add anything new to the series, I don't know why they thought it a necessary story to tell, maybe we run into these characters later in the main story.

7.5
Animosity: The Rise #2

Jul 25, 2017

Now we're talking, this is much better than the first issue. Much more comprehensible and interesting, I get a sense of the stakes and uncertainty that everyone faces.

8.5
Animosity: The Rise #3

Nov 5, 2017

The colour palette is excellent and the tension is built up expertly before the spine-tingling revelation at the end. It is a vast improvement from the first issue and has drummed up renewed interest for me in the Animosity franchise.

7.0
Annihilator #1

Sep 10, 2014

Its an interesting premise, albeit somewhat similar to the recent Reality Check. The storytelling and the art were just a little to murky for my taste.

7.5
Ant-Man (2020) #1

Feb 14, 2020

Shaping up to be a fun ride.

7.5
Ant-Man (2020) #2

Mar 13, 2020

It's hilarious that Scott makes friends with a former Nazi and doesn't want anyone to know.

9.0
Ant-Man (2020) #3

Apr 5, 2020

Zeb hit his stride with this issue. The dialogue is absolutely hilarious and a love how Lang's daughter is impressed with him for making Spider-Man jealous.

8.0
Ant-Man (2020) #4

May 17, 2020

I'm never felt so sad for a colony of ants. Macrothrax is an awesome villain and I could easily see him entering Ant-Man's rogue's gallery.

8.5
Ant-Man (2020) #5

Aug 23, 2020

Hit on funny and sentimental in all the right spots. If there's going to be a follow up series by Zeb Wells, I'm all-in.

8.5
Ant-Man (2022) #1

Oct 2, 2022

Comic fiends looking for their old-school, Stan-Lee-style story fix should look no further.

8.0
Aquaman (2011) #29

Apr 30, 2014

Nice twists, action and tragedy. The villains seem like a good fit for the Atlantean mythos too.

5.0
Aquaman (2011) #30

Apr 30, 2014

Jeff Parker's run started strong but this issue just didn't click for me, I hope this isn't a sign of the series sliding downhill.

7.5
Aquaman (2011) #31

Jun 6, 2014

Pretty well done considering it is the classic 'Heroes fight due to misunderstanding" team-up book approach. Aquaman jumps into action like a dog that wants to play and Swamp Thing continually swats him away like a cat who doesn't want any of it. Nice art, didn't even notice the artist switcharoo, which is very much appreciated.

8.5
Aquaman (2011) #32

Jun 28, 2014

This may be the best issue since Jeff Parker took over writing duties. I hope this is a good omen for this year's Aquaman, maybe the new art team just needed to get used to the water.

7.5
Aquaman (2011) #33

Aug 6, 2014

The Chimera is the best villain since Black Manta! It's been a rocky start for the new art team, but each issue shows improvement.

6.5
Aquaman (2011) #34

Aug 30, 2014

Carlos Rodriguez isn't bad as a guest penciller, but this issue would have benefited immensely from a more dynamic art style since it is basically just a big fight. Some of the dialog fell flat too. Although Chimera is my favourite new villain, I found him more entertaining when he was being scary. Aquaman is quickly becoming one of the more inconsistent titles from DC and part of that might be due to the frequent artist rotations.

7.5
Aquaman (2011) #35

Oct 25, 2014

A strong start to this new arc. Pelletier is back on art duties and lets hope it is for the rest of this arc because he's fantastic. The story doesn't have action but it builds character and intrigue enough that it doesn't need it. A sweet cliffhanger helps too.

7.0
Aquaman (2011) #36

Dec 4, 2014

Martian Manhunter's appearance makes sense as a plot device, but I must have missed the part where he and Aquaman became friends in the New 52. J`onn was on the JLA, not the Justice League. Although they did team up at the end of Forever Evil, I doubt they got close in that time, before that the Justice League had a bad experience with J`onn. That aside, the art looks great and the story is entertaining enough, but something still fails to come to life. Hopefully there will be some heart to the story if/when we find Arthur's mother.

8.0
Aquaman (2011) #37

Jan 7, 2015

A very fun face off against Gorilla Grodd with some great history created between Gorilla City and Atlantis.

7.5
Aquaman (2011) #38

Feb 7, 2015

A fun and action packed issue, Jeff Parker seems to have hit his stride with his writing and the artwork looks fantastic!

8.0
Aquaman (2011) #39

Mar 7, 2015

Fun, action packed, and also tragic. Every element you want in an Aquaman comic is present and this is shaping up to be one of the most memorable Aquaman arcs in the series.

8.0
Aquaman (2011) #40

Apr 5, 2015

So I guess this is Jeff Parker's final issue, I'm glad to see him leaving on a high note. The issue was a balance of drama, and action via the incredible blockbuster artwork from Pelletier and the rest of the art team.

6.5
Aquaman (2011) #41

Jun 30, 2015

Kind of like Aquaman crossed with Constantine. I don't know, I'm not sure what to make of it yet, I'm intrigued but not sold, we'll see how he gets to the point where he's at. Green Lantern is doing the rogue thing too, is this the status quo for DC books now or just a coincidence?

5.0
Aquaman (2011) #42

Jul 26, 2015

This is okay but certainly has it's flaws. The story is moving fairly slow and sill isn't entirely clear with what is going on. On top of that, the art is mediocre and inconsistent. I hope this isn't the beginning of the end for DC's ongoing Aquaman series.

5.0
Aquaman (2011) #43

Sep 6, 2015

There is very little to praise in this issue; we finally find out why Mera is so out of character on the last page (about friggin' time), so that is the biggest plus. I can only hope that this gets better now that we have a direction established and we, hopefully, won't be hopping timelines like a child playing hop-scotch anymore. I also liked the fancy panel borders in the flashbacks, and I also like Poseidon. Events surrounding Poseidon are flaky though, Aquaman has never come to him before in the New52 continuity, but it seems like he could have done so at any point in time; funny that it hasn't come up before now and that there is literally no build up to it now that it has. There are also a couple times were the dialog suggests an action that I cannot see or make sense of, so that is problematic on a technical level when reading a comic. Don't start reading Aquaman now if you aren't already. If you are already reading it, well... it may be time to consider jumping ship...

7.5
Aquaman (2011) #44

Oct 7, 2015

Easily the best issue of Cullen Bunn's run so far, mostly because there is sex, but also because this is the most focused issue we've gotten so far; it's not jumping all over the place like the previous issues were. For the first time in this arc it truly feels personal and so the stakes are much higher.

4.5
Aquaman (2011) #45

Nov 25, 2015

On the plus side, the art has gotten much better; on the down side, NOTHING HAPPENS! The whole issue is Aquaman monologing assumptions about this other world's backstory, which might be a little interesting if there were illustrations to go with it instead of just various angles of Aquaman standing next to a gibberish-speaking alien queen. I feel like this whole issue could have been done in just 4 or 5 pages and then we could get back to the real story at hand.

5.5
Aquaman (2011) #46

Jan 6, 2016

One of the better issues in Bunn's run, although part of that is due to the artwork.

4.5
Aquaman (2011) #47

Feb 12, 2016

The art looks great, but the story takes a back seat. It was cool to see the Justice League pitch in, but the plot boils down to just a series of poorly linked brawls. It's just not engaging.

4.0
Aquaman (2011) #48

Feb 13, 2016

It's was nice to see Aquaman reunited with Mera, but this was a seriously dull way to end this arc. We've suffered this new direction for over half a year and it's amazing how lackluster the climax was, mostly due to the lack of a good villain, the best villain available was shrugged off by Mera. Here's to hoping Dan Abnett can get this title back on track, otherwise it's getting the ol' heave ho.

7.0
Aquaman (2011) #49

Feb 28, 2016

Dan Abnett starts his run off with a solid foundation. This is a subdued issue, there is no action, it is meant as a breather to get reorganized and set up for the big #50. The dialog works well and the art looks good, aside from one panel where some woman has crooked eyes. Whoever this villain is, I already like it. I hope the next issue brings some life back into the series so it can finish strong before Rebirth kicks off.

8.5
Aquaman (2011) #50

Apr 6, 2016

Wow, what a testament to what the right writer and artist can bring to a series that was recently floundering under a different team. This issue goes big on the art and I love it, the layouts are dynamic, the draftsmanship is tight, and Mera's hair looks better than ever. The two cop characters go a little overboard on their commenting, but no comic is perfect. I'm back on board for Aquaman, and I'm hoping it keeps this momentum going to round out the series before the next relaunch.

7.5
Aquaman (2011) #51

Apr 27, 2016

I feel really bad for Jonah Payne. I'm assuming that we're suspending reality a bit with this dehydration chamber? This guy is going to get dehydrated and die without giving him water somehow. I like the ethical questions that this guy's imprisonment raises. So far Dan Abnett's run is promising, if you stopped reading Aquaman recently, I'd say jump on now, except that Rebirth is about to happen, so nevermind I guess? The timing is a little awkward here.

8.0
Aquaman (2011) #52

May 23, 2016

I didn't feel rushed reading this as others have expressed, I actually find this to be one of the strongest final issues of the New 52 thus far (but the only other ones I've read so far are Batman and Green Lantern). I liked that this didn't try to force some cheesy sentimental revisit to an origin or anything like that, it took advantage of the remaining issues in the series to tell the story that Abnett wanted to tell. The revelation of Dead Water's origin and his ultimate fate go hand in hand and it adds up to a tragic story.

5.0
Aquaman (2011) Annual #2

Aug 6, 2014

The Giant-Born were a good idea that was just not well realized. The best thing about this issue is that we won't need to read about the Giants any more, hopefully. We get two stories here, but both feel rushed. It would have preferable just to extend the first story, which starts out promising but falls into a pit of condensed, directionless fighting, and the conclusion hinges on a subplot that barely ever existed. The Mera/Wonder Woman team-up is superfluous.

6.5
Aquaman (2011): Futures End #1

Sep 4, 2014

I can't help but wonder if I should know more about the war they keep talking about in this. I'm not reading Future's End because I sure as heck don't need to read an event book every week for a year. This is interesting on it's own merits though, if you are reading Aquaman. I can buy a most of what's happening here and support Aquaman's decisions, especially regarding his personal life ;) but this little surprise alliance that Mera has going on seems like a pretty far stretch.

6.0
Aquaman (2016) #1

Jun 26, 2016

This issue is mostly exposition, which is needed for the new readers, so us current readers will just have to suck it up. As a result, the first two thirds of the comic are very boring, but it does get good by the end, so hopefully the second issue will be more exciting overall. I do love me some Black Manta.

8.5
Aquaman (2016) #2

May 29, 2017

I love a good showdown between Aquaman and Black Manta, and this is an emotional one.

6.5
Aquaman (2016) #3

Aug 1, 2016

Wow, why does every foreign national get away with murder except Aquaman, who hasn't even done anything wrong? Poor Atlantis, it's never going to catch a break.

7.5
Aquaman (2016) #4

Aug 12, 2016

Aquaman has somewhat awkwardly engaged in politics for a while now and something isn't clicking. So when Mera all but says "F this" and throws caution to the wind, I can't help but swell with joy as it comes off to me as meta commentary on the comic's progression thus far.

7.0
Aquaman (2016) #5

Aug 25, 2016

I don't know how the army is keeping up with Aquaman and Mera, it's kind of weird. I also find it unnerving that America is trying to assassinate a foreign leader like this. There's some intensity as a result though.

7.5
Aquaman (2016) #6

Sep 18, 2016

Fighting Superman is kind of cool, I guess. Clark is such a dick, he doesn't deserve friends.

6.5
Aquaman (2016) #7

Oct 2, 2016

A Low key issue, the pieces are being set up for the next move. There is a lot of dialogue, but it works nicely.

7.5
Aquaman (2016) #8

Oct 23, 2016

A good old-fashion slug fest. The subplot with Mera is going to be be just as much of a test of her character, if not more so than Aquaman's arc. Each character is being put through the ringer and one can only hope that they come out stronger for it in the end.

8.0
Aquaman (2016) #9

Nov 2, 2016

High octane action with a smart resolution.

7.5
Aquaman And The Others #1

Apr 20, 2014

Aquaman actually has a team book! Who could have predicted this 4 years ago? A lot of space is slotted to reintroduce the characters for new readers but it is done in a way that advances the plot. My only concern is this Futures End business. Event tie-ins are fine when done right, but I hope this book is given a chance to develop on its own unlike some other team books...

5.5
Aquaman And The Others #2

May 10, 2014

The art is good, but the dialog is extremely forced and stale. Dialog between team members is important with a book like this, so this needs to be tightened up asap. The basic plot is not bad but it is flushed out in questionable ways. At one point the Others encounter some kind of rock monsters that serve no purpose other than simple to fill an action beat. The team doesn't seem surprised at all, proceeding to engage the rock creatures in combat because "We need to see what we're up against."

5.5
Aquaman And The Others #3

Jun 6, 2014

Plagued by terrible dialog and forced confrontations, there are no signs here of the series improving. The art is good, but I can't fathom how the Others get past the front door when confronted by villains who almost have Scarlett Witch powers. Do the villains want them to come in? I like these characters and the villain introduction is cool, but I have to throw in the towel. I'm not buying anymore issues.

5.0
Aquaman And The Others: Futures End #1

Sep 26, 2014

The artwork looks fantastic, but the dialog is stale and the story is just just weird and childish.

5.5
Aquaman: Andromeda #1

Jun 16, 2022

The captions are too many and too self-indulgent, they bog the narrative down with gibberish intended to conduct mood.

5.5
Aquaman: Rebirth #1

Jun 12, 2016

Portrays the typical Aquaman status quo to get new readers up to speed, so new readers may find this more interesting than a regular reader such as myself; I found this rather boring. The artwork needs some simplification or something, coupled with the narration and dialogue, the page feels too busy. At least the last page has me excited for the next arc, I love that dude!

7.5
Arcadia #1

May 12, 2015

Excellent idea! The executions is decent, it's a little heavy on the words yet still just barely explains what is going on. The art is pretty decent, it is similar in style to Sean Murphy. At one point there is a double spread page, but I didn't realize it until I had read the first page entirely. I'm sure Pfeiffer is only going to get better as he moves forward from here though.

6.5
Arcadia #2

Jun 27, 2015

The progression of the story is good but the execution is a little muggy.

6.0
Arcadia #3

Jul 31, 2015

It's very difficult to keep track of the characters from month to month, I think the story would be more clear and enjoyable if not for that because there are some really interesting things happening here.

5.5
Arcadia #5

Nov 9, 2015

I think this would be better if I re-read the previous issues because I can't keep the characters straight so it's difficult to enjoy the interesting story plot.

6.0
Arcadia #6

Jan 4, 2016

Awe man, I thought this was going to be a six part series, but there are two more issues. Really flies in the face of the hexagonal design that's prevalent on the cover. I found the story coming out of LA actually more interesting than what's happening in Arcadia right now to be honest. The whole thing still lacks in clarity.

4.0
Archangel #1

May 23, 2016

Difficult to understand, no likable characters, and just plain boring. Don't believe the hype. Now, that doesn't mean the series couldn't pick up and get more interesting, but even from the first issue, I can tell this would work better as a TPB. I'd suggest waiting to see how this is received down the line and give it a shot in trade format if you are still interested. I didn't need the extra backmatter driving up the price tag either, this first issue was an overpriced waste of cash.

7.0
Archie (2015) #1

Aug 28, 2015

Waid's modern take breathes new life to an outdated character and Fiona Staples provides excellent visuals portraying natural teen designs and body language. It's relaunch many teens can get behind. In the end though, it's still a book about some kid in high school which, as an adult, I have no interest in. High school was nothing special when I went through it, why would I want to read a comic about a fictional character going through the same thing with no unique approach to make it different from everyday life?

6.0
Archie vs. Predator #1

Aug 19, 2015

It's utterly stupid but doesn't quite cross into the realm of parody so it's a little clumsy in that regard, but still fun overall. I'm thinking it will get better once the predator is more involved.

4.5
Arkham Manor: Endgame #1

Apr 5, 2015

Skip it. Art's okay, story is mediocre. The purpose of the issue is basically to explain how certain villains escape Arkham and that's about it.

7.5
Armor Hunters #1

Jun 13, 2014

Good introduction, good art. It directly follows the events in X-O Manowar, so if you are not reading that then I'd recommend picking up the last few issues. As far as events go this seems to be the typical invading alien threat, but we'll see where they go with this.

7.5
Armor Hunters #2

Jul 13, 2014

It's cool, and if you like X-O Manowar this is a must read. critically, I can't say this exceeds any expectations, it's just a simple, 'fight the alien threat' comic.

8.0
Armor Hunters #3

Aug 15, 2014

Best issue yet. Some more personal elements are present here, along with smart, giant-sized action. The art is excellent.

7.5
Armor Hunters #4

Sep 26, 2014

Oh yeah! Aric is back! We can officially stop reading about trivial nonsense like the Armor Hunters in the X-O Manowar comic, and Ninjak and the Eternal Warrior in the Unity comics ;) More to the point, this is a pretty good event, at least when compared with other event books that suck more often than they excel. It concludes rather predictably (but with one juicy development for Aric) and pretty much boils down to an excuse to cause city-wide destruction, but there's nothing wrong with that in a comic book. The action gets a little confusing in the rendering of some panels, the line art looks a little rushed in some places but it's good overall. Would I recommend this? Yes, for people already reading Valiant at least. Is it the best event book out there? No, there have been better ones, but it's a lot better than Marvel's Original Sin and DC's Futures End, so I'd say it is certainly the best one at the moment.

7.0
Armor Hunters: Aftermath #1

Oct 23, 2014

This is a good epilogue to Armor Hunters. Often 'aftermath' books feel like a money-grab, but this addresses some loose threads fan may wonder about and this also sets the stage for the next age of Unity. There's also some cheeky commentary about catering to the general public.

7.5
Armor Hunters: Bloodshot #1

Aug 3, 2014

Better than I expected. Just a fun, cool action comic.

6.5
Armor Hunters: Bloodshot #2

Aug 23, 2014

The action is enjoyable, though some ridiculous dialog can make moments laughable. It's hard to tell if this is done on purpose. The art is not bad, but a lot of the facial proportions get wonky.

5.0
Armor Hunters: Bloodshot #3

Sep 19, 2014

I'm going to recommend this only to readers to want to know absolutely everything that's happening in the Armor Hunters continuity. This tie-in started out feeling relevant but now that it's over I'm wondering what the point was. I don't want to spoil how it ends, but it's unsatisfying, and a little bizarre in the way it gets there.

7.0
Armor Hunters: Harbinger #1

Aug 6, 2014

This seems like the least necessary tie-in to the Armor Hunters event. But that being said, it is well told as it's own story, even if you're not reading Harbinger or Armor Hunters, these characters speak for themselves.

7.5
Armor Hunters: Harbinger #2

Aug 23, 2014

A well constructed and entertaining tie-in

7.0
Armor Hunters: Harbinger #3

Sep 11, 2014

There's a lot a blatant exposition in the dialog, which was informative for someone unfamiliar with these characters like myself, but it was obvious. The story is simple, relevant, and well executed; you pretty much get what you pay for, and the art is good. This one fared well as far as tie-ins go.

8.0
Armorclads (2022) #1

Apr 1, 2022

The first issue has me intrigued. It's the perfect sci-fi story for a rebellious teen.

7.5
Arrowsmith: Behind Enemy Lines #1

Jan 23, 2022

The most interesting aspect of the comic is the discrimination that the troll faces at the bar. This is an interesting world, it's very similar to our own but slightly askew.

9.0
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #1

Jul 24, 2017

It's been a long time, I shouldn't have left you without a strong X-book to step to. Think of all the weak products you slept through. Time's up I'm sorry I kept you.

7.5
Avengers (2012) #29

Jun 7, 2014

The drawback here is you need to push through New Avengers flashbacks that seem straight ripped out of the pages of the earlier New Avengers issues, and this is for about half of the book (most of it is also covered in the recap at the beginning of this issue too). If you haven't read those issues of New Avengers then, yes, this is important, but it could have been vastly chopped down for those that have read them. Once you get past that though, the drama that ensues is titillating and rewards this reader's patience. Its gratifying to see seeds planted a year ago sprouting in spring.

5.0
Avengers (2016) #1

Nov 25, 2016

The way Hercules is brought into the fold is casual and pedestrian, Mark Waid wasn't even trying. The rest of the comic is paced and set up poorly, I expect better from a writer as seasoned as Waid.

6.0
Avengers (2018) #1

May 6, 2018

The main story is not bad, but the side stories with Ghost Rider, Savage Hulk, Doctor Strange, and Black Panther are boring with no apparent relation to the main plot yet.

7.5
Avengers (2018) #18

Jul 17, 2019

I like the issue's shameless 'on the nose' nature.

7.5
Avengers (2018) #19

Jul 17, 2019

Gorilla-Man centered issue, which is nice in the middle of a large event.

7.0
Avengers (2018) #20

Jul 17, 2019

I like seeing She-Hulk's character developed, but she does seem to be everywhere in the world, all at once, in one issue.

7.5
Avengers (2018) #21

Jul 20, 2019

An issue to chill and reflect on recent events.

7.5
Avengers (2018) #56

May 31, 2022

I don't read this series but noticed this issue is a (mostly) self-contained story about Jane Foster, so I picked it up. I'm happy to report, no regrets.

7.5
Avengers A.I. #1

Jun 13, 2014

Decent first issue. The introduction of the Doombot could be the selling point for me on this series.

7.0
Avengers A.I. #2

Jun 13, 2014

Nice art, the story is okay and reaches some high points.

7.5
Avengers A.I. #3

Jun 14, 2014

It feels like the series is finding it's footing here in the third issue. Araujo's layouts use a smart, well executed grid; my only criticism would be that the faces feel a bit like plastic at times. The Vision centric parts of the story are fascinating, but I personally am not buying that the crowd of onlookers would angrily rush in like that. It seems more appropriate that they'd run the other way at this point.

7.5
Avengers A.I. #4

Jun 15, 2014

The team dynamic is coming together and the narrative is gaining momentum.

8.0
Avengers Arena #4

Jun 2, 2014

These characters feel so real and that is how this series will shine.

8.0
Avengers Arena #5

Jun 2, 2014

I wouldn't think a discussion between Captain Britain and Kid Briton could be this fascinating, well done. I'm sure Kev Walker played a part to insure the British colloquialism was authentic.

8.0
Avengers Standoff: Welcome to Pleasant Hill #1

Mar 12, 2016

I wasn't sure what to make of this at first, but it won my interest by the end. It's a great concept and plot. Bagley's art lacks appeal but services the story just fine, there isn't much I'd call out on it in technical execution.

9.5
Avengers Undercover #1

Sep 10, 2014

It's just riveting to catch up with these kids and find out how they're dealing with their trauma and how the world sees them. There's a lot of social commentary here. Also, Kev Walker's art is dope!

8.5
Avengers Undercover #2

Apr 20, 2014

I had to cut Avengers Arena when slimming by pull list last year, but I'm hoping to keep Avengers Undercover this time because this is great and I can't wait to see where it goes!

7.5
Avengers Undercover #3

Apr 25, 2014

Very enjoyable, though the plot comes together maybe just a little too easy for our young heroes. The interiors communicate well but the figure drawings are often wonky.

9.0
Avengers Undercover #4

May 17, 2014

Somehow Avengers Undercover has become one of Marvel's best titles. Everything in this issue comes together nicely: Hopeless's plot is simple but well paced, the characters feel real, and the art is exceptional. Marvel needs to ease up on the schedule a bit so we can have Kev Walker for every issue, please.

8.5
Avengers Undercover #5

Jun 13, 2014

This is quickly becoming my most anticipated title coming out from Marvel on Wednesdays.

9.5
Avengers Undercover #6

Jul 2, 2014

Timothy Green II does a good job filling in for Kev Walker. My only criticism is that Death Locket looks a little too old. Otherwise, another amazing issue. These characters feel so real, I think I'm in love! But wait, you're leaving in September? No! You can't do this to me, our relationship barely had a chance to blossom! I thought we had something special!!

8.5
Avengers Undercover #7

Jul 10, 2014

Another great issue and a shocking surprise ending.

7.0
Avengers Undercover #8

Aug 15, 2014

Another entry without Kev Walker. The art isn't bad but it does not mesh with the previously established style so continuity in the character models feels thrown out the window. If there are only 2 issues to go on this series, why such a hurry to put it out? Does it lead into the next Marvel event? A had a few issues with the plot this time around too. The romance between Hazmat and Anachronism feels like it came out of nowhere. Also, I'm sure Baron Zemo's grand scheme will be reveled shortly, but *spoilers* using the children as bait to lead the Avengers to your secret headquarters seems totally unnecessary.

8.5
Avengers Undercover #9

Aug 27, 2014

The story comes together in good form and Timothy Green's art is decent. I'm excited for this conclusion, but I'm not ready to say goodbye.

9.0
Avengers Undercover #10

Sep 10, 2014

I was really hoping Kev Walker would be back for the last issue, but Tigh Walker is ok and portrays the comedy in this issue well. Hopeless's writing is spot on, I was worried the series would end too soon, but I couldn't ask for a better ending. This will be a great trade to recommend. I hope Hopeless comes back to these characters again.

6.0
Back to the Future #1

Oct 28, 2015

The first story has mediocre artwork but had a fun and quirky script, even if the character motivations are stretched a bit. The second story has excellent artwork but a mediocre story. The second story will continue, so it is just a short introduction and will hopefully get more interesting. Overall, this is only for BTTF fans to read because the stories are basically backstories to the movies. Skip this if you are not obsessed with the movies because even fans of the movies may not even stick this one out.

5.0
Back to the Future #2

Nov 18, 2015

The first story was okay, it had good artwork and had a decent but compressed little script. The second story is utterly pointless, Marty accidently comes up with a school science project? Give me a break. There is also an origin of the DeLorean thrown on the last page with such little regard that it hurts the car's reputation.

4.0
Back to the Future #3

Jan 7, 2016

This series has the feel of a goofy 90s Saturday morning cartoon spun out of a blockbuster hit. Best read while laying on your stomach on the living room floor, feet kicking in the air as you eat sugary breakfast cereal. All the stories fit into the canon and yet, at the same time, it would make no difference if they were ever told at all. At least the artwork in this issue is pretty decent across both stories, so there's that.

8.0
Barrier (2018) #1

May 21, 2018

I'm sure that I'd get more out of it if I knew a lick of Spanish, but the images tell most of the story.

8.5
Basilisk #1

Jun 7, 2021

I'm instantly hooked by this concept and Bunn is withholding just enough information to make me crave more.

8.5
Basilisk #2

Jul 11, 2021

Ah, so each of the Chimera subvert a different sense, that's pretty cool! I'm hooked and adding this to my pull file.

7.5
Basilisk #3

Aug 9, 2021

Yet another mass execution makes this feel like a lot of filler, but at least a more backstory was established.

8.5
Basilisk #4

Dec 13, 2021

The showdown is hear and it's pretty awesome! The only drawback is that the Chimera pull back rather abruptly and it feels awkward. It has something to do with what Manny told them, but since the reader doesn't know what he said yet, I'm just going to have to hope that it all comes together later.

8.0
Basilisk #5

Dec 13, 2021

There is a very interesting development in this issue, one that sets a new status quo. Did the head disciple guy need to kill that other guy? That seemed uncalled for, lol.

8.0
Basilisk #6

Jan 9, 2022

Every issues feels short, including this one, but I think that has more to do with allowing the images to speak for themselves and not bogging things down with unnecessary text. This issue is mostly action. I don't know how much longer our heroes can keep up these hit-and-run tactics. Maybe just partner up with someone who is a better shot? Lol.

9.0
Basilisk #7

Feb 12, 2022

An intense issue filled with gore and backstabbing.

7.0
Basilisk #8

Mar 21, 2022

I'm not sure I get the ending, is this to be continued?

7.5
Basilisk #9

Sep 10, 2022

The flashback fight in the rain has me confused. Does anyone else know what that was? I like everything else happening here, turns out there is a lot more to this whole chimera thing, I guess that means we have an ongoing series on our hands. Awesome!

8.0
Basilisk #10

Sep 10, 2022

The plot is taking some wild turns.

7.5
Basilisk #11

Sep 15, 2022

I think we're starting to stretch out the plot now, the chimera thing is cool but I'm ready to wrap things up.

9.5
Basilisk #12

Dec 13, 2022

That's a hell of an ending to a superb story.

7.0
Batgirl (2011): Endgame #1

Mar 23, 2015

Not really necessary, but a well executed silent issue nonetheless.

7.5
Batman & The Joker: The Deadly Duo #1

Dec 4, 2022

Nice pencils. It's a suitably gritty Batman that holds some promise.

8.0
Batman '66 Meets The Green Hornet #1

Jun 5, 2014

The first issue isn't super exciting because it is setting up the plot, however the dialog is so hilarious, you certainly won't feel bored.

9.0
Batman '66 Meets The Green Hornet #2

Sep 19, 2014

Anyone that enjoyed these 60's shows will love this comic. It's true to the format and got me chuckling a few times. We are even blessed with the return of the original crossover's villain and he's been revamped to batmazing camp levels i could only dream of.

9.0
Batman '66 Meets The Green Hornet #3

Aug 8, 2014

I've been buying the physical comics and now see that ComicBookRoundup is posting the digital issues so I'll adjust my reviews according. It's fairly clear where issues end due to the scintillating narration that makes me giggle with joy. This series has been consistently awesome, so pretty much every issue gets a good rating. This one resolves the last in a fun and diversified way and shows how interesting this crossover can be because. Unlike the typical hero mash up, Batman and Robin do actually have reason to take Green Hornet and Kato on because they're criminals, sort of.

8.0
Batman '66 Meets The Green Hornet #4

Jul 3, 2014

The fist fight at the end is a little brief, but this series is just hitting all it's notes perfectly and I have nothing but love for it.

8.0
Batman '66 Meets The Green Hornet #5

Sep 19, 2014

This series can't lose! Anything that seems like lazy writing, like just letting the villains walk away with your sidekick, just adds the campy charm and it probably done on purpose.

8.5
Batman '66 Meets The Green Hornet #6

Sep 19, 2014

Every issue puts a big smile on my face, it's just amazing. The only thing that would make this better is if Kato actually beat the crap out of Robin. I mean come on guys, it's Bruce Lee we're talking about here.

8.0
Batman '66 Meets The Green Hornet #7

Sep 19, 2014

Starts off a little slow, but the confrontation between these crime fighting teams is hilarious when you get there. You can't get enough of Batman's self righteous morals. For the physical comics, I'd like to see DC/Dynamite put all their ads in the space between the first story and the second because that would be a great way to simulate a commercial break in the TV show and still give ad space to advertisers, rather than just regurgitate the ad pages in random slots, no one likes that.

10
Batman (2011) #5

Feb 2, 2019

It's been a while since a read this but it blew my mind at the time. The disorienting nature of the artwork just goes the extra mile in communicating Batman's mental state and anguish. This is an superb example of what the comic book medium can bring to the table as an artistic outlet.

9.5
Batman (2011) #29

Apr 18, 2014

AMAZING! Bat-blimp?

8.5
Batman (2011) #30

Apr 18, 2014

I'm getting de ja vu from the Wake. This is pretty cool though.

9.0
Batman (2011) #31

May 31, 2014

So good!

8.5
Batman (2011) #32

Jun 27, 2014

It's been a wild ride and I'm ready to see how it ends.

9.5
Batman (2011) #33

Aug 2, 2014

Amazing story arc and a near perfect issue to round it out. Snyder and Capullo have done it again!

8.5
Batman (2011) #34

Aug 15, 2014

A simple done-in-one entry but masterfully handled. Duggan fares well as a fill-in artist and Snyder is such a talented writer as usual, it makes you want to cry.

9.5
Batman (2011) #35

Oct 21, 2014

If you like Batman, if you like Justice League, if you like comic books at all or you're even just curious about them, buy this now, it is a great jump on point and yet another amazing entry from Snyder and Capullo. I can't get over how great this book is and has been, the bar keeps going higher but the creators are still sailing over it. The backup story is creeping and interesting too.

9.5
Batman (2011) #36

Nov 15, 2014

I'm not sure if the Joker reveal is something that has been planned since the Annual, or if this is a misdirect, but it's freakin' brilliant. Even the quiet moments with Alfred are mesmerizing. It's a shame that the conflict between Batman and the rest of the Justice League couldn't have lasted a little longer, but it's probably just a small part of the overall story Scott has planned.

8.5
Batman (2011) #37

Dec 22, 2014

It's weird that the Justice League and Batman comics both have simultaneous yet unrelated virus outbreak story arcs, especially when both titles are released the same week. Of course, that doesn't stop this comic from being good. I got a little confused in the hospital, so I'd say this one isn't as strong as the previous two issues, but this still holds above most of the other comics on the shelf this week.

9.0
Batman (2011) #38

Feb 3, 2015

Plays with Joker's mythology, there's no telling what's true or false at this point but Batman must being worn out from Snyder putting him through the ringer so much, he turns to some drastic measures in this kick ass cliffhanger. Also Batman fights a tank. The backup story is not bad, I particularly like the artwork.

8.0
Batman (2011) #39

Mar 1, 2015

At this point it is a given how awesome this book is, but this issue doesn't quite measure up to the others. It jumps around too much for my taste. The conclusion to the backup story is pretty satisfying though, so that brings the rating up a touch.

9.0
Batman (2011) #40

May 3, 2015

A very intense ending. The only things that disrupt the quality of this issue are the super villain team up and the sound waves cracking the respirators, that's just cartoony. As you get to the final pages though, you feel like you are reading something for the ages.

7.0
Batman (2011) #41

Jun 21, 2015

A done-in-one story to introduce the new Batman works well even if the bad-guy's plan is somewhat looney and more akin to something from Spider-Man. The character is a good choice and will give some room for experimentation but I didn't find I like this story as much as any of the previous issues in Snyder/Capullo's epic run on Batman.

6.5
Batman (2011) #42

Jul 12, 2015

As much as it pains me to admit it, I'm not enjoying this new direction much at all. I'm open to it, but so far it is the weakest arc in the Snyder/Capullo run; they've had an extremely tight run up to now, so the bar is already high. This issue is the second in a row to feature a done-in-one baddie with powers to be put down and this time the solution felt more like deus ex machina than something earned. Hopefully, now that we're seeing there is a pattern, these villain-of-the month issues will evolve from here into something bigger. I'm also not sure what to make of the revelations in the final pages, we'll see how things play out but it's leaving a sour taste in my mouth.

8.0
Batman (2011) #43

Aug 17, 2015

Oh no, everyone is dead! Probably not. Mr. Bloom is a quaint new villain, I'm liking him so far. Snyder finally sheds light on what happened to Bruce Wayne, it's a good idea that I'm sure will be temporary. The new Bruce finally brings some peace to Alfred, who I'm happy for, and it's interesting to see him explain this to Superman

8.5
Batman (2011) #44

Sep 22, 2015

We break into a one-shot here in the middle of the ongoing story arc, but it ties loosely in with events in the current arc so it's not a big. It's also much better than issues in the current arc have been, so that's a welcome plus too. This is one of those batman issues that brings real world problems into the spotlight, so it's worth reading.

7.5
Batman (2011) #45

Oct 18, 2015

It's getting hampered a bit by continuity from other titles (We Are Robin) that don't seem very necessary to include. There is also some dues ex machina that wasn't necessary and one of the panels takes me out of the story with a little censor bar, whose idea was that? Even with these problems, it is still an enjoyable read.

8.0
Batman (2011) #46

Nov 18, 2015

Mr. Bloom is a cool villain and I'm glad to see him in action finally. The electromagnetic nonsense is very comicbooky though, I'll admit that.

7.5
Batman (2011) #47

Dec 13, 2015

I don't get what the side plot with Robin has to do with anything but I love the moment in the subway, that was the best part of the comic. The stuff with Mr. Bloom is cool, especially the twist at the end, the one downside being the typical Batman move Gordon pulled with some molecular BS in his fingertips. The very last page may change everything from here.

7.5
Batman (2011) #48

Jan 27, 2016

The conversation with joker was excellent but the realization of Bruce's true identity didn't really translate onto the page, something was lost there. I also didn't get what the bright lights in the beginning and end of the comic had to do with anything.

7.5
Batman (2011) #49

Feb 16, 2016

No Capullo this issue, they must be saving him up for an oversize #50. The story is pretty good, but the alternate reality flashback are confusing, I'm going to assume it makes more sense if you' be read Futures's End. Bruce's girlfriend finding her way into the cave is other rather contrived.

7.5
Batman (2011) #50

Apr 26, 2016

It gets over indulgent and confusing even if you are a regular reader; so this is not a jump-on point, by any stretch of the imagination. Still some good Batman nonetheless, I sure am going to miss this creative powerhouse team.

6.0
Batman (2011) #51

May 1, 2016

It's a quiet swan song to Capullo and Snyder's epic run, a rare moment of the peace Batman has fought his whole life for. It's nice in one sense, but in another it's actually kind of boring. I mean, literally nothing happens and it is almost comedic as a result. So I'm not going to give it a stellar rating. As a single issue it's nothing special, but it reads well as an epilogue to an amazing and long run and that's how it should be interpreted.

5.0
Batman (2011) #52

May 17, 2016

I grant that this is a difficult spot to put Tynion in: the Snyder/Capullo run just wrapped, which are some bog shoes to fill, this needs to be a one-shot and readers expect closure and some fuzzy emotional feels to close out on. That being said, doesn't it bother anyone else that Bruce Wayne is lugging around this stupid giant text-book-sized notebook throughout his worldly training? The first time I saw he had brought a book bag to his ninja training in Japan, I literally laughed out loud... Then it kept showing up again... He dives out of a freakin' plane with no parachute, holding the book in his hand. I mean, come on! I know this shouldn't bother me this much, but I can't help it, it's so ridiculous. The art is okay, there are a couple panels where Batman is wide-eyes for no reason, the worst panel has his eyes wide open and his jaws gaping as if he's going to eat the world's most amazing sandwich, seems like an odd expression to deliver the line, "This is personal." That was another lol moment. So, the story concept sounds good, but it wasn't executed well. If you've been reading Batman since the New 52 relaunch, you might as well complete the set, otherwise don't worry about picking this one up.

8.5
Batman (2011) Annual #3

Jan 4, 2015

This is a great format for an annual. It works great as a self contained story, but still alludes to current events in the main title, while also recapping batman/joker history is a sleek fashion.The art is a little clunky at times, but it's good overall and carries plenty of mood. The story is chilling and very clever. Batman fans won't want to pass this up and anyone that enjoys horror fill be rewarded if they give this a read.

8.0
Batman (2011) Annual #4

Oct 5, 2015

Very interesting way to explore the Batman/Bruce Wayne psyche indirectly. The ending falls a little flat, it's a bit convenient; and what the heck happened to the gun that the Riddler was holding? Did he just forget that he had it? Alfred's hand also appears in two or three panels, I have a feeling that this was drawn with his hand in tact and the hand had to be removed later, as evidenced by the way Alfred handles the gun, it doesn't feel right. It probably would have worked better if he had some sort of prosthetic instead of a stump.

7.5
Batman (2011): Futures End #1

Sep 12, 2014

A tense and engaging story full of action, albeit feeling a little out of character for Batman. Anyone think Alfred looks weird?

6.5
Batman (2016) #1

Jun 20, 2016

*Spoiler alert* A polarizing issue to read. One the one hand, I love seeing Batman be Batman, taking action immediately, without regard to consequences, and pushing himself to the limit. On the other hand, physics are stretch to the breaking point. It's ridiculous how the rockets on Batman's ejector seat are customizable so that they can come apart, stick to the underside of a speeding plane through some sort of vacuum seal, and be operated with strings. How do they stay on? Why are they designed that way? How could they possible have enough propulsion power to maneuver the plane? Where are the fuel tanks? How are they in-taking air if they are vacuum sealed to the plane like that? Let's face it, this would just never work! I shrugged off the thing in the last issue where batman held his breath for way too long, but now I'm worried that this is going to be a regular thing. I know, this is comics, doing fantastic stuff is what they do; but one of the great things about Batman is that he's just a regular guy, so when you keep making him do things outside the realm of possibility, you're turning him into just another superhuman. That being said, I did find the issue exciting and paced well. The reveal at the end will introduce a new dynamic to the city. Finch's art looks great, I'm not sure what some people have against it, his style is well suited to Batman.

6.5
Batman (2016) #2

Jul 10, 2016

The art by Finch, Banning, Miki, and Bellaire is excellent, particularly with how the backgrounds have been simplified and stylized, it helps to read the characters that much better. The plot is alright, I'm glad that we're finally starting to plant our feet on some sort of foundation but we need to move it along here, we're 3 issues in if you count the Rebirth one-shot, and the plot is only now starting.

6.0
Batman (2016) #3

Jul 29, 2016

Okay, maybe now the plot takes off... This starts out with the light beer Batman origin of Gotham and Gotham Girl, which I didn't really need yet, but okay. It just takes up most of the issue and I want to get into an actual story arc. Come on, lets get the show on the road here.

5.5
Batman (2016) #4

Aug 11, 2016

Considering the turnaround time between issues, the artwork is still good but isn't popping like the previous issues, I'm starting to see signs of the schedule burden. The plot is serviceable, I would have liked to see the brutal slaughter between issues, there seems to be a lot of time passing between each issue so far and it distances the reader from getting immersed. The nod to the Suicide Squad felt shoehorned in, undoubtedly to coincide with the film release. If it doesn't play any meaningful part in the story, I see no reason to waste pages on a Suicide Squad cameo. Despite reading Gotham's origin, it's really difficult to identify with his character, he still feels like a shallow plot device, which contributes to my difficulty getting into this story. I'm looking for something to grab me and I'm just not finding it.

8.0
Batman (2016) #5

Aug 22, 2016

We finally get an exceptional issue out of Tom King, this is easily the best issue in his run thus far, the Alfred moment alone is worth the price of admission. The climax went by a little too fast though, blink once and it's over.

6.0
Batman (2016) #6

Sep 18, 2016

I hope we're done with Gotham Girl now.

5.5
Batman (2016) #7

Oct 23, 2016

The art looks great, the plot isn't doing much for me thus far.

6.5
Batman (2016) #8

Oct 23, 2016

One of the better issues in this crummy arc, largely thanks to the layouts. The Clayface suit is cool. The flying motorcycles are stupid. All those assholes that bashed Scott Snyder's run can eat their hats anytime now.

6.0
Batman (2016) #9

Nov 2, 2016

I'm relieved to be done with Night of the Monster Men, but is it too much to ask for an issue of Batman where he isn't training new recruits? I want to read Batman the detective, or Batman the vigilante, but I keep getting Batman the delegator. And in this case, it is only the final page that suggests this could be an interesting team, otherwise, I just find myself asking why, why does Batman need these people, why would he take the risk and why are they losers I've never heard of?

9.0
Batman (2016) #21

Apr 23, 2017

I fell off of this Batman run after the first arc, but now seems to be the perfect opportunity to jump on board, at least for this crossover. Fabok's artwork is superb and the 9 panel grid set to the countdown is incredibly effective at alluding to Watchmen and frames well against the hockey game. I can't wait to see where this leads.

9.5
Batman (2016) #22

May 7, 2017

Surprisingly heart wrenching and with excellent artwork to boot.

9.0
Batman (2016) #23

May 29, 2017

Nice pacing and a crazy, cool ending. Batman and Swamp Thing are an unlikely pair and it's not surprising why. Now I'm wondering if I need to jump back into this series, I've only read the first nine issues but then came back for the Flash crossover. It seems to be far better than it was when I left.

6.0
Batman (2016) #24

Jun 12, 2017

Batman is having a long conversation with Gotham Girl that thematically relates to the subplot with Catwoman, which is actually the bigger story here yet consists mostly of flashy poses.

8.5
Batman (2016) #25

Jun 29, 2017

This is the tone and style of Batman that I've been waiting for. I'm back on board.

7.0
Batman (2016) #26

Jul 9, 2017

The first page is excellent, it preps me for an awesome issue but, unfortunately, I think that was the high point. I'm digging this take of Joker much more than this take of Riddler. Riddler plays off of that classic Joker-asking-for-the-mirror scene, but what is he upset about, having a scar on his abdomen? Who cares? Cutting himself like that kind of stinks of King trying too hard to write all bad-ass. Honestly, it didn't feel like much actually happens in this issue, I hope the plot picks up more in the next one.

8.0
Batman (2016) #27

Aug 2, 2017

It's a good comic on it's own merits, I feel for this guy. On the other hand, we are only three issues into this arc and already deviating from the main plot, can we get narrative underway already?

6.0
Batman (2016) #28

Aug 16, 2017

Where is the plot? So far it feels like a series of tie-ins to an event book, but I want to read the main event!

8.5
Batman (2016) #29

Sep 24, 2017

A unique and appropriate use of the comic book medium, this issue could almost be read as a one-shot.

8.5
Batman (2016) #30

Sep 21, 2017

This arc has been a series of hits and misses, but this is one of the hits. Tom King has a knack for writing Kite Man and has made him more interesting to read than Batman in this arc. This issue does end rather abruptly though, I thought I had missed a page or something.

7.5
Batman (2016) #31

Oct 7, 2017

Kite Man! Nah nah nah nah nah nah nah nah, Kite Man! It's a good issue, although I feel like King has lost the point of the Riddler, he's not a strong-arm thug who occasionally rattles off riddles, he's a schemer that incorporates his schemes into riddles, and that character defining aspect of him has been lost in this arc.

7.0
Batman (2016) #48

Jul 14, 2018

This could be so much better if the dialogue was tightened up. I find the comic flows perfectly fine when I flip through the pages, taking in the layouts. But, when I read the words it locks up with self indulgence. Someone please tell King that, with comic books, less is usually more.

7.5
Batman (2016) #49

Jul 14, 2018

This six-shooter that magically fires 15 shots really took me out of the comic but Janin's layouts pulled me back in. The dialogue ends up dragging the middle of the comic out, I started to get very bored and almost hated this issue, but the last few pages sold it for me. I think it would have been stronger if it was shorter in the middle and the creators weren't lazy with the revolver, but at least it turned out to be interesting.

4.5
Batman (2016) #50

Jul 15, 2018

I could have been just as disappointed in less time for a lower cover price without all of the extra pages of pillow talk. Fake-outs are always lame, but I'll respect that this is the direction that King wants to take this... But don't artificially inflate the price like that. At least we got a nice little moment with Alfred out of it.

6.0
Batman (2016) #89

Jul 11, 2020

Jumping back into Batman after taking a break for a couple years. Wtf is up with Catwoman's costume? Maybe the exposed armpits serve to keep her suit from getting all sweaty and stunk up?

7.0
Batman (2016) #90

Jul 11, 2020

The Designer is interesting, somewhat of an anti-batman which could be said about many of Batman's rogues' gallery.

6.0
Batman (2016) #91

Jul 11, 2020

It's kind of like a Family Guy-style chicken fight.

5.5
Batman (2016) #92

Jul 11, 2020

Honestly, a pretty lackluster introduction to Punchline.

7.0
Batman (2016) #93

Jul 11, 2020

Not sure how that skeleton is being animated, but at least this issue has a one-two punch at by the end.

6.5
Batman (2016) #94

Sep 5, 2020

It's not bad, Batman's relationship with Catwoman is the most compelling part. The convoluted plot, not so much

7.0
Batman (2016) #95

Jul 26, 2020

Not a bad start. I get the impression that Batman's first encounter with the Joker and that Alfred will play an important role in one way or another.

6.0
Batman (2016) #96

Aug 9, 2020

The Alfred voice is interesting, but the plot leaves something to be desired.

6.0
Batman (2016) #97

Sep 20, 2020

The unknown actor filling in Batman's void is actually the most interesting element of this issue.

6.5
Batman (2016) #98

Sep 20, 2020

Batman is the type of character that can't really get over his parents since they function as the central drive for his character... but that doesn't mean it doesn't get tiresome. This is probably Punchline's best appearance so far, which doesn't say much. I actually enjoyed the lettering on the Batman cape, it was my favourite part. I don't know what that says about me.

5.0
Batman (2016) #99

Oct 22, 2020

I think this issue is meant to act as the bridge into several tie-in books but, since I have no intention to read any of those, I don't particularly care.

6.0
Batman (2016) #100

Oct 22, 2020

All of our time spent fighting dead bodies, including zombie Alfred, didn't lead up to anything. I guess Bruce is supposed to be concerned about that happens to zombie Alfred, but who cares? He's already dead. Because of this, the climax has no impact. Even worse, it happens off-page. Even as I give this criticism, I'll acknowledge that this is one of the better installments of this arc, but that isn't a particularly high bar for this issue to clear. Also, I learned in this issue that Batman is immune to being stabbed in the back and gut. Amazing.

8.0
Batman (2016) #125

Sep 17, 2022

Penguin gets the last laugh over Batman. Plus, a backup investigation by Selina involving a robot attorney is fun too.

7.0
Batman (2016) #126

Sep 17, 2022

I was confused about this robot at first, but I got it now. I had to use the old Google machine to understand the cliffhanger, but now I'm interested. Side note: I can't believe DC is still sticking with the exposed armpits on Catwoman. It's so weird.

7.5
Batman (2016) #127

Sep 17, 2022

Ah, yes, it makes sense that Batman would have a plan to take out himself as well as a backup plan.

7.5
Batman (2016) #128

Oct 14, 2022

The whole losing and coming back some time later to a conquered Gotham thing has become a trope in Batman. I'm actually more interested in the bonus story, I'm not totally clear what's going on but I'm intrigued.

7.5
Batman / Superman (2019) #1

Sep 3, 2019

The random robots add nothing and didn't need to exist, but the book starts off and ends off promising, and the art is great.

8.0
Batman / Superman (2019) #2

Oct 2, 2019

This was pretty exciting, the artwork is excellent and the cliffhanger has me hooked.

8.5
Batman / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #1

Dec 13, 2015

I like the artwork, especially the colours. The story is off to an excellent start, the writer is clearly familiar with all of the characters and knows what to do with them in a situation that works as an effective crossover.

8.0
Batman / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #2

Feb 6, 2016

Awesome to see the ninja match up between Batman and the TMNT, and I'm glad that they haven't made friends immediately as these crossovers often do.

8.0
Batman / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #3

Feb 15, 2016

I'm surprised at Shredder's actions, but I suppose I can't rule them out due to his sheer hatred of the turtles. Mikey is priceless, and so is the artwork. Another great issue.

9.0
Batman / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #4

Mar 24, 2016

You can tell that Tynion really gets the core of Batman and also the TMNT. The characters are so genuine, especially with regard to the moment shared between Batman and Raph.

7.5
Batman / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #5

Apr 20, 2016

We seem to re-centre ourselves with this issue to get in a good position for next month's final battle. Damien comes into the fold with a great fight scene surrounding a video game console.

8.5
Batman / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #6

May 18, 2016

I think a few extra pages would have helped facilitate how much stuff happens in this issue, I would have liked to see Casey contribute to the fight at the end too because defeating everyone ends up coming across as too easy due to the few pages dedicated to it, and the fact that most of the baddies are knocked out off panel. But even with the pages allotted, this was executed brilliantly. There's a tough, selfless decision made by the turtles, and a heartfelt moment at the end. Raph and Batman really get each other. This is a must read, simple as that.

8.0
Batman / The Shadow #1

May 7, 2017

This was actually pretty good. There's more focus on the crime/mystery angle than a typical superhero slugfest.

7.0
Batman / The Shadow #2

May 30, 2017

Batman and the Shadow do not have compatible personalities, which makes their interactions very interesting. I also like this villain that hold's his own against Bats.

7.5
Batman / The Shadow #3

Jul 23, 2017

Alfred and the Joker are the most engaging aspects of the issue.

7.5
Batman / TMNT Adventures #1

Nov 25, 2016

Fun read if you like these cartoons.

5.5
Batman / TMNT Adventures #2

Jan 10, 2017

There are a couple continuity errors that take me out of the story: Bebop and Rocksteady switch what side they are standing in and Batman does likewise with Robin and Batgirl. The fight scene is super forced and inauthentic, but humour makes it more enjoyable.

7.5
Batman's Grave #1

Oct 12, 2019

Good start. Sets an appropriate mood, though I had to reread some lines of dialogue because they weren't clear the first time.

7.0
Batman's Grave #2

Mar 13, 2020

Most of the issue as an action scene, which is fine, I like the pacing.

4.5
Batman/The Maxx #1

Oct 6, 2018

I've never read a Maxx issue, so I thought this would be a good opportunity. I think I can safely say that it's not my thing. Most of the issue is literally Batman and the Maxx standing around discussing creatures that live in this Outback reality. I'm sure some of the imagery and symbolism will pay off, but I can't imagine it will be enough to make up for the lack of narrative.

8.0
Batman: Beyond the White Knight #1

Apr 8, 2022

Bruce Wayne is a jailbird and I love it!

7.5
Batman: Beyond the White Knight #2

Jun 3, 2022

I love the art and story enough to let the microchip-hallucination-only-activating-now thing slide. I'd also request more attention to the facial details of the aged women characters; throwing a much of random sharp lines on the face is a bad shot-hand for wrinkles. Less lines with more naturally placement will read much better.

7.5
Batman: Beyond the White Knight #3

Jun 5, 2022

I like the dynamic between Bruce and Harley's family.

7.5
Batman: Beyond the White Knight #4

Nov 5, 2022

Looking forward to Joker's daughter's villain's journey.

6.0
Batman: Beyond the White Knight #5

Nov 5, 2022

Murphy is straining my suspension of disbelief as Jack hacks things while Bruce is away from the controls.

6.0
Batman: Beyond the White Knight #6

Nov 5, 2022

I had no idea who Jason's friend was at first, she looks nothing like the newest Robin introduced in Jason's tie-in story. I think we need to cut down on the jumping out of windows, this time was especially ridiculous.

8.5
Batman: Curse of the White Knight #1

Aug 25, 2020

Another promising run from Sean Murphy.

8.0
Batman: Curse of the White Knight #2

Aug 25, 2020

It's as well constructed as the fist White Knight run, but the premise isn't as interesting. Why do we need to have historical analogues for all of these characters, and what reason would Alfred have to keep this secret until now?

8.5
Batman: Curse of the White Knight #3

Aug 28, 2020

Very intense issue.

9.5
Batman: Curse of the White Knight #4

Aug 28, 2020

Barbara takes center-stage. Her drastic change in character is entirely justified and I feel for her.

7.5
Batman: Curse of the White Knight #5

Apr 3, 2021

Interesting.

9.5
Batman: Curse of the White Knight #6

Apr 3, 2021

Ride or die with Harley!

7.0
Batman: Curse of the White Knight #7

Apr 3, 2021

I guess that's Sean Murphy's favorite Batmobile.

8.5
Batman: Curse of the White Knight #8

Apr 3, 2021

Nice wrap to another hit.

7.5
Batman: Eternal #1

Apr 20, 2014

Crazy opening and closing sequences. As for Gordon's storyline, we'll just have to see.

7.0
Batman: Eternal #2

Apr 20, 2014

In this issue, I'm starting to find the excuses I need to avoid picking up this weekly title. Help the accident victims Batman, people are dieing!

7.5
Batman: Eternal #3

May 10, 2014

The most interesting part centers around a girl named Stephanie discovering something about her father. This introduces another side plot. I supposed a weekly book can support all of these parallel stories, but I don't find them very engaging individually.

8.0
Batman: Europa #1

Nov 23, 2015

Really cool, love the artwork.

8.0
Batman: Kings of Fear #1

Aug 28, 2018

Everything about Batman: Kings of Fear feels like a throwback: from the artwork all the way down to the paper stock. The art is cool, making expert use of shadow and layout, though it gets wonky with the figure drawing at times: check out the knee growing out of Batman's shoulder on page 5. The first issue hooks you in with Joker, with the promise of Scarecrow following a brief dust up between Bats and the greatest hits from his rogues gallery.

7.0
Batman: Kings of Fear #2

Oct 6, 2018

Did Batman stop a car jacking on the way to his destination? Lol. I've never heard such sass from Alfred before.

5.5
Batman: Kings of Fear #3

Oct 26, 2018

The plot is getting clumsy and meandering, the artwork is the only thing carrying the issue. I hope the writer gets it together for the second half of the series.

8.5
Batman: Last Knight on Earth #1

Sep 5, 2019

The dynamic duo of Snyder and Capullo are back together and the result is totally nuts. It's about as out there as Metal was but more interesting and better structured.

6.0
Batman: Last Knight on Earth #2

Sep 13, 2019

This issue is all over the place, the series is quickly devolving into just an excuse to showcase cooky future apocalypse stuff. I hope part three stays more focused on the plot and characters.

7.5
Batman: Last Knight on Earth #3

Apr 4, 2020

There's a lot that I like here, particularly the Joker playing the role of RoboRobin, that was hilarious. Some of this actually went over my head, I must have waiting too long since reading the first two issues, I'll have to reread the whole series at some point. Question: what is blind Jim Gordon supposed to be monitoring in that van?

5.0
Batman: Lost #1

Nov 26, 2017

I get what this is going for, but I really don't care for comics that jump all over the place, and I don't feel that I gained anything extra pertaining to Dark Nights having read this. This is an overpriced money grab.

7.0
Batman: One Dark Knight (2021) #1

Jan 5, 2022

A fairly simple, self-contained story that Batman fans should enjoy as long as they aren't expecting anything mindblowing.

8.0
Batman: Prelude to the Wedding: Harley Quinn vs. Joker #1

Jul 14, 2018

I don't quite get the setup at the beginning, does it pick up from something else, how did Joker get in the silo and where did all of those teeth come from? I can't say I like King's Joker much, but takes what King established and made lemonade out of lemons. I also like this take on Harley (both her personality and her outfits), it is head and shoulders above the Harley of the ongoing series that has been trying to be Deadpool.

7.0
Batman: Rebirth #1

Jun 4, 2016

Though it breezes through an entire year's time in one issue, I did enjoy this. This Calendar Man is pretty cool, Batman still has the best villains in comics. I don't quite get the deal with the avocados, is that just to show that it is the same time of year at the beginning of the comic as it is by the end? Was the one at the end not ripe because Calendar Man offset the seasons or something? These are the questions folks.

6.0
Batman: The Adventures Continue #1

Jun 15, 2020

The characters are on model from the cartoon and the colors are great (I love that blood-red sky). If you are a die-hard fan of the animated series, this offers a little something to bring that experience back. I think it even references events from the animated series, I don't know, I can't actually remember it in that much detail and I doubt I ever saw all of the episodes. The plot is nothing special, it a simple done-in-one story save for a teaser at the end. I'd also say that it's family-friendly by my standards. It was a nice visit to a beloved series but it needs more.

5.0
Batman: The Dawnbreaker #1

Oct 8, 2017

Nothing interesting to report here, Batman the Dawnbreaker, while cool looking, is very two dimensional and uninspired.

8.0
Batman: The Devastator #1

Nov 18, 2017

This one is the the pleasant surprise of the Dark Nights one-shots. What I thought would be silly turned out to be rather harrowing. Although, if Lobo does indeed get thrown into the sun as the panel seems to suggests, that is actually pretty silly.

5.5
Batman: The Drowned #1

Nov 5, 2017

The artwork and design are cool, but the plot is difficult to follow despite its simplicity.

7.5
Batman: The Imposter #1

Oct 30, 2021

This is a low-key intrigue Batman story. There's no flashy comic villain, which I'm all for, but there is also that little something extra missing to draw the reader in. The most interesting idea present here, for me, is Batman being blackmailed into psychiatric therapy; it's rare that we see anyone get an edge over Bruce, let alone a psychotherapist.

7.0
Batman: The Merciless #1

Nov 18, 2017

The last page sells makes the whole issue work.

7.5
Batman: The Murder Machine #1

Oct 7, 2017

Finally injecting some emotion into this event. The baddie introduced at the end looks freakin' awesome despite being an obvious rip off of Judge Death.

6.0
Batman: The Red Death #1

Sep 24, 2017

It looked good when I flipped through this in my LCBS, but when I sat down to read it I didn't find anything of substance. I get why this dark universe Batman wants the speed force, but his transition to crossing over into the Rebirth universe is glossed over and sloppy, thus making his nefarious motivations feel one step too far out of character. This setup also shares a very strong resemblance to that of the New Avengers run that led up to Secret Wars. I can't imagine you'll miss out on anything in the main Dark Nights story by skipping this, so feel free to.

9.0
Batman: Three Jokers (2020) #1

Aug 29, 2020

The DNA/dental record thing and the breaking or the treadmill are ridiculous, but the plot is interesting and well paced, taking full advantage of the comic book medium.

9.0
Batman: Three Jokers (2020) #2

Jan 16, 2021

I'm pleased to report that this is dope.

9.5
Batman: Three Jokers (2020) #3

Jan 16, 2021

I wasn't sure what to expect with the ending, but I'm very satisfied with it.

9.0
Batman: White Knight #1

Oct 8, 2017

A great new, self-contained Batman story seemingly out of nowhere. Far more promising than any of the other Batman book out right now. One question: why is Batman still in his costume while locked up at the beginning? Lol.

9.0
Batman: White Knight #2

Nov 26, 2017

Using the BLM image gets too on-the-nose, but beyond that this is a captivating issue with amazing artwork.

8.0
Batman: White Knight #3

Jan 5, 2018

A minor revelation concerning Jason Todd may be a piece of the puzzle to explain why the Batman of this universe is more unhinged than the Batman we all know. I like the new identity that Harley is taking on, cool design.

8.0
Batman: White Knight #4

Feb 12, 2018

No one knows how to react now that the Joker seems to be the most reasonable and stable man in Gotham. It is as if the chaos vs order relationship between him and Batman has been jammed into reverse.

8.5
Batman: White Knight #5

Aug 23, 2020

First, let me get two grievances out of the way: One, the Jack's not going to be able to match Batman in hand-to-hand combat, even with years of training, don't even go there. Two, is Bruce Wayne wearing his costume under a skin-suit, under his bath robe? What is happening!? Lol. That being said, this series is amazing as we watch Batman finally go too far. A dark revelation between the Waynes and the Frieses makes it even better.

8.5
Batman: White Knight #6

Aug 23, 2020

Another dope issue.

9.5
Batman: White Knight #7

Aug 23, 2020

We finally learn more about what happened with Jason Todd and it makes a huge difference in grounding this series.

9.5
Batman: White Knight #8

Aug 23, 2020

Seeing all of the iterations of the batmobiles together pushes my fan-boy buttons, but it's the the satisfying resolution to this truly noteworthy Batman story that seals the deal. Finally, a great series that sticks the landing. I'd also like to acknowledge just how humanized Bruce is in this series. He's often portrayed as infallible, always knowing the answer to everything and being one step ahead. But he makes genuine, emotionally-driven mistakes and grows as a character in this series, which is a rare treat for Batman. Now, if we only found out what's under the floorboard in Alfred's quarters...

7.5
Batman: White Knight Presents: Harley Quinn #1

Jan 3, 2021

The artwork is reminiscent of the previous White Knight titles, but a bit rougher around the edges. I'm not sure that this will live up to White Knight's high bar, but the characters are all here and the story shows promise.

8.5
Batman: White Knight Presents: Harley Quinn #2

Jan 3, 2021

Other than some wonky drawings in the opening fight scene, the artwork is tightening up. The tea thing is stupid, but I like how evident the relationship between Neo Joker and Ivy is communicated through their body language in the artwork without the need to say a word about it. That's comic book artistry at it's best.

8.5
Batman: White Knight Presents: Harley Quinn #3

Jan 4, 2021

This book is really hitting it's stride, and a grey ghost appearance is always welcome. I also like this toned down version of Harley Quinn much more than the overly-zany, Deadpoolesque version I've seen in her solo books.

7.5
Batman: White Knight Presents: Harley Quinn #4

Apr 3, 2021

Picking up some more backstory as we go.

8.0
Batman: White Knight Presents: Harley Quinn #5

Mar 28, 2022

I somehow forgot to finish reading this series, but picked it back up here and it's still good. I like this villain, is she an original villain? Poor Lou though...

8.0
Batman: White Knight Presents: Harley Quinn #6

Mar 28, 2022

No, you'll never replace Lou! NEVER!

7.0
Batman: White Knight Presents: Red Hood #1

Sep 11, 2022

A look at the White Knight Universe's take on Red Hood. Looks like he'll be training up a new Robin

7.0
Batman: White Knight Presents: Red Hood #2

Sep 11, 2022

There were a couple parts where I was confused until I realized that time had passes. A caption to that effect would have helped.

8.5
Batman: Who Laughs #1

Nov 26, 2017

This is the most compelling and successful of the Dark Nights one-shots, largely due to the central character, but also thanks to good art and writing. I actually wish that it was oversized or broken into two or three issues so we could get the full experience of this unique Batman turning into an agent of chaos. As it gets to the point where it needs to tie into Dark Nights it, ironically, gets less compelling. A great concept like this would be done justice to stand on its own.

8.0
Batwoman (2017) #1

Sep 17, 2017

Well, it's more promising than the current run of Batman has been. Great layouts and use of colour as well.

8.5
Beasts of Burden: Wise Dogs and Eldritch Men #1

Sep 2, 2018

Very cool, I love the talking animal genre, and when you mix magical dogs, elemental salamanders and devilish Lurkers you get something special.

8.0
Beasts of Burden: Occupied Territory #1

May 31, 2021

The promise of Japanese-inspired supernatural elements brings a new dimension to this magical doggie world.

7.5
Beasts of Burden: Wise Dogs and Eldritch Men #2

Oct 3, 2018

A little slow, but man, are those raccoon things ever creepy.

9.0
Beasts of Burden: Occupied Territory #2

May 31, 2021

There's some crazy shit in this issue.

9.0
Beasts of Burden: Wise Dogs and Eldritch Men #3

Oct 26, 2018

The twist adds reread value and I love the note that the issue chooses to leave off on.

8.0
Beasts of Burden: Wise Dogs and Eldritch Men #4

Jan 22, 2019

I don't know if I buy the intricate plan here, but this was a cool short series. I hope there will be more.

9.0
Beasts of Burden: What The Cat Dragged In #1

May 12, 2016

Excellent one-shot. I'm not familiar with Beasts of Burden, but rest assured, I'm going to make myself familiar with it now. The characters came to life effortlessly and there was a distinct sense of history to this world. The story is short but made ample use of the pages that it had, telling a full story with a satisfying and touching ending.

8.5
Beta Ray Bill (2021) #1

Apr 4, 2021

Crazy action mixed with genuine moments of character development like only Daniel Warren Johnson can deliver.

7.5
Beta Ray Bill (2021) #2

Jun 19, 2021

Beers with Odin and a particularly cool splash page showcasing the interior map of the ship.

7.5
Beta Ray Bill (2021) #3

Jun 19, 2021

Johnson brings his brand of heavy metal action to a Marvel comic and it's a joy to behold.

9.0
Big Man Plans #1

Mar 28, 2015

Lethal doses of heartbreak and bad-assery. The art is awesome as well and suits the content. I don't think tunnel rats were highly secret as they are here, but that's not a big deal, it's a really cool aspect of his life.

9.0
Big Man Plans #2

Aug 1, 2015

Hard core! Yet, at the same time, sincere.

7.0
Big Trouble In Little China #1

Jun 23, 2014

This will satisfy readers looking to experience more adventures after the film. It is certainly fun but could do with a little more refinement such as a few more backgrounds in the panels.

8.0
Billionaire Island #1

Mar 8, 2020

Nothing more douchie and annoying than a billionaire with a superiority complex. I'm sure he'll get his just deserts soon enough.

7.5
Billionaire Island: Cult of Dogs #1

Nov 15, 2022

Mark Russell returns for more socioeconomic satire. This first issue starts out super black-pilled and is timed in perfect conjunction with Elon Musk's recent shenanigans, as he proves out Billionaire Island themes in the real world Twitter HQ. The comedy is still present but it is overshadowed by nihilism. I hope the next few issues lighten up just a bit.

8.5
Billionaire Island #2

Aug 9, 2020

The boot-lickers in the giant hamster cage are played up for comedic effect, but not by much! I've definitely met losers like this before. Extra points for the Dennis Miller cameo.

7.0
Billionaire Island: Cult of Dogs #2

Jan 16, 2023

This issue is fairly bare bones, with captions that just kind of go through the motions of social-political commentary. It's actually the second backup prose story, "I am Slowly Being Eaten Alive by Moss" that steals the show. A service job worker has moss slowly growing over his hand, but the banal day-to-day delays in getting proper treatment are what do him in. Oh, he had lots of time, but work, the doctor taking vacation, insurance, it all adds up to putting things off until it's finally too late. It makes me think I should probably get that lump on my back looked at...

8.5
Billionaire Island #3

Sep 5, 2020

The dog makes all the important decision for the billionaires. What makes this funny is that it might as well be reality because it wouldn't be much of a difference from the way the world works right now. I didn't care much for the abstract backup material this time around. What's the deal with the recipes?

9.0
Billionaire Island #4

Sep 5, 2020

Yes, the billionaires' propensity to cut corners at every turn will be their downfall! The backup dog story is fantastic and weird. I always knew it was the dog with the shifty eyes!

9.5
Billionaire Island #5

Oct 25, 2020

Billionaire Island just keeps getting better; this issue is seriously on-point.

9.5
Billionaire Island #6

Oct 25, 2020

The Christian on a Motorcycle is sidesplittingly hilarious. This issue is just a perfect way to round out the series, I'm glad Mark Russell took the extra issues to flush the story out further. This series is a must-read for anyone that enjoys political satire, don't sleep on it.

7.5
Billy the Kit #1

Jan 23, 2022

This review is for Billy the Kit #1 by J.V. Gray and Barry McClain Jr. This ComicBookRoundup listing seems to be cross-pollinating with Destiny, NY for some reason. The story is set in an anthropomorphized animal world, which always intrigues me. The art isn't the greatest but the setup is ridiculously tragic and grand.

5.5
Billy the Kit #2

Jan 23, 2022

Now that we're getting into the plot, I'm finding the goat mentor more and more irritating. I don't mind casual swearing at all, but it feels forced and unnatural in Luther's dialogue. I'm quickly losing any investment I had in the characters. The axe with the long, bendy handle is cool.

9.5
Birthright #1

Oct 21, 2014

First rate story and art. The script flips genres a couple of times and now that the first issue is finished, I'm not quite sure what to expect next. I'm not particular interested in reading another hero's journey fantasy epic, but as it turns out, that may not even be what this series is. I'll have to wait until the next issue to determine whether or not to commit to this series.

8.0
Birthright #2

Dec 9, 2014

Good stuff. Joshua Williamson is good at teasing you with partial information.

7.5
Birthright #3

Dec 9, 2014

Another great issue, though the plot progression is a little hampered by the fantasy world flashback. I'm sure that stuff is important to the current story somehow or Joshua Williamson wouldn't spend time on it, but hopefully the flashbacks take a backseat to the main story as we move forward because I don't find that stuff particularly interesting and it leaves less pages for the current story. After all, the comic's concept is mainly about what happens to our hero AFTER his epic quest, readers can easily imagine a typical hero's journey to fill in the blanks for the history.

7.5
Birthright #4

Jan 11, 2015

Yup, this is going to be a slow burn, but that might just be the best approach in this case to get the most out of the past and present stories. The strongest part is definitely the gas station. The cashier mistook Mikey for a veteran, it reminds me me that he also left the world as a child, and when you return to the place and people you knew as a child you often revert to that mind state, it would be appropriate for Mikey to have some temper tantrums or childish naivety.

9.0
Birthright #5

Feb 9, 2015

Man, what a great issue. The story and artwork are so well executed and the cliffhanger has me so excited for the future of this series. If you are on the fence about sticking with this series, this issue will make your mind up.

7.0
Birthright #6

Apr 28, 2015

Planting seeds, maybe it's not terribly exciting now, but hopefully it pays off in a grand harvest later.

8.0
Birthright #7

May 25, 2015

One heck of a cliffhanger on the last page.

7.5
Birthright #8

Jun 21, 2015

I'm not buying Becca's reaction to everything that's happening, her attitude seems to be "Hmm, that's weird. Anyway, the first aid station is over here." Other than that the writing is enjoyable and the art is as excellent as ever.

7.5
Birthright #9

Jul 27, 2015

If there is one drawback, it is that the issue is over too soon. Good issue though, lots of fantasy sh**.

8.0
Birthright #10

Aug 27, 2015

Brennen's little friend is still a little too casual about all the fantasy stuff going down around these total strangers, but that's not a big deal. This has been a very good arc and I'm sure it will read well as a collection. Birthright has found its groove and seems unstoppable at this point.

8.5
Birthright #11

Nov 30, 2015

Dragons riding trolls, how can you not love that? This issue focuses on Mikey in Terranos and it's awesome.And the hook and the end, that changes everything.

8.0
Birthright #12

Feb 25, 2016

Interesting development, still awesome.

7.5
Birthright #13

Mar 11, 2016

Fighting issue. The fight is given enough space to breath and take up most of the issue, which works well.

8.5
Birthright #14

Mar 11, 2016

Emotions boil over between Mikey and Brennan and the result is a real human moment laid out on the page.

8.0
Birthright #15

Mar 29, 2016

If you enjoy fight sequences, this arc is for you. This issue gives another cool fight and a very creative use of magic smoke over a splash page.

8.0
Birthright #16

Jun 16, 2016

I'm super interested in the history surrounding Grampa Rhodes.

8.5
Birthright #17

Aug 17, 2016

I love how Williamson forges relationships with his characters, it makes the conflict much more personal.

8.5
Birthright #18

Aug 17, 2016

Top-notch action, except there are two panels where Mikey's sword just disappears for no reason. Not a big deal, but something like this happened once before in another action sequence, so there are still slight disconnects between the writing and art on occasion.

8.0
Birthright #19

Oct 9, 2016

This issue adds more dimensionality to the villains and brings this battle to the next level by the end.

8.0
Birthright #20

Jul 18, 2021

Wrapping up this arc at a low point for the characters.

7.5
Birthright #21

Jul 18, 2021

This look into Rya's backstory functions nicely as a recap but doesn't introduce much new material.

8.0
Birthright #22

Jul 20, 2021

After all that teasing of an upcoming mermaid, lol! Beyond that, this issue is a gorgeous showcase for Adriano Lucas's color work.

7.5
Birthright #23

Jul 20, 2021

We didn't cover much ground in this issue.

8.5
Birthright #24

Nov 4, 2021

A wild issue.

9.0
Birthright #25

Nov 4, 2021

A number of major developments play out in this landmark issue, which will also probably be one of the last comic books ever priced at $2.99. We also get an epic showcase for how the mages specialize in different types of magic. Love it.

8.5
Birthright #26

Nov 4, 2021

It looks like a flashback, but... what a twist! I have to admit, the train in Scotland throws me off. Obviously they didn't take the train to from North America to Scotland, but it's such a major temporal jump that I can't seem to shake the feeling that they're on a remote rail line in Siberia.

7.5
Birthright #27

Nov 4, 2021

Diving deeper into Mickey's backstory as he finally confronts Lore.

7.5
Birthright #28

Nov 4, 2021

Starting to feel like Inception here.

8.0
Birthright #29

Nov 4, 2021

Inching ever closer to finding out why Mikey is a dirty turncoat!

8.0
Birthright #30

Nov 18, 2021

We finally confront the Nevermind directly.

8.0
Birthright #31

Nov 18, 2021

The story of a budding young, magical psychopath.

8.5
Birthright #32

Nov 18, 2021

I love issues like this that flashback to key moments in Mikey's time in Terranos.

8.5
Birthright #33

Nov 18, 2021

We're starting to find out why Mickey hates magic so much.

9.5
Birthright #34

Jan 23, 2022

Parallels to their relationship as brothers in childhood turn this from an ordinary fight to something much more emotionally involved. Also, magic in this world is terrifying!

9.0
Birthright #35

Jan 23, 2022

Holy shit, Mikey was a little murderer as a child!

7.5
Birthright #36

Feb 20, 2022

I'm skeptical that Mikey and his family would want to work with these people.

8.0
Birthright #37

Feb 20, 2022

A closer look at Samael's past.

8.5
Birthright #38

Feb 20, 2022

This is some crazy-ass fun.

9.0
Birthright #39

Feb 20, 2022

Whoa, this issue is crazy and Mastema's backstory is really interesting.

9.5
Birthright #40

Feb 20, 2022

What an intense issue, filled with a touching moment, a tragic moment and tons of escalation.

9.5
Birthright #41

Feb 20, 2022

We get the craziest introductory pages of the series followed by our first glimpse of Lore's backstory.

9.5
Birthright #42

Feb 20, 2022

Goddamn, Birthright just keeps breaking my heart again and again... In a good way, I mean.

8.0
Birthright #43

Feb 20, 2022

They've got a plan and are gearing up for the final showdown. My only gripe is that I can't suspend my disbelief that Brennan has become as powerful as he is in such a short amount of time.

9.0
Birthright #44

Feb 20, 2022

The epic showdown struggles a little bit to maintain continuity of nothing but full page spreads, but it's worth it to convey the grandness of the combat. The cover functions as the first panel too, I enjoy that sort of thing when it's done right.

9.0
Birthright #45

Feb 20, 2022

This could easily have been the last issue. But NO! Williamson had to break our heart one more time!

8.0
Bitch Planet #1

Dec 15, 2014

There's too many great titles coming out from Image, and here's another one! This is a really cool concept and it's both exciting and reflective. I think there are better art interiors coming out from some of the other Image books, but the art style does suit the subject matter here. One thing I had a problem with was the ending, it didn't communicated very clearly. I had to flip back and analyze the page for a minute to figure out who did (or didn't do) what.

6.5
Bizarro #1

Jun 28, 2015

I enjoyed the cartoony artwork and lighthearted comedy of the story. The whole used car dealership plot isn't doing a whole lot for me though, I'm not really getting the point of this road trip or how Olsen and Bizarro even know each other. I can tell this isn't the New 52 Bizarro, but what is he, where did he come from? Was a completely different but more traditional Bizarro established in a Superman comic recently? I also found the Bizarro speak inconsistent.

7.0
Black #1

Oct 9, 2016

It's an awesome concept, but I'm not sure I'm sold on the direction it looks like it's going, too early to tell. The dialog could be tightened up a bit, but I like the grayscale artwork with the exception of the page where our hero falls off the building, the panels are stacked in a way where he hits the ground before he's done falling, so that didn't work right.

5.0
Black #2

Nov 24, 2016

I was hoping this had more commentary relevant to today's political climate. I'm not saying that there aren't black people abused by rednecks, but if someone were burned alive, I think that would make it into the news. So this feels more like a caricature than something authentic, and it can't really shake the discount X-Men feel either.

4.5
Black #3

Jan 11, 2017

I have no reason or desire to identify with any of these characters or care what happens. The only character I like is the flame-powered dude whose being held prisoner. A raid happens, which is supposed to be exciting, but I'm just counting the pages until it is over. The bit with the computer video is kind of interesting, it is essentially the only interesting plot threat to hold on to. But the idea that digital records are more likely to disappear than physical records is just silly: digital records can be hacked, duplicated and backed up in a thousand different servers, but a physical document, on the other hand, leaves no signs that it ever existed when it is removed from a cabinet. So no, a physical document is far easier to redact. Furthermore, I don't care about this X-Men rip-off organization, so when it turns out that there is something more sinister beneath the surface, I'm not even surprised, were they ever portrayed to be trustworthy in the first place?

8.0
Black Eyed Kids #1

Apr 26, 2016

This is the creepiest comic I've read in recent memory, giving the art room to breath allows it to build tension and atmosphere. The downside is that very little story is expressed, so it feels very short, but the low price tag avoids the feeling of being ripped off or anything. If you like horror and suspense, I'd recommend checking this out based on the first issue, but it's hard to say at this point if this will be worth following in the long run since there is very little to indicate where this title is going to go from here.

7.5
Black Hammer #1

Aug 23, 2016

The characters are fleshed out nicely in a short period of time, I just wonder how much fun we're going to have stuck in a small town... I suppose Revival and Nailbiter take place in small towns, so we'll see.

7.5
Black Hammer #2

Aug 23, 2016

The characters are very grounded and complex, especially Gail. This is also super depressing, not in a bad way but it could certainly use some sort of light shining through the clouds.

8.5
Black Magick #1

Nov 27, 2015

The limited use of colour pays off tenfold in the final pages. Excellent debut to this promising series.

7.5
Black Magick #2

Jan 3, 2016

I don't know, the concept and mystery are very interesting but this issue turned into a lot of talking heads spewing cop drama dialog which isn't a great fit for a visual format of storytelling. I'm hoping the plot kicks up some more excitement or I may not stick around past the first arc.

7.5
Black Magick #3

Jan 22, 2016

I like seeing some magic use now, it facilitates the story nicely and the limited use of colour is paying off.

7.5
Black Magick #4

Feb 5, 2016

Slow paced and drawn out, but totally fascinating.

8.5
Black Magick #5

Feb 28, 2016

This and Wytches have somehow made Witches cool now. Excellent end to this arc, can't wait for the next one. Rucks has given us another keeper!

9.5
Black Magick #6

Jul 9, 2017

A heartbreaking issue, truly well done. I'm thrilled to have Black Magick back and in perfect form.

7.0
Black Magick #7

May 22, 2021

This series desperately needs a recap page. With long stretches between issues and with the very nature of cop procedurals, much is lost when the reader doesn't have the details of the case fresh in their mind.

7.5
Black Magick #8

May 22, 2021

The series is starting to pick back up again as we peel away at the characters to peak at their hidden emotions. The backup prose story is finally getting interesting again too.

7.5
Black Magick #9

May 22, 2021

I'm growing more attached to Rowan as her vulnerabilities are exposed, but it's the final page that has me excited for the next issue.

8.5
Black Magick #10

May 22, 2021

This series really shines when it leans heavier on the witch content and less so on the cop drama, which is what this issue does.

9.0
Black Magick #11

May 22, 2021

We hit the apex of this arc with this issue. All of the monochromatic pages pay off because, when it's time for magick to come out, the colours just feel explosive on the page.

9.0
Black Magick #12

May 22, 2021

Lots of sexy time in this issue, so mature readers only. I'm pleased to report that the backup prose it back. If there's one thing to be criticized here, it is not the editorializing but Rowan's new haircut. Scandalous! As for the editorial content, not only is it "okay" to editorialize your own creator-own comic, but it is commendable when you do it as responsibly as the creative team does here. Any white reactionaries that can't handle it will not be missed as readers. Keep up the excellent work! #BlackLivesMatter

8.0
Black Magick #13

May 22, 2021

This one is heavy on the cop drama but it's going somewhere interesting by the end. The prose backup has also left me excited to hear what happens next. I will say that I wish I knew more of the context for the part with the French speaking woman, we've gotten several interludes like this so far and they're too spaced out for me to connect them with the overall plot.

7.5
Black Panther & the Crew #1

Apr 28, 2017

It's threading the needle with current issues, which is ballsy. I like that the story is taking its time to build rather than the standard 'throw a team together to stop a giant threat' technique that is overused in comics.

8.0
Black Panther (2016) #1

Apr 10, 2016

An entertaining source of social allegory, as I had hoped. I seem to have missed some major developments during the New Avegeners run, I wish that series had a better narrative because I'm really interested in anything that happens to Wakanda. I know that the vibranium was rendered inert at the end of Doomwar, has it been explained how that's been fixed or are we to assume that Secret Wars reset that?

6.0
Black Panther (2016) #2

May 15, 2016

Jumps around a lot and each segment feels a little too condensed, I'd like to see some more character development, there was some in the first issue but not so much in this one. But the political angle is obviously the strength of Black Panther, I don't know why anyone would read this if they aren't into political intrigue.

4.5
Black Panther (2016) #3

Jul 5, 2016

This issue jumps between several characters and storylines and I don't feel like we've progressed on any of them. T'Challa is also difficult to relate to thus far, he is practically a villain in his own book. But worst of all, this issue was just boring. I hope this picks up because I really wanted to like this series.

5.5
Black Panther (2016) #4

Jul 30, 2016

While the dialogue is interesting and the world building top-notch, it still amounts to a lot of talking heads, which is not something you want to take up an entire issue. This is comics, don't tell me about the turmoil in the streets, show me, especially in the final issue if the arc. If I weren't told this was the end of the first arc, I never would have known it. There's nothing remotely resembling a conclusion or climax. And what is this about inspiring the people? Does T'Challa think that holding a parade or putting your hand on a child's shoulder will inspire the larger populace into civility? Unfortunately, Ta-Nehisi Coates may not wield fiction as well as he has non-fiction. I do like the inclusion of Zeke Stane, some outside forces sticking their fingers into Wakanda's business always makes things interesting. The map is a nice touch too.

7.5
Black Panther (2016) #5

Aug 16, 2016

I wasn't feeling the Djalia scene, I just wanted to move it along at that point, but the scene where T'Challa meets with representatives from the world's most oppressive nations was compelling, I wonder what T'Challa's end game is. Things are certainly going to get more rocky after the amazing cliffhanger.

7.0
Black Panther (2016) #6

Sep 23, 2016

An interesting plan from T'Challa. I was excited at the idea of The Crew getting involved... Except that it's NOT the Crew! I was hoping to see Kasper Cole again, but with no previous members on the team, Coates basically jacked the team name and used characters that are already on other teams. I like that there is a Czarface interview at the end, more of that kind of stuff please.

7.0
Black Panther (2016) #7

Nov 4, 2016

The banter between the Crew is insufferable, but the showdown between T'Challa and Ezekiel is kick ass. I like philosophy time with Baba, but story time with Shuri is getting tiresome. How many more pages is Coates going to piss away on telling myths to Shuri, is there a point?

5.0
Black Panther (2016) #8

Nov 24, 2016

The Crew checks out already, it was completely unnescessary to assemble them in the first place, though it was nice to bring Storm into the picture. Coates's dialogue works for Wakandans, but feels inauthentic coming out of American characters Misty Knight and Luke Cage. The plot tansitions to, hopefully, our final story time with Shuri. She looks awesome at the end, so hopefully that's a sign of the payoff to come.

7.5
Black Panther (2016) #9

Jan 15, 2017

A stark look at idealism hitting the brick wall of reality, culminating in dread at one end and hope at the other. Shuri is awesome in her new form, I wasn't sure it was her for a couple pages, it would have been practical to have T'Challa or someone greet her by name when she arrived, just for clarity's sake.

7.5
Black Panther (2016) #10

Feb 2, 2017

A foreign army is marching towards the capital, but T'Challa and Shuri are keeping their heads, cooly playing political chess to keep their country from descending into inevitable civil war. In a format like a comic, I would have at least liked to see one cut away to Tetu's army advancing, show don't tell. This comic continues to be dialogue heavy, but in that dialogue is also this title's strength, it gives voice to debate and philosophy that you won't find in any other comic.

6.0
Black Panther (2016) #11

Mar 30, 2017

The last ten issues built up to this battle and what we get looks like the battle scenes in a video shot by highschoolers for a a school project. I don't think a shootout between a dozen people counts as a war, and the climax was rather flat. The situation felt much more dire and exciting in Doomwar, I recommend that Black Panther fans check that story out.

6.5
Black Panther (2016) #12

May 10, 2017

T'Challa is finally ready to take the plunge from ruler to figurehead. We'll see where this takes Wakanda.

6.5
Black Panther (2016) #13

May 30, 2017

Centering around Wakanda's gods is an interesting angle to take. There are so many missed opportunities in Coates's writing though: think how terrifying it could have been to see the dimensional gate thing open near some children and watching the snake creatures dragging them in for slave labor. Instead this plot device is casually thrown in during a discussion with Storm. Since when were she and T'Challa on such good terms again? I'm glad that they've moved past the problems that drove them apart before, but the the way Storm is talking sounds like they aren't still separated.

6.5
Black Panther (2016) #14

May 30, 2017

Again, we have a lost opportunity where T'Challa battling some rock monsters as an afterthought. Black Panther just seems to fall short of this book's potential. I'm interested to see what happens with Queen Divine Justice, I hope Coates brings in the White Ape as some of these pages are suggesting.

7.5
Black Panther (2016) #15

Jul 27, 2017

I like the change in artist, the first half of the book's art is dynamic and the second half has good layouts and interesting shadows.

7.5
Black Panther (2016) #16

Oct 8, 2017

We're witnessing Wakanda's first attempts to convert to a constitutional monarchy, which is interesting. Nice job developing Thunderball into a relatable character out of the blue.

7.5
Black Panther (2016) #17

Oct 8, 2017

We finally get an issue that delivers on action well, something the series has been falling flat with quite a lot. I enjoy Storm's evolving understanding of her power and responsibility, portraying her god-like position as a privilege rather than a curse is a compelling new attitude.

7.5
Black Panther (2016) #18

Nov 26, 2017

Action and intrigue.

7.5
Black Panther (2016) #166

Apr 1, 2018

I'm excited for Klaw to come back to Black Panther even if it was most likely prompted by the Black Panther film. This issues centres around flushing Klaw out, which is interesting. I almost missed the backup story, I guess calling it a story is a bit of a stretch, but it is useful as a quick primer for readers unfamiliar with Klaw.

8.5
Black Panther (2016) #167

Apr 15, 2018

Whoa, what a gut punch to Wakanda's proud history! Everyone's got skeletons in their closet, well done Mr. Coates.

8.0
Black Panther (2016) #168

Apr 15, 2018

The series is finally injecting the excitement I've been waiting for, what a great high point to end the issue at.

9.0
Black Panther (2016) #169

Apr 23, 2018

Coates gives the reigns to Kirk to tell a visual story that makes the best use of the comic book medium in this entire run.

8.5
Black Panther (2016) #170

May 1, 2018

Dope action, this makes me want to play D&D with these characters.

8.0
Black Panther (2016) #171

May 1, 2018

Excellent climax, and extra points for squeezing Kasper Cole.

8.5
Black Panther (2016) #172

May 3, 2018

Quite the high point to end this "season" on and a smart tact for Black Panther and Storm that doens't write any future authors into any corners. I can't say I'm impressed that the series will restart the numbering at #1 again, what the hell was the point of jumping the numbering up into the hundreds then? Make up your mind Marvel. I'm guessing the unexpected success of the Black Panther film had something to do with it.

7.5
Black Panther (2016) Annual #1

Jul 5, 2018

It's a pleasure to read new short stories from these classic Black Panther writers. I thought that the McGregor story was too caption driven, but the ending changed my mind and won me over. The Priest story has the best humour and the Hudlin story makes me wish I've read the first Black To The Future story.

8.5
Black Panther (2018) #1

Jun 17, 2018

Coates is trying something new with Space Panther, I wonder what inspired him to take this direction, it is totally out of left field. There are so many questions remaining, are we in the future? Is this the real T'Challa? I appreciate the allusions to American slavery robbing culture with regard to the empire robbing the miners of their memories.

8.0
Black Panther (2018) #2

Aug 31, 2019

T-Challa is still a hero against imperialism, but here he is a rebel rather than a ruler. I think this is the Black Panther Coates always wanted to write, because this already feels more natural than his previous run on Black Panther.

7.5
Black Panther (2018) #3

Aug 31, 2019

Heavy on the space action.

7.5
Black Panther (2018) #4

Aug 31, 2019

This issue confirms my suspicions regarding this universe. Did I mention how much I love this art?

7.5
Black Panther (2018) #5

Aug 31, 2019

There is a well restrained subtlety to this issue.

8.0
Black Panther (2018) #6

Aug 31, 2019

Gorgeous artwork that suits this issue. We mostly get an info dump here but it is well paced and well executed, with a strong ending.

8.0
Black Panther (2018) #7

Aug 31, 2019

Adds a science-fiction flair to the process of imperialism and colonization.

9.5
Black Panther (2018) #8

Aug 31, 2019

This one hit home for me, powerful work.

8.5
Black Panther (2018) #9

Sep 1, 2019

I love the mood sustained and the rich mythology explained in just one issue.

8.5
Black Panther (2018) #10

Sep 1, 2019

Apparently other readers are going confused with the plot in this issue? I'm not sure why, it has a twist, sure, but it's not difficult to understand. I did read the issues back to back, so that could be part of it, trade may be the way to go. I'm straying from the point though, this issue is good, really good. The reveal at the end is totally unexpected and essentially changes everything.

8.5
Black Panther (2018) #11

Sep 1, 2019

Oh ye of little faith, behold as the puzzle pieces fall into place.

7.5
Black Panther (2018) #12

Sep 1, 2019

Fills in the final piece of the puzzle.

7.5
Black Panther (2018) #13

May 31, 2020

Always interesting to see M'Baku and T'Challa butting heads.

8.5
Black Panther (2018) #14

May 31, 2020

We take the first step towards reconnecting with Wakanda, plus we get another epic space battle. Put simply, this is just an exciting issue to read.

7.0
Black Panther (2018) #15

Jun 7, 2020

T'Challa struggles with the implications of the Intergalactic Empire of Wakanda, is this an inevitable path for Wakanda Prime?

7.5
Black Panther (2018) #16

Jun 7, 2020

It's exciting to see Coates bringing the characters from his first run back into play. This run finally feels properly connected the Wakanda's ongoing mythology.

8.5
Black Panther (2018) #17

Jun 7, 2020

This is an exciting issue thanks to lots of tense character development and action.

9.0
Black Panther (2018) #18

Jun 7, 2020

This quiet discussion between Ororo and T'Challa makes from one of the best issues so far as they reflect on what makes an empire; how they are built, how they can seduce, and the implications one feels when they recognize their own complicity in the abuse of power. The sociopolitical commentary is not so subtle here.

7.5
Black Panther (2018) #19

Jun 13, 2020

An action-packed issue featuring the return of a fan favorite.

6.0
Black Panther (2018) #20

Jun 13, 2020

I actually enjoy the pace, but I don't think the events on the space side of things are being particularly well explained. There are also some other notable black Marvel heroes that show up but don't actually contribute anything. And where is Kasper Cole??

8.0
Black Panther (2018) #21

Jun 13, 2020

A very Star Trek-esque issue that expands on the interesting backstory of Nakia.

5.5
Black Panther (2018) #22

Jun 13, 2020

T'Challa's test of whatever is actually the least interesting thing going on right now, which is most of what this issue is. It helps to provided the sources for the Black Panther lore references, but when it all comes down to it, this is just T'Challa resisting feeling sorry for himself while everyone else is engaged in epic space battle. Zenzi is by far the most interesting part of the issue and the main reason not to skip this one.

7.0
Black Panther (2018) #23

Mar 11, 2021

After almost a year between issues, it was a memory exercise to regain my bearings, but I'm ready to get back into this!

5.0
Black Panther (2018) #24

Jun 19, 2021

I can pretty much summarize this issue as a lot of action poses from a variety of iconic black characters in Marvel's roster. I realize that we're in the action-packed climax issue, but I need a little more narrative beyond brief captions of "[D&D reference]: engaged."

7.5
Black Panther (2021) #1

Jan 3, 2022

After a great shakeup to the status quo, T'Challa is struggling to find his place as the king in a new government and as a leading member of the Avengers. I hope to see further exploration of T'Challa's vulnerable side.

7.0
Black Panther (2021) #2

Jan 3, 2022

The page with all of the lesser-known martial arts styles is interesting, I'm glad to see that the creators are bringing global research to this book.

8.5
Black Panther vs. Deadpool #1

Oct 24, 2018

I enjoyed that more than I was expecting. The conflict is unnecessary, but Deadpool's meta analysis of it makes me fine with that. I thought the artwork looked sloppy at first, but it has quickly grown on me, it has a kinetic feel that brings life to the page.

8.5
Black Panther vs. Deadpool #2

Dec 2, 2018

This is how I like my Deadpool written, take notes Gerry Duggan. I've also decides that I love this artist, it's so expressive and full of life. The layouts are good too, they really sell the humor, especially the "dramatic music!" part.

7.5
Black Panther vs. Deadpool #3

Jan 30, 2019

Nice twist at the end.

8.5
Black Panther vs. Deadpool #4

May 28, 2019

Another hilarious issue, Kibblesmith has the character voices on lock.

8.0
Black Panther vs. Deadpool #5

Jun 4, 2019

I enjoyed this short series a lot more than I expected, it's a bucket of fun, check it out if you don't hate Deadpool.

7.5
Black Panther: Legends (2021) #1

Oct 17, 2021

As a retelling of T'Challa's origin, there is only so much new content that can be presented, but Tochi Onyebuchi brings an informed perspective that adds authenticity to this version of the story. Thankfully, Psycamorean has already corrected the record regarding Liberia, so there's not much I'll add. It's revealing that the line which Merlyn objected to does not even mention white people. The period in the 1800s when the American Colonization Society spearheaded the colonization project for Liberia (opposed by most African-Americans and abolitionists) installed black and mixed-American colonists in positions of leadership and granted disproportionate ownership over businesses and plantations. This practice has disenfranchised indigenous Liberians for more than a century. The Americo-Liberian rulers weren't overthown in a coup until 1980. I'm hoping Merlyn is simply ignorant about this history because the alternative would suggest that they don't think indigenous Liberian suffering counts if it results from non-white American colonists installed into position of power by the American Colonization Society. That would be very cringe coming from someone who purports to care so much about the truth and how extremist lies might corrupt impressionable young readers.

7.0
Black Panther: Long Live The King #1

May 26, 2019

A unique threat for Wakanda, don't underestimate the damage a major blackout can wreak.

7.5
Black Panther: Long Live The King #2

May 26, 2019

The Hatut Zeraze are hardcore operatives, I'm not saying that they shouldn't be depicted without personality, but they shouldn't act this informal in the presence of their king. What I do like is the expansion of the communities within Wakanda with this Mute Zone that operates with its own sovereignty, it makes for a more rich and diverse kingdom.

5.0
Black Panther: Long Live The King #3

May 26, 2019

T'Challa's friend Kantu has shallow motivation at best.

4.5
Black Panther: Long Live The King #4

May 26, 2019

I've never seen an alliance as shot as Baron Macabre and M'Baku. At least Shuri is drawn great.

6.0
Black Panther: Long Live The King #5

May 26, 2019

Weird.

7.5
Black Panther: Long Live The King #6

May 26, 2019

I'm unfamiliar with the Venomverse story that this draws from, but I'm already fond of this character, Ngozi, based on this brief introduction. Unfortunately, the execution gets extremely sloppy around the time that the action kicks in, this would have been a great issue with some refinement and more pages to flush out the nuances.

5.0
Black Panther: The Sound And The Fury #1

Mar 10, 2018

I'd recommend reading the FF backup first as the main story is a soft sequel. The main story is pretty bad though, it tries to do to much in a one-shot and blatantly exposits in the dialogue with no shame. One thing I did enjoy was seeing what Klaw looked like before his transfermation, Marvel Studios really captured Kirby's original rendering of the character in Andy Circus.

8.0
Black Panther: World of Wakanda #1

Nov 13, 2016

I usually consider the titles that contain unnecessary backstories and side stories as cash grabs by Marvel. However, I don't think that's the case here. Coates brought in some unique writer talent to pen backstories that not only flush out important players in the main Black Panther story, but also illustrate the context and political climate that set up the main Black Panther story. In fact, I may go as far as to suggest that this is essential reading for those who enjoy Black Panther. Here's your chance to delve into regions of Wakanda that haven't been explored before.

7.5
Black Panther: World of Wakanda #2

Jan 15, 2017

I love the character development. This is very compressed though, the effects of Infinity are contained on one page, I would have liked to live through more of the hardships that the characters talk about, that would have elevated to emotions.

7.0
Black Panther: World of Wakanda #3

May 7, 2017

This is a straight up soap opera, but I like it.

7.5
Black Panther: World of Wakanda #4

May 7, 2017

The dialog and internal though bubbles need a bit of work, but the story is very captivating.

7.5
Black Panther: World of Wakanda #5

May 21, 2017

The story comes full circle to tie up with Black Panther #1. It was worthwhile to explore these characters, I may have even enjoyed these issue more than the main Black Panther series. We don't really get closure on Folami though, so I'm hoping we haven't seen the last of her.

8.0
Black Panther: World of Wakanda #6

May 21, 2017

KASPER COLE IS BACK!!! Unfortunately, this seems to be the last issue of World of Wakanda, I'm hoping that we'll see more of him in another project soon. The artwork was great and the story was interesting. I always found Kasper to be a compelling character, kind of like the Spider-Man of the Black Panther mythos because of his constant struggles with his life outside of the tights.

8.0
Black Widow (2016) #1

Mar 27, 2016

It's like a snort of coke in comic form. One long action sequence, expertly executed, you don't really need to know much more than that. I don't expect all the issues to be like this, that would be a lackluster series, as an opener though, this works great. Props to Samnee.

7.5
Black Widow (2016) #2

Apr 16, 2016

Extraordinary execution by Samnee, the only problem is that it still boils down to an espionage story, as Black Widow always does, and I'm really not into that kind of stuff or of Black Widow constantly haunted by her shady past. If, however, you like the spy genre, this is a must-read for you.

7.5
Blackbird #1

Oct 6, 2018

It's a timely choice to make the heroine an opioid addict. The issue is a very quick read, we're getting to know the characters but I have no idea what the plot is going to be when it kicks in. An oversized first issue might have helped with this. I am quite smitten by pretty magical chicks lately, so I'll probably come back for seconds.

7.5
Blackbird #2

Nov 11, 2018

Just enough is teased to keep the reader engaged while maintaining the mystery of just what the hell is going on.

7.5
Blade Runner 2039 #1

Dec 13, 2022

The fact that this replicant blade runner already struggles to maintain emotions suggests that she won't remain under human control for that long.

7.5
Blade Runner 2039 #2

Jan 28, 2023

Now we have Replicants posing as trust-fund babies, is there nowhere they can't infiltrate!?

7.5
Blade Runner: 2019 #1

Aug 11, 2019

The Blade Runner world is captured faithfully on the page, there is no question about it. I wasn't sure I'd like the protagonist based on the first couple pages but she's already starting to win me over by the end as she seems to be a rather complicated person.

8.0
Blade Runner: 2019 #2

Aug 29, 2019

The artwork is excellent. The plot continues to unfold, many details are purposefully being withheld to heighten the intrigue. I'm hooked and ready to read more.

7.5
Blade Runner: 2019 #3

Sep 22, 2019

Ash makes a deal with the devil: the Tyrell Corporation.

7.5
Blade Runner: 2019 #4

Oct 13, 2019

The pace moves at a breakneck speed and Book 1 is over before you know it. It was a fun ride though, I like the way Ash's character has developed and I'm looking forward to Book 2.

8.0
Blade Runner: 2019 #5

Jan 17, 2020

We pick up the story three years later on a slave colony. It's about time we finally get to see one of these, but of course, everything goes to shit almost immediately.

8.5
Blade Runner: 2019 #6

Mar 14, 2020

We're left hanging as to what offer Ash has accepted, which is fine, better even! Also, I think this is the first instance I've seen of a sentimental pamphlet.

8.0
Blade Runner: 2019 #7

May 25, 2020

Um, I don't actually know for sure who that is in the reveal on the final page, so some of the effect is lost. Overall this is another scintillating issue though, with all of the grit and angst of the Blade Runner films.

7.5
Blade Runner: 2019 #8

Sep 5, 2020

A decent wrap to this arc. The series could end here, but looks like it isn't finished.

6.5
Blade Runner: 2019 #9

Oct 22, 2020

We get a flyby of the memorable opening shots of the Blade Runner film; the soundtrack playing in my head. Something seems to have melted the brains of the people left over at the Tyrell Corporation's ruins, I don't really get that part...

7.0
Blade Runner: 2019 #10

Oct 22, 2020

We get a Blade Runner-style car chase followed by a continuation of Ash doing her detective work, which isn't as exciting to be honest.

8.5
Blade Runner: 2019 #11

Apr 3, 2021

Pretty cool.

8.5
Blade Runner: 2019 #12

Apr 3, 2021

The end of a great run with the promise of more to come.

8.0
Blade Runner: 2029 #1

Jan 3, 2021

I enjoyed the previous, 2019 run, and I'm happy to see that Ash is back in this one as a complicated figure, but ultimately a force for good.

7.0
Blade Runner: 2029 #2

Feb 10, 2021

The replicant speakeasy is reminiscent of the underground bars that the LGBTQI community used to frequent to have fun under the radar.

8.0
Blade Runner: 2029 #3

Apr 1, 2021

It's past time that some sort of messiah emerged among the replicants, so this is cool.

7.5
Blade Runner: 2029 #4

Apr 18, 2021

Nexus 8's are the new working class and they're getting their due.

8.5
Blade Runner: 2029 #5

Aug 8, 2021

The barbarism of the Blade Runner profession is placed on center stage.

8.5
Blade Runner: 2029 #6

Nov 21, 2021

It's exciting to see two different replicant factions at odds. This issue in particular has a large impact on Ash and starts to make me wonder if its time to start cheering for the villain.

8.5
Blade Runner: 2029 #7

Nov 21, 2021

Excellent artwork as usual. The characters are growing on me a lot as well. If you have to pick between this run and the 'Origins' run that's also currently being published, go with this one.

9.0
Blade Runner: 2029 #8

Jan 8, 2022

A climactic, action-packed issue.

8.0
Blade Runner: 2029 #9

Jan 17, 2022

That is an interesting reveal at the end.

7.0
Blade Runner: 2029 #10

Jan 17, 2022

There seems to be a miscommunication here, why would Ambrose willing go with the people that just sicked juiced up replicants on him? One of the is actually saying "Come with us" as he chokes him!

8.5
Blade Runner: 2029 #11

Jan 17, 2022

I love when Ash leaves the bodies with the industrial workers, "Not my job bro."

5.0
Blade Runner: Black Lotus #1

Sep 12, 2022

Doesn't feel like Blade Runner to me, feels like some generic dystopian future. It also assumes I have watched the anime and thus doesn't need to spend time developing the character.

4.5
Blade Runner: Black Lotus #2

Sep 12, 2022

I'm all for the "corporations be evil" angle, but the inciting incident and motivation for the villain are at near cartoon levels of evil and would fit better in a Judge Dredd-type of story. The art actually seems to have gotten worse since the first issue.

7.0
Blade Runner: Black Lotus #3

Mar 26, 2023

Action-packed issue.

6.5
Blade Runner: Black Lotus #4

Mar 26, 2023

Not a bad ending, but I don't see much reason for Black Lotus to return, as the last page promises.

7.5
Blade Runner: Origins #1

Mar 13, 2021

Looks like the soulless Tyrell Corporation will take a more active role as this villain in this run. The art looks great too. I'm sold. I don't get the opening scene though, maybe that will make more sense later.

7.0
Blade Runner: Origins #2

Apr 1, 2021

This is another hardcore noir story, which is fine, but I'd like to see another type of story set in the Blade runner universe if we're going to have multiple Blade Runner titles running at the same time.

7.5
Blade Runner: Origins #3

May 18, 2021

This is something new, a character revelation eludes to trans gender elements.

8.5
Blade Runner: Origins #4

Aug 8, 2021

Damn, tragic issue. Can't help but laugh at the Spider-Man-no-more image that's been done to death, but it doesn't ruin the story or anything.

7.5
Blade Runner: Origins #5

Oct 30, 2021

I definitely like the idea that someone has infected a few replicants with a paradox that they simply can't come to terms with and drives them to behave dangerously.

6.5
Blade Runner: Origins #6

Oct 30, 2021

I'm not going to lie, the jacket thing is silly.

7.5
Blade Runner: Origins #7

Oct 30, 2021

The plot has been spinning its wheels for a couple issues but seems to be gaining some traction that that we've discovered the group of replicant radicals that have been stirring up trouble.

6.0
Blade Runner: Origins #8

Jan 8, 2022

Cal better be a secret replicant if they expect me to believe he's fine after getting slammed straight through walls that appear to be concrete.

8.0
Blade Runner: Origins #9

Apr 27, 2022

This issue is intense, probably the high point of the series so far.

7.5
Blade Runner: Origins #10

Apr 27, 2022

A decent flashback issue to further round out the characters, although the character's demise might have hit harder if we did this flashback beforehand.

6.0
Blade Runner: Origins #11

Apr 27, 2022

The twist ending is looking like a really dumb origin for blade runners. The next issue better have a really clever justification to explain this...

6.0
Blade Runner: Origins #12

Jun 18, 2022

I'm still not really grasping the long-term strategy here, or at least, I'm not grasping how the strategy makes sense. It feel like the writer just ran with this idea because it offered the opportunity for a twist. Maybe it just needs to be explained better.

4.5
Blue Beetle (2016) #1

Dec 13, 2016

These characters don't feel authentic, and the constant banter is unbearable. It's also not particularly accessible to new readers despite having captions for days.

6.0
Bodies #1

Aug 6, 2014

I suppose I shouldn't have picked this up to begin with, considering I'm not much of a murder mystery fan. Other than the ridiculousness of an officer stripping off riot gear and proceeding with forensic investigation, the comic is well made. The art looks good and the characters have unique voices and speech patterns. In the end though, it's really just four people finding four bodies and that's it. Obviously more will happen in the next issues, but I don't think I have the patience for it.

5.0
Book Of Death #1

Jul 19, 2015

The cover is lavishly thick and glossy. The interior art is not as flashy, but it's decent. The plot is relatively bland, especially considering this is introducing conflict between friends. The thing is, the characters seem only mildly distressed to take each other on, I'm especially disappointed in how Ninjak is written; after all of the adventures and banter shared between him and Eternal Warrior, it seems like Ninjak has developed a grudge against him for reasons unknown. And for someone supposedly so full of wisdom, Gilad doesn't seem to put much effort in explaining what's going on to his teammates. I'm very surprised that Venditti, I writer I'm very fond of, would phone-in his character motivations this much just to condense the plot. This stuff with the other Geomancer is pretty cool though, hopefully the story shifts focus to that and stops forcing this fake attempt to be like Civil War.

5.0
Book of Slaughter #1

Feb 14, 2023

Some recap of House of Slaughter lore, in case you haven't read it in the main title, along with a new character that seems interesting and will probably make her way into the main series (hopefully attached to the main plot and not one of the lesser side-plots). But, overall, this is an easy skip.

8.0
Breathless #1

Apr 1, 2018

The plot hasn't quite set up the premise, but it is close, I see where it is going. The art is excellent.

8.0
Briar (2022) #1

Oct 5, 2022

I can't say I have any interest in the re-imagined fairy tale genre, but this made some interesting choices, propped up with very nice art.

8.0
Briar (2022) #2

Dec 4, 2022

The art and character development are bringing me back to this title. I'd probably drop it if it were ongoing, but a 4-part series feels like the the right amount of investment to continue reading, so I'm going to see this through.

7.5
Briar (2022) #3

Feb 14, 2023

I like how much of a jackass literally everyone in this universe is.

8.0
Briar (2022) #4

Apr 25, 2023

A great action scene overall, but I'd prefer less of a TTRPG feel where the characters are carried over to the infirmary from the edge of death and are totally fine. At least make that clearly a result of healing magic.

7.5
Briggs Land #1

Dec 11, 2016

A well executing and interesting comic. The downside, of course, is that we as an audience are expected to root for a bunch of sovereign citizen douchebags, but find solace in the fact that the good ones aren't as racist and sexist as the bad ones.

6.0
Brilliant Trash #1

Nov 26, 2017

I like Tim Seeley, but this just feels like another generic riff on the superhero genre. I also can't stand it when Twitter makes its way into my comics.

7.0
Bullseye (2017) #1

Mar 5, 2017

I don't care how proficient you are with flicking paper clips, you're not going to blow out the tire of a moving ambulance. The main story is a little too much crazy for the sake of crazy. The backup story is actually much stronger, with a clever revelation and with better artwork. I would much prefer the book to Carry a tone more in line with the backup story.

8.0
Bully Wars #1

Sep 22, 2018

The setup is funny and holds promise for some good laughs. Conley's style is extremely close to Young's though not quite as kinetic.

9.0
Bunny Mask #1

Jul 11, 2021

Andrea Mutti brings the same immersive color washes that I love from Maniac in New York into this even creepier story by Paul Tobin. I'm not exactly sure what's going on, but I must find out.

8.5
Bunny Mask: The Hollow Inside #1

May 15, 2022

Everyone is shipping Tyler and Bee, but I'm shipping him and Bunny Mask! You're a good man Paul Tobin :P I met Paul Tobin at a signing yesterday, and he said an inspiration for Bunny Mask was that he knew of a man that lived in his childhood neighborhood who was actually digging out a cave for reasons unknown, and Paul saw the inside once. I wonder where that man is now...

8.0
Bunny Mask #2

Aug 1, 2021

Dr. Severin is starting to hear voices, that's not a good sign.

8.0
Bunny Mask: The Hollow Inside #2

Jun 26, 2022

Don't even think about denying Bunny Mask, Tyler! Trust in the bunny mask.

7.5
Bunny Mask #3

Aug 15, 2021

I saw a little nod to the Maniac of New York in the graffiti. The story is taking a direction I wasn't expecting, I'm hoping that the shooting actually adds to a greater whole and isn't just some random action scene.

7.5
Bunny Mask: The Hollow Inside #3

Aug 30, 2022

As weird as ever.

8.0
Bunny Mask: The Hollow Inside #4

Aug 30, 2022

The moral of the story is, bang your girlfriend when she wants you to.

8.0
Buzzkill #1

Nov 21, 2014

Great concept! Nice art and great characterization with a sharp sense of humour.

8.5
Buzzkill #2

Nov 21, 2014

The second issue shows that this isn't just a good concept, it is also well thought out with tasteful but relevant themes you would hope to see from a book like this. We get a chance to see "Ruben" at his lowest so that we can build from there, and I love the addition of Doctor Blaqk, he's a fun character to break up the heavy subject matter.

9.5
Buzzkill #3

Nov 21, 2014

The series really hits its stride here, if you aren't sure about this series then the third issue may change your mind. Everything is on point, and "Ruben's" history feels so rich that it is a shame this series is only four issues long. The story and art are great, Ruben's former teammates are A-holes and the comedy, largely thanks to Doctor Blaqk, is snappy. The last page's cliff hanger works on so many levels too, truly spectacular.

8.5
Buzzkill #4

Nov 21, 2014

Best Doctor Strange reference ever. I believe it was issue 2 that also mentioned other continuities, there are a lot of clever devices used in this comic, it's very aware that the characters are analogs and plays that it its favour. The story comes to a powerful conclusion though a touch baffling, I had to reread the last couple pages to understand that Ruben lied and I'm still not totally convinced as to the father's fate.

4.0
Cage (2016) #1

Oct 23, 2016

This is really bad. The plot is nonexistent, it's literally just Luke Cage running around and punching things. Given that this is set in the 70s, he should be going by Power Man, not Luke Cage. There is some comedy to redeem the comic, but I'm awkwardly wondering if this is racist, lol.

8.0
Calexit #1

Jul 20, 2017

Great artwork and a great villain. The hero I'm not sure about yet, she seems to be a little too content to put other people's lives at risk. I'm getting political fatigue with the constant news coverage of Trump, yet he seems to only be a minor note in this story, so it still remains quite enjoyable. Three interviews in the back? Doesn't Pizzolo want to save some of them up for future issues, or does he just know too many people worth interviewing?

7.5
Calexit #2

Apr 17, 2018

I wasn't expecting an attempt to empathize with the villain, there may be more to this story than I originally thought.

7.5
Captain America: Sam Wilson #1

Oct 20, 2015

A little on the nose, but it gets extra points for pissing off Fox & Friends.

6.5
Captain America: Sam Wilson #7

Apr 13, 2016

STANDOFF: Tons of exposition, so don't worry if you haven't read the other Standoff issues. If you have read them, the exposition may drive you nuts. It's a decent issue, it's certainly odd how this monumental issue was shimmied into the middle of this boring event going on right now, but I liked it alright. -- PRESENTATION: This is a touching examination of the symbolism of the shield, I actually liked this short backup more than the main story. -- CATCH ME IF YOU CAN: So...Hydra has Cap's old baseball sealed away? Why? -- PAS DE DEUX: Nice Cap and Black Widow mission. Short and sweet.

7.0
Captain America: Steve Rogers #1

May 29, 2016

"No! Captain America can never go through any interesting character development or plots twists, EVER! He punches Hitler while shouting "America!" and eating a Carl's Jr. burger in every issue, without exception! Who do these writers think they are to write otherwise!?" -- Honestly, have any of these whiny bitches ever even read a comic book? I legitimately don't know what's going on with Cap or what is going to happen next, and that's a good thing not a bad thing. Hell, we don't even know if this has any significance at all. As for the rest of the comic, I am noticing the same sort of discussion with Director Hill as She Hulk had in Civil War II #0, so that's already starting to get played out and Civil War II hasn't even started yet. The colours in the flashbacks make the people all look blue, which is kind of weird, maybe tone that down a bit. I enjoyed the dialogue between the minions the most, it's funny and I feel a little bad for them. I also like the allusions to Trump supporters, even if it is a little ham-fisted.

5.0
Captain America: White #1

Apr 29, 2016

The art style fits the subject matter well, it feels appropriate to the time period. Can't say I care much for the story. I thought I would, since it follows Cap in WWII but it turned out very cheesy and boring. The extra buck gets you the #0 reprinted, which just tells Bucky's origin, which is even less interesting than the main story. This might get better when the plot gets into gear, but this first issue sure doesn't set it off with any sort of spark.

7.5
Captain Britain and the Mighty Defenders #1

Jul 26, 2015

I like this re-imagining of the characters, especially Yinsen and Spider Hero. I remember Boss Cage and Mondo-City One from a few issues of Thunderbolts and I can't help but love this shameless analog of Judge Dredd. What a shame that the series is only two issues long.

7.0
Captain Britain and the Mighty Defenders #2

Aug 29, 2015

About as much as you can expect out of a two issue mini-series. I didn't buy Boss Hill's sudden change of heart, that was silly, but other than that I very much enjoyed this story and the characters involved. I hope this isn't the last we see of Mondo City.

7.5
Captain Kid #1

Aug 2, 2016

I didn't think I'd like Captain Kid, but Mark Waid writes with a certain charm that makes this reverse Shazam character rather engaging.

5.5
Cat-Man and Kitten (2022) #1

Dec 4, 2022

The tone is suitably tongue-in-cheek and could actually have benefited from leaning even harder in that direction. Being a one-shot does hamper the story somewhat, especially one that takes places in two different countries, that introduces so many characters. A plot even smaller in scope might have flowed better.

6.0
Catwoman (2018) #1

Oct 22, 2018

Artwork is kind of gnarly, plot is nothing special and shrugs off the Batman wedding (no great loss)

6.0
Catwoman: Election Night #1

Nov 25, 2016

Good art can't save this Catwoman story, which is insanely on-the-nose with the election commentary, it's positively gag-worthy. The Prez backup is a welcome palette cleanser and raises the overall rating that I'm giving this comic. Why can't we get a second volume of Prez instead of this Catwoman garbage, DC? Come on! This Prez segment was sold as a conclusion for her story as well, however it's really just a small, self-contained story, not a conclusion. BRING BACK PREZ! BRING BACK PREZ! BRING BACK PREZ!

6.0
Cemetery Beach #1

Sep 22, 2018

This starts out with interesting dialogue, but the characters are ultimately gray and uninteresting. The world is intriguing, but the plot leaves little to grab me.

1.0
Cerebus In Hell? #0

Nov 24, 2016

This is garbage. Never have I struggled this much to get through 22 pages of a comic before, it was downright painful. Is the idea to give the reader a firsthand experience of Hell, is that it? Because this is comperable to having my finger nails ripped out. I nearly gave up on trying to finish reading this multiple times. This is literally made up of stock Cerebus images cracking jokes within Dante's Inferno images. Dave Sim offers the explanation to this having to do with him injuring is wrist. So have a guest artist draw it! The biggest problem is that this simply isn't funny or entertaining in any way, shape, or form. Imagine a comic collecting all of the most flat, unfunny comic strips from the newspaper, only all of the images are stock images. That's basically what we have here. Don't buy this. I sincerely hope that #1-4 of Cerebus in Hell are an actual story and not more of this.

7.5
Champions (2016) #1

Nov 13, 2016

Certainly better than the Avengers #1, but takes on too much for one issue, someone as experienced as Mark Waid should be pacing a comic better.

6.5
Chaos #1

Jun 5, 2014

The art is nice but I think the series depends on some familiarity with these characters. I got the gist of what's going on but I don't really get how Chastity fits into this. And with the promise of more Chaos characters on the way, this sounds like it will be very bloated for a six-issue series.

7.5
Chaos #2

Jun 5, 2014

Either I'm getting used to the temperature of the pool or this came together nicer than the first issue. We get a chance to explore these characters a little bit more and some sexy action certainly helps to keep my attention.

9.0
Chew #1

Aug 15, 2014

Huge points for originality, though I do feel like the humour could be a little more on point.

7.5
Chew #2

Aug 15, 2014

Some great and funny ideas here. I think the interaction with Mike Applebee would be more hilarious if there was a little reason for him to have a grudge against Tony. Also, Savoy's dialog could be cut down a bit, he doesn't become very interesting until he busts in with ninja weapons. That was pretty awesome.

7.5
Chew #3

Aug 18, 2014

It's fun and cute. So in this world the FDA can get you fired too?

7.5
Chew #4

Aug 27, 2014

Fun and increasingly credulous.

9.5
Chew #5

Aug 27, 2014

By far the best issue yet. The humour is getting more on point with each issue and the ending is absolutely stunning.

7.0
Chew #6

Sep 2, 2014

There isn't really a plot in this issue, it's a little detective case that is just handed to you and solved for you. It's the comedy that elevates this and makes it enjoyable.

7.0
Chew #7

Sep 2, 2014

It's kind of odd that Chu has embarked on a solo mission right after his partner was reintroduced to the mix, but we'll see, maybe there's a reason for this decision. The issue is a bit lighter on the laughs but sets up an interesting new direction.

7.5
Chew #8

Sep 3, 2014

This fruit thing is interesting.

7.5
Chew #9

Sep 7, 2014

I particularly enjoy how increasingly awful Chu's boss is.

6.5
Chew #10

Sep 8, 2014

I found this issue too cluttered, there's another player thrown in the mix that doesn't come through gracefully and the short guy's motivations in this issue are peculiar. Overall, the series is good but just doesn't seem to be my cup of tea.

7.0
Chew / Revival #1

Jun 2, 2014

A cool idea, but after necessary introductions, the plot in each story has to be short and to the point, so they don't come out to be very memorable as a result.

8.0
Chew: Warrior Chicken Poyo #1

Sep 8, 2014

Incredibly fun and silly, but also really condensed.

7.5
Chrononauts #1

Mar 28, 2015

Not Millar's most original idea, but the execution is good and Murphy's art is excellent.

5.0
Chrononauts #2

Apr 26, 2015

Feels a lot like MPH where the reckless idiots have fun at the expense of the rest of society, except this time around time travel is already in the mix, so it's even less original. Plus, these characters were specially selected to be the first men to travel though time; how did we manage to find and train two a-holes that screw the time stream up at the drop of a hat? I just don't buy it.

7.0
Chrononauts #3

Jun 28, 2015

It's kind of like, Dukes of Hazard crossed with Back to the Future.

7.5
Chrononauts #4

Jun 22, 2015

Unlike most comic book writers, Millar is good at endings. Chrononauts ends on a strong note but I do find the time travel rules change. I think it's because the guys aren't being tracked through time anymore that's why the previously established rules are adjusted, it could have been explained a bit better though.

8.0
Cinema Purgatorio #1

May 18, 2016

-- CINEMA PURGATORIO: I guess this is the headline story in this anthology. Ironically, it is the worst one, even with legendary Alan Moore writing it. The concept seems to be that we, the audience, are watching a batch of films, in the same fashion you would in the 30s, when it was common practice to watch a couple films and a cartoon in one cinema visit, and in black and white of course (with the exception of Disney who had exclusive rights to Technicolor at the time). This story introduces that concept, but the story itself seems pointless and, what I presume to be captions of what the viewer is thinking, even make a point of mentioning that. So let's just say it's weird -- CODE PRU: This next story is written by another powerhouse writer and '2000 AD' anthology alumni, Garth Ennis. I know Code Pru exists already as a solo title, but I'm not reading it so I'm unsure if/how this ties in. It's really interesting though, this paramedic named Prudence is introduced to a suicidal vampire. Here I am feeling sorry for the poor guy because he can't handle immortality. -- MODDED: The third writing powerhouse, Kieron Gillen, delivers my favourite entry in this anthology. It seems to be a mature, dystopian version of Pokemon. And based on the dialogue, they seem to live inside the game a la 'Reboot.' Seriously, you're not sold yet? -- A MORE PERFECT UNION: This one is a Civil War story, I suspect it will be an alternate history of some sort. Max Brooks writes some good characterization, I already like these guys, and I like history too so, BAM! Yet another winner. -- THE VAST: Gabriel Andrade delivers the best artwork of the bunch with this 'Independence Day' style story featuring jet fighters confronting a giant sea monster. The action takes over, so the plot hasn't kicked in yet, but anything with giant sea monsters is something I'm likely to enjoy. -- OVERALL: I get the feeling that, with Alan Moore attached to this thing, everyone is bringing their A-game. I know that

9.0
Citizen Jack #1

Nov 8, 2015

This is a joy to read. It's political satire without being partisan and it's extremely relevant at a time when unqualified dopes are polling high in the Republican primaries.

9.5
Citizen Jack #2

Dec 7, 2015

This could easily be based on a true story, you know, minus the demon part. Politis have become so outrageous that this is barely satire, it might even be considered tame four years from now. This has got to be near the top of your pull file, it's so damn good!

8.0
Citizen Jack #3

Jan 18, 2016

Does not make reference to the major events of the previous issue, it almost feel self-contained; but that's okay, it's another funny and disturbed issue.

8.0
Citizen Jack #4

Feb 23, 2016

Heh, wouldn't it be cool if Perkins was using the demon too? Anyway, this was another great gad for jack, but nothing like a murder to put a band-aid on it.

7.0
Citizen Jack #5

Apr 20, 2016

Wow, if only real election cycles could go by this fast. Still, this issue did reel rushed in pace. I loved that Jack targeted children for his scapegoating, this is a screwed up world if that actually worked, I just wish there was a little more time spent unpacking that.

8.0
Citizen Jack #6

May 24, 2016

The worse Jack is, the more his numbers go up. I would think that to be ridiculous if the Trump phenomenon weren't real. God help us if this comic is prophetic. Now that the election is over though, there is a new path on the horizon and I'm convinced that Armageddon lies at the end of that path. I hope this isn't the last issue, it says neither 'End' nor 'To Be Continued' and there is no back matter to elaborate. I suspect the creators are keeping it open as to whether or not to continue. They could leave off here if they want, it works as an ominous ending, but I hope this continues because I want to see what happens next. There are no solicitations and I seem to be the only person reading this anymore, so this could very well be the end...

6.5
Civil War II #0

May 22, 2016

Though priced at $4.99, this was 23 pages of story, hardly worthy of the extra dollar. Bendis writes dialog a little too indulgently, this book could easily be paired down to 20 pages, specifically in the courtroom and Samson scenes, where the characters practically repeat themselves. So, unsurprisingly, this issue is a cash grab. That's not to say that it isn't worth reading, though lengthy, the conversations are interesting and engaging. As another reviewer mentioned, the prosecution of Jester was shady, conspiracy to commit a crime is a real thing, though I do believe that you need proof of steps being taken, not just mouthing off. So it's ambiguous as to whether or not Jester was actually guilty, but Director Hill's dismissive attitude toward his ultimate fate is offensive. As if the moment you enter prison, you're no longer a human being. So this issue introduces some of the concepts that will be key to the event but there's very little plot to be had and, unfortunately, the plot looks like it will revolve somehow around Inhumans. Get lost Inhumans, no wants to read you, okay!? Quit trying to steal the spotlight. I fear that the audience will be beat over the head with ideologies throughout this event rather than feeling them organically, but we'll see. The artwork looks great, especially the double page spreads, but let's not go overboard on the double page spreads please, there were quite a few in this issue alone.

6.0
Civil War II #1

Jun 3, 2016

I'd be lying if I said the tension between Tony and Carol doesn't feel forced. It's also completely unnecessary to kill two characters off (well, we're left with a cliffhanger for the second one), I'm not even convinced we had to kill the first one off, I actually thought it would be a permanent spinal injury and that would be enough. Using Thanos as the catalyst to throw tensions over the edge was not a good choice because everyone already knows that he's a global threat, it's not foolhardy or a bad use of precog abilities to stop Thanos preemptively, that would actually be just as good of an example of precog benefits as the giant celestial that starts the issue off and it wouldn't be a surprise if someone died trying to stop Thanos. Now, it's certainly valid that Tony would take it hard, but I just hope that there will be more to what motivates Civil War II than that, because the Thanos conflict will not be enough. It would feel organic if Ulysses was an established character before this whole thing, but clearly he's contrived to give a reason for a second Civil War; that's how a lot of stories work, I suppose, so that's not a big deal. But Bendis, again, trim the dialogue, there is no reason for characters to repeat themselves for an additional page. That's a lot of criticism that I just gave, but this isn't a bad comic, the art looks great, drama between characters always makes for conflict with higher stakes, I certainly want to know what happens next. I wonder, what effect would it have on the reading experience if nobody knew this was leading to another Civil War comic? I certainly think it would hit harder. Still, I'd be lying if I said that I don't want to read what happens next.

7.5
Civil War II: The Accused #1

May 31, 2017

I actually liked this. The court in Marvel's America functions slightly differently: in the real world, spectral evidence is not admissible in order to avoid Salem witch-style trials; but in the 616 universe, evidence of enhanced individuals and/or extra-normal incidents are admissible because it's rather crucial to the reality that they live in. I'm not actually sure I agree with the jury's decision here, euthanasia is not legal in Marvel-America as far as I know, or maybe it is? I'm surprised Matt didn't recuse himself of prosecutory duties, given the conflict of interest inherent to him prosecuting Clint. I'm sure he didn't want to have to explain since he's keeping up his secret identity, but still, it's irresponsible of him. I like how much thought this issue has sparked in me, I seem to be listing complaints, but I found the whole thing interesting

5.0
Civil War II (FCBD 2016) #1

May 8, 2016

So this Civil War II lead-in is basically the Avengers vs Thanos, and something goes wrong. It's not bad, though I don't know how it's going to lead to another Civil War. Heroes get hurt in battle al the time, I'll be annoyed if this is treated differently for no reason. The Wasp story was not great. This new Wasp shows up to Pym's house unannounced, only to find out that he just died. She grieves for one panel before immediately breaking into his house and stealing his gear. Ya, she seems pretty distraught, lol. I have a feeling this new Wasp is going to suck.

7.5
Codename: Action #3

May 17, 2014

Jonathan Lau's art is the real star of this series. Let's get him on some better stories people!

7.0
Codename: Action #4

Jun 2, 2014

This mediocre story is kept afloat by Jonathan Lau and Ivan Nunes's masterful interiors. The Three Stooges cameo was a nice touch, and perhaps a bit of a commentary on supervillan thugs around the world.

8.5
Codename: Action #5

Jun 5, 2014

This final entry is neck deep in action and I think that's where the series really shines. The Dynamite cast of heroes don't serve very much purpose though, and I'd mark up their inclusion as either a stunt to bring in more readers, or that something else was intended for them but the series was cut shorter. Either way is was a very fun, enjoyable reading experience and isn't that what comics are all about?

5.0
Coffin Bound #1

Aug 6, 2019

I read the ashcan and had no idea what was going on. I assume there is more in the full issue of #1 that will help to clarify, but it certainly didn't entice me to check out the series.

8.0
Conan The Barbarian (2019) #1

Jan 22, 2019

I don't care much about Conan either way, but I'm a Jason Aaron fan so I checked this out. So far, so good. The villain is cool.

7.0
Conan The Barbarian (2019) #2

Jan 25, 2019

It's good but what does this have to do with the previous issue besides the last page?

8.0
Conan The Barbarian (2019) #3

May 10, 2019

Looks like Aaron has opted to write several self contained backstories to tie loosely into the main plot. This issue was pretty cool and makes me hope that divine intervention eludes to a grander plan. The prose backup was sweet too.

8.0
Conan The Barbarian (2019) #4

May 11, 2019

Conan demonstrates why he can't be civilized.

8.5
Conan The Barbarian (2019) #5

May 11, 2019

Octopus-crab-sharks and some sort of giant octopus-rat, what's not to love?

7.0
Conan The Barbarian (2019) #6

May 17, 2019

Can we please return to the original plot now?

8.0
Conan The Barbarian (2019) #7

Aug 15, 2019

Sexy time with Conan!

7.0
Conan The Barbarian (2019) #8

Sep 1, 2019

Not bad, but I can't shake the feeling that we're just spinning our wheels at this point, the time for one-shot stories has passed. The novella story at the end is actually better than the main comic this week, the plot is getting very exciting and the prose has a sophisticated feel.

8.0
Conan The Barbarian (2019) #9

Sep 22, 2019

This issue was really cool and showcases excellent monster designs. It also feels more relevant to the ongoing plot than the previous few issues have been.

9.0
Conan The Barbarian (2019) #10

Nov 18, 2019

We're finally back to the main plot, which is excellent. The wait makes sense now, it essentially simulates the wait that the witch's children endure.

9.5
Conan The Barbarian (2019) #11

Dec 7, 2019

It's Crom!

9.0
Conan The Barbarian (2019) #12

Feb 2, 2020

A suitably action-packed issue to round out a great run.

5.5
Contest Of Champions #1

Nov 4, 2015

Another one of those comics intended to accompany a video game. These are rarely worthwhile and this one doesn't appear to be an exception. The creative team does a good enough job, it's just not something that works well as a comic because the mash-up fights don't feel earned or worthwhile. The Guillotine character looks cool, I'd like to see her in an interesting story but not so much in a mash-up brawl. I'm going to recommend to save your money and just play the game if the concept interests you.

2.5
Convergence #0

Apr 4, 2015

A whole lot of nothing to spend five bucks on. The story with Superman and Brainiac is completely boring; an oversized issue of pure exposition coming from a villain's monologue. The backmatter is informative, but also a clear excuse to increase the page count and increase the cover price. You don't need this in your collection, save your money. Convergence better be going uphill from here or else this event is going to be a disaster.

3.0
Convergence #1

Apr 21, 2015

Terrible, the most uneventful five dollars I've spent since last week's Convergence #0. There's really not much else to say, the dialog is awful, the action feels undeserved and the concept is only introduced at the end, leaving the reader and characters to drown until then. At least the artwork is good, that's about the only positive to come out of this. Save your money and skip this, you don't need to read it as much as you think you do.

7.0
Convergence #2

Apr 21, 2015

A vast improvement from #0 and #1. This issue has some actual emotion and character rather than just a bunch of loosely related action sequences and grandiose posing. The price tag is more appropriate as well. Hopefully this is a sign that the story will get better moving forward.

5.0
Convergence #3

Jun 6, 2015

The Batman moments are the best in the comic, the problem is that they don't really have much of anything to do with the main "story".

2.5
Convergence #4

Jun 12, 2015

Convoluted and boring, just a struggle to get through.

6.5
Convergence: Aquaman #1

Apr 25, 2015

Mostly consists of Aquaman being a sad sack puss, however he seems to think he's a badass anyways. I did rather like getting to know this Aquaman, but I'm thinking this series will not amount to anything more than a quick mashup, so it is easily shippable.

8.0
Convergence: Aquaman #2

Jun 28, 2015

Very excessive and indicative of the 90's, but you know what? I liked it. The action was rather clever and engaging, even if this series proves inconsequential in the long run, at least I had a good time reading it.

6.0
Convergence: Blue Beetle #1

May 3, 2015

I'm really interested in these characters, I'd love if DC made this into an ongoing series rather than this formulaic tie-in. Because of the nature of this comic and the event, not much really happens here and I doubt much worth noting will happen in the next issue, but I like the art and feel of the comic, it's light and insightful.

6.0
Convergence: Blue Beetle #2

Jun 2, 2015

It's a charming mini-series to read, the ending is kind of silly but maybe that is consistent with how the old Blue Beetle comics were.

5.5
Convergence: Crime Syndicate #1

May 7, 2015

This one pulls off the retro thing quite successfully and introduces some interesting developments before the plot is inevitably hijacked by Convergence. The premise of the convergence books haunts each title that has to play to it, but at least this Crime Syndicate tie-in keeps it entertaining.

5.0
Convergence: Crime Syndicate #2

Jun 4, 2015

It's not bad, it's just very disposable. I wouldn't recommend this unless you are in love with these characters and need your fix. It delivers on what it promises and little else, the two issue format is just a little to constraining.

5.5
Convergence: Detective Comics #1

May 8, 2015

This one is much denser than many of the other Convergence tie-ins I've read, but not in a bad way. The story focuses on both Earth-Two and also Red Son Superman. It still follows the same format, but we actually start the conflict before the end of the issue. I'm not familiar with Huntress's character, but is she supposed to be reckless and stupid? If not, the last couple pages could be bothersome. Red Son is the more interesting aspect of the book, which is rather odd considering it is a Detective Comic, but certainly welcome.

3.5
Convergence: Detective Comics #2

Jun 7, 2015

The artwork is atrocious and the writing is terrible, how could this be the same writer as the Swamp Thing tie-in? Robin and Huntress the most unheroic motivation, it's comedic more than anything. I cannot fathom why the comic has a two pages of recap, DC has long neglected any sort of recap page in their titles, yet a two issue mini-series has a two page recap? That's just stupid, who in their right mind would only buy the second issue of a two-part series in the first place? Oh, and why do the Russians speak English? You know, aside from a couple Russian words thrown in to make even less sense, rather than assume an alien translation force is at play. The end to the conflict is also extremely lazy given how the whole "Let's fight, no let's not fight" has already played out.

6.5
Convergence: Justice League #1

May 10, 2015

The art was good and the plot was fun. The characters have great personality and can't seem to help but provide a little eye candy. Unhinged Aquaman is always fun, got to love DC's unwavering insistence that Aquaman is a bad ass

6.0
Convergence: Justice League #2

Jun 28, 2015

Not bad, but quite disposable, I'm sorry to say.

7.5
Convergence: Swamp Thing #1

Jun 7, 2015

One of the better Convergence tie-ins. There's some recap and then an entire years worth of time crammed into the issue, but it doesn't suffer too much as a result. New readers can jump in and enjoy while old readers get a couple issues to roll back the clock to the original Swamp Thing, written by the co-creator.

8.5
Convergence: Swamp Thing #2

Jun 7, 2015

This is one of my favourite Convergence books. Swamp Thing and Vampire Batman? Heck yeah! There's an actually ending as well and it's very good, worthy of bringing these characters together. Job well done Wein, Jones and team!

7.5
Convergence: The Question #1

Apr 21, 2015

I wish I were more familiar with this world because it's really interesting. The recap in the back helps a little. The Question tie-in is far better than the main Convergence event, read and support this instead, hopefully that will lead to more books like this and less like Convergence.

9.0
Convergence: The Question #2

Aug 1, 2015

Excellent storytelling, probably the best thing to come out of this silly event. It's different from the other tie-in formulas and yet still fits within the Convergence zeitgeist. The ending is also truly touching. I must have more Question comics from Greg Rucka! The Starfire sneek peak looks silly and uninteresting, it's a similar premise to Harley Quinn and it's the same writers.

7.5
Copperhead #1

Sep 10, 2014

Not the most original concept, but the writing and art are both well executed.

8.5
Criminal 10th Anniversary Special #1

Apr 26, 2016

Not sure why there aren't more reviews for this, Ben Seeka missed the mark big time, I wonder if he even realizes that there is more history to these characters. This is a boyhood story about Tracy trying to subsist under his father's criminally poor parenting; Tracy discovers escapism for the first time in the form of a comic book magazine and it leads him down a path to the childhood he never knew he was missing. The story is well executed by Sean Phillips who thrives with sequential story telling in a way that is easy to under-appreciate. Definitely read this in the Magazine format if you can, the art is larger and makes good use of the format with the pages depicting the comic within the comic. Check this out if you like Criminal or noir stories, or if you are smarter than Ben Seeka of Comic Crusaders and enjoy subtext ;)

8.0
Crossover (2020) #1

Jan 17, 2021

There are a lot of attempts out there to introduce a what-if scenario for comic book characters entering the real world, but Donny Cates seems like he has something he wants to say with this series, so it may be worth checking out after all.

7.5
Crossover (2020) #3

Sep 9, 2022

Oh, I actually did read the four issues of the Paybacks back when Dark Horse published them... Doctor Blaqk is the only character I remember though, lol, sorry. Buzzkill was the Cates comic of that time that I remember being really good. Maybe the protagonist or villain from that will make an appearance down the line. Another indie character makes an appearance here too. I had dropped this series, but legit crossovers like this might be enough to get me back on board.

6.0
Crossover (2020) #4

Sep 9, 2022

Another crossover from another Cates title manifests. Not in a very organic way though, we have to go to some sort of super hero museum for some reason. It feels contrived, is what I'm saying.

3.5
Cryptozoic Man #3

Oct 21, 2014

The art is good but the story is weird and uninteresting.

2.0
Cryptozoic Man #4

Oct 23, 2014

I couldn't begin to describe what I just read because I don't know for myself.

7.5
Curse Words #1

Feb 19, 2017

I read the preview edition. It seems promising.

5.0
Cyborg #1

Jul 26, 2015

Not digging this. Ivan Reis is a great pencil, but something isn't quite right, particularly in the alien sequences, I think it's a bit to do with the colours and a bit to do with the inks. The plot is what really falls short; the sneak peek looked cool, but this only consists of Cyborg complaining about daddy issues sand some B.S. happening on an alien planet with no context.

7.5
Cyclops (2014) #1

May 17, 2014

This was well executed and I recommend it if you like the idea of Cyclops having adventures with his estranged father in space. It's not really a direction that I want to explore myself though.

7.5
Daredevil & Echo (2023) #1

Aug 5, 2023

I'm loving Echo in a co-leading role, perhaps she could have her own short solo series after this?

6.0
Daredevil (1964) #42

Dec 28, 2022

The first appearance of Jester, a two-dimensional knock off of Toyman.

5.0
Daredevil (1964) #44

Dec 28, 2022

Jester returns, with even less gadgets...

8.5
Daredevil (1964) #55

Jan 4, 2023

One of those issues that dives into the hero's psyche. In this case, the psyche of a middle aged man in 1969 who feels that outer displays of fear threaten his masculinity. Somehow, this is the greatest threat he's faced yet!

8.0
Daredevil (1964) #65

Dec 28, 2022

I love the artwork in the fog and how the plot comes back around to reflect that of the movie they are filming

8.0
Daredevil (1964) #72

Dec 28, 2022

The idea of a character that can see through the eyes of his leopard animal companion is neat, they should bring him back.

6.5
Daredevil (1964) #82

Dec 29, 2022

There's something weird about Scorpion wielding a gun, lol.

7.5
Daredevil (1964) #89

Dec 29, 2022

I didn't know the Purple Man had a flying saucer, that's awesome!

7.0
Daredevil (1964) #93

Dec 29, 2022

Cool villain. I'll have to revisit this at a later date because I didn't get through the last few pages before I had to go.

9.0
Daredevil (1964) #254

Nov 3, 2022

These old DD comics carry the tropes of the 80's but also feature decent social commentary. Even the trash buildup from the garbage worker's strike is a stunning visualization of a city decaying from corruption as the citizens desperately struggle for dignity.

8.5
Daredevil (1964) #255

Nov 9, 2022

Omg Matt, can you stop making out for two seconds to reassure the blind kid? Lol.

8.0
Daredevil (1964) #256

Nov 9, 2022

An exciting conclusion to Typhoid Mary's first storyline.

8.5
Daredevil (2014) #0.1

Jul 3, 2014

A well executed done-in-one story from Waid and Krause. Seeing Matt uncomfortable on planes is fun. The progression of the plot and conclusion are exciting and thoughtful. It is an oversized issue, thus the $4.99 price tag. Unfortunately, it does not come with a download of the digital version which is a huge disappointment because this was originally created as an 'infinite' digital only comic. Marvel includes digital downloads with all of it's $3.99 titles, so it's a dick move to leave off the download on a $4.99 book.

9.0
Daredevil (2014) #1

Apr 20, 2014

There was no need to restart the numbering, but Waid and Samnee are on to a fantastic 'start' nonetheless!

8.0
Daredevil (2014) #1.50

Apr 20, 2014

I usually hate these anniversary.whatever issues, but this was actually really great! Even the backup material.

8.0
Daredevil (2014) #2

Apr 27, 2014

Thrilled to see Waid and Samnee carrying on the spirit and quality from last year's DD run. They've proven that a heroic, optimistic Matt Murdock can be just as effective today as the broody one was previously.

8.0
Daredevil (2014) #3

May 27, 2014

Nice juxtaposition in the imagery regarding the owl. When did they change the way the names are writing on Matt's office door though?

7.5
Daredevil (2014) #4

Jun 25, 2014

This series has set the bar pretty high for itself. I know every story arc isn't going to be home run, so I'm happy it's still at least getting on second base. I'm betting there are a couple seeds being planted here for the future.

9.0
Daredevil (2014) #6

Aug 6, 2014

This is a nice way to do an event tie-in. Readers of Daredevil need not feel obligated to pick up Original Sin to enjoy this, and the same goes for Original Sin readers not reading Daredevil. If you are reading both it is just a little bonus. As for the issue itself it is tragic, mysterious and thrilling. I love it, if you've ever been screwed over by a system that you have no control over, you'll relate. If you're not reading Daredevil, feel free to jump right in here. Javier Rodriguez does an impeccable job filling in for Chris Samnee.

7.5
Daredevil (2014) #7

Aug 22, 2014

The first half of this issue is half-assed, but the second half makes up for it.

9.0
Daredevil (2014) #8

Sep 20, 2014

Best Daredevil issue in a while, which says a lot. I love the creepiness and the art is very cinematic.

8.0
Daredevil (2014) #9

Oct 24, 2014

The usual quality we've come to expect from Waid and Samnee. What do you do against a pack of purple children whom you can't fight back against?

9.5
Daredevil (2014) #10

Nov 23, 2014

Matt has such a tragic past that it hasn't really occurred to me until now that he could actually be battling some form of clinical depression. Waid and Samnee have really crafted something special here.

8.0
Daredevil (2014) #11

Jan 5, 2015

Maybe this doesn't hit the dazzling heights of Snyder's Batman, but it's still one of the best titles to coming out from Marvel. It's a little odd how Waid cherry picks what Daredevil can hear over the sounds of a motorcycle, but that's not a big deal. Daredevil is some good, clean fun with a lot of heart.

9.0
Daredevil (2014) #12

Jan 19, 2015

A surprising twist, a crazy chase and an happy ending. Even if some moments give you pause to wonder how, you can't deny that that is a damn good comic.

8.5
Daredevil (2014) #13

Mar 7, 2015

Takes an old Daredevil trope and turns it on its head. Every issue is a winner from this team!

7.5
Daredevil (2014) #14

Mar 30, 2015

Good but moves a little too fast and frivolously.

5.0
Daredevil (2014) #15

May 7, 2015

What happened? Waid has always brought quality and forethought to this series, why would he be so lazy to make Matt literally walk away after discovering the Shroud's hideout? It defies logic, and why is the Shroud suddenly hellbent on destroying Matt's life as well as Kirstin and Foggy's? I know he wants to keep Matt from interfering with his surveillance, but wasn't Shroud a friend or at least an ally? Also, why would the cops go after Foggy and Kirstin, because of their affiliation with Daredevil? I appreciate the high stakes that this introduces, but I fail to see how the last page reveal is going to help Matt's situation, I guess we'll find out about that next month. I'm looking forward to the next issue, lets just hope is not as frantic as this one because this is probably the worst issue to come out of the series thus far.

7.5
Daredevil (2014) #15.1

Jun 28, 2015

-- RETROSPECTION: Lends some continuity to the issue, not essential, but appreciated -- WORLDS COLLIDE: I really like this story, it adds dimension to the cunundrum of being a lawyer and also a vigilante. I think this story was the reason for publishing this issue, it's the certainly the story that's worth your money -- CHASING THE DEVIL: feels a lot more forced into the issue than the previous story did. This is another good story though. -- OVERALL: The events in this comic take place before issue #15, so why it isn't #14.1 is beyond me. It's not a necessary issue, but I found it worth reading nonetheless.

8.0
Daredevil (2014) #16

Jul 2, 2015

Got to love King Pin's art room. Good issue, not a lot happens but the extra breathing room is welcome in this case to savor the interaction between Matt and Kingpin.

7.5
Daredevil (2014) #17

Aug 1, 2015

Soooo, was Matt's revelation that he finally came to just to let himself be killed? The opening pages are also rather confusing, I had to go back and scrutinize how the choreography is supposed to read as opposed to how I read it the first time. Other than that bit cf confusion, this is some classic comic book drama.

7.5
Daredevil (2014) #18

Sep 10, 2015

The last issue, and it's a good one, at least the first half is, the second half feels pretty rushed, I think this would have benefited as a double sized issue. So ends a legendary run, Waid an Samnee redefined Matt Murdock and truly elevated the character. Looking forward to seeing what Soule does with the character next.

7.5
Daredevil (2015) #1

Jan 3, 2016

I'm liking the look and feel, though the elevator office is a little much. I'm not sure I like that there is a new sidekick in the picture either.

7.0
Daredevil (2015) #2

Jan 27, 2016

Some things about this issue don't work. Ten fingers shrugs off that he was disobeyed (making him a pussy excuse for a villain) and the confrontation at the end couldn't be more rushed: Matt and Blindspot just appear in the evil hideout, no trouble gaining entry. And there isn't even a fight before the Hand jumps in, coincidentally at the same time Matt gets there. Had Soule just cut out that pointless training scene and expanded on the end scene more, this would have worked better. I'm still enjoying the comic overall, including the artwork, it's just a little sloppy in the execution.

5.0
Daredevil (2015) #3

Feb 3, 2016

I've read some great stories out of Charles Soule, but this is just sloppy. What was the point of anything? Why bust into Tenfingers's hideout? Matt didn't even intimidate him, he didn't do anything aside from help him out with a Hand infestation and then leave. Blindspot still adds nothing to the story, I wonder if undocumented immigrants refer to themselves as illegals the way he does. But worst of all, Matt is blamed for what happened to his witness? He's a lawyer, not a body guard; he's not in charge of security, that's not his responsibility, so why is his boss being such a ass?

6.5
Daredevil (2015) #4

Feb 29, 2016

The undertones in the conversation with Tenfingers were interesting. The rest of the issue was somewhat lackluster. I liked watching Matt struggle with the bomb, but there wasn't much lead up to get him to that bomb, he was just shaking down some random connection and Cap was there for no good reason. Can't say it made sense for Blindspot to reveal himself when he does either. This series is just struggling to pull itself together into a cohesive narrative. Props to Ron Garney on his hand drawing skills though, as if drawing five fingers isn't difficult enough.

6.0
Daredevil (2015) #5

Apr 8, 2016

I like Blindspot's character arc, but this is a very lackluster end to Tenfingers's arc. I certainly hope Elektra brings something to the table, or I may be dropping my beloved Daredevil for the first time. Let's address the real elephant in the room though: those 9-trigger revolver pistols make absolutely NO SENSE! It's not like a gun designed for a 5-fingered person has 4 triggers, even if there were any possible practicality to the mechanical design (which there is not) you would still use at least three fingers to hold the gun handle. And yet, I love the crazy guns, oh comics, you've done it again!

7.5
Daredevil (2015) #6

May 2, 2016

Possibly the best issue of this run thus far. Elektra is super intense and delivers a crazy cliffhanger of a line at the end. I hope this opens the door for some emotional storytelling, Soule has thrived with that on other books, but so far not this one.

7.5
Daredevil (2015) #7

May 31, 2016

It's always disappointing to find out that the story you just read isn't applicable. It makes me feel cheated in a way, but the journey itself was still intriguing and well told by the artwork, so perhaps it is best to just enjoy the ride for what it is.

8.5
Daredevil (2015) #8

Jun 14, 2016

This is the best issue of the run so far, it feels very distinctly like a Daredevil comic where his blindness is used as a new kind of advantage that you wouldn't expect. The art is also hitting its stride, it keeps that distinct, contrasting colour scheme of the previous issues but with cleaner, more refined line work.

8.0
Daredevil (2015) #9

Jul 28, 2016

If Spidey had time to throw a spider-tracer on the case, he certainly had time to simply grab the case with his webbing. That part was just lazy writing. The rest was good though, an exciting story with fun banter and clean artwork. I hope to get more like this one.

8.0
Daredevil (2015) #10

Aug 19, 2016

Daredevil is putting on his detective hat and it's super exciting. Soule's run has been ramping up ever since he concluded the Ten Fingers arc, let's hope this trend continues!

8.0
Daredevil (2015) #11

Jan 17, 2017

This shift to a Criminal Minds type of story is intriguing, villains like this are typically Batman territory, but it fits exceptionally well with Daredevil. Can't the police seize the painting as evidence in a crime? I don't get why they're struggling with that.

8.0
Daredevil (2015) #12

Jan 17, 2017

Yeah! Daredevil: 1, Karnak: 0. F you Karnak. Man,the Inhumans really are jerks, especially Medusa, I'm glad this cop is down with the cause and not willing to surrender to political grandstanding. The art complements this gritty story and the new villain is cool.

9.0
Daredevil (2015) #13

Feb 5, 2017

I must admit, I am smitten with this new villain, Muse. He's a deranged artist, like something out of Criminal Minds.

9.0
Daredevil (2015) #14

Feb 5, 2017

I didn't see a development like this coming with Blindspot, I wonder what this means for his character. This is, by far, the best arc of Soule's run on DD so far. Muse is an excellent and original character and is ripe for reuse in later stories. I hope Soule has more original characters in store for us. It is a bit of a let down the way that Muse is apprehended, the drama between Daredevil and him hit such a high, but then it stalled out when the Inhumans took over.

8.0
Daredevil (2015) #15

Jul 9, 2017

I'm not sure what Matt's motivation is, especially considering the money that he will need for Blindspot, but I'm sure it will be revealed. I'm digging the artwork.

9.5
Daredevil (2015) #16

Jul 10, 2017

The series is hitting a high point with this issue and I'm loving this artist, I want to see him as a regular on the series the style and layouts just suit Daredevil so well. Matt's motivation does pan out after all, which is great, good writing. It's encouraging to know that Soule is not disregarding the continuity from Waid's run.

7.5
Daredevil (2015) #17

Jul 10, 2017

Ron Garney's back on the art. It's a little too chunky and rushed than I'd like to see, I'd like Sudzuka back on the art, or at least someone else doing the inks. Looks like we're actually going to address the transition from Waid's run in detail here, that's cool.

9.0
Daredevil (2015) #18

Jul 11, 2017

Wow, excellent tone and pacing. The colours also add to the storytelling.

8.0
Daredevil (2015) #19

Jul 11, 2017

Marvel shouldn't be switching artists mid-storyline like this, especially when their styles are so drastically different, it is going to interrupt the reading experience in trade format. That being said, I love Laming's artwork and hope to see more of it. I like seeing the various incarnations of Daredevil in one room, I'm unfamiliar with the version wearing the shoulder pads, but his "extreme" line leads me to assume he's a product of the 90's, nice touch. This turns out to be a creative way to get Daredevil to the new status quo that we've been reading since the start of Soule's run.

7.5
Daredevil (2015) #20

Jul 12, 2017

Garney is back on the art but it is cleaner now than it was on #17, which is good. It's a somewhat tragic way for Matt to move on, but it totally makes sense.

6.5
Daredevil (2015) #21

Feb 10, 2019

The stunt with Echo is pretty stupid, but I guess it is an excuse to write her in. I like the concept of setting a court precedent, let's see how it goes.

7.5
Daredevil (2015) #22

Feb 10, 2019

Charles Soule is flexing his lawyer muscles, I've been hoping he'd do a story like this. The court room fight is a bit corny, but I can dig it.

6.0
Daredevil (2015) #23

Feb 10, 2019

I love the idea of a super villain lawyer, complete with his own moniker. The plot doesn't advance far though.

5.0
Daredevil (2015) #24

Feb 10, 2019

This one wasn't all that great. The art has gone downhill and the plot is starting to drag. It's also ridiculous that Foggy does a 180 just because of a half-assed apology, especially considering Matt attracts trouble seconds after reconnecting with Foggy. Why would he take him back?

7.5
Daredevil (2015) #25

Mar 8, 2019

I like the legal arguments being represented as a physical fight. It leans a bit heavy on the idea of the 11th hour speech.

7.5
Daredevil (2015) #26

Mar 8, 2019

DD's goes to China, sign me up!

8.5
Daredevil (2015) #27

Mar 8, 2019

We get some backstory for Blindspot and tense buildup to a killer cliffhanger.

8.5
Daredevil (2015) #28

Mar 8, 2019

The Beast is super cool.

6.5
Daredevil (2015) #595

Mar 10, 2019

Cops staging a fake mugging, really? Don't forget that Matt is a human lie detector.

6.5
Daredevil (2015) #596

Mar 10, 2019

Nothing special this time around, can't say that I'm a fan of the police helicopters being equipped with sonic blasters, but I guess it is the Marvel universe... The cliffhanger is totally unexpected and has me excited.

8.0
Daredevil (2015) #597

Mar 24, 2019

I like where the plot is going, particularly thanks to the return of Muse.

8.0
Daredevil (2015) #598

Mar 24, 2019

Muse has a weird power set that is difficult to pin down, but he's cool. I like the subtle conflict under the surface between Matt and Fisk.

8.5
Daredevil (2015) #599

Mar 24, 2019

Matt is sick of the nonstop political controversy and coverage surrounding Fisk and begs him to stop his scapegoating of vigilantes to distract from the city's real problems. Sound familiar?

9.5
Daredevil (2015) #600

Mar 24, 2019

Damn, that's one hell of an issue, fitting for #600. I would have been satisfied with just the Muse/Blindspot fight, but we also get a showdown with Kingpin and an insane twist at the end.

8.0
Daredevil (2015) #601

Mar 24, 2019

After a quick skirmish, Matt takes control of the situation. The art is handled by the co-creator of Nailbiter.

6.0
Daredevil (2015) #602

Mar 25, 2019

Oh come on, no one is going to notice the mayor in a time of crisis run off to be a super hero?

7.0
Daredevil (2015) #603

Mar 25, 2019

Fighting escalates and new actors are added to the mix

5.5
Daredevil (2015) #604

Mar 26, 2019

Okay, I think we're getting a bit carried away. Also, there is no way Matt is sneaking off to be Daredevil without anyone noticing, ridiculous.

5.0
Daredevil (2015) #605

Mar 26, 2019

What happened to Matt's respirator?

7.0
Daredevil (2015) #606

Mar 26, 2019

Getting centered again after the clusterf*** that was the last arc. This one is looking promising, I particularly like the line Matt delivers while everyone is recording him on their phones.

8.0
Daredevil (2015) #607

Mar 26, 2019

I thought this would be a fake out but apparently not. Cool, only in comics!

7.5
Daredevil (2015) #608

Mar 26, 2019

Mike makes for a weird but intriguing villain.

8.0
Daredevil (2015) #609

Mar 26, 2019

Another new villain. I'm getting spoiled.

8.5
Daredevil (2015) #610

Mar 26, 2019

I know where this is going, but it's a good thing because otherwise the pace would be too fast and the characters would be a bit off.

7.5
Daredevil (2015) #611

Mar 27, 2019

I don't want to spoil anything, but this doesn't really make any sense unless you know what is really going on, so be sure to read the next issue. Love the painterly artwork.

8.0
Daredevil (2015) #612

Mar 27, 2019

Saw that coming, mostly because I read the short series Man Without Fear before this, but it justifies the surreal quality of the last couple issue. I mainly like the ending.

7.5
Daredevil (2015) Annual #1

Aug 16, 2016

I actually enjoyed this. I don't know anything about Echo, but this was a cool way to have a deaf and blind character play to each other's strengths. I'm assuming she was resurrected because the earth reformed after Secret Wars? I wasn't digging the art at first, but it won me over by depicted the sound waves in a interesting, surrealist way. The backup story was forgettable, but it was nice to bring a DD veteran back, if only for a few pages.

7.5
Daredevil (2019) #1

Mar 27, 2019

Looks like Zdarsky is going to bring back the Catholic guilt in force. I would prefer that the captions and dialogue were trimmed down. The little backup story is kind of cool, nice little bonus.

7.5
Daredevil (2019) #2

Mar 31, 2019

Dammit Matt, you should know never to return to the scene of the crime.

7.0
Daredevil (2019) #3

Mar 31, 2019

High in action, low in plot development.

8.5
Daredevil (2019) #4

May 18, 2019

I always love a spirited debate of principles between Frank and Matt, and this was a good one. A Kevlar vest isn't going to stop a rifle slug at close range though. It rings true that Matt would evade police to go after a known threat, but is he ever going to actually turn himself in for manslaughter?

9.5
Daredevil (2019) #5

May 19, 2019

Matt and the other character feel very authentic as Matt is faced with a moral conundrum that he can't ignore. The art and action throughout are awesome too. This is easily the best issue of this run so far and has me hopeful that Zdarsky & Checchetto will leave a lasting impression on the Daredevil legacy.

7.0
Daredevil (2019) #6

Aug 31, 2019

Not the best art, but Matt is on a personal journey and the final page suggests an exciting development planned for the next issue.

7.0
Daredevil (2019) #7

Jan 24, 2020

Seriously, is it too much to ask to spend one extra minute to correct the googly eyes? The Chicago cop's arc doesn't interest me, I wouldn't mind dropping him entirely. Fist is making interesting moves though, and I like the last couple pages. Matt needs to use some burner phones if he's going to do that though, 911 Emergency can tell if the same number keeps calling them.

7.5
Daredevil (2019) #8

Jan 25, 2020

Come on Matt, you're a lawyer and you're getting owned by a crime boss in a socioeconomic debate.

7.5
Daredevil (2019) #9

Jan 25, 2020

Looks like Matt is reinventing himself in a way that's not terribly different than he was before... including still being a playa!

9.0
Daredevil (2019) #10

Jan 27, 2020

I'm enjoying this more graphic art style. The lettering is great too. This issue feels very Daredevil: capturing exciting moments contrasted with quiet, contemplative ones. Well done.

8.5
Daredevil (2019) #11

Mar 26, 2020

Yeah! Go MustachioDevil! I don't know if this pep talk from Spider-Man really sells me as motivation enough for Cole North to change his misguided ways, but I'll take it because anything that moves his character forward is worth it.

9.5
Daredevil (2019) #12

Mar 26, 2020

I love everything about this issue, Foggy is clever, the actions is exciting, Fisk is losing control. It's just excellent to watch this run hit its stride. Yet another glorious time to be a DareDevil reader.

9.5
Daredevil (2019) #13

Mar 26, 2020

Damn bro, Wesley is cold.

8.5
Daredevil (2019) #14

Mar 26, 2020

A soap opera in the best possible way.

8.0
Daredevil (2019) #15

Mar 31, 2020

I have to admit that Matt standing their with the pouches on proud display is funny. But as for the plot, it's good, I'm actually starting to root for Wilson Fisk.

8.5
Daredevil (2019) #16

Mar 31, 2020

I thought that a more graphic art style would be a step down. While I'd prefer a story arc stick to one artist in general, this art turns out to be great.I like the revelation at the end as well, glad to see she's the same old Elektra after all.

7.5
Daredevil (2019) #17

Apr 1, 2020

Enjoying the moves and counter-moves.

8.0
Daredevil (2019) #18

Apr 2, 2020

Really nice moment in the hostage scene.

9.5
Daredevil (2019) #19

Oct 25, 2020

As a resident of the Portland OR area, let's just say it's cathartic witnessing the citizens of Hell's Kitchen step up and resist an assault on their home by nefarious, white incels coming to the neighborhood solely to wreak havoc for selfish reasons. Whose streets? Our streets.

9.5
Daredevil (2019) #20

Oct 25, 2020

An unholy alliance with Kingpin and Typhoid Mary take this to the next level.

8.5
Daredevil (2019) #21

Mar 14, 2021

Just seeing Matt stand up to Spider-Man is worth the price of admission.

8.0
Daredevil (2019) #22

Mar 14, 2021

This is why everyone needs a fabulously wealthy friend. When all else fails, money can solve anything, lol.

9.5
Daredevil (2019) #23

Mar 14, 2021

The little heart-to-heart with Spider-Man makes me want to cry... But I won't! Because I'm a MAN, and we bury our feelings way deep inside!

9.0
Daredevil (2019) #24

Mar 14, 2021

Don't you just want to shake some sense into Matt sometimes? But that's what makes him such a compelling character; he is an altruistic hero, yes, but ultimately a flawed human being. Good thing that Zdarsky built court precedence into the story leading up to now in order to allow Daredevil to be tried in his mask, otherwise this would look ridiculous.

9.5
Daredevil (2019) #25

Mar 14, 2021

Welcome back Checchetto! You art is always emasculate, and now we're spoiled with a new Elekra/Daredevil costume. I F-ing love this series.

9.0
Daredevil (2019) #26

Mar 14, 2021

I was dismayed to hear that King In Black was about to derail my favorite Marvel book, but you know what? Zdarsky and Checchetto used lemons to make lemonade. They are on a roll and not even a generic crossover event can stop them!

8.0
Daredevil (2019) #27

Mar 14, 2021

While King in Black has been a distraction, our creative team have handled it with grace, and now we can get back to our regular scheduled program.

9.5
Daredevil (2019) #28

Mar 13, 2021

I was skeptical about how this series was going to work with Daredevil behind bars. We manged to weather King In Black without sabotaging the ongoing plot and now we can concentrate on what a barbaric shit-hole prison really is and Matt has to deal with a new level of guilt, knowing how many people he's sent here. Amazing. Zdarsky, you've done it again!

8.5
Daredevil (2019) #29

Jun 19, 2021

Oh no, Daredevil is dead! He's definitely dead! There's no coming back, cancel my subscription, time to cut my losses.

8.0
Daredevil (2019) #30

Jun 19, 2021

Matt is more stubborn than ever and is Elektra finding out just how hard being Daredevil really is. The revelations in the last few pages here have got me pumped for the future, the streets are going to need Matt Murdock back soon whether he likes it or not!

8.5
Daredevil (2019) #31

Aug 22, 2021

Bullseye is starting to go crazy even by Bullseye standards, and DD is tracking prison corruption all the way to the top.

9.0
Daredevil (2019) #32

Aug 22, 2021

oh ye of little faith. I hope everyone who said Matt was acting stupid in the previous issue is biting their tongues now. Meanwhile, Bullseye has turned the entire city into an active shooter situation. Another user likens it the the Covid lockdowns and seems really triggered by that for some reason so... Reader beware, I guess? Lol.

9.0
Daredevil (2019) #33

Aug 22, 2021

Elekra gets another hard dose of the Daredevil life while the situation the Matt in the prison has devolved into something much bigger. We're left on the hook wondering what Matt's role this comic-book-style prison uprising is going to be. Also, reader beware: this issue features another black man acting selfless, so.... Scary stuff guys, what is this world coming to?

9.0
Daredevil (2019) #34

Oct 30, 2021

The prison has finally arc built up to this point where our own hero is falling victim to Zdarsky's comic book parallel to the prison industrial complex, which is very compelling. Since the United States is not only the country with the highest incarceration rate worldwide, but it is also home to the largest number of prisoners, I don't see anything particularly controversial about this issue's incredibly soft critique of this system. But I guess the conservative outrage machine needs it's fuel, so here we are. This issue also ends with a backup story for 9/11's 20th anniversary, acting as a tribute the the first responders.

5.0
Daredevil (2019) #35

Oct 30, 2021

This was an incredibly clumsy issue. Elektra somehow loses track of the Bullseye doubles despite watching them as they run away, then just so happens to have a perfect line of sight on both of them as they hide in the rafters, which seems unlikely. I was thrown off when Bullseye starts to do a stage act as if he's the Joker, but it is explained that he's cognitively altered himself to act more unpredictable in the hopes that it will give him an edge on Daredevil, so it does end up making sense why he's been acting so out-of-character. The end is where things really go off the rails. Daredevil literally comes out of nowhere and clocks Bullseye in the face as the climax. I guess that's technically a spoiler but, in this case, I think it's worth warning the reader to lower their expectations. Things get even more awkward from there as various other Marvel heroes show up to stand up to some random officer on behalf of Daredevil, freshly broken out of prison, with knowledge of the prison experiments that haven't been clearly established to be public knowledge yet. It's just a mess.

6.0
Daredevil (2019) #36

Dec 11, 2021

At least DD served the rest of his short sentence. The extra long issue essentially sets up the new status quo in preparation for Devil's Reign. Oh, and my favorite new power-couple tie the knot. I promised myself I wouldn't cry.

8.5
Daredevil (2019) Annual #1

Mar 14, 2021

An annual was a good place to squeeze this story in. The art is reminiscent of Frank Miller's , which feels appropriate.

6.5
Daredevil (2022) #1

Jul 18, 2022

Wait, so is Matt's plan hinging on Kingpin's son assuming that Daredevil disguised himself as Matt Murdock pretending to be Mike Murdock? Am I reading this right? Seems more likely that Matt just outed his secret identity to his newest foe right off the bat for no reason... I am interested in this Guardian Angel dude though, what's his deal?

6.5
Daredevil (2022) #2

Aug 20, 2022

I'm open to the Guardian Angel angle, but this issue was executed very sloppily. I'm totally confused as to the logistics of the train accident, was that train that derailed over Matt supposed to be the same train that had exploded or a different train? And why have Matt pursue Goldy to the construction site only to lose him "because of the rain?" Daredevil has performed far greater feats of tracking before this, it's a plot hole to have him foiled by a little rain in this moment. It would have been much cleaner writing for Goldy to give Matt the slip while he was pinned in rubble. The backup story with Zdarski on art and Ann Nocenti writing was nice. It can't be a coincidence that Zdarski brought Typhoid Mary back into the fold and now he's drawing art for her co-creator. I'm guessing he's a fan and that drawing a Nocenti script was a personal milestone for him. Can we bring Nocenti on permanently as a co-writer?

6.5
Daredevil (2022) #3

Nov 10, 2022

Will someone please kill the Stromwyns already? Though they did make the first half of the comic more interesting; it gets clunky in the second half.

8.0
Daredevil (2022) #4

Nov 10, 2022

Awe, so romantic. I think I can honestly say this is my favorite comic book wedding... Cuz it was a low bar... Get it?

8.0
Daredevil (2022) #5

Nov 29, 2022

Stilt-man! He's alive!!!! I like that Matt finally recognizes the abuse that can happen in supermax prisons, but I wouldn't have guessed how far he'd take this revelation.

7.0
Daredevil (2022) #6

Dec 16, 2022

It's interesting that Matt wants to rehabilitate all these former villains, but this seems like a delaying hindrance more than anything else in the mission to take down the Hand.

8.5
Daredevil (2022) #7

Jan 20, 2023

Matt teaches his new companions about the gaps difference between law and good, illustrating that there is more to rehabilitation than simply learning to follow the rules. Extra points for the return of Stilt-man.

5.0
Daredevil (2022) #8

Feb 23, 2023

In its rush to cram in as much action as possible, this issue falls apart at the seams.

9.0
Daredevil (2022) #9

Sep 26, 2023

Matt's F***** once again.

6.0
Daredevil / Punisher #1

May 13, 2016

Something about the breakdowns gave away that this was originally an infinite comic, so I can forgive some awkward repeat panels, like the one with the baton flying in mid air but not moving in the next panel. This cover price is disappointing though. Yes, there are 30 pages of content, but it doesn't come with the digital download, so it's a rip off considering any other book from marvel that is $3.99 and over comes with the digital copy. This is one that I really want the digital copy for too, making it that much more disappointing. This plot is okay...Well, frankly it's nothing that we haven't read in any other DD/Pun crossover. I hope soule has something more up his sleeve. Glad to see that Big Pun still has his sweet van, classic.

8.5
Daredevil / Punisher #2

May 29, 2017

I'm really getting into this. The layouts still don't translate perfectly, but the plot carries through. It's a simple plot, but the Punisher is just an unstoppable force of nature that is more than a worthy foe to Daredevil and Blindspot.

7.0
Daredevil: Woman Without Fear #1

Jan 17, 2022

A spin-off to further explore Elekta's long game to recruit Matt.

6.5
Daredevil: Woman Without Fear #2

Feb 11, 2022

Elektra is looking better than ever in her DD costume, but the plot is bare bones. It's just Elekra vs Kraven. It's standard comic book affair but you need to bring something extra these days to stand out.

6.0
Daredevil: Woman Without Fear #3

Jun 26, 2022

Pretty forgettable, to be honest.

6.5
Dark Ages (2021) #1

Sep 5, 2021

I think this would serve well as an issue #0 or a Free Comic Book Day special. It sets the stage for the event quickly and efficiently without a whole lot of time spent to take in events as they happen. I'm hoping that the pace gains some breathing space now that the stage is set.

7.5
Dark Ages (2021) #2

Oct 17, 2021

It's refreshing to see an a post-apocalyptic setting that isn't a total hellhole. I kind of doubt the environment would improved with a constant global EMP pulse considering you could fall back on coal for heat and fossil fuel powered steam engines. The last pages are crazy; I won't spoil them, but they are the main reason I'm still reading.

7.0
Dark Days: The Forge #1

Jun 19, 2017

Even having read Snyder/Capullo's Batman run, I'm still not really sure what is going on here. The last page reveal is titillating, but I just feel lost with the most of the rest of the comic. I certainly get the sense that something big is happening, I'm assuming this makes more sense if you are are a longtime DC reader? The artwork is okay, it varies, on some pages I don't like it much at all. I just don't think Romita Jr. is a good fit for Batman. I'll probably stick around to see where this goes, I certainly am a big fan of the Snyder/Capullo run on Batman, so if the dynamic duo is getting back together, I don't want to miss out.

5.0
Dark Days: The Casting #1

Jul 20, 2017

So I've read Snyder and Capullo's complete run and I've read the first part to Dark Days: The Forge... And I still don't know what the hell is going on half of the time and why I should care. I'm so sick of DC's over reliance on multiverse events and I haven't even read that many of them, how do they still excite long time DC readers? Moreover, why is this a one-shot? It continues from The Forge, it makes no sense to read this without reading The Forge first, especially due to the continuation of the subplot with Duke and Hal, which was the only part of the comic that kept me engage. Did DC decide on another one-shot as a pure and simple money grab? I also do not appreciate constantly shifting the artists, especially within he same sequence, it ruins the flow and uniformity of the story. And despite the reputation of the artists and the fact that they are sharing the work load, some of it isn't even all that good. I just don't get the hype over this. I love the team of Snyder and Capullo though, so I'm hoping Capullo brings the edge needed to elevate Metal, the main event. I have no idea if this will be better when read after Metal and reflecting, or how necessary this is to informing Metal, so it's difficult to give a hard recommendation to skip this, but I'm leaning to saying skip Dark Days entirely.

3.0
Dark Engine #1

Jul 20, 2014

Not a good introductory issue. I have only a vague idea of what is going on. Clearly Ryan Burton intends to feed in little snippets of detail as the story reveals itself, but he needs to give a little more if he wants readers to commit to yet another ongoing series out of Image. The art doesn't provide any clarity either, it becomes very muddled, especially in the action sequences. There are pages full of extreme-closeup panels where Sym is killing dinosaurs for reasons unknown and, not to spoil the climax, but there is some kind of random tentacle porn involved. I'm sure the art team will improve as their experience grows, but I can't recommend this.

7.5
Dark Knight III: The Master Race #1

Nov 28, 2015

So far so good. It feels like it's part of the DKR world, largely thanks to the art, and it isn't sloppy like a lot of Miller's recent writing. Glad he is working together with Azzarello. The inside Atom bonus isn't good, but it was neat finding it in there. Wait until after you finish reading DK3 #1 before reading the Atom bonus comic.

5.5
Dark Knight III: The Master Race #2

Feb 6, 2016

It starts out interesting but gradually gets stale and, even worse, turns out to be a waste of time. The end of the first issue is undone here, with nothing accomplished in between, it seems that the whole ordeal didn't build to anything. I have my fingers crossed that the third issue will reveal a point to it. The stuff with the tank is utterly ridiculous, it must weigh a hundred tons and yet it gets sent spinning in the air by a bazooka, and on top of that, Carrie clings to the bottom as it jumps hundreds of feet in the air. I know this is a comic book, but give the readers a little credit here. At least that seemingly unrelated story with the Atom yielding an interesting turnout. The additional mini Wonder Woman comic inside actually hurt the overall score. It's a dull story about mommy daughter issues smack in the middle of a Dark Knight comic, like anyone gives a crap.

8.5
Dark Knight III: The Master Race #3

May 8, 2016

A vast improvement now that we have a super powerful psycho villain to root against. The art looks great too, the breakdowns read and tell the story dramatically. The Green Lantern backup art is a different story, boy is it rough. The Green Lantern story seems random and irrelevant, I'm assuming it just exists to take Green Lantern off the board so the audience doesn't wonder why he doesn't help fight the villain.

6.0
Dark Knight III: The Master Race #4

May 15, 2016

I like the main story, aside from, you know, Superman being a total pussy. But I guess that's in-character for him. The backup story with Batgirl is garbage, largely because of Miller's atrocious artwork. Sorry Frank, but it has to be said; I'd give issue a 7 rating without this backup story weighing the overall score down.

8.0
Dark Knight Returns: The Last Crusade #1

Jun 26, 2016

Cool to see Batman and Robin's relationship prior to Dark Night Returns.

3.0
Dark Knights Rising: The Wild Hunt #1

Nov 20, 2018

What the hell did I just read? Am I supposed to read this with a decoder ring or something? It never ceases to amaze me how lauded a DC event book can be for being an incomprehensible mess.

9.0
Dark Night: A True Batman Story #1

Sep 18, 2016

Dini delivers a deeply personal story told with a flexible art style from Risso.

5.0
Dark Nights: Death Metal #1

Jun 25, 2020

Like the previous Dark Nights: Metal, this is another over-indulgent, convoluted mess. I'm not really sure what else to say about it, I pretty much checked out after Wally's exposition dump. DC has done the multiverse stuff to death and these abstract, nonsensical energy sources aren't a plot device I can get behind. Capullo's art is awesome, as always. He draws a good T-Rex.

5.5
Dark Nights: Metal #1

Aug 20, 2017

If you were a big fan of Multiversity, then you will probably like this. I, on the other hand, didn't care for this. The introduction in Mongul's arena was probably the most compelling part, yet it transitioned terribly to the rest of the issue and felt ripped out of a completely different comic and jammed into this one. The mountain in Gotham must have killed thousands of lives and cost billions in property damage but it's barely acknowledged. Why put it in Gotham then? The rest of the comic is just a boring information dump, not even Capullo can make it interesting, even with a random dinosaur thrown in. In short, this is over-hyped.

7.0
Dark Nights: Metal #2

Sep 17, 2017

It took four issues (if you count the prelude comics) but Dark Nights is finally starting to get interesting. I hope #3 will throttle back on the massive exposition dumps and the series will continue to trend up from here.

6.0
Dark Nights: Metal #3

Nov 26, 2017

I'll be honest, the D-C message idea is pretty silly. Capullo is killing it on the art as always though.

5.0
Dark Nights: Metal #4

Nov 13, 2018

It's just a bunch of exposition and fan service.

4.0
Dark Nights: Metal #5

Nov 20, 2018

So we're just going to give up on grounding this even series in any credible way? Giving all the characters something to do everywhere at once is not a plot.

3.5
Dark Nights: Metal #6

Nov 21, 2018

The unholy alliance in the middle of the book is really cool, and captures some of that magic that Snyder and Capullo had in their Batman series. I wish the rest of Metal was like that. Instead we get an anti-climactic nothing of an ending. At first I thought maybe everyone had fallen into another illusion, but no, the climax really is that lazy and dull: they saved the day with the power of... goofy magic costumes and holding hands... So metal.

7.0
Dark Red #1

Mar 31, 2019

A redneck vampire is kind of interesting, but in true Seeley fashion, it is the scantily clad chick that is the most intriguing.

9.0
Dark Ride (2022) #1

Jan 17, 2023

This is original, fun, and a little horrifying. A great start to a series, I think I'm sold on this issue alone, especially given this creative team's track record with Birthright.

8.5
Dark Ride (2022) #2

Jan 17, 2023

We've got the main players set up and the plot starting to kick in, let's get this roller coaster rolling.

8.5
Dark Ride (2022) #3

Mar 26, 2023

So delightfully devious.

9.0
Dark Ride (2022) #4

Mar 26, 2023

Holy shit, those last ages make my skin crawl!

7.5
Darkness Visible #1

Apr 10, 2017

A very interesting premise. The main character becomes compelling by the end. I'm not sure what the villain's end game is, but I'm sure that it will be revealed eventually.

5.5
Dawn of the Planet of the Apes #1

Dec 1, 2014

Boom has put out much better Ape comics in the past couple years, this one seems disposable. The art is ok, but severely lacks in clarity with telling the apes apart from one another and what exactly they're doing in general. At one point, one of them ambushes Ceasar or something, it was hard to tell exactly what happened, I'm actually just guessing. If the art was better this would be an easier sell but I'm not sure what we need five more issues to say with this series.

8.0
Days of Hate #1

May 21, 2018

This is the chance to get the perspective of a writer that escaped from the Czech-Polish border, whose great-grandfather fought for the Nazis and whose Grandfather worked for the communist secret police. We also have an artist who got out of the Balkans when the region broke down into civil war. Do these qualify as "sensationalist websites?" Is a 12-part, independent comic book a "clever business move?" Those with a knee jerk reaction to this book would be well serves to ask themselves why. These two artists look at America now and see this potential darkness that they've already survived once, it's something very tangible. If you've lived here your entire life, it is easy to naively think that nothing bad will ever happen, but ask one person who lives in another country what is wrong with America and be prepared for a laundry list of responses. The setup is not so far fetched, America has a history of internment: the Japanese internment camps of WWII, the extrajudicial imprisonment and torture of both alleged terrorist and innocent people in Guantanamo Bay, slave wages in private prisons, mass incarceration and over-policing of poor communities and black communities, plus of course, the immigration detention centers scattered within the country right now. America is also not immune to internal conflict such as during the McCarthy Era where Americans were encouraged to report their friends and family as dirty commies, and there was also racial segregation that lead to all sorts of revolutionary movements, violence, and injustices. Not to mention the actual Civil War. But that history doesn't seem to provided any forethought to quell the outrage that this book has sparked in certain MAGA users and at least one racist user. I guess Image should have put a trigger warning on the cover. Kot, Zeelj, keep doing your thing, if you are getting angry reviews from Briton then you know you are on the right track.

8.0
Days of Hate #2

May 25, 2019

We're in for a slow burn as we grow to like and hate these character, but I like the pacing and I'm looking forward to what comes next.

8.5
Days of Hate #3

May 25, 2019

Two characters give conflicting accounts of their history. Who's telling the truth? One thing is for sure, no one is innocent.

8.0
Days of Hate #4

May 25, 2019

I'm sensing intense emotions bubbling under the surface. The creators exercise a tremendous amount of restraint, feeding us just a little bit of information at a time.

8.0
Days of Hate #5

May 25, 2019

Gutsy issue with how minimalist the dialog is. The build up is extremely effective and the last page had me cheering. I'm glad I'm reading several issues in a row, I think it is best to read Days of Hate this way or in trade format, especially for issues like this, as it is an extremely quick read.

8.0
Days of Hate #6

May 25, 2019

The real history between our sexy lesbian/bisexual heroins is revealed, giving the last page that much more impact. The only thing that isn't clicking with me is the weird grammar used in the captions, it's clearly on purpose but I don't get why. Does anyone else know?

7.5
DC / Hanna-Barbera: Booster Gold/The Flinstones #1

Apr 10, 2017

What a crazy comic. I want to see Crabulon get his own series, he's awesome. The Jetsons story is surprisingly good too, it might actually be worth checking out when it comes out.

8.5
DC / Hanna-Barbera: Green Lantern/Huckleberry Hound #1

Nov 4, 2018

Mark Russell takes us on a journey through the turbulent 60s, from the Vietnam War, to the 1967 Detroit Rebellion, to Watergate (featuring an unexpected appearance of Prez Richard). You don't need to be a Green Lantern or a Huckleberry Hound fan to enjoy this. And I appreciate the use of the Green Lantern Corps as a vehicle to portray the proper time to be disobedient. Unfortunately, the artwork needs refinement. I had no idea what was going on in the Secret Squirrel backup as this was part two of four and I didn't buy any of the other DC/Hanna Barbara crossovers this week. I would have preferred to omit the secret squirrel story and save the extra buck on the cover price.

9.0
DC / Looney Tunes: Lex Luthor/Porky Pig #1

Mar 28, 2019

Lex as a predatory capitalist and Porky as his patsy. The sandwich stealing is brilliant. Didn't need the backup story.

6.5
DC Nation (2018) #0

May 7, 2018

I'm curious as to why DC copped out of FCBD in favor of a 25 cent issue. As far as prologue issues go, it works quite well. BATMAN / YOUR BIG DAY: The highlight of the book. A well executed, creepy sit-down with the Joker. Something about Tom King's Joker still doesn't land with me though. I've always like my Joker crazy, but crazy like a fox in that his insanity served a larger scheme. King's Joker just seems crazy for the sake of crazy. Mann and Bellaire's artwork is excellent, I particularly like the interesting angles used in the layouts. SUPERMAN / OFFICE SPACE: Bendis has the character voices down but nothing hooks me plot-wise. THE JUSTICE LEAGUE / NO JUSTICE: a decent introduction to what promises to be a crowded, unsatisfying clusterfuck.

8.5
DC Universe: Rebirth #1

May 28, 2016

Wow, 80 pages for $2.99, if only every comic could be like that! I know, it can't, the industry would implode; DC probably lost money or broke even producing this issue. It's not cutting any corners either, the artwork looks incredible. I think DC's gamble will pay off, there is a lot for readers to latch onto here, especially pre-New 52 readers. New 52 was supposed to be it's own universe, but it turns out that it may not be that simple. The reveal at the end will either make you ecstatic or infuriated. Personally, I say bring it on, it doesn't mean the original material will ever cease to exist. DC has a strong writer lineup for the upcoming books too, but I hope this doesn't mean I have to read Titans because I don't care how central it is to the DCU, I'm not reading that discount-bin team. I'm confused about the Aquaman proposal scene, he's already married, isn't he? Oh, and remember Pandora? Don't worry, you can go right back to forgetting her irrelevant ass ever existed ;)

7.0
DCeased #1

Oct 26, 2019

Not bad despite Memetic already publishing a similar concept.

7.5
Dead Drop #1

May 16, 2015

Brinkly paced and exciting. Aric's personality didn't seem completely spot on and the premise seems rather pedestrian, but other than that it's a good issue.

6.5
Dead Drop #2

Jun 28, 2015

The fast pace from the previous issue carries through. This issue attempts to be more comedic with varying degrees of success; I thought that making Archer pantless was a little forced and desperate, but still somewhat successful.

6.5
Dead Drop #3

Aug 30, 2015

The plot is getting a little convoluted by this point, but I absolutely love Beta Max, is he from another series? I want more Beta Max!

7.0
Deadpool & Cable: Split Second #1

Jan 19, 2016

Based on the length and arrangement of the comic, I suspect this was two digital comic issues smushed together; so it gets a bit weird when the title comics up in the middle and Cable starts repeating himself. Other than that, it works great, and it's a lot of fun. Deadpool is his usual self but the story is more grounded which I feel brings out the best in Deadpool, as opposed to when other writers take him too far.

8.0
Deadpool & Cable: Split Second #2

Feb 17, 2016

The first half is side-slitingly funny, the second half less so, it's a little convoluted but comes together to make sense by the end.

6.0
Deadpool & The Mercs For Money #1

Jul 29, 2016

Some slightly funny moments, but nothing laugh-out-loud funny or clever. If you have an affection for this team, you will likely dig this, otherwise it's just another mediocre Deadpool comic in the current sea of Deadpool and I'd recommend that you pass.

8.0
Deadpool & The Mercs For Money (2016) #1

Aug 3, 2016

This is actually pretty good. Cullen Bunn takes an approach that is light on the yucks but brings an emotional edge.

4.0
Deadpool (2012) #45

Apr 19, 2015

A shameless ploy for ten dollars that would have been just as mediocre and forgettable as a regular sized issue without all the extra junk crammed in that showcases the terrible support cast Deadpool has build up since 2012. I'll break it down by story -- THE ARISTOCRATS: The main story has a ton of action that does not feel particularly well earned. Ongoing fans may get more out of it since it has lots of characters from the series that no one besides a die-hard Duggan/Posehn fans could give two shits about. The death itself is tacked on and completely anti-climactic. In the end, the story tries to be serious but mostly fails, the few jokes that makes it through are half-assed and fall flat. -- SHIKLAH'S CATCHING UP: This was probably the best story in the book because it was actually funny. -- THE FAMILY S.H.I.E.L.D.: A funny idea, but it flounders due to the terrible dog jokes. -- WHAT DO WE WANT? APOCALYPSE! WHEN DO WE WANT IT? NOW!: This one was funny too, especially with the Aunt May jokes. This one actually has Deadpool in it, so that's a plus. -- THE THWIPSTER AND THE QUIPSTER BATTLE THE HIPSTERS! Terrible, not funny at all and serves no purpose here. It feels more like an old rejected Spider-man backup. -- ALL ABOUT THE BENJAMINS: Meh, not good either. Half the jokes relate to Benjamin being naked for no reason. -- PARENTS: THE MEETING: This was kind of funny due to the dialog from the father. Still totally forgettable. -- DEADPOOL ROASTS THE MARVEL UNIVERSE: Man, I wish they never "rediscovered" this stinker. I think the jokes are supposed to be terrible, but I can't tell, they're not even the "funny because it's not funny" types of jokes, this whole things is an exercise in boring the reader to death. It almost worked. -- #RIPDEADPOOL: A bunch of tweets that no one will ever read. -- OVERALL: save your 10 bucks, Deadpool will return when the rest of the Marvel U comes back I'm sure, let's just hope it's not this version of him.

8.5
Deadpool (2012) Annual #2

May 25, 2014

I came into this cold, I haven't been reading the Duggan/Posehn run on Deadpool since the first three issues left such a bitter taste in my mouth. I've heard their cooking has gotten better but most people don't go back to the restaurant that gave them food poisoning. I've been waiting for that sweet sweet candy that I tasted in the Daniel Way run and I'm finally satisfied. Christopher Hastings and Jacopo Camagni cooked up a delicious chimichanga filled with sticky-candy-nougat deliciousness, and that's a dish Deadpool would get behind! Any reader can jump into this completely cold and enjoy it. The only loose continuity reference is from the Superior-Spidey days, but that was welcomed. Get ready for a fun day-in-the-life-of-Spider-man story with Deadpool making it look easy.

6.5
Deadpool (2015) #1

Nov 24, 2015

A distinct lack of jokes for a Deadpool comic, yet it kind of benefits from that. It doesn't have that stench from trying too hard to be funny the way previous issues have had.

6.0
Deadpool (2015) #7

Feb 28, 2016

-- DEADPOOL // THE END OF AN ERROR : Light on story, high on funny, Deadpool taking out revenge on deserving people, especially the Harry Potter spoiler guy. Deadpool can't remember everything and I suspect something to do with Madcap is the key. -- TERROR // ARMED AND DANGEROUS: Cullen Bunn knocks this one out of the park, it is probably the best one. I didn't know anything about Terror before this, but this serves as an amazing backstory. The only problem though is that, if he can't remember his old girlfriend now, the dimension added here to his character is actually inconsequential. -- STINGRAY // BENEATH THE SURFACE: The consequences of this one are the most relevant of the follow-up stories in this issue. There is good dimension given to Stingray as he appears to be the team punching bag, but there are a few pages that are boring. -- SLAPSTICK // SLAPSTICK MEETS THE FORGOTTEN: This one is funny and the Thor decoys are priceless. The story is probably the most interesting of any of the stories in this collection because of the reveals involved. Great story, sorry that it doesn't look like it will ever continue from here. -- MASACRE // EL DIABLO EMPUJO: I didn't like this one at all, as far as I can tell, the priest decides to become Deadpool for no reason, but maybe there is a good reason that I'm not picking up on because I don't know any Spanish. I can only judge from my own reading experience, perhaps spanish readers will like this more. -- FOOLKILLER // FOOLKILLER GOES BACK TO SCHOOL: This one was stupid and not in a good way. You could plug any character into this back to school special and It would read the exact same. A totally unnecessary addition to this issue. -- SOLO // SOLO'S SOLO MISSION: Not particular entertaining to read but it at least explains why Deadpool started this franchise. -- OVERALL: This works as a jump-on point, I've only read the first issue of this series and I followed this pretty easily. It is still not Deadpool at his best and

5.5
Deadpool (2018) #1

Jun 17, 2018

I cringe at each joke as it lands flat...

4.0
Deadpool (2019) #1

Nov 26, 2019

The first few pages start out promising, I love Chris Bachalo's art, but this comic quickly veers out of control, becoming so disorganized and muddled that I wouldn't be surprised to learn if it's missing pages.

7.0
Deadpool vs. Carnage #1

Apr 22, 2014

I enjoy Deadpool's thought process in all this.

7.0
Deadpool vs. Carnage #2

May 6, 2014

Not essential reading, but certainly lots of fun.

6.0
Deadpool vs. Carnage #3

May 11, 2014

Just more of the same nonsensical tracking that Deadpool was doing earlier. Much of this issues seems unnecessary, especially considering this series is almost over now. Even knowing that the plot is intentionally weird and obscure, I still don't know what to make of the last two pages. Does that thing at the end come from another story? It is going to be up to the concluding issue to make or break this short-series.

5.0
Deadpool vs. Carnage #4

Jul 2, 2014

I get what they were trying to do with this, but I don't care for this conclusion. It just doesn't feel genuine and it certainly isn't funny.

7.5
Deadpool vs. Thanos #1

Sep 19, 2015

Tim Seeley is a good match for Deadpool, he's got that dark humour down. I like the setup so far and the fact that this is pre Marvel Now Deadpool.

5.5
Deadpool vs. Thanos #2

Oct 3, 2015

It's just too sporadic for me. A lot of characters jump in out of nowhere which I buy until the last few pages when we get an appearance from yet another character literally out of nowhere, I'm not too familiar with this guy, but I'm pretty sure he can't teleport.

8.0
Deadpool vs. Thanos #4

May 31, 2016

So #3 isn't listed on ComicBookRoundup; it was pretty good but I still don't understand the inclusion of Blackheart. As for this issue, it is the best of the four. It has a satisfying and slightly though provoking conclusion while still maintaining laughs (though not as funny as previous issues).

8.0
Deadpool vs. The Punisher #1

May 3, 2017

Punisher be punishing, hot chicks be hot, and Deadpool be scarfing down the guacamole. The art dark and light tones playing off of one another, and stakes introduced that allow for an interesting opportunity for Deadpool and Punisher to interacted with each other that feels much more organic that the typical super hero mash-up.

8.0
Deadpool vs. The Punisher #2

May 4, 2017

Van Lente is developing excellent chemistry between these characters. The Punisher makes a good straight man to Deadpool's antics and Deadpool makes a good pastie for Punisher's schemes. Netflix aught to give them a sitcom!

7.5
Deadpool vs. The Punisher #3

Jun 1, 2017

This round should have gone to Punisher again, what's up with that? This continues to be a surprisingly entertaining crossover, although Punisher is slightly out of character at times. I also don't get where Deadpool went because he never actually catches up with Taskmaster.

8.5
Deadpool vs. The Punisher #4

Jun 4, 2017

Van Lente has a knack for odd couple adventures and Perez provides top notch layouts.

7.5
Deadpool's Secret Secret Wars #1

May 27, 2015

It's an all around fun read for Pool fans and Secret Wars fans. If you haven't read the original Secret Wars, make sure you get a detailed summary of it before reading this so you'll get maximum enjoyment. As for the backup story, I think that actually hurt the overall quality of the comic, it doesn't hold a candle to the main story but is still capable of summoning a couple chuckles.

7.5
Deadpool's Secret Secret Wars #2

Jul 3, 2015

This series is a lot of fun, Cullen Bunn has got Deadpool's voice down, he keeps him funny without overdoing it like Duggan/Posehn often do. This may be my favourite comic currently written by Cullen Bunn and he's writing more than anyone else right now it seems. I particularly like the parts where Deadpool is goofing around with the shield.

7.0
Deadpool's Secret Secret Wars #3

Aug 9, 2015

It's more sporadic than I'd prefer, but it's a good vessel for jokes and still maintains a high level of enjoyment.

8.0
Deadpool's Secret Secret Wars #4

May 31, 2016

Having only heard a detailed summary of the OG Secret Wars, I have to just assume that everything here makes sense and corresponds with what happens in the original. Damn, I didn't know Wasp got around like that, no wonder everyone was so sad when she died in Secret Invasion. This issue was more of the fun and jokes of the other issues but ties everything together nicely so that it makes sense and even adds a happy twist to the end of the original that we didn't know about until now. Cullen Bunn has been on fire with the Deadpool minis lately, I'd much rather read an ongoing by him than by Duggan. This series would make an excellent companion piece to Secret Wars, I'm not sure how the best way to read them together would be. I guess just read Secret Wars and then read this and it will change the way you think about Secret Wars, maybe you'll want to read it all over again.

7.0
Deadpool: Back In Black #1

Oct 22, 2016

A large chunk of the book is taken up with where the Venom symbiote left Spider-Man, I like the material surrounding Venom and I like the little bit of Deadpool that we get. Can't say I'm interested in the aliens. The little promo captions at the bottom to allude the time period are a nice touch.

8.0
Deadpool: Last Days of Magic #1

May 24, 2016

Does not start out promising by ends very emotionally while shedding crappy characters that have been dragging Deadpool down for years. I wish there were more jokes though, or rather, funnier jokes.

7.5
Deadpool: The Duck #1

Jan 9, 2017

It's fun so far, the characters feel authentic. One thing is bugging me though, when did Deadpool get Wolverine's personality stuck in his head? Anybody know?

6.5
Deadpool: The Duck #2

Feb 5, 2017

Ya, the puke gag runs on too long. Why staff a janitor to clean up the space station if it intended to be destroyed? This comic is fun in some ways and tiresome in others, the dialogue often does not feel genuine.

5.5
Deadpool: The Duck #3

Feb 15, 2017

Essentially just random stuff happening. I don't know how else to describe this, it plays loose with the rules and barely has a direction to it, I don't even think this book knows where it is going.

6.5
Deadpool: The Duck #4

Mar 5, 2017

The minor characters become the stars of this issue, oddly enough. Unfortnately, Moore just doesn't seem to be finding much chemistry between Deadpool and Howard, hopefully the character revealed at the end of this issues gives a shot in the arm to the fifth and final issue.

6.5
Deadpool: The Duck #5

Apr 2, 2017

A weird issue, it feels totally tacked on because Doctor Bong was rather inconsequencial to the main plot, even after he explained his relevence. He is funny though, a crazy character. And the way that Duckpool reverses his fusion is gross-out funny. But even though the plot wraps up all the loose ends, it's disjointed and feels like a waste of time. I hope we get another solo book with Howard soon, he simply does not have chemistry with Deadpool.

8.0
Death Of Wolverine #1

Nov 8, 2014

This is something that's been coming since Wolverine lost his healing factor and we're presented with it in the capable hands of Soule and McNiven. The art looks great and the story looks promising, with some hard action to boot. However, the inflated cover price is ridiculous, I don't want to pay extra for unnecessary bonus material and foil cover gimmicks.

6.5
Death Of Wolverine #2

Nov 8, 2014

Starts out good, but get's perplexing in the second half with no less than three random characters tossed in.

7.0
Death Of Wolverine #3

Nov 8, 2014

How'd Logen get dressed up in a samurai outfit so fast? Usually you need someone to help you into those, let alone smashing a display case and tossing it on in 2 seconds. Having him fight with swords is just as satisfying, the armour was totally unnecessary. I'm still not really buying Ogun's motivation either. Other than that this was pretty good, largely thanks to Steve McNiven.

7.0
Death Of Wolverine #4

Nov 18, 2014

It's good, and the idea for the death itself is creative, but this issue, and most of the series, comes off rushed because each entry in this four part series was relatively separate from the other even though it was all related. It became transparent as a means to involve Wolverine's roster of villains. I would have preferred a more focused approach. I don't envy Charles Soule from taking on the death of Wolverine script. Steve McNiven was a logical choice and did a great job.

5.0
Death of X #1

Oct 25, 2016

There's too much Inhumans on my X-Men, ew, get it off! And, if the Inhumans aren't insufferable enough as it is, now we're going back over a year to the goddamned terrigen mist well again. It sucked then and it sucks now.

6.0
Death of X #2

Oct 25, 2016

I don't get why Cyclops and Emma went from 0 to 60 in their declaration of war. They're being secretive, so maybe there is a good explanation, I guess we'll find out.

6.0
Death of X #3

Nov 24, 2016

This had better be going somewhere, Cyclops and Emma's behaviour is really uncalled for thus far and not much really happens.

9.0
Death of X #4

Nov 28, 2016

Wow, I guess I'm in the minority here, but I genuinely liked this issue, aside from some sloppy artwork here and there. I had given up on this series and was simply riding it out since it is only four parts, but this final issue made it all worthwhile. Emma's motivations make sense and turn this into a much more compelling way to kill off a character than the typical selfless blaze of glory. I want to reread this arc now, given what is revealed in this issue, but I don't particularly want to slog through the other issues, so maybe I'll just skim though them. The Inhumans are serious assholes for getting mad about the cloud, it kills mutants you douchbags! It's bad enough that Marvel insists on giving the Inhumans center stage in their catalog now, but it's almost as if the writers are purposefully pushing me to hate the Inhumans even more. I hope the X-Men genocide the crap out of the Inhumans in the upcoming event, but I doubt that's going to happen.

8.5
Death or Glory #1

May 21, 2018

The gorgeous artwork by Bengal takes us for quite the thrill ride.

6.0
Deathstroke: Rebirth #1

Aug 16, 2016

I see Priest's writing style hasn't changed. I often find that he jumps around timelines too much, but it actually works well in this issue. Having no prior knowledge or interest in Deathstroke, I have no clue as to what kind of significance the final page is supposed to have. I'm thinking Deathstroke fans will actually really dig this. Personally, I just don't dig his character, it's so difficult to like the overly badass mercenary these days, they've just been done to death. The art is quite good, and unlike other Rebirth issues, this one works a little better in this awkward one-shot-but-not-a-one-shot format that DC currently insists to relaunch on.

7.5
Deep Beyond #1

Feb 9, 2021

The setup is interesting, the colors are excellent. We don't dwell on any character long enough to form any attachment, though it could still happen down the line. I don't know, with so many post-apocalyptic books out there, I'm just looking for something more...

7.5
Defenders (2017) #1

Jul 9, 2017

A promising start, it captures the tone that I'm looking for right now and the layout are top-notch. I'd like a brief explanation as to what is going on with Luke, Jessica and their daughter right now though, I'm not up to date with that, can anyone in the comments explain? The backmatter is saying that they still have a daughter, but it's not really coming across in the issue itself.

8.0
Defenders (2017) #2

Jul 9, 2017

The artwork is very fitting for this comic, I particularly like the pages with Night Nurse.

8.0
Defenders (2017) #3

Jul 25, 2017

Oh Snap! (You'll know what I mean when you read the final page)

8.5
Defenders (2017) #4

Aug 13, 2017

Another great issue, I love seeing Danny and Jessica kicking some ass, great art. How is Jessica's car still working!? Don't sleep on this series, it is shaping up to be one of Marvel's strongest on the stands right now.

7.5
Defenders (2017) #5

Sep 25, 2017

While I do enjoy the banter, Bendis is getting a little overzealous with it, time to dial it back a notch. I could have used a little more clarity with Diamondback's escape. The art is great, however I do feel like the panels portraying Daredevil's senses could do a lot more interesting things.

7.5
Demon Days (2021): X-Men #1

Mar 11, 2021

It's interesting to see the Marvel property adapted into something completely different. Unfortunately, a lot of the action was unclear and the ending has me questioning what the intent is with this series. Maybe it will all come together later.

8.0
Demon Days (2021): Mariko #1

Sep 6, 2021

The artwork is phenomenal and this issue introduces a lot of interesting concepts with the promise of a continuing plot despite being relegated to a series of one-shots.

7.0
Demon Days (2021): Cursed Web #1

Sep 6, 2021

I think what is missing is a character to connect with. Mariko is supposed to be that character, but it's not clicking.

6.0
Demon Days (2021): Rising Storm #1

Jan 2, 2022

Maybe I was too tired when I read this, but it feels like the plot has become utterly lost in favor of nods to Japanese mythology and superfluous action sequences.

9.0
Descender #1

Mar 8, 2015

Dustin Nguyen's watercolours are reason enough to check this out. They fit so well and lend the same feeling I get when I look at concept art for classic sci-fi films. The universe is very interesting, I'm not sure where the story is going to go but I'm hooked for the first arc at least.

8.5
Descender #2

May 25, 2015

The bits of backstory give us a chance to really identify with TIM-21. Great issue.

8.0
Descender #3

May 25, 2015

Wow, it's like an afterlife for droids, and it doesn't look like a happy place. Nguyen's artwork is just superb, I felt like this was short, but it was still very good.

8.0
Descender #4

Jun 21, 2015

Some cool space fantasy stuff starts happening and it's sweet!

8.5
Descender #5

Jul 18, 2015

Another great issue, we're going into some dark places here, I can't imagine everyone is going to get out of this alive.

7.5
Descender #6

Aug 22, 2015

Oh, this is an interesting revelation. Wait, another band of hooligans blasting through the wall? Is this going to be a regular thing?

8.5
Descender #7

Dec 1, 2015

Exceptional as always, the interiors are so damn gorgeous.

9.0
Descender #8

Mar 12, 2016

I wouldn't have expected an issue without TIM-21 to be this good! Andy's character development is excellent here and he seems to making an unlikely friend despite his anti-social nature.

7.0
Descender #9

Mar 12, 2016

They can't all be home runs. Nothing wrong with this issue, it's just a moment to reflect and move the plot forward. It will work well in the overall story arc, it just doesn't rate high as a single issue. I can't believe Andy blew Bandit off, I guess he grew up to be a real dick... Wait, given how fanatic Andy is about finding Tim-21, why didn't he look for him all these years? It's not like Tim-21 was on a different planet from where Andy left him...

7.0
Descender #10

Mar 13, 2016

Soooo, this Machine Moon asteroid base has sufficient oxygen levels for our biological heroes? Why would robots go through so much trouble to supply their asteroid base with oxygen? I don't see how these characters can stay for long either, what are they going to eat? If lifeforms have never been welcomed to this place, is there going to be anything to eat or drink? Do they keep a supply somewhere just in case of prisoners? Jeff, you have to explain this stuff, it cuts holes in your world building when you don't. Hopefully, the next issue will clear some things up. The plot inches forward some more in this one, its another relaxed issue, not much happens but these cyborg characters are interesting.

7.5
Descender #11

Mar 19, 2016

Not really a conclusion to "Machine Moon", more like a cliffhanger. That's okay, though I feel like more progress could have been made over the last three issues. I didn't care for the exposition in this one; while I know a certain amount of exposition is necessary, it doesn't make sense to repeat conversations that have already been had. That being said, there is a big reveal halfway through this issue that opens some interesting doors.

8.5
Descender #12

Jun 26, 2016

We take a pause from the story for a heartbreaking backstory to Tim-22. It sheds some light on what existence has been like for the last few years as well. The downside is that the current story doesn't advance.

7.5
Descender #13

Aug 16, 2016

So it looks like we're doing backstories for everyone with each issue in this arc. Okay, I'm down with that. I'm actually impressed that I like Telsa even more now considering I usually hate spoiled rich girl characters that are rebelling against well meaning and wiser parents. Somehow, Lemire and Nguyen made it work here, so writers take note.

5.0
Descender #14

Sep 11, 2016

This issue is kind of cute, but turns out to be the most unnecessary and flat of the continuing string of flashback stories. It ends up being more recap rather than filling in the blanks of the backstory. It adds virtually nothing to the mythology.

5.5
Despicable Deadpool #287

Nov 4, 2017

I've been checking in with Deadpool occasionally since Duggan took over, but I still have yet to get hooked. I found very little in the plot to grab me and the only real laugh I had was Deadpool answering the phone, that was actually very intelligently executed on the page.

6.0
Detective Comics (2011) #0

Sep 14, 2014

Kind of a depressing message, lol. Actually I enjoyed the writing and art more in the follow up story starring Alfred.

8.0
Detective Comics (2011): Futures End #1

Sep 4, 2014

This doesn't have much to do with Futures End, but seeing as I don't give a damn about Futures End anyways, that's A-okay with me. Although the art looks rushed, the team up with Riddler generates great chemistry between the two characters, I actually got some chuckles out of it. The twist at the end was also a very clever surprise for me despite being out of character for Batman as another reviewer points out.

5.5
Detective Comics (2011): Endgame #1

Mar 23, 2015

Completely unnecessary, but the execution is actually fine besides being a bit rushed.

7.5
Detective Comics (2016) #934

Jun 13, 2016

The scene with Clayface is poignant, well done. I like the chemistry that Batman and Batwoman have, other than that this is just a team assembling issue, nothing special.

8.5
Detective Comics (2016) #940

Oct 7, 2016

I"m jumping onto this issue having not read any Detective Comics since #934, so I'm not getting the full effect of the issue, but I can see what it's going for and it works really well. I guess I'll buy the explanation as to why the drones can't be shut down. I'm not sure how I feel about getting the goofy superhero resurrection fake-out out of the way immediately, it kind of cheapens the impact of the issue.

7.5
Detective Comics (2016) #941

Oct 9, 2016

This is the best issue of this event so far, the action is more exciting and the plot seems to be going in some kind of direction, if the story continues to trend in this direction, it may be saved, otherwise it will be another generic story to come out from the Rebirth line.

5.0
Detective Comics (2016) #942

Oct 23, 2016

I'm just happy that this Monster Men crossover is over, I didn't like it at all. The whole "reveal" that these monsters are supposed to represent Batman's psychological deficiencies did not land at all. I don't understand how Nightwing came to his conclusion, nor why jumping inside the giant monster fixed it. Did he kill a child hidden within the digestive tract or something? The showdown at the end with Hugo Strange almost works, but ends up being anti-climactic. I'm not totally sure what would have improved this story arc, but it certainly feels rushed and thrown together to meet with DC's unbearable new schedule.

5.0
Devil's Reign (2021) #1

Dec 11, 2021

The new Powers Act is unapologetically similar to the Superhero Registration Act, so I find it a tough pill to swallow. To make matters worse, the Thunderbolts Units seem to be hiding in every shadow ready to pounce on the first Good Samaritan to help out in any dangerous situation. I hope the incident with Luke and Jessica was a setup (that would be the only way to unroll my eyes at that part). The only glimmer of hope is Tony's plan to run for office against Fisk. I'll take anything that steers away from retreading Civil War's ground at this point.

7.5
Devil's Reign (2021) #2

Jan 6, 2022

It's fitting that Tony would automatically think of himself as the candidate to run against Fisk. Luke, Matt, Jessica and Miles are street-level characters and much more in touch with the average New Yorker; their choice of Luke Cage as the candidate makes total sense logically and in-character. I don't think Tony will turn against his friends of his own free-will, but Chip Zdarsky has introduced just enough jealousy and inner turmoil to the character that Fisk could easily exploit it with his new purple powers of influence. I'm exciting to see if the plot takes this direction. I highly doubt Reed and Susan would be housed in the same prison but I supposed the reader could assume it was the only close prison available to house super powered individuals. I wasn't expecting Doc Ock to play a major role in this series and it looks as though he might... Actually, it's just probably just ammunition for the Spider-Man tie-in...

9.0
Devil's Reign (2021) #3

Jun 26, 2022

Damn, a twist followed by an intense cliffhanger makes for a hard two-punch combo.

9.0
Devil's Reign (2021) #4

Jun 26, 2022

No other event book of the past few years can touch this. Devil's Reign is genuinely good and shows what you can do with a Marvel product when you put extra effort into the writing and build to a payoff.

8.5
Devil's Reign (2021) #5

May 23, 2022

An action-packed issue with quite the cliffhanger.

8.0
Devil's Reign (2021) #6

May 23, 2022

Better than most event books.

7.0
Devil's Reign (2021): Omega

May 30, 2022

The other characters are right to point out how F-d up it is that Matt is letting the world think he is dead because he brother is dead. This can't possibly come back to bite him in the ass later, lol! The backup stories focus on Luke cage and setting up the status quo with the Thunderbolts. Plot-wise, they aren't great, it's mostly informative.

7.5
Devil's Reign: Superior Four #1

Jan 17, 2022

Multiverse stuff in comics has been done to death at this point, and yet this one still manages to be a fun romp with four pretentious assholes looking to murder their alternate selves for reasons that are suspect at best. You don't need to be reading Devil's Reign to jump onto this, it seems to have little if any functionality as a tie-in. I'd recommend this to Superior Spider-Man fans before I'd ever recommend it to anyone reading Devil's Reign.

7.5
Devil's Reign: Superior Four #2

Jun 26, 2022

Doc Ock just can't admit he's not the best.

8.0
Devil's Reign: Superior Four #3

Jun 26, 2022

Just ridiculous in the best possible way.

7.5
Dissonance #1

Mar 10, 2018

Better than I expected actually. Great art. That girl has some serious issues though.

7.5
Divergence (FCBD 2015) #1

Aug 1, 2015

-- BATMAN // THE ROOKIE: Opening pages are good, then it is just killing time until the reveal. Gets the job done, not essential if you missed out on FCBD. -- SUPERMAN // EXPOSED: John Romita Jr's art on Superman looks better than it has in years; the inkers and colourists must be good. It's a good blip of a story, it even squeezed some action in there. -- JUSTICE LEAGUE // DARKSEID WAR PROLOGUE TWO / THE OTHER AMAZON: Nice! This one is worth reading, it's pretty hard core. -- OVERALL: Worth getting this if you read any of the featured titles, otherwise don't worry about it.

7.0
Divinity III: Stalinverse: Aric, Son of the Revolution #1

Feb 16, 2017

Interesting. I'm sure it would be much better if I read the Divinity books.

9.5
Do A Powerbomb #1

Jun 20, 2022

DWJ delivers another heartfelt story, as has become the trademark for his Image releases.

9.5
Do A Powerbomb #2

Aug 3, 2022

That last page reveal was nothing short of amazing. DWJ can tug at the heart strings like no other.

9.5
Do A Powerbomb #3

Aug 30, 2022

If Pixar ever made a Mortal Kombat film, it might be something like this.

9.0
Do A Powerbomb #4

Sep 25, 2022

A fight against the perfect villain duo is somehow overshadowed by something even more emotionally impactful. My only criticism is that the buildup the last act lost some gravity due to how quickly everything went down.

9.5
Do A Powerbomb #5

Oct 25, 2022

The most brutal issue yet, and the bar was set pretty high.

8.5
Do A Powerbomb #6

Nov 28, 2022

I haven't decided yet if this issue jumps the shark. I enjoyed it either way.

10
Do A Powerbomb #7

Dec 19, 2022

Ten out of ten for the coolest, heaviest metaphor. This is one of the best series I've ever read. Don't dismiss it because of the wrestling aspect, you don't need to like wrestlet, you just need to like good storytelling. And if you don't like good storytelling then, I don't know, read DC's next event book or something.

8.5
Doctor Doom (2019) #1

Oct 13, 2019

I know not who could get such an upper hand on Doom, but they will pay dearly for their insolence!

8.5
Doctor Doom (2019) #2

Nov 21, 2019

This has be hooked. I don't know where this is going and that's exciting.

9.0
Doctor Doom (2019) #3

Dec 10, 2019

This is quickly becoming my new favourite Marvel title, which is a pleasant surprise. There's just a quiet complexity to Doom that I can't get enough of.

7.5
Doctor Doom (2019) #4

Jan 3, 2020

As other reviews have mentioned, the God discussion is interesting but not incorporated well. The reader is left to guess the identity of the speakers for most of the conversation, which has nothing to do with most of the issue's plot. I'm actually interested the most in this little coupe that Symkaria is trying to pull to install an obscure royal descendant as a puppet government. It seems very much inspired by the recent news coming out of Venezuela.

6.0
Doctor Doom (2019) #5

Feb 13, 2020

All was going well until action breaks out in the last few pages and things fall apart. It feels like there is a page missing. What hurls Victorious? Then the ninja, she just appears out of nowhere. I mean, I know she's a ninja, but you still need to establish her presence to the reader.

8.0
Doctor Doom (2019) #6

Mar 14, 2020

I'm a sucker for the dialogue and camaraderie between Doom and Kang.

7.5
Doctor Doom (2019) #7

Oct 25, 2020

I just don't get tired of watching Doom exert his power, is that weird? It end is a bit confusing, another dream I assume?

7.5
Doctor Doom (2019) #8

Mar 14, 2021

Not so cool after Doom conquers you, are you Symkaria? Take that! Long live DOOOOOOM!!

9.5
Doctor Doom (2019) #9

Mar 14, 2021

Damn you Richards, it is all your fault! ALL YOUR FAULT!!!!

9.5
Doctor Doom (2019) #10

Mar 14, 2021

Awe yeah, the Doom we all know and fear is back and more monstrous than ever! BOW BEFORE DOOM!

8.0
Doctor Spektor: Master Of The Occult #1

Jun 2, 2014

Very strange, a little spooky and a little funny. This is a similar vein to Ghostbusters and that's intriguing, especially knowing Mark Waid is behind the wheel.

8.5
Doctor Strange (2015) #1

Oct 25, 2015

I wasn't expecting to be jazzed for a Doctor Strange comic, but this art is cool and the writing is legit, so I can't help myself.

7.5
Doctor Strange (2015) #2

Nov 9, 2015

A bit more rushed than I might have liked for the first story arc, but it sets the stage for the rest of the series and I did enjoy it.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #3

Jan 6, 2016

Who knew Doctor Strange could be this engaging.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #4

Feb 4, 2016

This is great, magic doesn't come free like you might think.

9.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #5

Feb 20, 2016

Against all odds, Jason Aaron has found a way to make magic interesting. The reveal of the monks is an incredible and slightly disturbing idea, if only Stephen knew... Bachalo's art is also a perfect match. Out of the ten thousand new Marvel titles, this is one that stands out.

9.5
Doctor Strange (2015) #6

Mar 24, 2016

Damn, Aaron sure knows how to make matters as hopeless as possible. How is the Doc going to bounce back from this? The backup stories are very funny too.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #7

May 2, 2016

The magic goonies are back together again for the first time and some dude you've never heard of make the ultimate sacrifice. You'll live on in our memories, whats-his-name, for at least a week or so.

8.5
Doctor Strange (2015) #8

May 31, 2016

It's exciting to see the Doc fighting the good fight with nothing but shreds of magic and tenacity. The excuse for not calling Tony Stark is flimsy, but solo titles like this require the reader to suspend disbelief, otherwise every comic would turn into just another Avengers book.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #9

Jun 28, 2016

Strange has prepared as best he can and now it is time for the final showdown... Actually, did anyone think to use non magic weapons? I hear RPGs are effective against just about anything. Oh comics, don't ever change.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #10

Aug 11, 2016

An exciting conclusion that would have benefited from a few extra pages because it feels a bit condensed. I want a big splash page where Strange combines with this basement monster and smashes Empirikul into the ground, plus a couple panels don't communicate very clearly.

7.5
Doctor Strange (2015) #11

Sep 18, 2016

After the intensity of the previous arc, it is nice to have some reprieve in a mostly contained issue that gives some character history for those of us less familiar with Stephen. I also like the idea that he's severely depowered, it allows for greater obstacles in future issues.

8.5
Doctor Strange (2015) #12

Feb 17, 2017

A lot of seriously cool stuff in this issue. How is Doctor Strange going to take on Mordo with his magic depleted?

8.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #13

Jul 20, 2017

Damn Doc, just stay in your dream, it looks awesome!

8.5
Doctor Strange (2015) #14

Jul 20, 2017

I can't believe Stephen didn't like the bacon wrapped bacon. There's just no pleasing some people. I love Bachalo's Satana, hope we're not done with her. The cook with demons for hands is genius.

8.5
Doctor Strange (2015) #15

Jul 21, 2017

Hmm, so that's what the Orb has been up to since Origin Sin. Jason Aaron has a charming affinity for him it seems. I would have preferred Bachalo on all of the art, but the guest artist was worked in well enough that it wasn't too jarring.

8.5
Doctor Strange (2015) #16

Jul 21, 2017

A killer confrontation with Dormammu, but a bit of a deus ex machina resolution. Love the artwork, especially the layouts.

7.5
Doctor Strange (2015) #17

Jul 22, 2017

Excellent guest artist choice. I love the Nazi Ninja Vampires, too bad that they're just a throwaway gag.

9.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #18

Jul 23, 2017

A very smart use of a team up, and since Aaron knows these characters in at out by this point, it's a slam dunk.

7.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #19

Jul 28, 2017

Starts out good but the pacing gets all messed up in the middle and the climax is a little glossed over.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #20

Jul 28, 2017

I solid way to cap off Aaron's run.

7.5
Doctor Strange (2015) #21

Jul 30, 2017

I was going to call out the axe for screwing up the continuity by only being one-sided, but apparently Strange has more than one enchanted axe? It's a slightly different approach from Aaron's, but so far it is a good start. Where is Strange's librarian?

8.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #22

Jul 31, 2017

Marvel books are usually burdened when they get sucked in by these events but this one has quite a bit of freedom to play under the setup and it takes advantage of that. I must admit, I'm enjoying it.

7.5
Doctor Strange (2015) #23

Aug 1, 2017

What part about 'don't touch anything' don't you understand Ben!?

7.5
Doctor Strange (2015) #24

Oct 11, 2017

A clever, enjoyable wrap up.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #25

Jun 17, 2018

John Barber takes a crack at the Sorcerer Supreme and I like the result. A traumatized girl from Stephen's past makes for a captivating villain.

6.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #26

Jun 17, 2018

An anti-climactic ending; and throwing the flashlight was ludicrous.

7.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #381

Jun 17, 2018

Loki is pulling the good guy routine again, we'll see how long this one lasts. I would have liked to see how exactly he became the sorcerer supreme; jumping straight into a concept like this works well for a short series, but it is jarring in an ongoing series that didn't even allude to such a development.

9.5
Doctor Strange (2015) #382

Jun 28, 2018

I find my self infinitely more invested now that we are reintroduced to Stephen. There are two shocking endings to this issue, one heartbreaking and one shocking.

9.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #383

Jun 28, 2018

Nice, I was hoping to get some context for how Loki got the mantle, and here it is.

7.5
Doctor Strange (2015) #384

Jun 28, 2018

This seems a bit out of character for Stephen, especially the ending, he's being outrageously reckless.

8.5
Doctor Strange (2015) #385

Jun 28, 2018

Love the ending! I'll miss one great character, but we get a new favourite.

7.5
Doctor Strange (2015) #386

Dec 8, 2018

High stakes poker game. Super high stakes.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #387

Dec 7, 2018

This is indeed better than Damnation. Despite knowing what is going to happen to Strange by the end of the issue, Cates still arrives at this point in an interesting and somewhat unexpected manner.

7.5
Doctor Strange (2015) #388

Dec 8, 2018

Flushes out what is going on internally with Stephen, which is more entertaining than the main Damnation story. The last few pages are a little blurred, either the file resolution was low or something went wrong with the printers.

7.5
Doctor Strange (2015) #389

Dec 9, 2018

So you can just lie to Dormammu, why not? There's a hint at Doctor Strange having romantic feelings toward Zelma, which is awkward and hopefully not intentional.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #390

Dec 16, 2018

Spider-man essentially photo-bombs the issue, which is funny. Zelma and Strange have their moment and the series essentially goes back to the status quo.

7.0
Doctor Strange (2015) Annual #1

Oct 27, 2016

The main story is great. I'm not familiar with Clea, but I like her in this and the relationship that the characters have. The backup story is not any good though, the art has some good stills here and there but it's largely difficult to decipher, while the plot jumps around like crazy.

6.0
Doctor Strange (2015): Last Days Of Magic #1

May 1, 2016

Read this as if it is Doctor Strange #6.5 since it takes place after #6 but before #7. On the one hand, I doubt anything that happens in this issue will be relevant later in the Last Days of Magic arc. On the other hand, we do get introduced to some interesting new magic characters for the first time which may or may not appear in future Marvel comics. The writing is pretty good considering that it is just a series of short stories woven together. The page count would seem to justify the inflated price tag, but the art gets pretty rough at times, so I wouldn't say you are getting your money's worth exactly. I don't think anyone is fooled, this is clearly a cash grab from Marvel in an attempt to get some extra bucks off of the popular Doctor Strange storyline. Pick this up if you are enamored with the current Doctor Strange plot or really interested in reading about other magic characters. Anything short of that and I'd say you are safe to skip this one.

7.0
Doctor Strange (2015) #1.MU

Jul 28, 2017

The continuity with the main series got messed up. We know this takes place after Doctor Strange #20 because he has the wand, but Wong is still answering the door when he shouldn't be, someone at Marvel should have caught that. The story itself is not bad, it's plagued with having to tie in to a shitty event, but it is a simple, enjoyable story. Googam is funny, he makes for a good sidekick to Strange.

5.5
Doctor Strange (2018) #1

Jan 3, 2019

We just finished a run where Doctor Strange loses his magic and finally just got it back. So, with Stephen losing access to magic again, it feels like we're going in circles. I'm also extremely disappointed that his ghost dog friend isn't going to be carried through, I love that little guy. I'll stick around to see where Waid takes this, but this issue is nothing special by its own merits.

6.0
Doctor Strange (2018) #2

Jan 3, 2019

Deus ex machina to the rescue in the form of this arcanologist with a powerful arcane artifact sitting off panel somewhere. The issue is very condensed, with good artwork but a casual plot that seems to care little about establishing a time frame or whether it is physically possible to speak in the void of space.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2018) #3

Jan 5, 2019

I'm not reading Infinity Wars, nor do I have any interest in doing so. Thankfully, this tie-in stands on its own merits and requires no further reading to be enjoyed. I'm already getting a sense of the chemistry between Stephen and his new ally. The plot is interesting and has a deviously satisfying ending.

7.5
Doctor Strange (2018) #4

Jan 7, 2019

I like the direction that this is taking, it is a good way to develop the path that Strange's character has been taking regarding his reliance of magic items.

7.5
Doctor Strange (2018) #5

Jan 7, 2019

The forge related material is awesome, but the action gets a bit too condensed and difficult to follow in the latter half of the issue. I'm thrilled to see that Bats is still around.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2018) #6

Jan 7, 2019

I kind of, sort of remember Casey from years ago, but she was not around for long, so just barely. Regardless, it is a pretty cool development, and she actually sports the more appealing Dr. Strange costume.

7.5
Doctor Strange (2018) #7

Jan 8, 2019

Nice to learn some more about Kanna.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2018) #8

Jan 10, 2019

Lots of action and drama to wrap up this arc.

9.0
Doctor Strange (2018) #9

Jan 12, 2019

A self contained plot, for the most part, that humanizes Stephen. Where is Wong in these flashbacks though?

8.5
Doctor Strange (2018) #10

Feb 3, 2019

Great issue, particularly the main story. Strange is finally learning about the real consequences to his magic use and it leads to a hell of a cliffhanger. Even the backup stories are good for the most part.

7.0
Doctor Strange (2018) #11

May 19, 2019

That resolved a little too easy

7.5
Doctor Strange (2018) #12

May 19, 2019

There is a retro style to the art and writing in this issue that I'm digging.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2018) #13

May 20, 2019

The plot has taken and interesting turn which I'm enjoying.

9.0
Doctor Strange (2018) #14

May 26, 2019

Holy crap, I was entertaining dropping this series, but this issue has gone to a crazy place with Galactus and I can't wait to see what happens next. I'm glad that I stayed on.

8.5
Doctor Strange (2018) #15

Aug 25, 2019

Has an old-school feel in a dire situation.

8.0
Doctor Strange (2018) #16

Aug 25, 2019

Watch the heaviest hitters in the 616 universe get sent into the meat grinder.

9.5
Doctor Strange (2018) #17

Aug 25, 2019

Waid ends his magnum opus for Doctor Strange on a tragic note. He's got his work cut out for him if he hopes to top this arc.

9.0
Doctor Strange (2018) #18

Oct 10, 2019

This is an excellent story contained in a single issue. The concept is charming, the execution is hilarious. You don't need to read any of the other Doctor Strange issues to enjoy it so don't hesitate to check it out.

8.5
Doctor Strange (2018) #19

Oct 13, 2019

Another great one-off story, but this one with major implications to Strange's future. Damn is Strange ever reckless, I'm sure there were numerous spells that could have addressed this issue, like a transportation spell to a hospital bed.

7.5
Doctor Strange (2018) #20

Oct 13, 2019

We find out the price for Stange's new hands, but it doesn't seem all that bad. I guess Kanna doesn't hold a grudge for long.

5.5
Doctor Strange (2018) Annual #1

Nov 9, 2019

The first story is pretty packed and clunky. The second story is better, but shorter.

6.5
Doctor Strange (2023) #1

Mar 29, 2023

The main plot is interesting, but I have no interest in the many little minor plots scattered throughout, seemingly to hit an arbitrary page count or to promote other Marvel titles. There doesn't seem to be any reason to check in on Daredevil or on Luke Cage's mayorship, so why dedicate pages to it?

5.0
Doctor Strange and the Sorcerers Supreme #1

Nov 13, 2016

Dr. Strange is dumped in with a bunch of characters that I don't care about in a dimension that I don't care about. This just feels like Marvel putting another Dr. Strange comic out to capitalize on the movie.

8.0
Doctor Strange: Damnation #1

Sep 22, 2018

It continues from some event that I completely ignored, so I'm not in the loop there, but I do enjoy Strange's recklessness and the consequences that unfold.

5.0
Doctor Strange: Damnation #2

Dec 6, 2018

Wong assembles a team. Nothing special.

6.0
Doctor Strange: Damnation #3

Dec 8, 2018

Blade was cool. The artwork could use some help. I don't get what the plan of action was for Ghost Rider. *Update: the plan is revealed in the next issue

7.5
Doctor Strange: Damnation #4

Dec 8, 2018

Wong's plan comes to fruition and it's worth it. I appreciate this chance for his character to shine. I don't think the epilogue is necessary, it's certainly not a story that I'll be watching out for.

8.0
Doctor Strange: Fall Sunrise (2022) #1

Nov 26, 2022

A mainstream marvel comic with a psychedelic, indie comic feel.

7.5
Doctor Strange: Fall Sunrise (2022) #2

Jan 28, 2023

I'm still recovering from watching Strange hop through a giant's digestive tract.

6.5
Doctor Strange: Mystic Apprentice #1

Nov 2, 2016

A less than remarkable story, but well told. It's cool to get the backup stories too, but I'd still say that this one is an easy skip.

6.5
Domino (2018) #1

Apr 21, 2018

The attempt to flush out and humanize Domino results in an annoying support cast and unusual goofiness considering Domino is a former member of X-Force. I mean, a birthday party, seriously?

3.0
Doom Patrol (2016) #1

Sep 21, 2016

What did I just read? Does this make sense if you are already familiar with Doom Patrol? You can do weird, trippy stuff, but the comic still needs to flow. It needs to be readable, throwing random shit at me isn't interest, I need to be invested in what I'm reading to care, you don't get that with random pages of random. THAT GUY ONLY TOOK TWO BITES OF HIS GYRO BEFORE THROWING IT OUT, WHAT A WASTE!!!

8.0
Doomsday Clock #1

May 1, 2018

I'm actually totally fine with using the concept of this series, We'll always have the original Watchmen regardless. I enjoyed the new characters and pacing. A promising start.

8.0
Doomsday Clock #2

May 1, 2018

I'm actually digging this so far, can't wait to see how these characters interact.

8.0
Dr. Strange (2019) #1

Jan 3, 2020

I love Kev Walker's art and Java Tartaglia's colours. When the action kicks off, it certainly doesn't waste time jumping into high gear and Mark Waid is the king of cliffhangers.

7.5
Dr. Strange (2019) #2

Feb 2, 2020

The art is excellent. The plot is okay as an entry to a larger story arc, but I hope that inventing a magic weapon isn't an ongoing solution to every problem because it's rather lazy.

7.5
Dr. Strange (2019) #3

Mar 6, 2020

This was a good done-in-one story with a new and interesting villain, but the conflict resolution was a bit too simple for my taste, this might have seen better as two issues.

8.5
Dr. Strange (2019) #4

Mar 26, 2020

Stephen triggers a magical booby trap and has to rely on someone else to pull his nuts out of the fire, good stuff.

8.0
Dr. Strange (2019) #5

Aug 9, 2020

The bad guys in this are creepy and cool.

7.5
Dr. Strange (2019) #6

Aug 9, 2020

Cut short just as the series was finding its groove.

7.5
Drawing Blood Spilled Ink #1

May 26, 2019

There is a sense of genuine emotion throughout as Eastman draws from his own life for inspiration. I love the Radically Rearranged Ronin Ragdolls one-shot that acts as a companion to this launch, possibly more than the main book. It doesn't seem to have an entry on ComicBookRoundup as of the moment that I write this.

7.5
Drawing Blood Spilled Ink #2

Aug 8, 2019

Getting a little jab in at Michael Bay is always fun. I'm hoping that we dive deeper into what came between Eastman - I mean Bookman - and his partner. All I want is to see them reconnect!

7.0
Drawing Blood Spilled Ink #3

Aug 15, 2019

Bookman just can't catch a break.

8.5
Drawing Blood Spilled Ink #4

Oct 22, 2020

This is worth the price of admission to watch Eastman dunk on Michael Bay, but there is plenty else to stick around for. Bookman has become a very sympathetic character and he takes me with him on his emotional highs and lows.

4.0
Drax (2015) #1

Dec 30, 2015

Seriously, not worth your time.

8.0
Dream Police #1

May 5, 2014

This first issue is well crafted and very interesting. I'll stick around to see where this goes.

6.0
Dream Police #2

Jun 6, 2014

Is each issue going to be a recurring dream? Because this felt nearly identical to the first issue. Even the narration repeats pretty much everything that was explained in the first issue. Our main characters know the Dreamscape inside and out, so there isn't a Watson to explain it to, it's mostly straight up Monolog, so it is explained in a very sale manner. Maybe Straczynski is worries that the Dreamscape is so complex that the second issue needs to reiterate, but if you understood Inception, then this isn't a problem. The actual story itself is a hollow shell of the 1st issue's arc as well and the art is okay, but not enough to overcome this. I lost interest halfway through reading #2, so I will not be coming back for #3.

7.0
Dredd: Final Judgement #1

Oct 16, 2018

Teases with introducing the Dark Judges, but never reveals them in full, which isn't a bad thing but I'm just worried that one more issue isn't going to be enough to deliver a satisfying story arc.

7.5
Dredd: Final Judgement #2

Dec 4, 2018

Very condensed. I like that all the classic judges make their appearance in forms unique to this iteration. The ending is cool even though I don't totally remember now how the other dimension's city is abolished. This story just needed more pages.

7.5
Dredd: Uprise #1

Nov 3, 2014

Nice issue, I like it a lot better than 'Dredd: Underbelly' so far. The story is growing some legs and the art is right at home in a Dredd comic.

8.0
Dredd: Uprise #2

Jan 9, 2015

A pretty decent conclusion to Uprise, and the backup story is freakin' awesome even though it is probably not the movie universe.

6.5
Drifter #1

Nov 16, 2014

The timing for Drifter is unfortunate. With all of the space and sci-fi books Image is putting out, Drifter isn't really standing out. Add to that the fact that Image also just released a space western with Copperhead and the timing for this book is downright aweful, westerns are a tough sell as it is. It's almost as if viewers who grew up influenced by Firefly are now starting to craft their own space westerns. On its own merits, this is a decent first issue. The art is fantastic, especially when you consider that it is handled entirely by Nic Klein. Often, one aspect of the art, such as colour, will be lacking in cases of a single artist. However, Nic Klain brings the heat on all fronts, especially the colour. Another plus is the logo and design of the book handled by Tom Muller. I don't often notice or acknowledge this stuff, but I haven't seen it handled in such a unique and original way in a while, especially the barcode on the back, what a cool idea. Where this book lacks is in Ivan Brandon's story and characterization, they just don't stand out. Right off the bat I'm not getting a good first impression with these characters and there isn't much hinted at as to where the plot is heading, it's just uninteresting.

8.0
Duke (2023) #1

Feb 11, 2024

Heh heh, Destro is basically Elon Musk if Musk was using Space X as a front to manufacture arms... Hmm, are we sure he isn't?

8.5
Dwellings (2023) #1

Aug 25, 2023

I loved the first story, it was hilarious watching the main character accept their destiny as a serial killer that kills to feed an adoring murder of crows. The second story was good too, but less funny and less concise.

8.0
East of West #10

Apr 18, 2014

If this series was a meal, this course was the best. Can we just keep eating this Hickman? Please? Don't make me eat more broccoli...

4.0
East of West #11

Apr 18, 2014

Drags me kicking and screaming into a subplot I don't care to explore.

6.5
Eat The Rich #1

Aug 22, 2021

This was fine but not what I was hoping for. I've already seen this movie.

7.5
Echolands #1

Aug 29, 2021

I was drawn to this because of the artwork. It's very easy for a landscape format to feel like a gimmick but the layouts in this book take full advantage of the panoramic page spread and add a unique immersiveness that brings this fantasy world to life. The world seems to be a modernized world of magic. Apparently the main character has been a concept of the artist's since childhood. It's kind of off-putting how much the back matter harps on this when you consider that... it's Little Red Riding Hood, you guys, we're not talking about a completely original character here, even if you did add your own interpretation. Speaking of the back matter, there is a surprising amount of it. So much so that it comes off as filler to justify a $4.99 price tag. And when I say filler... there are literally 4 pages dedicated to showcasing J. H. Williams's record collection; not just a list of the albums he listened to while drawing this issue, but the actual color/edition of each individual vinyl record release. All I can say about that is, save it for a Q&A and let me keep the extra dollar.

7.5
Eclipse #1

Sep 11, 2016

The world is really interesting although the main character seems to lack much personality thus far. The plot doesn't look like it will be breaking any new ground, but it could be a suitable vehicle to explore this world. Pick this up if you're into sci-fi, there's not much for you if you aren't though.

8.5
Eden (2021) #1

Jun 27, 2021

This is a high-end one off horror story similar to what you find in a horror anthology series.

6.5
Edgar Allan Poe (Ahoy): Snifter of Terror #1

Nov 4, 2018

It's smart and executed well enough, especially Mark Russell's piece. But with each story being so short and self contained, I can't see this being something I'd read ongoing.

7.0
Effigy #1

Feb 4, 2015

I like the characters, the humour, and the artwork. Tim Seeley obviously has a thing for female heroes, especially as cops, the child star angle is interesting as well. Essentially this boils down to a police procedural though, which I don't care for.

6.5
Effigy #2

Mar 7, 2015

The characters are great and the main reason I came back for second issue. The plot is lacking something though, hopefully it kicks in when the Influence Center guys do something, let's move it along.

7.0
Elektra (2014) #1

Apr 26, 2014

The art is bloody gorgeous (see what I did there?) but the story didn't grab me; way too much inner monologue. Too bad Zeb Wells didn't write it, oooh!

8.0
Elektra (2017) #1

May 7, 2017

This artwork is professional and the layouts are good. The pacing works very well too. I'm not particularly interested in the overall story, but this is a well executed issue worth checking out if you like this character.

5.0
Elektra (2022) #100

Apr 19, 2022

The main story seems to take place around the same time frame as Devil's Reign, but Elekra and Typhoid Mary are in jarringly different costumes for some reason. It seems like the artist was adamant to draw them in older costumes but editors insisted on the story being current or something, I'm not sure, but the result is a sloppy mess. The backup story was fine, nothing damning, nothing special. One of the comic strips at the end was good, the others weren't. Overall, kind of a sad presentation of Elekra's 100th issue.

9.0
Elephantmen #55

May 5, 2014

I wasn't sure about this arc but Starkings and Medellin stuck the landing. Congratulations! Greats twists and turns, great art. More of this please.

1.5
Elephantmen #56

May 5, 2014

I love Elephantmen and I've remained loyally subscribed to it for years. I move a lot but never fail to open a subscription at the lcbs because the individual issues have low print runs, I want to stay current, and I want to support the series. ... But then every so often the creators deliver an issue like this... Do not give Shaky Kane any more stories. There is no nice way to put it: his art looks simply terrible. I'll be very surprised if I find out that it took him longer than a week to render these interiors. He’s better suited to more flat graphic illustration. He did not even bother to check continuity: sixteen pages in and Trench clearly has five (poorly drawn) digits on his hand, then I look to the right, to the very next page over and right there, clear as day, there is a close up of his four digit hand on a door. I wish the art was the only problem, but Richard Starkings is just as guilty by giving the readers yet another exposition issue full of infuriatingly pointless monologue. It has only been six issues since the numbering was restarted, there’s no reason to make a jump-on issue already. The story is about the most mundane cop story you can think of. Next to nothing happens. This would have been better left untold altogether. I would have skipped this one knowing Shaky Kane is on it but I'm subscribed so I can't, I'm committed to blowing $3.99 for this. Remember that the next time you decide to fart out another fill-in issue please Active Images? At the very least charge less for your fill-in junk; if you are paying Shaky Kane the same rate as Axel Medellin then there is something wrong. Don’t think I won’t drop this title. I'd rather wait the extra time for a quality issue than spend twice as much on crap. Skip this issue if you read Elephantmen. The two-page Charley Loves Robots segment was the only redeeming part of this comic book.

9.5
Elephantmen #57

Jun 5, 2014

Now THIS is how a filler issue is done! This ties lightly to the saga of Yvette and it is such a simple but touching story with strong undertones. I love the muted colors with a shock of red where necessary: Yvette's hair is rather symbolic in this issue and the only other places you see red are on Agathe's hair-ribbon and lipstick, and at the heartbreaking climax. The story is stretched to the point that it is printed on the back cover, but I'm glad that it is because it gives the story nice pacing and breathing room. Great job, to the whole creative team, this issue has me excited for Elephantmen again!

8.0
Elephantmen #59

Sep 5, 2014

The plot doesn't advance, which normally infuriates me; but it's worth it for this homage to the inspirational H. R. Giger.

7.0
Elephantmen #60

Oct 27, 2014

It's a good read, but Elephantmen does have a recurring tendency to juxtapose flashbacks with the current story arc and it's become a crutch. It's okay to step outside the ongoing narrative once in a while, Starkings just needs to reign it in a bit because readers expect a certain amount of story progression when they pay four dollars per issue. That being said, the story maintains some delicate nuances and is fairly accessible to new readers; plus, Roshell's art is as gorgeous as ever and you can't fail with a Boo Cook cover.

7.5
Elephantmen #61

Jan 13, 2015

It's an explosive issue that's over pretty quickly; the candle that burns twice as bright burns half as long. Overall, I enjoyed this issue, I think some of the splash pages for punches might have been cool with a splash of colour in the background rather than plain white, but I get the stylistic choice. Although, some might argue those pages were an excuse to make up time after rendering the large crowd scene in the middle of the issue, but let's not dwell on that. Sahara's confrontation with her father is probably the most intense scene, even with two behemoths duking it out on the other pages.

6.0
Elephantmen #62

Feb 15, 2015

It's a weird issue to be honest, I don't get what's happening, does the baby actually have that image in it's eyes? Because Sahara and Obadiah react to it. Also, I get that Panya's character has evolved a bit, but why is she pure evil all of a sudden? Even with the captions trying to be theatrical, the ideas still don't come together quite right this time around. The pretty artwork and shocking events help to make up for some of the other issues, plus Boo Cook does the best covers.

7.0
Elephantmen #63

May 10, 2015

This is executed well, but it feels like this issue was basically just created to say there has been a mammoth elephantman. His origins are coincidental and suspect.

6.5
Elephantmen #64

Jun 7, 2015

The artwork is nice and makes for a more engaging read than the plot alone; the story is very simple and quiet, I enjoy the juxtaposition with the Elephant Man film. It's not as good as a more eventful issue, but retrospective entries like this are certainly fine after a huge event such as the wedding. I feel like Horn should be much more angry and active in finding his daughter though, not just stewing in Ivory Towers.

6.0
Elephantmen #65

Jul 21, 2015

It's cool and action packed, sure, but what the hell is going on? We started in the middle of the action but never established the lead up. The cover is friggin' awesome.

7.5
Elephantmen #66

May 14, 2016

Another action packed issue and, oh no, what's happening with Ebony? There's some explanation about what's going on, some sort of power move by Nexgen or something, I can't keep these evildoers straight, as far as I can tell they are not affiliated with Mappo.

7.5
Elephantmen #67

May 14, 2016

There seem to be three distinct art styles, these can't all be Axel Medellin, can they? The opening pages in particular are excellent, they're graphically simple and communicated story and tone very effectively. I'm struggling to remember Agathe, is she the same person as Yvette or just tied to her? There is just so much continuity to Elephantmen that it's difficult to remember everything, but aside from that, this is well told with cool action, and tension surrounding the fate of Ebony. There was a spelling/grammar mistake somewhere though and I remember the last issue having a mistake too. Starkings does great lettering but maybe he needs to employ more proof reading.

8.0
Elephantmen #68

May 14, 2016

It felt short because of the splash pages, but they elevate the reading experience by adding scope an grandeur. The development with Ebony is even more interesting than I expected. Oh, and that move that Obadiah made? Worthy of a Mortal Kombat fatality move.

8.0
Elephantmen #69

May 15, 2016

A brutal end to the battle, I can't help but feel bad for the Hyenas, they didn't ask to be created as killing machines. Damn, if Obadiah Horn was a badass before, he is now. I don't recognize who that elephant with the eye patch is, that's no Ebony is it? He's not exactly in any condition to get in a gun fight, but I'm pretty sure that's another character whom I forgot existed prior to this. I kind of wish there was more space to portray how the Elephantmen veterans were assembled, it's cool that they were called to arms.

5.5
Elephantmen #70

Jun 16, 2016

I don't know, this femme fatale calls Hip and Vanity to open a box to draw a sniper's fire whom she knew would be there? I just don't know what to make of this, it's convoluted as hell. And why aren't Hip and Vanity armed? Aren't they usually?

3.5
Elephantmen #71

Jun 16, 2016

This entire issue was a stupid waste of time. It tried really really hard to work an elephant party concept into the plot and it turned out ridiculous, But hey, they can't all be zingers. The Elephant giveth and the elephant taketh away.

7.0
Elephantmen #72

Aug 19, 2016

This artist is awesome and works well in this trip-out issue.

6.5
Elephantmen Shots #1

Jun 21, 2015

-- WHEN THE NIGHT COMES: Love the art, the story makes more sense if you've read Elephantmen: Memoirs of the Future, but kind of spoils it if you haven't read that. -- THE NAKED TRUTH: A funny idea, but it loses some points for Shakey Kane's ugly attempt at drawing women. -- THE UMPTY GUN: Judge Dredd crossover! Pretty fun. -- GET NIKKEN: Strontium Dog Crossover, also fun! This suggests that Stronium Dog and Judge Dredd share a timeline with Elephantmen. That would be sweet! -- EBONY DREAMS: This one is boring and reuses the same drawing over and over again. -- OLD SOLDIERS: Excellent, touching, makes an important point that's relevant today. Best entry in this book and the art is excellent as well. -- MARINEMAN/HIP FLASK: Very short, only space for one thought really but it's fun. -- CHARLEY LOVES ROBOTS: This series is fun but if you're not familiar with it, you'll struggle to understand the context of what's going on in these two one-page shorts -- QUI TACET CONSENTIRE VIDETUR: One more page squeezed in on the back of the comic, it has a good message and puts out compelling content as best as it can in one page. The art is good. -- OVERALL: Some good stories here and also some disposable ones, the crossovers are worth owning for sure, just know what you are buying, it is a series of very short, short stories for charity.

7.0
Empire #2

Jul 30, 2015

The bridge thing is rather silly, but hey, it's comics.

7.0
Empire #6

Jul 28, 2015

I'm glad that this series was picked up at IDW over a decade later. The events of issue #5 were shocking, this one was a little more predictable but still leaves a lot of loose ends.

9.5
Empire: Uprising #1

May 23, 2015

So good! The three minutes of silence, the rebel assault, the friggin' slaughter, what's not to love about this?

7.5
Empire: Uprising #2

May 23, 2015

Kianda's grand scheme is utterly ridiculous; gee, I wonder how we're going to spin a deliberate action of self-sabotage to make the saboteur look bad? Other than that, it was a great issue, I enjoy the politics of this new world order.

7.5
Empire: Uprising #3

Aug 20, 2015

The Empire is holding strong, despite leaks springing constantly, no one can be trusted

6.5
Empire: Uprising #4

Aug 20, 2015

Man, every issue is just more and more bleak, but I like it.

8.5
Empress #1

Apr 10, 2016

A clear analog of a battered wife fleeing her abusive husband with the kids. Great idea and great art, can't wait to see what happens next!

7.5
Empress #2

May 13, 2016

Another exciting, imaginative issue. Millar has a tendency to go overboard on the action, but in a space adventure like this, it works. It's a shame that Gary Coleman isn't still alive, he'd be a shoe-in for the role of Tor in the Empress movie if that ever got made.

7.0
Empress #3

Jun 13, 2016

I could take or leave the whole 'getting eaten and then shooting your way out' cliche. Villains that destroy their minions left and right get kind of old too, but I understand that it's necessary to this particular plot. I do like the adventure though, and the family dynamic is the glue holding this thing together.

8.0
Empress #4

May 29, 2017

This issue picks up with some unique action and a couple quiet character moments.

6.0
Empress #5

Aug 16, 2016

King Morax comes off rather hamfisted with his unnecessarily brutal punishment of people who were cooperating. The techie kid is also rather hyperbolic, making this huge blaster out of junk, but hey, it's comics. The escape from the volcano was thrilling and fun.

7.0
Empress #6

Nov 28, 2016

The last minute save comes off a little cheap, but the direction this issue takes in the second half is compelling and Aine's actions feels authentic to how a teenage daughter would react. How was she seeing into the other bedroom from her own room though? That's creepy and weird.

7.0
Empress #7

Nov 28, 2016

Mark Millar has a flare for characters, but he really needs to start paying attention to the details because they are adding up. How can a ship turn its weapons around and shoot its occupants without destroying its own hull? And I didn't realize that Earth was part of this universe, but that trivia about stretching earth's history over a single day isn't quite right. Earth has existed roughly 4.5 billion years as opposed to 4 billion years, and that two minutes Millar referenced is roughly when mammals appeared, give or take. Homo Sapiens would exist less than four seconds to midnight and Homo Sapiens Sapiens would appear even closer to midnight than that. Maybe it's a typo and is supposed to say two seconds to midnight as opposed to two minutes? That would make a lot more sense. As you can see, it took me out of the story, lol. Another thing that bothered me was when Aine ordered the Royal Guards to genocide themselves, that's f-ed up and was totally uncalled for, they were completely loyal, what a little monster Aine is. All that being said, this was still a fun, action packed issue and the twist was revealed beautifully. If you're interesting in another comic that alludes to abuse, I'd recommend Buzzkill, it skirt the topic a little more artfully.

6.5
Empty Zone #1

Jun 29, 2015

I started off really into this but as it progressed I wasn't getting simple answers to what was going on and the book suffers for it. I'll be down to keep buying this if a recognizable plot emerges, but without some basic exposition I'll be lost.

8.0
Empyre: Road To Empyre: The Kree/Skrull War #1

Apr 5, 2020

Do yourself a favor and read Meet the Skrulls before you read this because it is fantastic and it becomes very exciting to catch up with the Warner family again. I found the recap pages fit nicely into the narrative and they're useful as well since I'm not interested in digging up all of these other stories for context. As a result, this is one of the few 'Road to' books that I actually like.

7.0
Encoded (2021) #1

Feb 10, 2021

The idea of an analogue protocol, where every computer is temporarily shut down to avoid A.I. expansion, is an interesting idea, but it isn't the central focus of the story and I'm not seeing much else here to differentiate this from any other run-of-the-mill evil robot story.

8.5
Epochalypse #1

Jan 11, 2015

Awesome concept and absolutely stunning art. This strange world has geological areas separated by timeline because a supernatural event caused multiple timelines to collapse into one. Add to that a jack booted police state keeping the status quo, this is akin to something out of 2000AD. The first issue has me hooked, I definitely want to see where this world takes me. Highly recommended to fans of science fiction and history. -- *UPDATE*: Comicbookroundup never posted past the first issue, but subsequent issues after this one suck balls, so don't bother.

4.0
Eternals (2021) #1

Jan 11, 2021

This was my introduction to the Eternals and I found myself mostly lost, even though this issue is striving to give a tour of the different eternal domains. I'm sure I could get up to speed eventually, with enough issues, but I'm really just not interested. It looks like this book was made for existing fans, which is fine, but not for me. Ribic's art is mostly good, with the notable exception of Sprite, who is apparently supposed to look like she is eternally eleven-years-old, but her face looks at least sixty.

7.5
Eve (2021) #1

Jun 19, 2021

The art and concept are interesting but, with so many post apocalyptic stories (including those with a flooded Manhattan), there not quite enough here to stand out from the crowd.

7.5
Evolution #1

Nov 25, 2017

The artwork lends well to the creep factor and a strong collaboration of writers makes this a promising new series.

7.0
Exit Stage Left: The Snagglepuss Chronicles #2

Feb 13, 2018

I miss the comedy that was present in all of Russell's previous work. This has an interesting story set during the Red Scare that keeps me coming back, but the characters are dull and the art could be better. The backup story turned out to be more fun.

7.5
Extermination (2018) #1

Sep 1, 2018

A cool idea. It's paced a little faster than I'd like, but I've been out of the X-Men franchise for a while, this seems to be the perfect time to dip back in.

7.5
Extermination (2018) #2

Sep 5, 2018

Taking a bit of a dark turn here, time to put the original 5 through the ringer.

7.0
Extermination (2018) #3

Oct 13, 2018

It is a bit difficult to keep track as we jump between teams rapidly, I'm starting to lose interest.

7.0
Extermination (2018) #4

Nov 8, 2018

A heck of a last page. I've been out of the loop on X-Men too long, I had to Google who Gabby was.

7.0
Extermination (2018) #5

May 19, 2019

Pretty vague about how specifically the conflict is resolved, but good enough.

7.0
Extermination (2018): X-Men #1

May 19, 2019

Man, Cable has some luxurious safe houses. I'm glad Deadpool makes an appearance, it wouldn't be a proper goodbye to Cable otherwise. I think I like the backup story surrounding Cyclops more than the main story.

6.0
Extraordinary X-Men #1

Nov 16, 2015

I'm pretty disheartened that this is essentially setting us back to the status quo that Extiction set up, and after the X-Men finally dug us out of it only a couple years ago. The story itself hasn't had a chance to get off the ground, this is really just spinning it's wheels as the team is gathered and the backstory is explained. At least the effect of the terrigen mists on the mutants has been made clear but I'm still not entirely sure what it is with Cyclops they keep referring to. Is one event in particular or just the the past couple years in general? The art is serviceable, I like the character shapes, but Ramos really needs to fit more figure drawing sessions into his schedule, especially with regard to drawing legs and lower torsos.

7.5
Extraordinary X-Men #2

Nov 24, 2015

I enjoyed this issue more than the last one, the character arcs are getting interesting and the limbo business with the school is something new. What's M-Pox, which previous X-book introduced that? Also, extra points for crapping all over the romance that Bendis crammed in between Jean and Beast, no one wanted that to be a thing, no sir.

9.5
Extremity #1

Mar 5, 2017

This is a strong example of how to do a first issue. The charcters are instantly complex and sympathetic, the world is creative, and the plot is exciting. Not to mention the detailed artwork. I wasn't expecting a lot from this comic, but I'm pleasantly surprised, this looks like a promising title to get in on the ground floor of.

8.5
Extremity #2

Apr 10, 2017

I wouldn't say that this reaches the same heights as the first issue, but now the plot is starting to kick in and I get the sense that no one is going to walk away from this story as a winner. We're in for some rocky seas. The additional fantasy elements introduced in this issue are also quite promising, and this weird robot thing will serve well as a vehicle to explain how this world works to the audience.

9.5
Extremity #3

May 8, 2017

I am sold on this series. It is just firing on all cylinders. It's creative, exciting, touching, it's everything that I want in a comic book.

9.5
Extremity #4

Jul 25, 2017

The archway graves are a brilliant, creative idea, this world just feels so real. The bug riders are pretty sweet. At this point, the reader is starting to wonder who the good guys are, because the father is clearly not a knight is shining armour.

8.5
Extremity #5

Aug 6, 2017

Wow, the dad has really has become the bad guy now. I image that it is going to come down to his children to stop his path of destruction.

6.0
Fallen Angels (2019) #1

Nov 21, 2019

It's okay. There's a dark, melodramatic angst that teens would probably enjoy. The back matter switches between 'Overclock' and 'Overlock' and uses a faux quote quote from a doctor in neurotechnology that is supposed to sound smart, yet uses 'whom' incorrectly, lol. Just thought that was funny.

5.0
Fantastic Four: Life Story #1

May 24, 2021

I love Mark Russell's work, so I gave this a try but it's not much different from standard FF other than the historical context and the captions attempting to add more substance. If Marvel isn't going to let Mark Russell go full Mark Russell then what's the point? It's just another rehash of FF's origin.

5.5
Far Sector #1

Jul 11, 2020

There's potential here, an interesting world to explore but the dialogue and caption are too dense, stifling, and confusing to actually bring the reader into the story. And there are certainly shows of emotion despite communicating that no one is supposed to have emotions. Are their emotions just supposed to be suppressed but still present? Because that was not what was communicated.

8.5
Farmhand #1

Jul 24, 2018

The character's feel three dimensional, with a sense of history. The setting is very unique and original.

7.0
FBP: Federal Bureau Of Physics #5

Mar 14, 2015

It's good to see that there is a character driven aspect to the story that's introduced here. There may also be some very interesting ramifications to how the private sector is developing.

7.0
FBP: Federal Bureau Of Physics #6

Mar 14, 2015

Whoa, when did this turn into an episode of Criminal Minds?

5.0
FCBD 2014: Guardians of the Galaxy #1

May 4, 2014

Can't argue with free! However if the objective was to get me excited for any of the 3 titles showcased: mission failure.

6.5
FCBD 2017: All-New Guardians of the Galaxy/Defenders #1

Jul 25, 2017

Not bad for a free comic. It was a odd time to choose to moviedize the Guardians's ship. The Defenders did not make a good first impression, they bust in beating up guys that haven't even done anything yet, what a bunch of crooks.

6.5
FCBD 2017: Catalyst Prime: The Event #1

May 17, 2017

The story bounces around a fair bit and the "young scientists" look old for some reason, but I do like the dialogue.

8.0
FCBD 2017: I Hate Image #1

Dec 7, 2022

Gert hacks and slashes her way through the myriad of Image's original characters, which is a perfect vessel for new potential readers. If you missed out on the FCBD issue, there is a $5.99 re-release with extra pages featuring additional Image creators complaining to Scottie Young that they weren't in the book enough, plus some behind the scenes pages.

6.0
FCBD 2017: Secret Empire/Spectacular Spider Man #1

Jul 28, 2017

Not bad, nothing special. I probably like the Spider-Man half a little more. Both stories are just teasers, which are kind of difficult to rate since they aren't intended to tell a whole story but are free so one can't really complain.

7.5
FCBD 2017: TMNT: Prelude To Dimension X #1

Aug 12, 2017

Read this as if it is TMNT #72.5. It is a pretty decent FCBD issue, it gives a recap but actually has original and interesting content as well.

8.0
FCBD 2017: X-O Manowar #1

May 13, 2017

The X-O Manowar story is very good considering how few pages it was able to convey a compelling story in. The Bloodshot story is good too, I think it is also prequel material. I already like the pigeon girl in the Secret Weapons #1 preview, but I'm not sure I want another team thrown together.

5.0
FCBD 2019: Animosity Tales #1

May 19, 2019

I don't want to be overly critical of a free product, but this issue is exceptionally sloppy, there's even a word balloon delivered by a cat that is clearly supposed to be delivered by the dog. Why even add the cat? It doesn't contribute to the plot. Also, in one panel the dude's leg is grabbed by the gator, but in the next panel the dude is running away with no sign of a leg wound.

7.0
FCBD 2019: Avengers #1

May 19, 2019

Without being a reader of Aaron's ongoing Avengers title, it's difficult to grasp everything that's happened. It's not an ideal issue to come in on cold, but the last page of the Avengers half has me interested. I think the Savage Avengers half actually works better and tempts me more, but the team does not consist of characters I get excited for and I don't typically like Duggan's writing.

4.0
FCBD 2020: X-Men #1

Aug 23, 2020

The X-Men content essentially functions as a warning to stay away from a boring and convoluted story. The Iron Man looks more interesting.

6.0
FCBD 2021: Suicide Squad - King Shark #1

Aug 22, 2021

I actually thought the King Shark story was a hoot. I want to see more adventures with Defacer and him, but I don't know if I'd actually pay money for it... Suicide Squad: Get Joker starts out promising before a discussion between Amanda Waller and Jason Todd drags the whole thing down with WAY too much discussion where nothing is said.

6.0
First Strike #1

Aug 26, 2017

Starts out promising but devolves the more that G.I. Joe gets involved. The ease at which they find Colton's hideout and guess his password smells like lazy writing.

6.0
First Strike #2

Sep 4, 2017

First Strike is seriously pushing its luck by squeezing ROM in, the story is cluttered with too much as it is without the one tick pony known as the Dire Wraiths getting involved. There are too many bland characters diluting the cast, the exact same story could be told with just Transformers and G.I. Joe and it would probably work out better. The backup story is not bad.

5.0
First Strike #3

Sep 24, 2017

Uhk, as a twin myself, I find stereotypical twin characters (in this case, Skyburst and Stormclash) completing each other's sentences to be incredibly offensive. I like the guards in the opening pages having their little 15 minutes of fame before all hell breaks loose. The rest of the issue is just an exercise of getting from point A to point B, it's nothing special. The backup story is a little disturbing.

7.0
First Strike #4

Jun 18, 2020

This issue is actually decent thanks to the character development, dialogue, and the near exclusive focus on G.I. Joe and Transformers. I will say though, Optimus didn't deserve to get chastised as he did, he didn't even have a chance to say what he wanted to say. I don't really get the backup story.

7.0
First Strike #5

Jun 24, 2020

Jail breaks are always fun. This even is going alright, at least it's fun and makes sense.

7.0
First Strike #6

Jun 24, 2020

Is everyone a teleporter? How do they keep catching up with each other so fast? I am glad that I decided to read this event now, it actually ends with significant implications.

7.0
Flash (2011) #30

May 1, 2014

I'm picking this up for the new creative team having never read a solo Flash book before and this works great as a jump-on point for new readers. The art looks great too.

7.5
Flash (2011) Annual #3

May 4, 2014

I like the future Flash stuff. I also like the way we're introduced to Wally West.

5.0
Flash (2016) #1

Jun 26, 2016

The Flash #1 is kind of boring, to be honest. How many times can we watch Barry pull people out of a burning building? I don't care much for the art, it's wonky and overly busy on the page. The direction seems to be that more speedsters are going to start popping up. Aren't there enough already? I've barely read any Flash stories and I'm already sick of other speedsters in the story and him whining that he can't be in two places at once. You'd think a character who takes on more than they can handle would be relatable, but I just can't seem to connect with Barry. Perhaps I'm simply not meant to read the Flash.

7.5
Flash (2016) #21

May 1, 2017

This doesn't have the finesse of Batman #21, but it moves the plot forward further. It leans a bit heavy on the caption boxes. The things that do happen in this issue will probably be more exciting to longtime DC and Flash readers.

9.0
Flash (2016) #22

May 27, 2017

Basically, this crossover just amounts to a sneak preview of a major upcoming event... But what a sneak preview! Brilliant artwork and pacing, the panels shift to the familar grid in a highly effective manny to trigger the reader's assiciation with you-know-what (I'm trying to avoid spoilers). Great job.

5.5
Flash: Rebirth (2016) #1

Jun 21, 2016

I'm missing whatever the hype is on this issue. It's not bad, but I found the plot somewhat disjointed, it covers elements already handled better in DC Universe Rebirth yet has no indication that these plot elements are going to continue to develop in the Flash comic. Frankly, not much happens, which is essentially the same problem throughout all of this solo Rebirth one-shots. The artwork isn't particularly appealing either, it wouldn't be my first choice for a Flash comic. The first issue of the upcoming Flash series could be completely different though, so it is difficult to predict what kind of relevance this issue will have to the next one.

9.0
Foolkiller (2016) #1

Feb 8, 2017

Damn, I wasn't expecting Foolkiller to be this good. The characters are compelling and the artwork is spot-on with great layouts.

7.5
Forever Evil #7

May 21, 2014

Wow, this concluding issue was a bit of a monster... But it was MY monster!!!

6.0
Frank Frazetta's Dawn Attack #1

Dec 17, 2022

It starts off with a continuity error with a sword followed by the unexplained decision to harvest much less of the preciously needed meat from two corpses. Are demon howlers tainted and inedible? We don't know. The story smooths out more as it gains steam in this He-Man-esque universe. It appears that it will continue as a solo space adventure, which I'm less interested in reading.

8.0
Freedom Fighters (2018) #1

Jan 9, 2019

This concept isn't new, The Man In The High Castle is the same idea, but when you bring a real person like Jesse Owens into the story, it starts to feel uncomfortable. In this case, the idea is to make the reader feel uncomfortable, but it's up to you if that's the kind of book you want to digest.

7.5
Frostbite #1

Oct 5, 2016

A bit lazy in explaining the science, but a cool concept. The art look good and fits the subject matter nicely, however this artist clearly has not lived in an extremely cold climate before, because nobody is wearing a hat or hood. You lose most of your body heat through your head, why would no one in the second ice age wear a hat?

6.0
Galaxy Quest: The Journey Continues #1

Jan 25, 2015

It's fun to see that the Galaxy Quest adventures aren't over yet. The character likenesses in the artwork is not even close to the film, but the case may be that IDW only has the property rights, not the rights to the actor likenesses; so I can get over it with that in mind. Otherwise, the art is above average for an IDW book. I'm skeptical that the same magic from the film is going to be captured here: what made the film charming was how unqualified the actors were in real danger, at this point the cast will know what they're getting into so I can't see this comic building on that idea. We'll have to see, it has stayed true to the film so far, making the plot directly tie in to events from the film, so I'm feeling the love. Comedy is present but hasn't found it's groove yet. I'm not expecting much, but I hope I'll be surprised.

5.0
Galaxy Quest: The Journey Continues #2

Mar 7, 2015

The cast is hard to tell apart at times, it would help to caricature them a bit further. The story is pretty bland for the most part, there's some fun to be had but not enough. The whole issue basically exists to convince the Galaxy Quest cast to go on another adventure, yet after all that effort it still isn't believable. In one panel there are definitely Giger style aliens rendered, I wonder if IDW got permission to do that, it was neat at least.

4.0
Galaxy Quest: The Journey Continues #4

May 3, 2015

Contrived to the end. The whole mission was dull and ends up being too easy. The humour only lands about 25% of the time and the ending is just downright ridiculous. Skip this series, even if you loved Galaxy Quest.

8.5
Gamora #1

Mar 5, 2017

A surprisingly compelling story from Gamora's past. Talk about the galaxy's most dysfunctional family. The artwork alone is worth the price of admission.

5.0
Gargoyles (2022) #1

Dec 12, 2022

The whole issue is spent introducing the characters. I was not familiar with Brooklyn's family, Katana and Nashville, so I guess it wasn't a total waste, but I certainly would have liked more to happen.

5.5
Gargoyles (2022) #2

Jan 31, 2023

The flow in story and layout needs refinement, it goes into a flashback at one point but it's entirely unclear that's what is happening. The series just needs to tighten itself up overall. Choose the cast for this arc and focus in on them.

5.5
Gargoyles (2022) #3

Mar 11, 2023

A lackluster climax.

5.5
Gargoyles (2022) #4

Jun 27, 2023

The latest villains seem to be randos in gargoyle masks, but I'm assuming more will be revealed in the coming issues.

7.5
Geiger #1

Apr 18, 2021

It's interesting, the art is well done. There's nothing wrong with this but I think the post-apocalyptic well is running dry and even throwing in oddly themed settlements isn't going to be enough anymore.

7.0
Generation X (2017) #1

May 31, 2017

You'll like this if you are into those school-centred books that focus more around the mutant students, like Wolverine And The X-Men. It's a pretty formulaic first issue though, a new mutant is freaked out by the current students crashing through a wall. These buildings seem to be in a constant state of destruction, and repair. As for the artwork, the layouts are good but the finishes get wonky, particularly Jubilee's expressions.

6.0
Generations: The Unworthy Thor & The Mighty Thor #1

Sep 3, 2017

The only relevance to Marvel continuity in reading this books seems to be contained in the last few pages, the story itself is superfluous. It is kind of fun, but nothing special overall and can easily be skipped, especially when considering the 5 dollar cover price.

7.0
Ghost Rider (2016) #1

Jan 11, 2017

Establishes Robbie as a likable character, largely thanks to his relationship with his younger brother, but it's unusual how half of this comic is a Totally Awesome Hulk comic and the tail end turns into All-New Wolverine in a way that comes off completely superfluous. The backup story isn't bad, but anything that's heavy on social media "celebrities" can get positively gag worthy. Nobody is drooling over themselves to meet a grossly musclebound woman who posts selfies on Instagram. I'd prefer that backup story were left out and a buck was shaved off of the cover price.

8.5
Ginseng Roots #11

Feb 11, 2023

A nice exchange of cultures around the themes of family and roots... Ginseng Roots!

8.5
God Hates Astronauts #1

Sep 3, 2014

This had me laughing a lot, it's a "weird for the sake of being weird" sort of humour, my only concern is that kind of humour can get tiresome after the initial impact, so we'll see if the plot is good enough to stick around for. But on its own merits, this first issue is great!

8.0
God Hates Astronauts #2

Oct 2, 2014

Not as crazy as the fist issue but still crazy and funny.

7.0
God Hates Astronauts #3

Nov 8, 2014

I think the joke may be starting to wear thin, I only laughed once and that was at the coupon gag. I'd like to finish reading this arc, but can't see myself reading this on an ongoing basis. I would also like to praise how the critical back-matter has turned into a suspense thriller about Maryweather T. Snopple, lol.

5.5
God Hates Astronauts #4

Dec 12, 2014

This is devolving into a bunch half baked plot threads that lack any substance or clear direction. Which I wouldn't mind as much if it were still as funny as the first couple issues. Now I'm convinced that Browne writes this free-form, making it up as he goes along.

4.5
God Hates Astronauts #5

Jan 16, 2015

The joke has run its course, God Hates Astronauts is officially not funny anymore. If you were planning for get the first five issues to see how the first arc ends, don't bother, it ends on a cliffhanger like any other issue and with several subplots left hanging that never felt like they were going anywhere anyway. The best part was a 24 year old Terminator 2 reference, to give you an idea of the quality of writing here. It's actually pretty difficult to find anything to latch on to in GHA because no character is relatable. Each character is equally idiotic so there is no straight man to play off of. I love pork, but I wouldn't consider ribs, bacon and a pork chop to be a satisfying meal, you need some vegetables and grains in there; eat nothing but pork for a year and you'll never want to eat pork again, that's what's happening here.

8.0
Godshaper #1

May 29, 2017

This is a very unique concept that oozes with potential.

7.5
Godzilla in Hell #1

Aug 16, 2015

A short, silent read. Well executed and delivers exactly what it promises.

7.5
Godzilla vs. The Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #1

Apr 3, 2022

The artwork is fantastic and Rita's character is particularly enjoyable. Plot-wise, it doesn't rise far beyond any other typical Power Rangers plot.

5.0
Goners #1

Oct 24, 2014

This didn't really do anything for me. The premise is loosely explained so I'm not really grasping what's really at stake. I also haven't connected with the characters so I'm pretty indifferent as to what what the goolies want with them.

7.0
Gotham Academy (2014): Endgame #1

Apr 5, 2015

Alright, I'm definitely not the target audience for this, but that being said the little ghost stories are well told and dip into the Joker mythos rather than add another unnecessary battle against joker zombies. So even though this isn't essential reading for Gotham Academy or Endgame, this is a little more creative than the other Endgame tie-ins

7.5
Grave Lilies #1

Feb 5, 2017

This is certainly intriguing, the artwork is excellent, particularly the layouts. I don't get why that one guy gave away all of those clothes for free, what kind of business was he running, was he hoping to get laid or something? The issue ends quite abruptly, it felt a little short. I'm not sure if this is an ongoing series or a mini-series, a little write up at the end explaining the vision of this story would have been welcome.

7.0
Green Hornet (2018) #1

Apr 8, 2018

I miss Jonathan Lau on the art from the Kevin Smith Green Hornet run that this series is continuing. The plot is alright so far, it's just getting things set up. I'm happy to see that the old characters I love are back.

6.0
Green Hornet (2018) #2

Apr 8, 2018

The plot is getting interesting and is paced well. The artwork is what it is. Where this issue really suffers is the lettering: if the letterer and editor have done their job right, I shouldn't even be thinking about the lettering, but in this issue there are word balloons in the wrong order, connecting to the the wrong speaker, and even a page on the ship where Sebastian is responding to things that Mulan isn't even saying! Very sloppy, I hope that Dynamite will take a pause and fix any further problems with the comic before putting out more issues. What's the rush? People aren't going to knock down any doors to demand their Green Hornet comic sooner, put the issue out a month later and just do it right. I wonder if I got some sort of misprint, did anyone else have the same problems with their issue?

5.0
Green Hornet (2018) #3

May 22, 2018

The grammar errors and unearthly coincidence that lands Mulan and the others onto the boat surrounded by the bad guys leads me to believe that the creators don't really care whether this comic is any good.

6.0
Green Hornet (2018) #4

Jul 5, 2018

I don't know how Clutch knew ahead of time to have a Mulan-fitted Hornet costume ready in Hong Kong. The ending is a good cliffhanger though, and I enjoyed developing Clutch's character a bit more.

8.5
Green Lantern (2011) #31

May 10, 2014

There is a lot going on in this issue but it is handled masterfully. We get some time for character development before jumping to a large space battle where a twist that was hinted at earlier pays off. Despite the crazy amount of characters, objects, and backgrounds to render, the art remains consistently professional and clear. I can't ask for much more in a Green Lantern comic!

7.0
Green Lantern (2011) #32

Jun 6, 2014

I don't get the impression that these Durlans are very intelligent at all. They're pretty much eliminating everyone EXCEPT the Green Lanterns. They are practically Lantern sympathizers, but the logic is that they will become invulnerable... soon. As in not yet! Maybe do that first guys? Other wise not a bad issue, but the art was a little confusing a couple times.

7.5
Green Lantern (2011) #33

Jul 6, 2014

Straight up action issue here, and it looks good. The segments with the Zezzen children are off-putting and kind of cheesy, they didn't add much and screwed up the tone.

6.5
Green Lantern (2011) #34

Aug 9, 2014

A lull in the constant space opera battles is nice but on the other hand, this issue didn't really strike and personal notes like I think it wanted to. Hopefully Simon Baz will stick around longer and actually get something to do for once... And please don't turn this into a Future's End tie-in.

7.5
Green Lantern (2011) #35

Oct 3, 2014

Pretty good, certainly better than the opening issue of Godhead. The story and characters have the breathing room that they need and the art is good and consistent.

7.5
Green Lantern (2011) #36

Nov 9, 2014

I wonder how many more acts there are to go. This is a pretty strong issue, largely because the New Gods are barely in it. As villains, they are about as interesting as mud. The strength of this issue is in the art and especially the interaction between Hal and Sinestro. I swear, the page lights on fire every times these two get together. Sinestro sees things in Hal that he can't himself and it is enlightening.

7.0
Green Lantern (2011) #37

Dec 11, 2014

Not bad. Some more conflict, I'm just waiting until we get to the story's resolution at this point.

7.0
Green Lantern (2011) #38

Jan 13, 2015

I think I needed a story where Hal gets out of the uniform as much as Hal himself did. The intense onslaught of lantern events have worn me down and I really did appreciate a quiet issue like this, even if it was a little predictably sentimental. The art was okay, but could be more refined and consistent. What's with the attitude from the guardians though? Neither Hal nor the Corps need to answer to these bigots anymore, they need to get over themselves.

6.5
Green Lantern (2011) #39

Feb 13, 2015

A somewhat forgettable but at least we've finally stepped out of the unending barrage of catastrophic events that threaten the universe.

8.5
Green Lantern (2011) #40

Mar 28, 2015

The only downside is that we don't actually witness how Hal comes to the decision to go in this direction, but it's a very intriguing direction to go in and I love the difficulty Hal and Kilowog go through together as a result. Now, if only Hal looked correct at the end of the last Justice League issue.

7.5
Green Lantern (2011) #41

Jun 28, 2015

While there is no denying that Hal's new hairstyle looks douchey, I get the idea of why it's all grown out, the guy is on the run. Why he's still clean shaven then is a different question. I like the new status quo, it's new and exciting. Green Lantern was in a place that it needed a break away from the grand space opera events of late, just to keep things fresh. I'm not sure how much time has past or what has happened in that time since issue #40, but the last page here is a heartbreaking cliffhanger.

7.5
Green Lantern (2011) #42

Jul 7, 2015

Really shrugs off the cliffhanger at the end of #41. Other than that, it's a good issue and a great idea for the next big threat.

8.0
Green Lantern (2011) #43

Aug 12, 2015

I'm really enjoying this slightly toned down Green Lantern; not everything is on a giant scale, there is room for some more personal discussion and character development (even if the threat at hand is still a threat to the universe). Relic is back in this one, and I he's pretty cool, I hope we see him again soon.

8.5
Green Lantern (2011) #45

Nov 6, 2015

I'm really enjoying this new direction for Hal, it's much more personal without the Corps around and the stakes are riskier. The one thing that threw me off was the ship being bored in the field, I thought it was a great idea but it seemed to be building to something without getting there before the end of the issue. So the buildup won't be as effective next month.

7.5
Green Lantern (2011) #46

Jan 23, 2016

Not such a complicated solution, but we got a relic team up out of it!

7.0
Green Lantern (2011) #47

Mar 6, 2016

Happy to see Hal's brother take on Hal's long hair, these two character have good chemistry. Good start to this arc, we'll see where it goes.

5.5
Green Lantern (2011) #48

Mar 6, 2016

Hal may be dealing with an incompetent terrorist group here. If your end goal is sovereignty from the nation you are within, why are you bombing targets in America rather than the nation you are demanding sovereignty from? Would the goal not be to put pressure on your own nation to grant your province soverignty, not the UN? While the UN has been involved in post-colonial border drawing, they don't exactly go about redrawing the borders of established nations willy nilly. I guess I should be fair and give this another issue, perhaps this Mordova has already held a referendum that the UN refuses to recognize or something. I guess we'll see. It's a bit of a backhanded excuse to vist Batman, of all people, for an information dump. I'm also still waiting to see what Paralax will have to do with any of this; it seems to be totally out of left field.

5.5
Green Lantern (2011) #49

Mar 8, 2016

Oh I see, Sonar is not a complex villain, he wants to fight every major country in the world; so he's just off his rocker. A very traditional comic book villain too, his diabolical plan is so outlandish, I feel like this comic should have come out 50 years ago. In that sense, it's kind of fun, in a rediculous way, I just wish someone told me ahead of time that I was reading Green Lantern '66. And again, Paralax shows up in the last page to be foreboding, I seriously did not need him to do that for three consecutive issues.

7.5
Green Lantern (2011) #50

May 22, 2016

Though it's better if you read this series ongoing, you could pick up this issue on it's own and get a relatively contained story. I'm glad Parallax finally entered the plot, I couldn't handle another cameo of him at the end of anymore issues, lol. The battle between Parallax and Hal is cool and emotional, concluding with an unexpected development in Hal's abilities. The thing I had a problem with is that Parallax takes off fleeing and it doesn't seem sufficient that he'd do that.

6.5
Green Lantern (2011) #51

May 22, 2016

Hal's saying Parallax will follow him because he just wants revenge on him? That wasn't the impression that I got from the last issue, the impression that I got was that he wanted, more than anything, to make sure nothing every happens to Century City again. So either Hal is misguided, or Venditti is writing Parallax's motivation inconsistently. I wonder if we're going to understand what's going on with construct Hal before this run is over. I like the bit with the space bounty-hunters, that frog alien with the tv in the back of his head is the coolest thing in this issue.

5.5
Green Lantern (2011) #52

May 22, 2016

Okay. I guess we're done with Parallax? What the heck happened there, Parallax was teased for months and #50 was it? It feels like there was supposed to be more but the course was changes at the last minute to accommodate the end of the run. So I'm assuming Parallax will be around in the next relaunch? This issue was focused on the Gray Agents, which are some random squad of aliens who've self-deputized themselves as the new law. They were thwarted in a bland manner that was build up to seem like a clever idea or something. It was weird and slightly confusing why these characters were introduced at all when maybe Hal could have re-centred himself as a cop from the interaction with Parallax instead. I think things are getting shuffled behind the scenes and it's just throwing the book in wild directions. I hope Rebirth is just the thing to get back on track.

8.0
Green Lantern (2011) Annual #3

Jan 5, 2015

Many comic events start out very promising and then peter out on a weak note. Godhead has been the opposite, it started out mundane and formulaic and ends very fun and exciting. The artwork is pretty epic, especially in the first few pages, some pages in the middle look rushed which is understandable, but it is a great effort for the most part. The revelations with Highfather are a little cheesy and forced, but there is enough action and other genuine character development present to let that slide. Godhead was a long and mostly flat roller coaster ride, but at least there was a big spiraling thrill at the end.

6.0
Green Lantern (2011): Futures End #1

Sep 4, 2014

This suffers from trying to fit the story in one issue while also cramming exposition into the dialog. A lot is explained but still a lot is left unexplained or is just weird. I wonder if this means we'll see Relic again in the main Green Lantern comic, it was left completely unexplained how he escapes the wall thing.

7.0
Green Lantern (2018) #1

Nov 29, 2018

A decent start, but I must say that I'm not getting the hype: where is the complexity in this plot? I think it's relatively average so far. I'm interested with where we are picking up with Hal, though his line about fighting is more characteristic of Guy Gardner; we're getting a bit of a hybrid between Hal and Guy here. The figure drawing is wonky in a couple panels and the clothing often looks overly wrinkled, but the layouts and inking are interesting, so I like the artwork overall. The end has me interested on what will happen next.

7.0
Green Lantern (2018) #2

Dec 17, 2018

Bad guys be up to shenanigans, and Hal interrogates a spider. I love the character designs and layouts, but I'm more interested in the last page than anything else.

6.0
Green Lantern (2018) #3

Jan 22, 2019

A cool idea, but the execution is too disjointed, almost amateurish.

8.0
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #31

Jun 6, 2014

This was an awesome and a welcome entry into the Uprising event. I will say though, for advanced manipulators of DNA, it is a good thing no one told the Durlans that their special prisoner has all the DNA they need to fulfill their monstrous plans and there was no need to delay in interrogating him... Just saying :P

8.0
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #32

Jun 13, 2014

The Durlans already being on Daxam clears up some of the apprehension I had with part 3 in Green Lantern. Part 4 here is well done, though I wish it the art was uniform throughout. My only other beef is with Sodam Yat's "I must stay hidden with my people" bullshit. Why reintroduce him only to throw the character back into obscurity?

9.5
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #33

Jul 12, 2014

Wow, this is a really good issue. The reveal is unexpected and well executed. I really feel for John Stewart, and I'm a little disturbed learning how far the Durlan was willing to go to maintain its cover up to now. Ending on a more personal part of the story is a great way to compliment the high caliber action of the previous issue and its false ending. The artwork is also fantastic, I like the panels that are rendered simply in red and white to give more emotional punch. Congratulations to the whole team behind Uprising for sticking the landing.

6.5
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #35

Oct 21, 2014

It's not a bad issue, but I'm not digging these villains or this storyline much at all. Also, the red & white panels need to be used more sparingly

5.5
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #36

Nov 17, 2014

Godhead is still way too repetitive, the formula for act 2 has changed slightly, but it is already apparent. The art is good for the most part but some of facial expressions aren't matching the way the dialog is meant to be delivered. At least John Stewart looks pretty in pink.

4.0
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #37

Dec 18, 2014

The story starts to get ridiculous followed shortly by a dive bomb in the quality of the art. There must have been extenuating circumstances behind the scenes of this comic, as if half of the pages needed to be turned in within a few days. A lot of the bad art is in silhouette to hide details as much as possible. This entire comic is just half-assed all around, it just doesn't communicate well and doesn't have any substance worth reading into anyways.

7.0
Green Lantern Corps (2011): Futures End #1

Sep 12, 2014

Pretty good for the most part. It is kind of a bummer that the cover spoils the end because that would have generated a greater impact otherwise. I don't really think I buy Stewart's act of aggression that leads to the end, it felt forced. The rest is a good "where are they now" story for Green Lantern Corps readers and probably holds no relevance whatsoever to the main Future's End story, which is fine by me.

4.0
Green Lantern/New Gods: Godhead #1

Oct 3, 2014

This just turned into a boring, overpriced monstrosity. With all of the exposition needed, this is like paying five dollars to do your homework. First, a ton of lore is regurgitated on you, then a bunch of new god characters are introduced with no time to explore them. Each page then consists of introducing one of the seven lantern colours followed by seven very half-baked snafus made by the individual gods. Another plot to take the rings away form the corps, yay... Nothing has any time to register for the significance it should have because this essentially has to act as a jump on point to introduce readers to a dozen villains, half a dozen lantern corps, plus backstories and lore. On top of that, the art is a Frankenstein's monster stitched together with an overuse of the red & white panels. I might have more patience if we didn't JUST finish the last freakin' Lantern crossover. Is it so much to ask to go for just 6 months without having to cross over into any other Lantern titles that I don't want to buy? Why can't I just buy one or two Lantern titles in peace? I realize some titles sell better than others, but if DC keeps pushing then they're going to break me and I won't be reading ANY Green Lantern anymore. If you are not reading any of the Lantern books, I wouldn't recommend starting here; if you already read one of the Lantern books... Well, then I guess you don't have a choice.

7.0
Green Lantern: New Guardians #35

Oct 24, 2014

This was one of the better entries in this unpleasant Godhead experience.

5.0
Green Lantern: New Guardians #36

Nov 26, 2014

The art is not as good as the previous issue's, but it's not bad. On the other hand, the story is pretty bad. Apparently, the best way to move the plot forward is to make Kyle Rayner an incompetent retard. The point of this issue was to deliver one crucial story element, other than that not much else really happens; so it's a big problem when I'm not buying the motivation for the only relevant story beat present in this comic.

5.5
Green Lantern: New Guardians #37

Jan 2, 2015

The art isn't as good as previous issue, but it works. The story isn't bad, but could be better. if I had a dollar for every double cross in this event series I'd be breaking even on the cost of each issue. It's all too convenient and unearned.

6.5
Green Lantern: The Lost Army #1

Jul 1, 2015

The story is alright, the art's alright; the whole DC U has been shaken up to change the status who and I wonder if this was a little overboard, we'll see how it plays out. I'm disheartened to see Guy without his beard or Red Lantern outfit.

6.0
Green Lanterns #1

Jun 19, 2016

The inclusion of the FBI and ARGUS make things a little messy, and frankly, I don't have any interest in them sticking their fingers in a Green Lantern story. Simon and Jessica are playing off of each other better than they were in the Rebirth one-shot where they were just annoying. They still don't work well together, but that is how it should be because their characters barely know each other, there is plenty of time to build chemistry between them still. I'm looking forward to conflict with the Red Lanterns, though this Hell Tower is weird and I'm not sure what to make of it yet. Atrocitus threatening Bleez at the end for her failure was just awkward because she wasn't even on Earth. Hopefully this series can course correct and get streamlined, I think all the elements for a great comic are there, but it just needs some refinement. I wonder if this biweekly schedule is partly to blame for a lack of refinement, we'll see moving forward how other titles fare.

7.5
Green Lanterns #2

May 29, 2017

The art could use some refinement in the moments between Jessica and her sister, they look kind of twisted and freaky. The plot is not bad, the stakes are huge but Humphries squeezes in some development of Jessica's character.

7.5
Green Lanterns #3

Aug 3, 2016

It's a little discouraging that this series would probably be better were it on a monthly schedule, the dialogue could be tightened up a bit, especially regarding the gun, yuck. Why was the gun coloured green? It's not a costruct, that's the whole point! I'm sure mistakes like that wouldn't happen on a monthly schedule, and we could have one penciller and inker rather than four of each. The art actually works better than you'd expect with eight artists, but one uniform style would still be preferable. The business between Baz and Bleez was pretty amazing, I don't understand why Bleez's anatomy changes, but whatever. It is enough that I want to finish this arc, I can't promise I'll stick around after that though.

7.5
Green Lanterns #4

Aug 12, 2016

The pep talk feels a little forced, sure, but overall, the characters feel human and vulnerable, the stakes are high and things are getting exciting.

8.5
Green Lanterns #5

Aug 27, 2016

A surprisingly good issue. Simon and Jessica are polar opposites but both are at the end of their rope and there doesn't appear to be much hope left. The art is grandiose and cool as well.

5.5
Green Lanterns #6

Sep 20, 2016

Jessica just gets over her construct problem without any sort of revelation, no light-bulb moment, just "oh look, now I can do it, I feel much better now." If that's not enough, Atrocitus decides, "Hmm, I have Simon Baz on the ropes, might as well flee without finishing him off"

7.5
Green Lanterns #7

Oct 30, 2016

The characters feel more authentic in this issues than they have in any of the previous issues. The dialogue and art just work this time. Despite the lack of a villain, this is one of the best issue in the series yet.

6.5
Green Lanterns #8

Oct 30, 2016

This goes over the origins of this ring and guardian, which isn't particularly compelling, he just made it and got caught. It's weird that he's had the ring for a zillion years and is super paranoid that someone will take it now, why is he only seeking help now?. But overall, I'd still call this issue a success. The art looks good too.

8.5
Green Lanterns #9

Oct 30, 2016

A dark and compelling origin story. I particularly like the layouts and colours, they set the mood effectively.

8.5
Green Lanterns #10

Nov 24, 2016

I new villain brings new life to this series, making this the unexpected title to follow in the mostly disappointing Rebirth relaunch.

8.5
Green Lanterns #11

Nov 24, 2016

Frank finally realizes his dream to be a hero, by hook or by crook. I love the smirks that Rocha draws for him. Simon and Jessica have to play the bad guys in this case to do the right thing and it ads some interesting drama when the media gets involved.

7.0
Green Lanterns #12

Dec 13, 2016

I like the continued character development between Simon and Jessica, but this issue treads water. It's also very funny that the Phantom Lantern guy thinks that posing for selfies in front of a monument is what heroes do.

7.0
Green Lanterns #13

Jan 13, 2017

I like the juxtaposition of Vulthoom's history as the nature of the Phantom ring is explained. Jessica and Simon fight their fears, I feel like that happens a lot these days. I'm getting tired of the exposition explaining Jessica's anxiety, just explain it once per arc, if a reader is jumping in right now, it's their own fault if they don't know anything about her.

8.0
Green Lanterns #14

Jan 13, 2017

Hey, what ever happened to B'dg? Remember when he was assigned to mentor Simon? Where'd he go? Anyways, I enjoyed this issue for the most part. I saw the little twisty twist coming regarding Rami, but it was cool either way. I hope that the Phantom Lantern returns, he was a compelling villain. Enough with the freakin' expository captions at the beginning of every issue already, am I going to have to come down to the DC offices and hurl eggs to get the message across?

9.0
Green Lanterns #15

Feb 5, 2017

It is temping to complain about ground being retread when it comes to Jessica's anxiety, but it's true that anxiety disorders aren't something that you simple 'get over'. This issue dives into that, using creative layouts to tell the story, and also reflects on how Simon struggles to identify with the problem and how to be supportive. I love seeing the super hero circle become more an more inclusive and Jessica opens new stories to be told that highlight a demographic that is largely ignored in comic books.

7.0
Green Lanterns #16

Feb 5, 2017

I think the tension between Simon and Batman would actually be very compelling if it were just reigned in by 20%. I'm a little disappointed to find out that this involves other lanterns yet again, The Green Lanterns need to step back from that well, it is nearly dried up.

8.0
Green Lanterns #18

Mar 6, 2017

Man, the Guardians are monsters for what they did to Volthoom, he really is the hero of his own story, and what a compelling backstory he has. The artwork in this issue is amazing, the colours are reminiscent of Alex Ross.

7.5
Green Lanterns #19

Apr 28, 2017

Huzzah, a villain whom is not power-ring related! So far I'm liking him, there is a genuine attempt to flush him out as a three dimensional villain, which is always a good thing.

7.5
Green Lanterns #20

Apr 28, 2017

If anyone is familiar with iFanboy, the guys on that podcast are going to hate this issue due to the insane overuse of the phrases: I got this, you got this, I got you, etc. Once you start noticing it, it pulls you out of the story. Nonetheless, I love the claustrophobic opening to the issue. And who can't relate to John Stewart griping about his space coffee?

8.0
Green Lanterns #21

Apr 28, 2017

This is a good climax to Polarity, it hit the right emotional cords and brings the partnership between Simon and Jess to the next level as they work together to overcome a huge impending disaster.

7.0
Green Lanterns #22

May 18, 2017

I forgot that Jess doesn't have any real training. What ever happened to B'dg, does anyone know?

7.5
Green Lanterns #23

May 27, 2017

Jessica and Simon are going through training which offers an opportunity to test their characters in new ways.

7.5
Green Lanterns #24

Jul 25, 2017

The training sequences are fun and the flashback is delightfully violent.

8.0
Green Lanterns #25

Jul 20, 2017

Wow, I love the art, let's see more from this team please. The story is great, the extra pages allow space to tell some back stories but it's the main story that I'm really into.

7.0
Green Lanterns #26

Jul 20, 2017

A decent origin for Vulthoom

6.0
Green Lanterns #27

Aug 2, 2017

Wait, what? *spoilers*: Earth ten billion years ago? Ten BILLION years ago??? It's called Google people, use it! I can't get over how stupid that is, is this an alternate universe that is billions of years offset from the regular universe? Because the Earth should not even exist that long ago. The is an otherwise decent comic but... Goddamn did that take me out of the story. I thought it was actually pretty funny how Baz curses Batman for convincing him to give up his gun, I was thinking the same thing.

6.0
Green Lanterns #28

Aug 18, 2017

I'm not really digging these seven lanterns and it is kind of silly how they instantly want to steal each other's rings.

6.0
Green Lanterns #29

Sep 24, 2017

The artwork is great, especially the colours, but the plot is a boring training issue that attempts to inspire the characters but we've been getting so much of this sort of thing lately in Green Lanterns, so it rings hollow.

6.5
Green Lanterns #30

Sep 24, 2017

The action has started and boy are there casualties. The wrong characters die in my opinion though, they killed off my favourite one and the most annoying one is still around. Come on Humphries, throw me a bone here.

7.0
Green Lanterns #31

Nov 5, 2017

Not a bad ending, a bit rushed. Can't say that the original seven lanterns did much for, this was a forgettable arc in general.

6.5
Green Lanterns #32

Nov 5, 2017

A decent character building issue.

7.5
Green Lanterns #33

Nov 4, 2017

Tim Seeley seamlessly picks up where Humphries left off. Jess and Simon will now somehow have to balance a work life with space cop duty, good luck with that. The artwork is excellent.

7.5
Green Lanterns #34

Nov 18, 2017

The artwork is great and, even though the Hot Wheels thing is cheesy, I like the heroic space rescue and the character development on Earth.

8.0
Green Lanterns #35

May 3, 2018

I actually like Bulphunga and the humorous, lighthearted approach that Seeley is using. Can't wait for the next one.

8.5
Green Lanterns #36

May 3, 2018

What's the perfect villain for space cops? A space lawyer! It's genius in it's simplicity and I sincerely hope that she'll be a recurring villain.

7.0
Green Lanterns #37

May 4, 2018

I like the overtones in the plot. Some elements of the plot don't land well, like sparring during the exposition, it was an attempt to keep that part of the comic exciting, but I wasn't buying it. The reveal at the end is intriguing... I'm assuming Liseth isn't underage, right?

6.0
Green Lanterns #38

May 4, 2018

The action jumps in the middle when Liseth gets herself lost, it felt like a page was missing. I'm not feeling the DNA machine thing, though I do like that it reveals the skeletons in Regent Vok's closet. It would have been a much stronger issue had the reveal been less obvious.

7.0
Green Lanterns #39

May 21, 2018

I like the undertones and appreciate what the book is going for, it's just a bit too dense with panels, sound effects and work balloons. I think less would be more in this case.

7.5
Green Lanterns #40

Sep 10, 2018

Seeley isn't afraid to get into his characters' romantic lives.

8.0
Green Lanterns #41

Sep 22, 2018

That is the weirdest resolution to a chase/fight... I like it.

8.5
Green Lanterns #42

Sep 22, 2018

The artwork in this issue is excellent. I love that Seeley brought religious exemptions into space laws, it reflects some real world loopholes.

7.5
Green Lanterns #43

Sep 30, 2018

That's quite the jump for Jessica Cruz to go from unable to make a construct to performing brain surgery on multiple conscious subjects. I don't buy it. I do like the ending though.

8.0
Green Lanterns #44

Sep 30, 2018

I love the artwork and the inclusion of a single father transformer with PTSD, but since when can Green Lanterns phase through matter?

8.0
Green Lanterns #45

Oct 2, 2018

Good art, and excellent expansion to Jessica Cruz's character.

8.5
Green Lanterns #46

Oct 2, 2018

This issue's art is even better than the last one's. I love the brief return of Power Ring.

7.5
Green Lanterns #47

Oct 6, 2018

So Simon and Jessica's rings ported to their night stands when they entered the black hole? Doesn't make sense. It's a mostly satisfying ending to the arc though, a good way to close Seeley's run.

8.0
Green Lanterns #48

Oct 13, 2018

We jump right in with Jessica on the run for reasons that aren't made clear yet, but I like flying blind like this to change things up. Jessica could easily hold down her own title.

7.0
Green Lanterns #50

Nov 24, 2018

I'm not sure what is going on with the rings, but I'm intrigued to find out. The artwork in this issue needs serious help.

7.5
Green Lanterns #51

Nov 24, 2018

The plot is intriguing, who doesn't like a murder mystery? Tighter art would elevate the issue.

7.0
Green Lanterns #52

Nov 25, 2018

I like the concept: an unknown enemy hacking the rings to combat the Lanterns in a way they aren't prepared for.

7.0
Green Lanterns #53

Nov 27, 2018

Green Lanterns save the day, while Simon Baz is about to mess everything up.

4.0
Green Lanterns #54

Nov 27, 2018

Cyborg Superman goes into a monologue to explain the convoluted and ridiculous series of events that he orchestrated from a galaxy far away... While locked in a vault.... Because... Hacking... Science... I find it insulting to expect me as a reader to swallow this BS. If you hacked the Kryptonian tech, WHY DIDN'T YOU LET YOURSELF OUT OF THE F-ING VAULT!? At least it gives a nod to Baz's character development at the end.

5.0
Green Lanterns #55

Nov 27, 2018

Anyone else find Eon bland and annoying? I don't think the plot would be any different if he were cut out completely since Cyborg Superman seems to be capable of anything and everything at this point.

4.0
Green Lanterns #56

Nov 28, 2018

'The Green' is a thing that has been previously established in Swamp Thing, it has nothing to do with the Green Lanterns. If I know this, the editors at DC certainly should. But that's not the only problem: after Cyborg Superman clearly establishes his control over most of the rings, the Lanterns end up regained full use of them anyways because Cyborg Superman... stops caring? Jurgens also manages to subvert the themes previously established with Simon Baz regarding his reliance on a gun. Now we know truth: that guns are the only reliable thing, the NRA leaders would be proud!

3.0
Green Lanterns #57

Nov 28, 2018

Where to start? I hate the deus ex machina Lanterns coming to the rescue. I hate the lack of climax and resolution regarding Cyborg Superman. Eon's escape off screen is total bullshit. The guardians pull a Snowball V/Armin Tamzarian with the planet Oa. All to segue into Morrison's upcoming run and to conclude the Vendetti's run on Green Lantern Corps... which is a different comic! The whole point of this series was to give shine to Simon Baz and Jessica Cruz, but they spend the last arc fading into the background, undoing what little character development there was for Simon Baz (regarding his gun), and "curing" Jessica Cruz of her anxiety. What an F you to those of us that actually manage an anxiety disorder. Eat shit DC. And look, I don't blame Dan Jurgens entirely as he clearly had to write within tight constraints (keep Cyborg Superman on the lam, bring Oa back, get rid of Jessica), but this is just bad storytelling and encapsulates so many of the problems that plague the comic book industry's model.

7.5
Green Lanterns Annual #1

Oct 6, 2018

A pretty decent done-in-one story/ The artwork isn't bad, but could be better.

6.5
Green Lanterns: Rebirth #1

Jun 4, 2016

There are two artists, one of them is a little bit stiff, but good art overall. The plot hasn't kicked in yet, the pieces are just being set up, this is basically a prelude or #0. I like Simon Baz and Jessica Cruz individually, but their bickering is already annoying, I hope that smooths out because these characters desperately need chemistry if this series is going to work. I've been waiting years for a Simon Baz comic, please tell me it gets better from here.

8.0
Grizzly Shark #1

Apr 18, 2016

Grizzly Shark can't be beat in terms of absurd fun, except maybe by Sea Bear. This is a coloured reprint of the original Grizzly Shark feature, as a result I would have preferred a $2.99 price tag, but at least it's $3.50 and not $3.99. I remember loving this a few years ago and it still holds up now, I can't wait to sea what crazy sharks are coming next.

8.5
Grizzly Shark #2

May 18, 2016

The best part is when this jerkwad tries to pick a fight with the legless guy. Ooo, big man!

8.0
Grizzly Shark #3

Jun 13, 2016

So many horrible people die, yet they all deserve it somehow. I laughed the most at the oldly suicidal father who gets mad that his son nearly kills him. The showdown with Seabear is cool but a little too compressed and anti-climactic. I think this may be the last issue, this was a hilarious and absurd comedy that I'd highly recommend if that sounds like your sort of thing.

5.0
Guardians of Knowhere #1

Aug 16, 2015

This tie-in is an easy skip. It seems to be irrelevant and isn't very interesting.

7.5
Guardians of the Galaxy (2015) #1

Oct 23, 2015

Benefits from Bendis's trademark dialog. I love Kitty filling in for Star Lord, she brings something interesting to the table unlike Ben Grimm. Some parts seems utterly ignored though, when did they pick up this mysterious object? I seem to have missed that part. The art is excellent, great expressions and storytelling.

7.5
Gwenpool Holiday Special: Merry Mix Up #1

Nov 26, 2017

These weird, alternate holiday traditions are hilarious, and offer surprising commentary on modern Christmas traditions and stupid obsessions (War on Christmas anyone)? I enjoyed this issue a lot more than I thought I would.

5.0
Gwenpool Special #1

May 12, 2016

SHE-HULK//EVER GREEN: A decent Christmas plot, there are a few laughs and goofy villains. I like that this one ties all of the mini-stories together, but I don't get the resolution though, what's with the mirror? Am I missing something? Ruins the whole story. -- MS GRINCH: I don't get the theme that this is going for, seems to be on the fence about whether Kamala should embrace her heritage or embrace the holidays. Pick one or be more clear about what is happening to make a compromise. -- HAWKEYE VS DEADPOOL VS THE HOLIDAYS: This is the best one hands down, it is genuinely funny and a little touching. -- GWENPOOL'S HOLIDAY ADVENTURE: The title character only plays a small part, which is this short story. It has nothing to do with Christmas.

7.5
Gwenpool Strikes Back #1

Aug 22, 2019

I dig Gwenpool's 4th wall breaking abilities, so I'm glad to this that back in the front-and-center.

4.0
Gwenpool Strikes Back #2

Sep 19, 2019

At this point the series is becoming too overly self-indulgent. The dialog in this is terrible, I can't tell if it is purposeful but none of the 19 year olds that I've met talk this way.

9.0
Gyo #1

Feb 23, 2023

Other than writing Kaori to be annoying and useless, this is really cool.

9.0
Gyo #2

Feb 23, 2023

This is one of the most viscerally disturbing things I've ever read... In a good way.

6.0
H.G. Wells' The Island of Dr. Moreau #1

Aug 29, 2019

The narrative doesn't flow well and the dialogue often feels disjointed but the pencil work and creature designs are superb. I'm not going to recommend purchasing this, but certainly flip through it the next time you are in your local comic book shop.

7.0
H.G. Wells' The Island of Dr. Moreau #2

Oct 27, 2019

Again, the artwork is fantastic but the narrative needs more pages to breath.

9.0
Hack / Slash: 15th Anniversary Special #1

Jan 2, 2020

A personal and honest story from Tim Seeley featuring himself as he reflects on the ups and down of his seminal creation while interacting with it directly. The bonus material is short but enjoyable, including a couple stories from new creative teams, some funny quotables from Vlad taken out of context, and a chronological reading timeline.

7.0
Hack / Slash: Resurrection #1

Nov 4, 2017

Welcome back Hack/Slash! It's not Tim Seeley writing, but he's present behind the scenes. The art is a bit disappointing, it is very inconsistent. It feels very much like Cassie Hack though, Howard got her character down.

7.5
Hack / Slash: Resurrection #2

Dec 18, 2017

This captures the look and feel of the original Hack/Slash material effectively. I'd still like to see the artwork be more consistent, as some pages look rushed compared to others. It is not a must-read, but I'm having fun so far watching Cassie's antics, I don't really see a need to bring Vlad back yet.

7.0
Hack / Slash: Resurrection #3

Jan 23, 2018

The story is getting sexy but that artwork... It has gone from inconsistent to consistently sloppy. It is very shorthand, it looks rushed and the anatomy is all over the place.

7.0
Hack / Slash: Resurrection #4

Feb 12, 2018

There is plenty to pick apart but something keeps me coming back. It just feels like authentic Hack/Slash.

8.0
Hack / Slash: Resurrection #5

Mar 10, 2018

Oooo, we've got some drama.

6.5
Hack / Slash: Resurrection #6

Apr 15, 2018

The pace is a bit too rushed to get the plot wrapped up.

8.0
Hack / Slash: Resurrection #7

Aug 1, 2018

Ugly old occultists, nice. I got some chuckles.

8.0
Hack / Slash: Resurrection #8

Aug 28, 2018

The fast food taco menu is a funny open, and I love Cassie's nostalgic affinity for this town that is SUPPOSED to be goodie two shoes, it is adorably out of character for her typical pessimistic self.

7.5
Hack / Slash: Resurrection #9

Aug 28, 2018

I didn't realize vampires are afraid of cats. You learn something new every day? I like how Vampirella throws on a pair of jeans but still openly displays her red sling-bikini for lack of a top. I can't really suspend disbelief that Cassie and Vampirella aren't turning heads everywhere they go. I'm fine with having one comic left that still indulges in the guilty pleasure of unnecessarily scantily clad women, but at least give Cassie something more fashionable. Hell, her old fishnets would be an improvement over this fucked up strap & sweater sleeve abomination.

7.5
Hack / Slash: Resurrection #10

Sep 6, 2018

I don't think Vampirella would do this, maybe she's playing a long con.

5.5
Hack / Slash: Resurrection #11

Sep 30, 2018

The carnival stuff feels inappropriate to the rest of the arc's established tone, but it's worth it for the laughs. The problem is that the ending is completely rushed and sloppy, with some half-assed explanations.

8.0
Hack / Slash: Resurrection #12

Oct 23, 2018

I don't know if this is the result of more experience or if more time and care was taken with this issue, but the artwork is head and shoulders above previous issues. I love the idea of a magically censored town with an evil censoring vigilante that basically turned the town into a bunch of dim, uncultured idiots by eliminating all the good media. It is a fulfilling way to conclude the series.

7.5
Hack / Slash: Son of Samhain #1

Jul 2, 2014

Hack/Slash is back sooner than I thought. It's a shame not to see Tim Seeley writing, but he's still behind the scenes and the creative team seems to be capturing Cassie's character well. I'm saddened to learn what has become of the family Cassie started, but I can see the trouble with keeping them in the picture. On the other hand it is a missed opportunity to add a completely new dynamic to future stories, so I have mixed feelings. I also notice the absence of Cassie's typical fishnet apparel, I have mixed feelings about that too.

7.5
Hack / Slash: Son of Samhain #2

Aug 8, 2014

The art is fantastic, especially in the only fight sequence of the issue, so it's enhancing the reading experience for sure. The plot itself does not progress far, just enough to satisfy; I understand that new readers need time to get familiar with these characters. The narration and dialog could stand to be trimmed a little, but that's fairly standard with Hack/Slash.

7.0
Hack / Slash: Son of Samhain #3

Sep 3, 2014

The art is great! I never missed Cat Curio, but I'm ecstatic to see humble Pooch again (watch the inconsistency in the rendering of his snout though). The plot is intriguing and building to something juicy, but still a little dialog heavy.

6.5
Hack / Slash: Son of Samhain #4

Oct 2, 2014

The Cassie centric part of the story is good, but I'm perplexed why they'd visit a weapons depot, with the intent of taking on an army, and only take a couple swords (well for two out of the three characters). There's not forethought, which is usually present in a Hack/Slash comic.

7.0
Hack / Slash: Son of Samhain #5

Nov 8, 2014

With great art and decent story, this is enough to satisfy fan cravings but it won't be as memorable as previous Hack/Slash affairs.

7.5
Hack/Slash vs Vampirella #1

Oct 8, 2017

Aldridge captures Cassie and Vlad's voices perfectly. The artwork is very sold aside from Cassie's abdominals looking anorexic, great layouts and use of shadow and colour.

7.5
Hack/Slash vs Vampirella #2

Nov 26, 2017

Have to admit, these three make a great team.

9.0
Hack/Slash vs Vampirella #3

Feb 25, 2018

I'm impressed by how well the line artist differentiates between Cassie and Vamirella, even head shots show a clear distinction. The colours are excellent as well, matching the mood and action perfectly. The issue hits it's high point in Cassie's mind, Aldridge uses a nice vehicle for Cassie to make her deduction.

7.0
Hack/Slash vs Vampirella #4

Feb 25, 2018

I get why Cassie and Vlad flee from the warehouse with Vamirella, though the resurgence of the demon things could have been led into far more gracefully. I don't get the Blood Queen's plan, it seems... unnecessary.

8.0
Hack/Slash vs Vampirella #5

Feb 25, 2018

I'm still loving the art. Extra credit for the snakes on the heads, that was hilarious! This turned out to be a great, fun crossover, I'm glad that I picked it up. If Vampirella and Vlad actually got together, I would be totally down for it. Don't let this be the last crossover for these two properties.

4.0
Hack/Slash vs. Chaos! #1

Dec 15, 2018

I'm a fan of Hack/Slash and Tim Seeley, but this is just sloppy and shallow, I might as well be reading a summary.

4.5
Hack/Slash vs. Chaos! #2

Jan 14, 2019

Better than the first issue, but it still feels like there is a big gap in the middle.

6.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #1

Jul 31, 2016

First issue sets the Sinestro Corps up as the new sheriff in town but, other than that, not much happens. I don't even know how the Green Lantern Corps returns, is that going to be covered in the next issue? Don't expect me to buy those Green Lantern Corps issues from months ago, that ain't happening.

5.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #2

Aug 15, 2016

Not much happens.

7.0
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #3

Sep 22, 2016

A slug fest for most of the issue, not complaining.

8.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #4

Sep 22, 2016

The scene between Guy and Sinestro alone is worth the price of admission. It was a touch of comedy at the right moment and it really flushed the characters out. My respect for Guy Gardner shot through the roof.

7.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #5

Nov 2, 2016

Nice dialogue and I like the way the plot is progressing.

7.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #6

Nov 2, 2016

Jacked up Hal vs jacked up Sinestro, hell yeah!

9.0
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #7

Nov 3, 2016

Epic showdown between Hal and Sinestro, with some other thoughtful developments in the evil fear torture chamber thing.

7.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #8

Nov 24, 2016

Green and yellow teaming up against Starro, what's not to like?

8.0
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #9

Nov 27, 2016

Featuring the appearance of a couple old friends, this is good Green Lantern with high stakes.

7.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #10

Jan 13, 2017

Obviously Hal isn't going to stay dead when his name is in the title of the comics, so I think I'm safe to at least comment on that without receiving spoiler accusations. Who isn't tired of the dead hero coming back to life? Well, in this case it makes a little more sense given how Venditti previously established this weird phenomena where Hal was becoming a light construct. Logically, I'm expecting that Hal should remain a light construct moving forward, with only the appearance of flesh and blood, but we'll see, I doubt that is the case. The message that Hal receives while in his Lantern afterlife isn't all that subtle, I think we all know where it's headed. The final page reveal has me a little disheartened that this is going to be yet another story revolving around other Lantern wielders. I had my hopes up with Brainiac and Starro that we'd dive into some classic DC villains, only to get hit with the ol' switcheroo. It's a well, executed issue overall though, so I'm of two minds about it. I do still like this book and I'm planning to stick with it so long as Venditti keeps up with his knack for good plotting and structure.

8.0
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #11

Jan 13, 2017

A charming bit of fun as Green and Yellow team up to outsmart Orange. Excellent artwork from Sandoval, especially the layouts.

7.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #12

Feb 5, 2017

I'm not buying the whole, "Stop him, he's getting away!" "No, let him go" nonsense, but this I'm willing to let that slide for an otherwise entertaining story of vandalism for the greater good.

5.0
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #13

Jan 31, 2017

Taken out of context, this reads as a good one-shot. However, in reality this is coming right off the end of a story arc and it literally summarizes that arc... The arc that I just finished reading. I'm not particularly interested in paying for a recap for something that I just read. That being said, it was executed gracefully and with good artwork. I would recommend this issue to someone who is looking for a jump-on point, if that sounds like you, give this issue a go. On the other hand, if you are reading this series on an ongoing basis, this is a bit of a 'screw you.'

7.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #14

Feb 15, 2017

I'm not familiar with this Cabbie character, but I like him already. It's cool to see all of the iconic Lantern characters interacting once again. Now, if we could just get a good new villain in there.

7.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #15

Mar 1, 2017

Guy is being his badass self. The way that the conflict with the misery monster thing is resolved is kind of... vague? It wasn't a particularly inspiring climax, but the falling action is good, the artwork is detailed (especially with the colours), and I like the issue overall.

9.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #16

May 29, 2017

Oh hell yeah! Guy vs Arkillo in fisticuffs and the artists don't hold back in the brutality at all. It works extremely effectively juxtaposed with Guy's abusive upbringing. This issue was a highlight, check it out even if you aren't reading the series but you like some good ol' fashion violence in your comics.

7.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #17

Mar 28, 2017

The moments with Guy are truly the highlight of this issue despite the major plot point revolving around Kyle. So, Kyle was trying to resurrect the dead blue lanterns and this happened instead? I guess the rules surrounding the white ring have always been vague, it's often used as a deus ex machina, so is this a good development? I don't know, we have plenty of green lanterns from earth as it is, I don't see the reason to take this direction, but I'll give it a chance.

8.0
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #18

May 29, 2017

Green and Yellow scrap like anyone would expect, but there are no signs of the alliance ending soon. Couple that with the wrench thrown into the works in the last couple pages and I can't help but be impressed with the directions that Venditti continues to take this series.

8.0
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #19

May 7, 2017

I'm growing fond of Space Ape.

8.0
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #20

May 29, 2017

This arc is shaping up nicely. There are new villains that are not rehashings of the other light spectrums and yet still fall within the Green Lantern mythos.

8.0
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #21

Jun 3, 2017

A good, old-fashioned superhero soap opera.

7.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #22

Jul 9, 2017

Yeah, space pirates!

9.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #24

Jul 27, 2017

The character building in this issue is inspired, this is the super hero soap opera at its best. The artwork is exceptional too, great line work, colours and layouts. Even the lettering is great, I'm impressed that DC is getting the hang of this biweekly schedule.

8.0
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #25

Aug 3, 2017

It does seem a bit of a stretch for Soranik to overreact this much considering she never knew this son aside from the fact that he's bad guy. It's still a pretty sweet comic though, with great art. I love that Guy and Arkillo are ironically the most reluctant to fight each other, that was a nice touch.

7.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #26

Oct 7, 2017

The New Gods are entering the Green Lantern mythos again, I'm hoping this arc is better than the last one to include the New Gods was.

8.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #27

Oct 7, 2017

Well now, that's some creative problem solving.

8.0
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #28

Oct 7, 2017

A touching piece of character development tucked between story beats.

8.0
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #29

Oct 17, 2018

Venditti is skilled at seamlessly giving each lantern a chance to shine in their own way.

7.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #30

Oct 19, 2018

I assume that this ties in with events in Superman issues, but there is never a caption box to explain. It reads fine on its own regardless.

7.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #31

Oct 19, 2018

Feels like an abrupt ending. These little alien dudes are cool, I kind of hope we see them again.

6.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #32

Oct 19, 2018

I read the issues of the main Metal series, so I know who the bad guys are, but I haven't read part 1-2 of "Bats Out of Hell." Hal Jordan & the Green Lantern Corps is in my pull file so I was concerned that this issue wouldn't make sense on its own. However, it actually works alright as its own issue so long as you know the basics of the Metal series. I don't actually feel any need to read the other Bat Out of Hell issues, and I probably won't because they honestly don't interest me. The artwork in this issue is excellent, but I really could have skipped it entirely without missing out on any plot. The entire issue seems like Hal is going to overcome this challenge and then... Surprise! It makes the entire issue feel like a waste of time.

7.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #33

Oct 22, 2018

Stunning artwork. I like this new lantern too, a child's innocence is a nice change of pace.

7.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #34

Oct 22, 2018

I enjoy contrasting the different investigatory approaches that each character employs.

9.0
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #35

Oct 26, 2018

I love the four friend motif that holds the issue together, the way that it comes together at the end is elegant in its simplicity. And that artwork, holy crap! It's like a more dynamic Brian Bolland, kudos!

8.0
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #36

Oct 27, 2018

It's not that there is anything special about the plot, in fact the method with which the Green Lanterns manage to overcome the Controllers is pretty bare bones. The execution and artwork are excellent though, and I like the epilogue.

8.0
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #37

Oct 27, 2018

Another great art team. When Zod shows up, it's a pretty "Oh s***!" moment.

8.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #38

Oct 28, 2018

Hal always finds the coolest ways to get though situations like this.

8.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #39

Nov 3, 2018

Nothing like space cops playing by their own rules. I like the talk with Zod too.

9.0
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #40

Nov 3, 2018

Nice action, love the layouts. Look at you Guardians gaslighting John Stewart on the first page; he let you guys take your leadership roles again with the understanding that he'd be a watch dog against your judgement, but here you are complaining already about disobedience. You'd think someone near immortal would have a better memory.

5.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #41

Nov 10, 2018

I'm still not clear what Kyle did to the ring in the previous issue. The end was quite underwhelming, it renders the entire arc nearly pointless.

8.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #42

Nov 12, 2018

Nice character piece and great artwork.

8.0
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #43

Nov 12, 2018

Former allies make the best adversaries. The teleporting thing is going to be difficult to deal with. The Green Lanterns shouldn't be surprised about the teleporting though, did Hal not brief anyone else after he witness Tomar-Tu phase jump in the previous issue?

8.0
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #44

Nov 13, 2018

Catching up with some old friends.

8.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #45

Nov 13, 2018

Any question as to whether or not the Darkstars are the bad guys was put to bet on pages 2 and 3 when they unleashed their "justice" on someone who didn't deserve it. I love the cover of this issue. The plot is great, always fun to make unlikely allies. The pacing around Guy's decision could have been better, make him consider it for at least one breath, lol.

9.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #46

Nov 13, 2018

Guy's hitting a new low and Hal looks like he got in over his head. Things aren't looking good for the Green Lanterns right now, and I love it. The last page has me cheering, hell yeah!

9.0
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #47

Nov 23, 2018

Venditti keeps knocking them out of the part, he sure knows how to go out on a high note. Each lantern overcomes his personal challenge in his own way. Hal and Guy are particularly captivating. I'm really glad that the friendship between Guy and Arkillo continues to be relevant to the plot. This artist is god too, especially with backgrounds.

7.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #48

Nov 23, 2018

At long last, the battle begins. At this point the Darkstars are little more than murderers. It's not justice to murder a Green Lantern that has dedicated their lives to stopping crime. It's weird that this is billed as part one of an arc, it is clearly a continuation of the previous arc and not a jump-on point.

8.0
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #49

Nov 23, 2018

This is why you don't mess with the Green Lantern Corps. Where there's a will, there is a way.

8.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #50

Nov 23, 2018

Great send-off to the series. Don't be a stranger Robert Venditti.

7.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps: Rebirth #1

May 29, 2017

Aside from some funky anatomy in the last few pages, the artwork is fantastic. This functions as a good issues to get new readers caught up and to move forward into Hal Jordan's new direction.

8.5
Hank Johnson, Agent of Hydra #1

Sep 12, 2015

This is excellent! It's just a day in the life of a hydra goon, his life is the same as everyone else. The story purposefully a little bland because it reflects real life, but that's the point. It's also very funny.

7.5
Hardcore (2018) #1

Jan 26, 2019

The concept isn't new or original (even when it was introduced in Pilot Season 2012) but the execution is decent, with hope that the plot takes an interesting direction. As long as other creators are running with the ideas introduced in Pilot Season, this is me saying I'd like to see Stealth made into a short series.

8.5
Harleen (2019) #1

Oct 1, 2019

The artwork is excellent and Harleen's character is handled faithfully. I'll be reading the rest of the series for sure.

9.0
Harleen (2019) #2

Nov 3, 2019

It strikes me that Harleen is playing a bit of a manipulation game of her own at the end, am I the only one picking up on this? Maybe she had a genuine fling with an instructor in her past, but it didn't end up hurting her career. So part of her may be falling into old habits, but I have a feeling there's more to it. Either way, this title is standing out above the other Joker/Harley DC Black Label titles bring published right now.

9.5
Harleen (2019) #3

Jan 21, 2020

This is moving and disturbing that the same time, quite the feat and yet a couldn't imagine the Joker and Harley as anything less than a supremely unhealthy relationship that I can't pull my eyes away from. The one variable that isn't clicking for me is Harvey Dent, he feels contrived to drive the plot forward more than he feels like an organic character.

5.0
Harley Quinn (2013) #0

May 21, 2014

Meh, it's a cool idea but works out to be an issue I'd rather skim through casually then to actually read.

7.5
Harley Quinn (2013) #1

May 21, 2014

It's a fun read but not really something that I want to come back to.

8.0
Harley Quinn: The Animated Series (2021): The Eat. Bang! Kill. Tour #1

Sep 19, 2021

I haven't actually watched the series, but I didn't have any problems following the plot. Harley and Ivy are the most adorable couple but what really shines here is the draftsmanship, it's among the most expressive, life-filled cartooning I've ever seen in a comic

7.5
Harrow County #1

Jun 21, 2015

Creepy and intriguing with art that is rich and unique. I like the one page backup story too.

5.0
Hawkeye (2016) #1

Feb 16, 2017

Marvel has been delivering a number of excellent books led by female characters, but this one feels like a clone stamped derivative of those other books by making Kate Bishop a sassy private investigator. She'd be a decent character if she was about 25% less annoying. The artworks is pretty good though.

7.5
Hawkman (2018) #1

Jun 28, 2018

I've never read Hawkman but I like Venditti's work. This is interesting, there are a multitude of paths the story could take. I feel bad for that golem though, Hawkman was the villain of that act.

9.0
Hedra #1

Apr 3, 2021

I'm always impressed with comics that communicate so clearly without any text.

7.0
Hellbreak #1

Mar 22, 2015

An interesting concept but the art, characters and execution don't offer enough else to grab me in the first issue alone.

5.0
Heroes In Crisis #1

Oct 5, 2018

The artwork is amazing aside from the stale facial expressions. Other than that, there's not much to recommend here. It's not like superheroes dealing with emotional baggage is a new concept, we need more than superheroes being sad and Harley Quinn eating pie. We need a plot.

5.5
Heroes Reborn (2021) #1

Aug 8, 2021

Not even Jason Aaron can make Squadron Supreme interesting. Give it up Marvel, stop trying to make Squadron Supreme a thing, it's not happening.

7.5
Hex Wives #1

Nov 4, 2018

The captions in the first half are a pain to read at the same time as the word bubbles. Once the captions stop, the book gets much smoother and provokes a lot of questions. It's difficult to gauge from this first issue if this is something I want to stick with, I need more to go on.

7.0
Hexware (2022) #1

Dec 12, 2022

The world and main character are interesting. The plot looks like it will revolve around hunting down bounties for the Devil, or something along those lines, and that interests me less since it's been done before.

7.5
High Heaven #1

Oct 13, 2019

Funny so far, not sure how much it will stand out compared to the Netflix series with a similar concept. The prose backup by Grant Morrison was surprisingly underwhelming.

8.0
High Heaven #2

Apr 5, 2020

Man, why is everyone in heaven such a douche? The backup material is all good too, and there's a lot of it.

7.5
High Heaven #3

Apr 29, 2020

St. Peter is such a douche in this. I particularly liked the Crosstown Traffic backup story.

9.5
High Heaven #4

Apr 29, 2020

Everything about L-Meat is revealed and it's a sublime take on the excruciating mediocrity of the world. This issue moved this story up to the next level.

8.0
High Heaven #5

Apr 29, 2020

A harsh ending for David but I can't say I was expecting any better. The backup stories were good but nothing blew me away this time.

7.0
Hit-Girl (2018) #1

Feb 25, 2018

It feels a bit out of character for Hit-Girl, but I'll go with it. I'm happy to see a change up in artists from JRJ, someone fresh, but this artist doesn't seem to be very consistent. Some panels are excellent, but some just look downright sloppy.

5.0
Hit-Girl (2018): Season Two #1

Feb 22, 2019

It's been a while since I read a Kevin Smith comic, so I jumped on this but it turns out to be a disappointment. I don't know if it is me or the times changing, but Hit-Girl just doesn't do anything for me anymore. When South Park joked about school shootings, it was commentary on how American society is becoming numb to it. Such justification does not apply here and it just comes off in poor taste.

4.0
Hit-Girl (2018) #2

Apr 8, 2018

I'm already severely disappointed with where the series is at. I love the Kick-Ass franchise, but this is just a showcase for what kind of kooky sci-fi spy weapons Millar can dream up. There's no substance and no character that I can relate to anymore, including Hit-Girl. I also can't help but acknowledge the crocodile on pages 4 and 5, it seems to be bipedal and capable of dancing for some reason. Hilarious, but it takes me out of the story completely.

7.5
Hollow Heart #1

Feb 21, 2021

I'm instantly intrigued by this, there is clearly an underlying theme being nurtured, but I wish there was more in this first issue to set up the narrative for the series because there isn't a lot to go on yet.

9.5
Home (2021) #1

Apr 25, 2021

I have actually read into the mistreatment of asylum seekers during the Trump administration and, as much as the Trump simps here don't want to admit it, this portrayal is accurate, all the way down to the notorious "Icebox." Several children died of untreated sickness, thousands report sexual abuse, and for a period of time there was no attempt to keep records that would allow parents to be reunited with their children, which is why so many still have not been reunited today. Everyone who denies these events out of some misguided sense of nationalist pride is complicit and deserving of their role as the modern comic book villain. Keep crying.

9.0
Home (2021) #2

Jun 7, 2021

The life drawings still need work but the story is top-notch. This issue calls out ICE and also features a nice Caucasian father and son out hunting that try to help our protagonist... But notice how certain users will still characterize this book as somehow anti-white anyways. Interesting.

8.0
Home (2021) #3

Aug 8, 2021

The phone call between mother and son is quite heartbreaking, but the narrative is getting off the rails when police go hiding in the bushes to spring out on our heroes.

8.5
Home (2021) #4

Aug 8, 2021

Poor Juan is just a kid and can't help but play with the other children, potentially blowing his cover. This is one of the biggest tragedies on display here, watching a child robbed of their childhood.

7.0
Home (2021) #5

Aug 22, 2021

It feels like we go a bit off the rails when ICE is shooting automatic weapons and driving some sort of APC, but I suppose they did come to the scene expected to confront a super-powered individual, so it makes sense they'd come armed to the teeth in this world. The ending suggests that we're likely to see this story continue in the future.

6.0
Horizon #1

Jul 28, 2016

The only indication of the wider story at hand is in the solicitation description and in the comic's backmatter. The issue itself doesn't give any indication that Earth is now an imperialist planet or anything like that, so we are left focusing on this one character, who is rather interesting but, without any context given within the pages of the comic, the delivery falls flat and becomes boring. Captions have become a crutch in a lot of comics, but in this case I think they'd help. I'm sure that everything will be revealed in good time but this issue struggles to stand on its own without a foundation. As for the artwork, it communicates well enough but I'd like to see more detail. I don't like to see the colourist shouldering more effort than the penciler/inker.

8.0
Hotell #1

Mar 24, 2020

Want to read something disturbing? Look no further.

7.5
House of Slaughter #1

Oct 30, 2021

This issue spins seamlessly out of Something Is Killing The Children, all of the key characters in the latest arc make an appearance here. I think this will wet some appetites for those who want to further explore Aaron's character and the lore of the House of Slaughter. I wouldn't recommend this for anyone that isn't already reading the main series, this works well as a companion piece but I doubt it would stand stand well on its own. That being said, I hope I speak for all of us when I ask: where is the spinoff series for the grey masks? They seem pretty cool...

8.5
House of Slaughter #2

Jan 8, 2022

This issue hits with a double whammy of character development and world development. Good stuff.

7.0
House of Slaughter #3

Jan 8, 2022

I think Tynion has been writing Batman for too long, how are these kids getting around so efficiently on rooftops? I'm started to get a bit mixed up. Aaron is hunting Jace right? The team-up moment just seems like it's missing. I'm also getting bored with the same reoccurring monster designs, they're fictional monsters generated by a child's fear, change the look up guys!

8.0
House of Slaughter #4

Feb 5, 2022

It took a few issues to get here, but now that we are now, but it was worth the journey.

8.0
House of Slaughter #5

Mar 2, 2022

A strong and touching end to this arc.

7.0
House of Slaughter #6

Jun 5, 2022

Looks like we're checking out a new character. Not sure where this is going, but it will at least expand on the House of Slaughter mythos.

4.0
House of Slaughter #7

Sep 15, 2022

Um... Nothing happens.

3.0
House of Slaughter #8

Sep 15, 2022

The protagonist spends the entire issue speculatively baseless about... Something to do with a monster, I guess? I never should have bought this, I've really checked out.

6.5
House of Slaughter #11

Feb 24, 2023

We check back in on Jace, who seems to be raising a bunch of orphans. Nothing special, although the ending promises to liven things up.

7.0
House of Slaughter #12

Feb 24, 2023

Hmm, so there is another house in this region after all?

6.5
House of X #1

Sep 2, 2019

This features the cold, impersonal tone that I've come to expect from Hickman, which is largely the reason that his writing style doesn't click for me. There is plenty of world-building and graphic design, which he thrives at, but very little narrative to speak of thus far. The art is okay, but the expressions are stiff and the inks too thick in some panels.

8.5
Howard The Duck (2015) #1

Mar 28, 2015

Wow, this was way better than I think anyone was expecting. It's extremely funny and even though it relies too heavily on other Marvel entities, the stuff with Spider-Man is pure gold! The art fits the book nicely too.

8.0
Howard The Duck (2015) #2

Apr 19, 2015

Pretty funny, I can't say how surprised I am at the quality put into a Howard the Duck comic. The backup story is great too, with Chew arist Rob Guillory.

9.5
Howard The Duck (2015) #3

Aug 22, 2015

This comic is priceless, I'm laughing on every page! Senior citizens are like bacon, they make everything better, and apparently, so does Spider-Man. The backup story is amazing too, it even has social commentary.

8.0
Howard The Duck (2015) #4

Jun 28, 2015

Chip is great at bringing in established Marvel characters and stretching them just ever so slightly to get a great laugh.

8.0
Howard The Duck (2015) #5

Aug 22, 2015

The revelation with Howard`s friend genuinely surprised me, well done. I hate that this is the last issue, but at least it will continue with the same creative team and Chip acknowledged that it was an abrupt end thanks to some event by some Hickman guy.

8.5
Howard The Duck (2016) #1

Nov 11, 2015

Howard gets a new hat! Any boy, is it classy. I loved this, glad to see the comic hasn't lost it's charm. There is also a backup story featuring Gwenpool that's cool.

9.0
Howard The Duck (2016) #2

Dec 14, 2015

The main story is amazing, so poignant that these new characters could easily stay around. I can't say that the second story is as good but it's fun and actually has Howard in it.

8.0
Howard The Duck (2016) #3

Jan 24, 2016

Getting some story work going on this one, the jokes don't land as hard but there are still a few good ones. It's oddly structured in that it shows Howard as a Silver Surfer in the opening pages, but never actually gets around to explaining that. Plus, what could have been a great cliffhanger is revealed before the end of the issue. I enjoyed the backup more than usual this time. Gwenpool doesn't crack particularly funny lines, but her heroic and stupid actions speak for themselves.

7.5
Howard The Duck (2016) #4

Feb 8, 2016

I don't usually read comics that go all over the place, but when I do, I prefer Howard the Duck.

8.5
Howard The Duck (2016) #5

Mar 25, 2016

ComicBookRoundup is getting the Howard titles mixed up, not surprising since it relaunched within the same year, but hopefully this review doesn't get mixed up. This is for the issue with the Guardians of the Galaxy helping Howard out against the Collector. Awesome issue, I don't know what useless Howard would do without friends. The ending is touching and has me excited for the next arc.

8.0
Howard The Duck (2016) #6

Apr 24, 2016

Loads of fun. It's kind of weird that this takes place between this volume and the last volume of HTD, but just roll with it. Case closed!

9.0
Howard The Duck (2016) #7

May 13, 2016

At first I was pissed that we're still not picking up at the reunion with Bev, this is the second issue in a row to take place between this volume and the last one, which is an odd way to order the issues and slightly confusing if you don't read the recap at the beginning. Here's to hoping that you did read the recap and weren't lost because this issue is a blast. The Uncanny Rescue Rangers are now Marvel's greatest super-team as far as I'm concerned! The banter and chemistry that this lot bring to the table is second to none, but leave it to a true leader like Howard to keep this mess of amateurs in line. Howard aught to hang on to that helmet, suddenly he's a powerhouse. Can't wait for the inevitable spin-off, Uncanny Rescue Rangers #1 will get an instant slot in my pull file.

9.0
Howard The Duck (2016) #8

Jun 12, 2016

I haven't read all of the original Howard comics and magazines, but I've read a few and this was a touching reunion with Bev that felt like old times when the Iron Punisher showed up. That weird sentinel had questionable motivation, why would he switch from targeting just mutants to all superheroes? Is it because Marvel white-washed Scarlet Witch so that she's not a mutant anymore? Howard and Bev talk a lot about their friendship in this, that's a bit of a white-wash too, let's not kid ourselves, they were much more than just friends. I think Howard should respect Bev's wishes, but I wouldn't be surprised if he visited her on the long weekends for a booty call.

9.5
Howard The Duck (2016) #9

Jul 28, 2016

This issue is amazing! What a fun way to bring the HTD movie into the fold, it is a rare treat to get a comic this self aware executed with such finesse. Props to Lea Thompson for approving the use of her name and likeness. I can't believe this run is ending, I can't imagine how long we'll have to wait until we get another Howard run this good. I forbid you from ending this run Zdarsky and Quinones, FORBID YOU!!!

9.0
Howard The Duck (2016) #10

Sep 11, 2016

It seems that the less popular a character is, the more creative freedom Marvel is willing to grant creators, and this issue gives Zdarsky and Quinones free reign to poke fun at their fellow creators but go as far as to explain why trouble seems to follow Howard. It turns out to be a very fun and original way to pay tribute to the original Howard comics while providing commentary and incite into the creative process. Some readers seem to think this comic is masturbatory, revealing that the running joke completely flew over their heads. At this point I'm more embarrassed for those readers than anything; not only do they miss the joke, but they completely disregard the theme of the issue. This is why we can't have nice things!

9.0
Howard The Duck (2016) #11

Oct 17, 2016

The final issues. I'm very sad to see this go, it is easily the best title I've been reading out of Marvel. Chip wrote doppelgangers of himself and Joe into the story. Writer Chipp, or course, is thrashing around destructively, killing off a character without good reason and it's up to artist Jho to tie up the loose ends and fix Chipp's actions, who is recklessly playing God. There are a couple cheap writing tricks, but this book is quite self aware about that and executes it in a way that makes it far more interesting than it would have been otherwise. There is also a plot device used that was introduced earlier in the series, revealing how long Chip and Joe had this ending in mind.

6.0
Howard the Human #1

Aug 27, 2015

Clearly a play on Howard the Duck, but when it comes down to it, this really has little to do with Howard the Duck; as a human, he is just some private investigator who doesn't endure the difficulties of being a duck and doesn't even feel like a fish out of water because everyone else is a different animal. Now, if everyone else were a duck, it might be more analogous, but I digress. The plot is semi-interesting, this comic's main flaw is that it's simply not funny, so why bother? The artwork is very stylized and works okay, but it's not great. This certainly doesn't compare to the Zdarsky's level of Howardness, and it seems to be a simple one-off story, so you won't miss out on anything by skipping this one.

4.5
Howling Commandos Of S.H.I.E.L.D #1

Nov 2, 2015

I think you have to really love these characters to get much out of this. I'm only familiar with Dum Dum (whom I've never liked), Hit-Monkey, and Man-Thing. Man-Thing was bad ass, but in a way that didn't make sense, why would mindless plant zombies fear him? Barbiere should have substituted a different threat that would fit this M.O. better. Basically, this isn't bad but, like several of the other team books out already, there are too many characters and the story just refuses to come to life. I won't be expecting too many more issues.

8.0
Hulk (2014) #1

Apr 20, 2014

I had to leave Waid's other Hulk run halfway through due to pull-file cuts. This was an exciting issue to jump back in on.

8.0
Hulk (2014) #2

May 4, 2014

To my knowledge, this is uncharted territory for Banner. I can't see where Waid is taking this...but that's what makes it exciting! Great expressions in Bagley's art as well.

8.5
Hulk (2016) #1

Jan 24, 2017

This was surprisingly compelling, Jen seems to have inherited some deep psychological trauma which makes coping with the average day a challenge in itself. This new client that she has is mysterious and engaging as well.

7.5
Hulk (2021) #1

Dec 3, 2021

I haven't read the much-hyped previous run on Hulk, so I do feel like I'm missing some context here, but this is pretty cool so far.

7.0
Hulk (2021) #2

Dec 18, 2021

A surprisingly short issue, though I did enjoy it, especially the reveal at the end. Now, I'm not knocking the idea, but I do have to poke a bit of fun at the whole concept of using Hulk as a starship: it's basically just a larpy version of Banner in control of the Hulk body, which we've seen plenty of times before, it's not actually a fresh take. I'm enjoying it regardless.

7.5
Hulk (2021) #7

May 30, 2022

Welp, Tony is screwed.

5.0
Hulk (2021) #8

Aug 30, 2022

Cates's writing has become far too dependent on developing new powers in new, unearned ways. The World Tree acting as a detox machine, Odin just lifting his son's woes through the power of will or something... Heck, this whole plot hinges on a new manifestation of the Hulk's power's becoming contagious. The result is an extremely shallow plot that temporarily gives the illusion of world building but is inevitably resolved by deus ex machina.

5.5
Hulk vs. Thor: Banner of War (2022): Alpha #1

May 19, 2022

It's Hulk vs Thor, not much else to report.

6.5
Hyperion #1

Mar 28, 2016

The solo title nobody asked for turns out to be not bad so far. But how does this kid know who he is and where he would be? Hopefully it's explained later.

9.0
I Hate Fairyland #1

Oct 18, 2015

A great idea and perfectly suited to Skottie Young's art style. I'm sold. It's fun deciding what kind of voice to give each character in my head as I'm reading, there's a lot to play with just as a reader.

8.0
I Hate Fairyland #2

Nov 24, 2015

The artwork just fits the subject matter so perfectly.

8.0
I Hate Fairyland #3

Jan 20, 2016

Gert is unconscious for half the comic and it's still excellent!

8.5
I Hate Fairyland #4

Feb 20, 2016

More of the epic cartoon fun that I've come to expect from this series. I especially love how Darketh Deaddeath goes overboard on his skull décor.

9.0
I Hate Fairyland #5

Feb 24, 2016

Excellent ending, I actually feel bad for her.

7.0
I Hate Fairyland #6

Jun 20, 2016

Admittedly, it's a cop out, what a strange Monarchy. Skottie Young explains why he goes in the direction that he did, but I would have liked this to be the status quo for an arc, we've already seen Gertrude wondering Fairland

8.0
I Hate Fairyland #7

Aug 19, 2016

Every issue is a joy.

7.5
I Hate Fairyland #8

Oct 2, 2016

I love the new artist used for the video game sequence.

8.5
I Hate Fairyland #9

Oct 2, 2016

Another self contained story, this one is good, I love the poker game and all the crazy stuff inside the hat, but I'd like to see some sort of ongoing narrative pick up again.

8.5
I Hate Fairyland #10

Nov 2, 2016

Very funny dialogue supplemented by outstanding artwork.

7.5
I Hate Fairyland #11

Dec 5, 2022

A fun one-off story of fangirldom.

8.0
I Hate Fairyland #12

Dec 6, 2022

Some of the jokes beat you over the head but, overall, this issue managed to shake up the status quo enough to recapture the original charm that attracted me to the series.

8.0
I Hate Fairyland #13

Jan 9, 2023

A charming look at what Larry's life could have been.

8.5
I Hate Fairyland #14

Jan 9, 2023

As we spend more time in Fairyland, we start to learn that Gert is far from the sickest individual here. In fact, there seems to be no shortage of men and creatures ready to propose marriage to an underage-looking girl at the drop of a hat.

8.0
I Hate Fairyland (2022) #1

Feb 12, 2023

This is drawn by Brett Bean rather than Skottie Young, but Bean matches the style adeptly.

7.5
I Hate Fairyland (2022) #2

Feb 12, 2023

This reads better if you've read the original series, as there are callback jokes.

8.0
I Hate Fairyland (2022) #3

Feb 12, 2023

It's like Gremlins, and I love Gremlins.

7.0
Iceman (2017) #1

Jul 24, 2017

The interactions with the parents are interesting and kind of funny, but there's not enough here to take this on as yet another ongoing title to buy every month.

6.5
Illuminati (2015) #1

Dec 1, 2015

The characterization is cheeky and adds enough fun that I'm sure it will entice some readers. The plot is fairly predictable though, I doubt this will run for very long or hit the peaks of something like The Superior Foes of Spider-Man.

5.5
Immortal Thor (2023) #1

Sep 28, 2023

Al Ewing spends most of this issue resetting most of Asgard's continuity from the last couple of years back to the status quo. I'm not totally against this, but it could have been done much more gracefully as part of a story arc rather than Loki fixing everything with a convenient magic staff and deciding they don't want to do what the previous writer told them anymore. I found the captions and expository dialog difficult to work through at times as well. With introductions out of the way, the series will either take off against this new threat, or continue in this in this storytelling style, which is not for me, but I'm glad others are enjoying it.

7.5
In Hell We Fight! (2023) #1

Jun 13, 2023

The concept is fun. Check it out of you're a fan of John Layman's writing.

6.0
In the House of the Worm #1

Aug 17, 2014

Kind of interesting, but not really my thing.

4.5
Incoming #1

Jan 7, 2020

So this is a way to get a quick primer on what is happening in most of the titles coming out from Marvel right now by reading a single comic. The idea seems to be to bring in a creative team from each title for about 4 pages then pass it off to the next creative team. A few liberties are taken, but that's the gist of it. Each segment is connected by an overarching mystery and it actually works decently well for the most part. Some of the creative teams even manage to squeeze in some witty dialogue and personality among all of the exposition. The book starts off transitioning between characters seamlessly but eventually stumbles in the middle as the mystery plot is set aside for much looser transitions that hinge on mentioning an upcoming character by name or hinge on the use of a news broadcast as a transition between locations. The mystery plot thread is eventually picked up again and resolved, though not in a particularly satisfying manner. I should also say that the big status quo that is set up for the end doesn't interest me all that much as someone whose never latched onto the space themed books that Marvel puts out. As an expensive preview comic that had to coordinate a ludicrous number of creative teams, this is actually rather successful. Do I recommend buying it for entertainment or for literary value? No. I find myself already forgetting what I just read because the plot that does exist is flimsy and uninteresting, plus I've never been a fan of stories that juggle an overwhelming number of characters. Incoming is successful at what it set out to do, but what it does is not worth the time and money expected from the reader. I agree with other users who suggest that this would be better suited as a Free Comic Book Day giveaway.

8.0
Incredible Hulk (1962) #1

Jan 28, 2023

I never knew the Hulk initially transformed at night.

8.5
Indie Comic Corner: A Girl Walks Home Alone At Night #2

Jan 22, 2021

The plot is as bare bones as you can get, I'm assuming it is meant to lead into the film (which I haven't seen). But the artwork is so gorgeous that is speaks for itself and needs very little plot to keep the reader engaged; this transforms what might otherwise be a liability into a strength.

8.0
Infamous Iron Man (2016) #1

Nov 5, 2016

Cool idea, this looks very promising. Maleev's art can be too static at times, perhaps he's using bad photo reference.

6.0
Inferno #1

Jun 7, 2015

The whole concept behind this first issue is quite a stretch, subsequent issues may prove more worthwhile if they go in a different direction, if not I think it's best to drop this like a hot potato. The artwork is not bad at least, a little too busy, but that is most likely due to an overly dense script.

9.0
Infidel #1

Apr 1, 2018

The story concept sounds weird on paper, but it is executed brilliantly. Check this series out if you enjoy horror comics and/or social commentary. I'm issuing a trigger warning to those like Briton who are insecure with their comics acknowledging that bigotry exists in the world, this will be too SCARY for you!

3.0
Infinity Countdown: Prime #1

Mar 3, 2018

I'd suggest using your five dollars to pay a homeless person to shit on your lawn instead, at least then you'll get something memorable out of it. This isn't a story, this isn't plot, this is a dressed up Wiki summary. As for the artist, he's talented, but sabotages his own work with pointless caption borders scattered willy-nilly. Ignore this book, don't throw your money away.

6.5
Inkblot #1

Apr 3, 2021

The protagonist and the cat bring some charm but I'm not all that interested in the cookie cutter fantasy world.

8.5
Insufferable (IDW) #1

May 23, 2015

I don't know if this is set in the same universe as Irredeemable, but I'm just going to pretend it is. The premise is already interesting and it is set to be something very interesting to unravel.

7.5
Insufferable (IDW) #2

Jun 26, 2015

Weird development but I'm rolling with it. Love the final page cliffhanger.

6.5
Insufferable (IDW) #3

Jul 27, 2015

first half of this issue is good but it starts to lose me in the second half. Why didn't they question the thugs in the graveyard? The Twitter feeds are also getting really annoying; Twitter is lame enough without seeping into my comic book.

7.5
Insufferable (IDW) #5

Oct 7, 2015

Love the protective baby vest.. Waid's distain for certain people comes out, and I love it.

5.0
Insufferable (IDW) #6

Feb 15, 2016

Reading all these fake tweets is INSUFFERABLE. Haha.... Seriously, it's kind of boring, and throws the pacing off.

4.5
Insufferable (IDW) #7

Feb 15, 2016

Everything comes together, but not in any sort of meaningful way to the reader, it is more like watching an episode of csi, the characters are aware of things the reader is not, so the reader never had a chance to solve the mystery. Not to mention that the supposed clues are convoluted and completely unnecessary for the villain to lay down.

6.5
Insufferable (IDW) #8

Jul 3, 2016

Not bad, but I think now might be a good point to fall off of this series.

7.5
Insufferable: On the Road #1

Feb 15, 2016

This issue was fun. The previous installment of Insufferable started out fun too but got bogged down as the plot developed, rather than ramp up. I wonder if this arc will be similar.

8.0
International Iron Man #1

Mar 22, 2016

I very much enjoyed the plot and dialog in this issue. The art needs some improvement. I've enjoyed Maleev on other books, but it's very difficult to read any of the facial expressions in silent panels that are clearly supposed to indicate some sort of reaction. When you can't tell what emotion the characters is supposed to be conveying, it hurts the narrative.

7.5
Invincible Iron Man (2015) #1

Oct 22, 2015

A promising first issue.

9.0
Invincible Iron Man (2016) #1

Nov 18, 2016

Very good introduction to a new character. She's well developed from the jump off and the artwork is exquisite, especially in regard to the character expressions.

7.5
Invisible Republic #1

Mar 28, 2015

It's a little silly in the way the reporter stumbles on these memoirs, but this is a very promising set up and I definitely want to see more.

7.0
Invisible Republic #3

Jun 21, 2015

Invisible Republic is very strong when it comes to action and cinematography. The story in this issue is very bare bones, it mostly allows the action to breath. I'm hoping it all reads together well when the first arc is finished.

6.5
Invisible Republic #4

Jun 29, 2015

I still like this series, it's just moving really slow and each issue individually struggles to shine on it's own merits; I think this will read well as a trade.

7.5
Invisible Republic #5

Jul 31, 2015

The slow build of the first arc pays off here in this intensely dramatic climax.

7.0
Invisible Republic #6

Oct 1, 2015

It's good, it's interesting. It just needs a little more excitement, it's mostly talking heads.

7.0
Invisible Republic #7

Dec 6, 2015

This series is a low simmer, there is a tiny bit of action and slow building intrigue. It may read better in trade, but I'm going to stick with single issues anyway.

6.0
Invisible Republic #8

Feb 20, 2016

Not much happens really. It's also a bit difficult to keep the modern day and flashback sequences straight when reading this issue.

6.0
Invisible Republic #9

Mar 6, 2016

The flashbacks to indentured servant days are actually more interesting than the main story.

8.5
Invisible Republic #10

Jun 17, 2016

All of the plot threads reach critical mass here, making for an exciting issue, which is something that was desperately needed.

7.5
Iron Fist (2017) #1

May 1, 2017

The art is dark and a bit rough, it feels rushed. The story is pretty interesting, Danny is losing his powers and struggling to cope with it, which gives an opportunity to expand on the character's mythology. The end leads me to believe that this arc is going to turn into Enter The Dragon/Mortal Kombat, I'm not sure how I feel about that.

8.0
Isola #1

Apr 8, 2018

The artwork is jaw-dropping, especially on the tiger, I'm impressed! The description in the solicitation provides some context, but the reader is otherwise dropped head first into the plot and needs to either sink or swim. Personally, I picked up on enough of what is going on, and would encourage fans of fantasy to check this out and give it a few issues to flesh out additional context.

8.0
IvX #1

Feb 19, 2017

A strong start, the X-Men are backed in a corner and I completely sympathize with their situation. The Inhumans basically want to trade genocide for cool powers, what reader would ever take their side?

6.5
Jaegir One-Shot #1

Aug 30, 2014

Starts off slow, but gets better as it goes and ends strong.

7.5
Jane Foster & The Mighty Thor (2022) #1

Sep 24, 2022

Jane Thor is back in time for the movie. Gimmick maybe? But meh, I'm here for it.

7.0
Jane Foster & The Mighty Thor (2022) #2

Sep 24, 2022

The fantasy tech is cool.

6.0
Jane Foster & The Mighty Thor (2022) #3

Nov 28, 2022

The library troll is cool, but I'm losing track of what is going on.

4.0
Jane Foster & The Mighty Thor (2022) #4

Nov 28, 2022

This is getting boring, to be honest.

7.5
Jean Grey #1

Jun 1, 2017

This is executed well enough, but I've had enough of the Phoenix Force, let it sleep for a while, explore other aspects of Jean.

8.0
Joe Hill's Rain (2021) #1

Jan 17, 2022

We spend the first issue falling in love with this couple just so it will feel like a stab in the heart by the end of the first issue. There's a couple slightly cringey moments, and the issue essentially falls into the trope of introducing a minority character just to be killed off, but I can get past that as a reader. I genuinely have no idea where the plot is going to go from here, the rain of nails is essentially a secondary plot device. I supposed I could spoil the plot for myself and look up the short story this is based one, but no, I like surprises.

7.0
Johnny Red #1

Aug 28, 2016

Has to get the setup out of the way but as soon as we go to WWII it gets very engaging, so I'm hyped for the next issue.

7.0
Johnny Red #2

Sep 18, 2016

I like Captain Petrova, I hope we see more of her. The beginning is exciting and the political officer adds good tension.

7.5
Joker/Harley: Criminal Sanity #1

Oct 12, 2019

I like the concept, I like the art, both the color and black & white. The color art is in a photo-realism style, which rarely works in comics, yet it seems to work well here. That being said, It feels like this creative team is inexperienced with comic books: the layouts often don't flow and the dialogue can be disjointed and even downright cheesy. I can't take a grown women seriously that demands you call her Harley Quinn rather than her real name. I don't mind re-imagining her as a different, real-world character, but drop the supervillain moniker if you're going to go in that direction. Overall, the first issue has me intrigued but technical flaws are weighing it down. We'll see whether the creative team gets into a groove as the series continues or if they are in over their heads.

8.0
Joker: Killer Smile #1

Nov 2, 2019

Nothing is as it seems with the Joker, as it should be.

6.0
Judge Dredd #17

Apr 18, 2014

Although this is part one of "American Way of Death" I'd suggest reading Judge Dredd #16 first or it is going to be really difficult to jump into this as a new reader. I'm really excited for the IDW introduction of the Dark Judges and just as excited to see some new Dark Judges. But I'm counting eight or nine new Dark Judges (not sure what that temporal anomaly is yet) and some of them are pretty ridiculous, or maybe tongue-in-cheek? I mean, Judge Sleep, really? The original John Wagner/Brian Bolland stories are classic; Swierczynski and Daniel have got their work cut out for them.

4.5
Judge Dredd #18

Apr 18, 2014

I jumped back on this series for the Dark Judges, but I'm starting to regret it. This plot is just... not good. And where the heck is Judge Death? We've barely seen the original Dark Judges because there are just simply way too many new Dark Judges.

4.5
Judge Dredd #19

May 17, 2014

Wow, if all it takes is to punch a dark judge or have one step on some flames then I guess the stakes aren't that high after all...

7.0
Judge Dredd #20

Jul 12, 2014

Although this still hasn't realized it's full potential, at least this issue is better then the last few. I have no idea what the sludge from the Cursed Earth is supposed to be, if this was in a previous issue,then a note to that effect is necessary because there is no lead up or explanation for it. Infuriatingly, 'American Way of Death' still has almost no Judge Death! On top of that, the end of this arc concludes nothing. I was hoping to pick up 4 issues of a Judge Death arc and duck back out of this lackluster series, but it looks like I won't be getting that either. Here's to hoping the next arc improves on this one.

8.5
Judge Dredd #21

Aug 7, 2014

Shane Peirce knocks this issue out of the park with his excellent painted art, it just elevates this story another level above anything that Duane Swierczynski has written thus far. If future issues can retain this quality then there may be hope for this series.

5.5
Judge Dredd #22

Aug 21, 2014

It's a great opportunity for Judge Cal to rise to power, but that's about the only plus. Anyone familiar with Judge Death will notice what a castrated version this is of him. He's borderline goofy as he flails his arms dodging bullets and chasing Dredd. The Judge Dredd strips from 2000AD always offered ironic humour, but the humour here is the same type you'd get from watching the Stallone Dredd movie, in that it is just funny because it is bad.

5.0
Judge Dredd #23

Oct 8, 2014

The storytelling and art are improved from a few issues back, but we are near the end of the second arc that supposedly centres around the Dark Judges, yet they are almost completely absent from this issue. This issue is in service to the next story arc, which I wouldn't have a problem with if there weren't just one friggin' issue left for Judge Death! I've never seen a quintessential villain thrown by the wayside to the degree that the Dark Judges have been in this series. Swierczynski seems more content with the Dark Judges wreaking havoc somewhere off panel, he doesn't seem to have any interest (or talent) in writing direct conflict with them.

3.0
Judge Dredd #24

Oct 18, 2014

I need to go into spoiler territory to tell you why this was so bad: Dredd defeats the Dark Judges using essentially magic bullets that he found lying around somewhere... I'm not even kidding. This issue is about the most we see of the Dark Judges which is still very little, mostly they just surround Dredd and push him around like it's recess in grade three; they don't want to kill him because "they want to clone him" which in of itself doesn't make any sense. I guess we're assuming the Dark Judges don't understand how cloning works? Thoroughly disappointing on all fronts, save your money. Now that the Dark Judge arc is finally over, I'll never read this IDW title again. Do yourself a favour and read the original Judge Death stories by John Wagner and Brian Bolland.

4.5
Judge Dredd (2015) #1

Feb 9, 2016

Not very good. The art is ugly and sloppy, the script is dull and littered with annoying dialog that isn't funny even though it tries to be.

8.0
Judge Dredd Megazine #345

Jun 6, 2014

- - JUDGE DREDD: THE CALL OF K. CATTRALL - First part, so good jump into. Great art and story, slightly creepy. - - SCREEN STORY: ROBOCOP - Retrospective of the first film. Interesting but not much I didn't know already. - - NEW COMICS: THE ROYALS: MASTERS OF WAR - Some behind the scene on this fantastic series that's out now. Buy it. - - DEMARCO, P.I.: THE WISPER - Ties into the newly established SovSec in MC-2, but other than that I'm a little lost jumping in. Seems good. - - ORDINARY - Concludes a 6-part story. But I gather what's happening. The end is lackluster. Also, if the dad were paying attention he'd realize he's already won that game of Connect Four. - - OBITUARY: JOSE ORTIZ - A very talented artist. - - ANDERSON, PSI-DIVISION: DEAD END - Alan Grant writes! I gather what's going on and this was sublime. Cliffhanger ending! - - STRONTIUM DOGS: TALES FROM THE DOGHOUSE - This month's mini-trade is all black and white and has some of that great 2000 AD humour with action. Most of the stories are very fun and enjoyable. Some with crazy endings.

7.0
Judge Dredd: Mega City Two #3

Nov 27, 2014

Mega-City Two is an increasingly bizarre city to live in. The best part of this issue is, of course, the giant shrimp monster which is a great showcase of Ulises Farinas's artwork, Farinas clearly has a talent for architecture and monsters, the humans are still drastically more cartoony than everything else.

5.5
Judge Dredd: Mega City Two #4

Nov 28, 2014

This is a very good concept and the Melody Time tour guides add some great laughs. The problem with this issue is that it is nearly impossible to follow what the heck is going on. Clarity in storytelling is more important than cramming more content in.

5.0
Judge Dredd: Mega City Two #5

Nov 28, 2014

I think the main problem with this series is that it mostly involves watching action unfold, wonder what is happening, and then have it explained to you. The problem with that is there is no buildup or anticipation. It's like watching a building explode and have someone tell you afterwards that there was a bomb in there, rather than see the bomb planted and bite your nails as it counts down, wondering if everyone will get out in time. When I'm reading this, I'm also not wondering who dun it like gleeful mystery, I'm just wondering what the drokk is happening. Most of my reading experience can be summed up as, "why?" Even the ending was the answer to a question I forgot I even asked. On the plus side, this comic includes one of the best uses for a sideways splash page I've seen, and the whole series is a cheeky commentary on Hollywood. Sorry to everyone at IDW, but 'Judge Dredd: Year One' is still the only Dredd title to come out of IDW so far that I would recommend; read 2000AD for your Dredd thrills.

8.0
Judge Dredd: Toxic #1

Oct 24, 2018

Is it on the nose? Oh yes, especially when a Trump lookalike shows up out of the blue. But Judge Dredd isn't known for subtly. If you are an aggrieved MAGA loser, do not read Judge Dredd: Toxic. Side effects may include anger, pettiness, self righteous indignation, and feelings of entitlement. Ask your local comic provider if Judge Dredd: Toxic is right for you.

7.5
Judge Dredd: Toxic #2

Nov 25, 2018

I'm liking Judge Scammon, he's an uptight judge like too and has good chemistry with Dredd. I love how the old droids step up to do their duty in the face of assured destruction. This feels like authentic 2000AD Dredd, which can't be said about most of IDW's Dredd releases.

6.5
Judge Dredd: Toxic #3

Jan 24, 2019

The plot is starting to take a back seat to quirky robot gags and unsubtle political satire. The robots feel very authentic to 2000 AD, which I like.

7.0
Judge Dredd: Toxic #4

Feb 28, 2019

This is a very... Judge Dredd way to send the story. Bizarre in a satisfying way.

8.0
Judge Dredd: Under Siege #1

Jul 14, 2018

Mark Russell lets you know right away that he was born to write Judge Dredd when Dredd busts an illegal football operation. Football has been made illegal due to the health risks, classic! The downside is that the plot is heading in a similar direction to the recent Dredd film.

8.0
Judge Dredd: Under Siege #2

Jul 14, 2018

The flashbacks involving a predatory medical service are interesting.

7.5
Judge Dredd: Under Siege #3

Aug 1, 2018

The tetherball stunt is awesome, though Dredd's dialogue is a bit out of character. The villain is starting to make things more interesting.

6.0
Judge Dredd: Under Siege #4

Sep 22, 2018

Some of the action doesn't communicate well and, overall, the climax and resolution were just too rushed. The running head shot gag was funny though.

7.5
Junkyard Joe (2022) #1

Oct 12, 2022

A robot in the Vietnam War learns war is hell. It seems the second issue is supposed to continue years after the war, so I'm not sure what the long term vision of the series is. It doesn't help that I don't read Geiger.

6.0
Jurassic League (2022) #1

May 16, 2022

I adore the artwork and the whimsy of the characters, but the initial fun factor fades quickly and makes me wonder if this can really be sustained for six issues.

6.0
Justice League (2011) #29

Apr 20, 2014

Not bad, some fun stuff but a couple rough patches to get through. I'm getting Forever Evil fatigue, so I'm happy to see we're in the final stretch. With another event coming though, is this ever going to get back to staring the Justice League?

7.5
Justice League (2011) #30

May 23, 2014

Just when I thought I was out, they pull me right back in. Justice League has my attention once again.

8.5
Justice League (2011) #31

Jun 28, 2014

Great character building here, highly recommended.

7.5
Justice League (2011) #33

Sep 4, 2014

Heh, Batman can make anyone feel safer. This issue is fun, it kind of contradicts itself in a way at the end, but that's not a huge problem. I'm just happy to read a Justice League that isn't interrupted by another event.

5.5
Justice League (2011) #34

Oct 2, 2014

Other than a couple small developments, nothing much happens here that hasn't already been established. I wish DC would do away with the glossy cover and just put this title back down to $2.99, this simply wasn't worth four bucks.

7.5
Justice League (2011) #35

Oct 21, 2014

After a boring issue last week, it appears that Justice League is starting to get back on track now. Besides some stiff facial expressions, the art is good. The story picks up at the end, promising a dire situation in the next issue. I wonder if this is going to boil down to a Batman centric story arc. Batman is my favourite member of the Justice League, but it seems like we haven't seen them work successfully as a team in a long time.

7.0
Justice League (2011) #36

Nov 22, 2014

It's completely flawed to assume there is a surviving patient zero; just because the virus evolved into an airborne strand in that victim, that doesn't mean he/she wouldn't still die from it like everyone else. Aside from that bizarre leap in logic (from Lex no less), this is a good issue to check out. This is a difficult situation to combat as a superhero, you can't just punch a virus away, so it will be interesting to see what happens next. As many others have commented, the art is the best part of this issue by far. The other disappointing thing is that Johns has, once again, skipped the action that knocked the Justice League out of commission. It's like Forever Evil all over again. It would have been a lot more interesting to actually witness the Justice League fall victim to this virus one by one, rather than just talk about it.

7.0
Justice League (2011) #37

Dec 22, 2014

The artwork is the true star of this issue, absolutely stunning interiors by Fabok and Anderson. The story is pretty stretched out, not much happens, but there is cool action and a killer cliffhanger. It's a little unfortunate that Snyder's Batman is also doing a virus outbreak story, and released in the same week too, oops.

7.0
Justice League (2011) #38

Jan 31, 2015

An entertaining read even if it is rather stretched out and with not so subtle exposition. Lex's little confession to Superman will add some titillating tension to the already tense alliance between the two. Fabok and Anderson are still killin' it on the art.

6.0
Justice League (2011) #39

Mar 7, 2015

The artwork is still amazing, but I don't care much for the ending, it feels unearned.

7.0
Justice League (2011) #40

May 5, 2015

It's informative on the history of DC and Darkseid, in an entertaining way. It's a bit of a stretch to call it a Justice League issue, in fact the synopsis describing what to expect in this comic is completely misleading, so don't expect and fight between the Justice League and Darkseid because that simply doesn't happen here. The story is interesting at least, and the art is good, so I'm ready for more.

8.5
Justice League (2011) #41

Jun 12, 2015

Epic!

8.0
Justice League (2011) #42

Jul 20, 2015

New life has been breathed into this series, I'm impressed. The most gratifying part is certainly the stuff with Batman at the end.

9.0
Justice League (2011) #43

Aug 27, 2015

The word epic is thrown around a lot these days, but in this case I think it's appropriate.

8.0
Justice League (2011) #44

Oct 4, 2015

There is a ton of stuff going on, but it doesn't get overwhelming until the Black Racer comes along. Keep in mind that this is New52 continuity, we haven't seen this guy before but he just comes out of nowhere with no lead up.

7.5
Justice League (2011) #45

Nov 10, 2015

Awe, no more Fabok on the art. It's a pretty cool issue, we get a chance to break down what is happening to each character, gearing up for the tie-ins. The only thing that threw me off was we don't see what happened to the Anti-Monitor until the end. He's alluded to near the beginning of the comic and that actually just confused me because I thought maybe I missed something. Everyone is too busy patting themselves on the back to take a minute to ponder what to do about Anti-Monitor in his new state.

4.5
Justice League (2011) #46

May 3, 2016

The art is hit and miss, some pages look great and other clunky. The character drawing is good but the backgrounds are sloppy and mostly nonexistent. The writing was dreadfully boring. As many have already pointed out, nothing happens, the plot barely inches forward at all. Instead, we have yet ANOTHER character tossed into the fray, as if we didn't have enough already. It's just a mad house.

7.5
Justice League (2011) #47

May 16, 2016

Fabok is back! Boy does that make a difference, the art looks great! But man, if there weren't enough players on the court, there sure are now. Bringing the Crime Syndicate into the fray throaws the cast numbers into ordit. On the other hand, the Crime Syndicate is pretty cool and an a truce with them opens some very interesting doors.

6.0
Justice League (2011) #48

May 17, 2016

I realize that Geoff John is the Chief Creative Officer, but someone tell him to stop lumping in more characters, this is ridiculous! The Green Lantern Corps is unnecessary and add nothing to the story. If you wanted them in the story so bad, they should have showed up to battle Anti-monitor's drones in the nick of time, that would actually be exciting, rather than show up and add nothing to the mix. You could have used the pages that the Corps wasted to establish a setting instead. All the character boom to a bright white city that I assume the Anti-Monitor is currently destroying? Nothing about that is explained, a page to establish that was desperately needed, you can't just strip the comic down to nothing but action and leave the reader to fill in all the details.

7.5
Justice League (2011) #49

May 17, 2016

I know this is comics, but it seems cheap how powerful Steve Trevor has become because of Grail's little blood ritual. The baby thing is indeed weird, but I'm just going to go with that one, ironically. At least that one has been building for a while. This is mostly an action issue, so I'd deem it a success in that sense because I enjoyed the slug fest, but as others have pointed out, Johns has gone made with power given all of the wild plot twists he recklessly throws in. Long have I lost hope of some kind of central theme to tie this together... Maybe "absolute power corrupts absolutely?"

5.5
Justice League (2011) #50

May 28, 2016

*Spoilers ahead* Oh man, where do I start with this? Geoff Johns throws in everything but the kitchen sink and I admit that it's impressive how it all clicks together, but some things just don't make sense. The baby is a weird wildcard, his power set seems to come from his father, but I don't know why the Crime Syndicate would assume that he'd specifically inherit that genetically... Well, I guess he did anyway, and his powers can be activated by someone else holding him and speaking the magic word, which is dumb and makes no sense, but it's necessary in order to move the plot in the direction Johns wants, so the reader just has to go with it. Then things get weird with Grail calling the baby her daddy, which would make about as much sense as her calling Lex Luthor her daddy. I'm sorry, does holding all of Darkseid's powers actually resurrect Darkseid? And if she wanted him dead, why does she now want to bring him back? Everything with Grail, Darkseid, and the baby, it's all a huge mess. The stuff with Jessica is something I'm excited for. The narration notes how the other lanterns are confused why this sector needs another lantern. What's that all about? There was no lantern from the Earth sector killed, why would Jessica be bound to Earth's sector? Seems to be another contrived plot device that the reader is expected to roll with. Maybe Green Lanterns: Rebirth will explain it. I'm glad that Batman hasn't forgotten about the Joker and that his new knowledge is going to lead somewhere, but it's not the knowledge we were promised. Another weakness in the book is how Wonder Woman needs to narrate everything because no human being can follow what's happening otherwise. It works, but it's an obvious crutch that takes me out of the story. DC, JUST DO A SUMMARY PAGE! It would cut down on all the crappy exposition in every comic. Overall, this is a wild ride of a conclusion, it certainly opens a lot of doors for Rebirth, it's just too contrived.

5.5
Justice League (2011) #51

Jun 22, 2016

I'm not sure what to make of this continuity-wise. This is set five years after the first Justice League arc of the New 52 but is also still a flashback from what I gather. Dick Grayson is still a young Robin and I didn't even know it was Dick until the last page. I spent the whole book wondering which Robin this was supposed to be because he was clearly out of character to be Damien. I was under the impression that Dick Grayson was already Night Wing at this point. An editor's note would be nice or, god forbid, a freakin' recap page! Get with it DC. Anyways, it's a one shot of the JL punching things until cyborg does some robo-magic to seal interdimensional fractures. What the heck did he do? Everything Cyborg does just feels so contrived. The main idea running through the book is that Robin feels like he's in over his head, but he actually contributes and earns the JL's respect. It comes out really cheesy though how much head patting they do with him. The last page reveals a vision that I like at least, and the art is pretty decent.

6.5
Justice League (2011) #52

Jun 26, 2016

A one-off to transition readers from Justice League to Action Comics. This final Justice League issue does not star the Justice League, but that doesn't bother me so much since it was still interesting and well executed, it's better than trying to come up with some sort of poignant story and missing the mark. At the same time, it did not foster any desire in my to pick up Action Comics.

7.0
Justice League (2016) #1

Aug 1, 2016

Action from the jump-off, no story, just crazy and detailed action panels. It's exciting, but could get old if this is basically every issue. So if you like tons of action, this one is for you, if you are more story driven, perhaps look elsewhere. Read Lazarus, that book deserves more readers.

7.0
Justice League (2018) #1

Jul 14, 2018

Aw man, not cool Lex. This is promising, but I kind of want Snyder to tackle something that isn't a threat to the world again. Then again, that's Justice League for you.

6.0
Justice League / Power Rangers #1

Feb 5, 2017

Sooo, the Zords popped into the DC universe too? I'm still hazy on the psychical rules of the book so far. The story is in very generic crossover territory thus far, I'm not expecting anything special as this continues to develop. I suggest passing on this unless you are the most die-hard Power Rangers fan or you buy every Justice League book.

4.0
Justice League of America (2013) #13

Apr 20, 2014

JLA ends with a whimper.

3.5
Justice League of America (2013) #14

May 22, 2014

A splash page that completely contradicts the climax of Forever Evil is the first sign that this issue is not going to end well. This is meant to act as a send off to our cast of heroes. And yet, this really tells us next to nothing about what's next for most of the characters aside from what we already know from Justice League United. What little merit this did hold as a tease is lost due to the delay of Forever Evil's conclusion because we've already read two issues of JLU by now. I'm sure Matt Kindt has no idea where DC is taking some of these characters next, so he is deliberately vague about it. For instance: we're told Vibe is missing and we see a panel of him running with no background behind him. So wherever he is, at least we know that he's, um, running (spoilers?). Apparently Element Woman was on this team at some point. Didn't she join up with the other Justice League? Either way, she is evidently (spoilers?) a flash of light now. As for what little story we do get here, I didn't care for it. Panels are smothered in Star Girl's inner monologue, which seems unnecessary, especially while she is carrying on a conversation. We're also presented with Martian Manhunter busting into ARGUS after pointing out that the security personnel are incorrect in assuming he cannot phase through the walls. He then demands that people verbally tell him information because he doesn't want to be "impolite" by doing a quick mind scan. He makes a point of explaining this twice, so proper etiquette must be important to him. I guess on Mars it’s polite to cause unnecessary structural damage to your host’s domicile? Then, we get some awesome panels that deliberately depict how cool the Simon Baz/Green Arrow team-up will be, only to shoot it down on the same page. Maybe the artist was trying to tell the DC editors something? As for the other characters, they're off doing something somewhere, who cares, right? You just shut up and read JLU and you like it!

7.5
Justice League of America (2015) #1

Jun 24, 2015

Big and bold, this is the sort of thing one thinks about when they think of the Justice League; so this made a good extended first issue, the question is where this is going to go moving forward since not every issues is going to be like this oversized blockbuster.

6.0
Justice League United #0

Apr 24, 2014

This title seems promising, I"m very excited about the new character introduced in this issue and in the new distinctly Canadian direction. That being said, this debut issue feels a little disjointed, with the plot and banter a bit forced to get us where we need to go. The art is decent though occasionally unclear. The direction is promising enough for me to overlook these technicalities in anticipation for the future.

5.5
Justice League United #1

May 15, 2014

This fell pretty flat, I haven't been given any reason to care about what's happening. The art is not cohesive at times and has dialog clearly added to explain what is happening. I was looking forward to reading more about the new Canadian character, but she wasn't even in this issue.

4.0
Justice League United #2

Jun 20, 2014

Boring. Too much dialog: most of it (and most of this issue) is back-story and it isn't engaging.

5.5
Justice League United: Futures End #1

Sep 22, 2014

It's rather cheesy, which was fun for the first sequence featuring Equinox vs Polargeist. I kind of wish the comic was just an expansion of this, as this hit the sweet spot where it is so silly that it's great. However, the comic instead moves on to "more serious" matters, but continues the campy trend, especially with the blatantly expository dialogue. When did Jeff Lemire get so bad at writing dialogue? The story itself is something you'll never know or care that you missed, so you might as well save your money.

9.5
Justice League: Darkseid War: Batman #1

Nov 2, 2015

Man this was intense! A much more interesting way to turn the Batman character on it's head than Jim Gordon in a Robocop suit. The artwork is great too, I wish all tie-ins were either of this caliber or non-existent. This must take place before Endgame because Alfred has two hands, unless he finally got himself a Luke Skywalker hand.

6.5
Justice League: Darkseid War: Superman #1

Nov 20, 2015

Not a bad tie-in, but ultimately disposable. It would be better if it didn't need to wrap up so quickly. The whole freezing of the city and shattering it safely with one punch, it's just a classic demonstration of the ridiculous physics that often plague superman stories.

7.5
Justice League: Darkseid War: Green Lantern #1

Feb 21, 2016

A pretty cool one-shot, even if it was totally unnecessary to the Darkseod War story. I like the God complex being addressed; the artwork in the present day pages could have been better, but I liked the results in the flashback sequences.

5.5
Justice League: Darkseid War: The Flash #1

Feb 21, 2016

It was kind of going for this theme of death as a nessesary evil, but it didn't really pull it off well, so the comic didn't do much for me.

7.5
Justice League: Darkseid War: Lex Luthor #1

Feb 23, 2016

The flashbacks look great but the current day art could be better. Lex's insecurities make him interested for stories like this, he had to actually go through some character development to make the transformation, which the other tie-ins try to, with varying success.

3.5
Justice League: Darkseid War: Shazam #1

Mar 30, 2016

It's like, the power to believe in yourself guys. Yaaaay! A self-contradictory concept in which Billy loses his powers, yet still has his powers to fight some god guy to replace his powers with other powers. Confused much?

8.0
Justice League: Darkseid War: Special #1

May 17, 2016

Read this as if it is Justice League #48.5, it takes place between those two issues and, frankly, I am perplexed as to why DC has elected to make this a special tie-in issue. On the one hand, Grail's backstory in very interesting though not essential reading. On the other hand, what's happening to Power Ring is relevant to the main plot, especially with the reveal at the end; and I assume that what's happening with Steve Trevor is important too, though I'll wager it turns out to be more of the superfluous power-uping that Johns can't seem to resist throwing in. At first I though maybe this was made into its own special because it has a different art team from the main story, but that can't be it because Justice League #46 had a very different artist that clashed with the style Fabok established, yet the art team used here would have melded very well with Fabok's style. The art in this issue is superb actually, and I didn't even notice that several different draftsmen had their hands on it. The writing is well done too, it's all very interesting, gives backstory, and moves the plot forward by the end. If you're reading the Darkseid War, this is a must-have, even if it's discouraging to shell out another 4 bucks for a tie-in. Please DC, just clean it up, Darkseid War is turning into a mess with wondering where to file these issues.

7.5
Justice League: Rebirth #1

Jul 11, 2016

The threat is a creative idea and pretty cool, I hope that it makes good on its threat to return with more. This was a fun done-in-one issue, a good way to introduce new readers to the team. THe art looks great for the most part other than a couple hideous Wonder Woman faces and the continuity error that Jessica does not have the green symbol over her eye.

9.0
Justice Warriors #1

Aug 24, 2022

Hilarious sociopolitical satire staring a racist (or at least anti-poop person) cop stuffering the loss of his asshole partner. The world is reminiscent of Mega-City One, but the proletariat lives exclusively outside of the sealed-off city. The mayor is more concerned with their new music album than with addressing the ongoing economic collapse, so they decide to kill two birds with one stone by offering to buy up massive quantities of their own album at double the sale price on the resale market.

8.5
Justice Warriors #2

Sep 25, 2022

No sooner than one pump-and-dump scheme fails, another pops up. This one is even stupider: investing in bread. Not bread stocks, psychical bread.... Brilliant!

8.5
Justice Warriors #3

Sep 25, 2022

Ahhh, horoscopes, I see what you did there.

8.5
Justice Warriors #4

Sep 25, 2022

As a Libra, I'm feeling a bit stereotyped here, and I just want to say, it's not okay. #NotAllLibras are terrorists.

8.0
Justice Warriors #5

Dec 4, 2022

Hilarious despite being anti-Libra propaganda.

8.0
Justice Warriors #6

Dec 4, 2022

This was a genuinely fun series and I hope that we get a second volume.

7.5
Kang the Conqueror (2021) #1

Aug 22, 2021

Would you like to see Kang bitch-slap his younger self for wanting to save a new love? Look no further.

6.5
Kang the Conqueror (2021) #2

Jun 5, 2022

You gotta stop falling in love Kang, this is your fault.

5.5
Kaptara (2015) #1

Apr 28, 2015

I get what Kaptara is going for, but I don't find it very funny at all so it falls rather flat. The art's not bad though.

7.5
Karnak #1

Jun 19, 2016

It's weird that Karnak is alive again for no reason and now he is a bad ass, but sure, I'll go with it. Decent introduction, the art isn't polished but I do like the style.

7.5
Kick-Ass (2018) #1

Feb 27, 2018

The dialogue is stale at times, but I'm getting what I paid for, more Kick-Ass. I just worry that we've heard all we need to with this property, is there anything new to justify bringing the series back or are Millar & JRJ overstaying their welcome?

8.0
Kick-Ass (2018) #2

Apr 10, 2018

JRJ has some good pages in here, he's got a talent for drawing hired goons. The legs on Kick-Ass on that last page though, what the hell happened? Patience is quite relatable in this issue, a much better character than how Hit-Girl is currently being written in her own title.

8.0
Kick-Ass (2018) #3

May 1, 2018

The old Kick-Ass charm is here is spades with this new pseudosupervillain.

7.5
Kick-Ass (2018) #4

Oct 13, 2018

What kind of lunatic fills a room full of hydrogen party balloons? I did enjoy the action, JRjr excels with this kind of issue.

7.5
Kick-Ass (2018) #5

Oct 15, 2018

Ends on quite the cliffhanger. JRjr needs to learn how to draw tears, it looks like her eyes are have foam in them.

6.0
Kick-Ass (2018) #6

Oct 15, 2018

The resolution to the climax is F-ing stupid, even dumber than it was in the flashback scene. "I'm a soldier so I can should 3 head shots at once!" Bullshit. I'm okay with the resolution, but I'd like it better if that was really the end, I'm not thrilled to continue from here.

5.0
Kick-Ass (2018) #7

Oct 15, 2018

All of the Kick-Ass charm is lost. Patience is now basically a less financially responsible Punisher. Does her gang still run a gang business, or does it just murder and rob rivals now?

5.0
Kick-Ass (2018) #8

Oct 16, 2018

We get it, "soldier's salary," you know, maybe if you actually kept the money you stole, you wouldn't be dependent on crime and murder.

8.0
Kick-Ass 3 #7

Apr 20, 2014

This was a blast! Only one issue left, I hope Miller and Romita stick the landing!

7.5
Kick-Ass 3 #8

Aug 7, 2014

The climax itself was a little too simple but the aftermath was very spot on and almost makes up for it.

8.0
Kill Your Darlings (2023) #1

Sep 28, 2023

It's kind of like a witchy version of Joe The Barbarian. It's rare for a story from first-time writers to feel this naturally paced and emotional. If this quality continues, I'll be thrilled that I got in on the ground floor.

6.5
King In Black: Return Of The Valkyries #1

Feb 21, 2021

I'm not reading King In Black, but this seems to be self contained enough that it doesn't matter.

5.5
King In Black: Return Of The Valkyries #2

Feb 21, 2021

Jumping between characters and adding new ones is losing my interest very quickly. I think maybe I should have passed on this title.

3.0
King In Black: Return Of The Valkyries #3

Apr 10, 2021

I don't know if this is more clear when you read King In Black (which I am not), but I'm finding this incredibly convoluted and difficult to follow. If subplot upon subplot within a story that is already a subplot to an event isn't enough, we're dealing with characters jumping locations and golden lassos popping into frame left and right.

7.5
King In Black: Return Of The Valkyries #4

Jul 4, 2021

Injecting emotion made this into a decent ending.

8.0
King Thor #1

Jan 4, 2020

Sure doesn't waste time jumping into big, epic battles. The bomb thing was weird.

9.0
King Thor #2

Jan 5, 2020

Taps nicely into the love-hate relationship that Thor and Loki share while maintaining epic comic book battle status. Loki never fails to add a new dimension to the story.

7.5
King Thor #3

Jan 5, 2020

The God of Psalms started doing something interesting but, it doesn't look like it's going anywhere. One more issue to find out.

7.5
King Thor #4

Jan 5, 2020

I'd be lying if I said that this is everything that I hoped it would be. I like a number of choices made that Jason Aaron made including Loki's fate, Thor's character development, the reminder to enjoy the many Thor stories, and the symbolic use of thunder in the final pages. What I didn't like was the lack of an actual climax. Conceptually, yes, there is a climax, but there isn't really much to be had mechanically: the day is won by... accepting one's shortcomings? I also thought the random incarnations of Thor (as a cop, a planet, an ape) were jarring and weird, all they really did was mess up the pacing for me. I also thought that things were headed in a different direction for the God Butcher in the previous issue, that he was destined to become everything he despises: a god. Instead Aaron took it in a complete 180, which is interesting in itself but was not built up to nor earned at all. Overall, it is a pretty good but imperfect ending, which actually fits precisely with the theme of the book, so that's interesting.

8.5
Kingjira: Hungry Like a Monster #1

Mar 2, 2022

This is a cute little one-shot story that doesn't rely on dialogue. I love the use of colour too.

7.5
Kingpin (2017) #1

Feb 14, 2017

Kingpin is quite the charmer when he wants to be, even I want to write his biography now. The artwork has good layouts, but the figure drawing could be tighter.

8.5
Kinski Vol. 1

Dec 19, 2017

This salesman has some serious issues that are pulled out by this puppy he finds. The story is cute and nerve-racking at the same time.

7.5
Klaus #1

Dec 15, 2015

Klaus seems like a cool guy and made this more enjoyable due to his character and the excellent artwork. In the end, it's basically an adult oriented 'Santa Claus is Comin' to Town' though, so it's up to you if you want to spend money on that.

8.0
Kong of Skull Island #1

Jul 29, 2016

I'm surprised at how good this was. Comics based on old movies often fall short, but this one adds and extra level to the mythology that never occurred to me. Of course Kong was never the only giant gorilla! So what happened to the others and how do they tie in with the indigenous people of the island? Genius! Plus, it's always a pleasure to see Carlos Magno's artwork, I loved his work on the Planet of the Apes comics, he's probably the best artist on Boom's roster!

7.0
Kong of Skull Island #2

Aug 24, 2016

The first half is exhilarating, the second half is rather dull because it's mostly just people that I don't care about squabbling.

6.0
Kong of Skull Island #3

Sep 23, 2016

"This is the biggest, deadliest disaster to ever hit our island... We need to go rescue the douchbags that stole one of the ships because, you know, priorities!" Not buying it. I do like that the nice Kong are taking down the erratic, vicious Kong.

7.0
Kong of Skull Island #4

Jan 10, 2017

Magno is better at drawing dinosaurs than some other terrible renditions I've seen, but he still draws legs too short. This issue is high on action, which becomes too busy on some pages due to the high detail that Magno draws in, but there's plenty of Kong beating up dinosaurs.

6.5
Kong of Skull Island #5

Jan 11, 2017

Why would they bring their queen into the dark, dangerous inner jungle of this monster filled island? I do like the elements of treachery presented, but you could pull that off with just the shaman.

8.0
Kong of Skull Island #6

Jan 11, 2017

Treachery, violent and poetic justice, with a monstrous, two-headed theropod thrown in for good measure. This is the strongest issue since the first one and provides a little closure to round out this arc. This was supposed to be the last issue, but apparently this is now ongoing. I thought it was a decent series, but not worth buying ongoing, so I would have preferred that this were the end.

8.0
Lantern City #1

May 23, 2015

Pretty cool world set up here, looks like it's going to be a revolution story. There are actually a lot of parallels between this and the Planet of the Apes comic out of Boom a couple years ago which also had Magno as the artist. In fact, the mother and son in this look identical to characters in that book; not that it bothers me, Magno is a stellar artist and is crucial in elevating this book to the next level.

8.5
Lazarus #8

May 17, 2014

These little bits about Forever's past that Greg is feeding us are great and really flush out the personality that has been buried beneath her tough exterior. The art starts getting a little too rough and muddy in places.

9.0
Lazarus #9

Jul 3, 2014

Excellent flash-back sequence, I like how the sword fight was drawn. The lift process is interesting and the climax to this arc is exciting.

8.5
Lazarus #10

Aug 10, 2014

Nice! Now, THIS is how you do a one-off issue. If you aren't reading this, start now!

7.5
Lazarus #11

Sep 11, 2014

This is a plot building, world building installment. So there isn't a lot of excitement, but that doesn't make it any less engaging.

8.0
Lazarus #12

Oct 25, 2014

A low key issue as far as direct conflict goes, but there is a lot happening under the surface. We also see Forever's socially awkward side and also the respect shared between the opposing Lazari.

7.5
Lazarus #13

Nov 29, 2014

Political intrigue mixed with a little romance and I'm loving every page. Forever's father is showing a more caring side, but I suspect it is to further his own plans.

9.0
Lazarus #14

Jan 18, 2015

Cracks continue to spread in Forever's world, sooner or later it's all going to fall apart. Don't miss this issue, it's the best one so far in Conclave and the next issue is sure to be even more exciting. If you're not reading Lazarus, you better go out and buy a trade now or I'm coming after you!

8.0
Lazarus #15

Mar 7, 2015

Tensions hit their peak and a feudal style fight ensues, in a 'might makes right' style of politics. It's great to give the issue some space to deliver the action which the plot has carefully built up to and the ending makes it look like things will only escalate further from here.

6.5
Lazarus #16

Apr 28, 2015

Not as good as other entries in Lazarus, but still entertaining. The format is changed up for this done in one, it has an interesting story but is marred a bit with extra text via journal entries.

8.5
Lazarus #17

Jun 27, 2015

Oh ya, the story is back on track and this issue is friggin' awesome! Let the war between corporate royalty begin!

8.0
Lazarus #18

Jul 30, 2015

Some of the minor characters readers invested in from the first volume are having a presence, and there is enough action in this issue to satisfy my thirst for violence.

7.5
Lazarus #19

Sep 9, 2015

Lazarus is the sum of it's parts, and while this issue in itself in a stepping stone in the progression of the story, it is still a relevant and worthwhile read, coaxing out enough suspense to keep me entertained but not blowing me away as some other issues have.

8.5
Lazarus #20

Nov 24, 2015

Hot stuff, it's like a classier Call of Duty: Modern Warfare.

10
Lazarus #21

Feb 10, 2016

Oh shit, oh shit, were all those flashbacks not actual flashbacks!? I usually reserve a 10 rating for when I'm truly blown away, and this was simply an amazing issue. Not just because of the mind blowing ending; the action was clever and felt authentic and exciting. What a stellar way to conclude this arc, this is a series you simply can't miss.

8.5
Lazarus #22

Jun 26, 2016

I love that the Bittner Lazarus is making friends with Forever 8, adorable. I love seeing the war progress, you're going down Hock, f that other Lazarus tough guy up.

8.5
Lazarus #23

Jul 31, 2016

Sonja's a bad ass and this is series kicks ass in every issue. Rucka and Lark don't know how to make a bad issue.

7.5
Lazarus #24

Sep 18, 2016

Haha, it's funny to see another reviewer chalk up moderate opinions in the letters column to "extreme left wing bleating," it's mind boggling. The story itself is decent, a couple action sequences surround a low key progression of the plot.

8.5
Lazarus #25

Oct 23, 2016

Three Lazari on the battlefield makes it three times as interesting. The fact that they all have swords alludes strongly to the fact that this is a feudal system set in the future. As for Forever, her world is is collapsing, everything she knew is a lie, how will she movie forward? When will she meet with young Forever? I can't wait!

9.5
Lazarus #26

Apr 10, 2017

We finally get Rucka's reaction to the election in the backmatter of this issue and boy is he justifiably pissed. You can't write a book like Lazarus and not comment on a president who truly embodies the corporate takeover of America's democratic system of government. The nature of this issue is also quite appropriate: Forever and her lazari comrades take on an insane, poorly spoken, lumbering monster who won't go down no matter what you throw at him. And the way the issue concludes, which I'll avoid spoiling, elicits similar feelings to the day after the election. I can't think of a more appropriate issue.

9.0
Lazarus: X+66 #1

Aug 5, 2017

An intense issue with a satisfying ending. A great way to expand on the Lazarus story without getting the main book bogged down in too many side plots.

5.0
Leviathan #1

Sep 22, 2018

Watch a cool looking monster ravage some seriously ugly humans. There's some fun to be had, but nothing of any substance. The Trump panels are funny.

6.0
Local Man (2023) #1

Mar 4, 2023

This is a love letter to cheesy 90's comics. Looks like Tim Seeley is holding back in revealing what Crossjack did that was so bad, but without knowing that I don't like I have enough interest invested from the first issue to bring me back...

8.0
Lois Lane (2019) #1

Aug 15, 2019

I never thought I'd buy a Lois Lane book, but with Rucka writing it, featuring his version of the Question, and a refusal to allow modern atrocities to escape commentary in popular culture, how can I resist?

6.5
Lois Lane (2019) #2

Sep 15, 2019

The intrigue is interesting but requires patience as this is promising to be a slow burn.

6.0
Lois Lane (2019) #3

Sep 22, 2019

A halfhearted argument between Lois and Clark is followed by a confrontation between Questions that is executed in a cheezy manner. The last page is funny but doesn't really fit tonally. The series needs to pick a direction.

3.0
Lois Lane (2019) #4

Oct 9, 2019

What was the point with this issue? Would it make any difference if it were cut out completely? Get to the plot!

7.5
Lone Ranger (2018) #1

Jan 14, 2019

I don't typically read Lone Ranger, but I'm a fan of Mark Russell, so I'm checking it out. It's off to a decent start. Russell has established some corrupt wild west capitalists as the villains and Bob Q's artwork is excellent, I can't believe he's doing both the line work and the colors.

6.0
Lone Ranger (2018) #2

Jan 26, 2019

The action scene starts to fall apart around pages 9-10. This issue would be vastly improved with better transitions between scenes.

7.5
Lone Ranger (2018) #3

Jan 28, 2019

This issue has a lot of action and a few good laughs. The only thing that could have been communicated more clearly was the branding logo of each ranch because it wasn't clear to me at first when the combined logo was revealed.

7.5
Lone Ranger (2018) #4

Feb 28, 2019

This is a good villain and the series is starting to find its balance with tone and humour.

4.0
Low (2014) #1

Aug 6, 2014

The artwork is almost impressionistic, and you might just fall in love with it if the point weren't to tell a coherent story. Frankly it's only because of exposition in the dialog that I can follow anything about what's happening in this muddled story, and it is a shame because this is a very interesting and creative world to explore. There may be hope if Greg Tocchini were kept as a colourist and someone else handles the layout and pencils, but as it is I cannot honestly recommend this to anyone.

9.5
Lugosi: The Rise And Fall Of Hollywoods Dracula OGN

Oct 24, 2021

I couldn't put this down once I started reading. Shadmi depicts a concise and compelling portrayal of Bela Lugosi's life, with enough dramatic flair to hearken to Lugosi's own love for theatrics. I'm impressed with how effortless Shadmi makes it to empathize with Lugosi despite his obvious flaws.

7.5
Luke Cage (2017) #1

May 29, 2017

I haven't been following Luke and Jessica for the past year, does anyone know what happened to their daughter Danielle? This book was pretty good. We take a look at aspects of Luke's backstory in an organic way, which carries us to the current threat he's facing and an unexpected reveal at the end.

7.5
Made in Korea #1

Jun 7, 2021

This is good, but I haven't seen enough so far to find what, if anything, distinguishes this from the other similar A.I. stories out there.

8.0
Madman In Your Face 3D Special #1

Dec 7, 2014

There are some very creative stories in here, I may have to track down the trades containing these. I could have done without all of the extra cover art inside, just to keep the cost down but maybe it would have still be expensive anyways and it was just an attempt to give you your money's worth. They look awesome either way. The 3D effect comes out nicely in the first story, there were some odd spots here and there in the second story that didn't line up quite right, but overall well done. Unfortunately, the colours are all washed out leaving you with just greys, yellows and purples, but everything still communicated clearly. If I could change anything about Allred's writing, it would be to cut down on all of the unnecessary caption boxes, they give an empathizing look into Frank Einstein's self doubts, but they disrupt the flow of the narrative more often than not.

8.0
Magnus #1

Jun 11, 2017

This setup is surprisingly intriguing, though I do admit that I'm a bit of s sucker for exploring the implications of true AI. This universe is established nicely in the first issue with the plot promising to kick in more in the second. Hopefully it lives up to the hype I'm feeling right now. The Turok story is actually not bad. I may go explore Sovereigns after all, at least #0.

7.5
Magnus #2

Jul 23, 2017

Most of this issue takes place in the A.I. world, which is interesting. I'm hoping we get to expand some more on a few select robot characters. The Turok story was slightly confusing in the way that the action was portrayed, I think the page limit got the best of this entry.

8.0
Magnus #3

Aug 21, 2017

We got a brief peak at Magnus's childhood, which transitions nicely to the main plot. The artwork is still excellent, the elevator panel mixed me up for a second, but those two pages were a creative approach that I appreciate. I didn't care for the Doctor Spektor backup, it was fine but I'm not buying this for Doctor Spektor so it didn't do anything for me. I'm hoping Magnus doesn't get anymore backup stories in the other Gold Key books because this is the only character that I am interested in and I don't want to have to buy anymore of the other titles to get more of this story.

8.5
Magnus #4

Sep 24, 2017

Things are escalating big time. The plot is basically taking the path I figured it would go down, but I'm enjoying the ride. As for Doc Spektor, I'm not following it in the other books, but it seems decent.

8.0
Magnus #5

Nov 5, 2017

Oh no, is this the last issue? This is the only thing I'm reading out from Dynamite, the idea to make Magnus a woman who not only identifies with robots, but ends up fighting for their freedom, is one of the most complex and interesting approaches to the character that I've seen thus far. I hope this is not the last that we've seen from this Magnus, Dynamite only strikes gold occasionally and it is just a shame that there is never enough readership to sustain these rare gems.

7.5
Magnus: Robot Fighter #0

Jul 10, 2014

While I'm missing Cory Smith on this issue, it provides an interesting history to the series while also tying in and from a different character's point of view.

8.0
Magnus: Robot Fighter #2

Apr 20, 2014

The break-out title thus far from the Gold Key launch. This is just fun and the art looks great, particularly the fight sequences. Please make the racy robot his sidekick until Magnus can't stand him anymore, that would be pretty funny.

8.5
Magnus: Robot Fighter #3

May 28, 2014

Great, I'm going to have Leeja Clane's theme song stuck in my head all day now!

8.0
Magnus: Robot Fighter #4

Jun 23, 2014

Lots of great action and development. Watch closely for a robot Santa!

8.5
Magnus: Robot Fighter #5

Jul 18, 2014

The sprinkles of comedy are what elevate this series. This also gets very deep when Leeja finds out she does not know her birthday. My only criticism is that I imagine Magnus would act a little more desperate to convince his wife he's her husband.

7.5
Magnus: Robot Fighter #6

Sep 11, 2014

I'm impressed with how entertaining I found this issue despite the fact that not much really happened.

8.0
Magnus: Robot Fighter #7

Oct 24, 2014

This opens on some unappealing art from Sandy Jarrell, but kicks back into Cory Smith for the good stuff and the issue recovers. The story is dire and exciting, plus there is an entertaining explanation of child birth. Robot Fighter continues its strong run.

9.5
Magnus: Robot Fighter #8

Nov 24, 2014

Whao, major reveal in this issue! Plus a Kool Aid reference from H8r, if that doesn't sell you, I don't know what will! This was a near flawless issue, if you're on the fence about continuing to read this series then this issue will keep you around. Support the best thing to come out of this Gold Key nonsense!

8.5
Magnus: Robot Fighter #9

Dec 23, 2014

Another great issue. This new artist doesn't quite measure up to Cory Smith, but he's still good. What's really cool about this issue is this darker side of Magnus beginning to emerge, I love to see characters pushed in new directions.

8.0
Magnus: Robot Fighter #10

Jan 16, 2015

There's some very interesting and intelligent dialog between Magnus and the Basilisk that compares ideas of religion to creating artificial intelligence. This is one example of how Lante continues to elevate the quality of Magnus: Robot Fighter, rather than write it off as a simple action romp.

7.5
Magnus: Robot Fighter #11

Feb 16, 2015

The artwork in Maury's Peak looks great, but North Am sure has seen better days. At this point it's a game of illusions with a final page that I find titillating. Only one issue remains and I'm happy to say that the journey has been a blast, the only crime is that it's ending after only 12 issues and a #0

6.5
Magnus: Robot Fighter #12

Mar 15, 2015

Some great ideas but not the most graceful ending. Some ideas weren't communicated properly and came off confusing.

8.0
Mamo #1

Jul 11, 2021

Yet another unique take on a fantasy world of witches from BOOM! Box. Most of the issue is spent forging a relationship between two new characters so that we have someone to root for. All it takes is a little extra context planted in the dialogue and setting to sell the rest of their world.

7.5
Mamo #2

Aug 14, 2021

It's hard to think of this as marketed to children considering how low-key the plot is, but I'm not complaining.

8.0
Mamo #3

Oct 17, 2021

The more this town is explored, the more authentic and alive it becomes. The magic likewise feels more real.

8.0
Mamo #4

Oct 17, 2021

It's finally time to confront Mamo and get the whole truth on what's going on.

9.0
Mamo #5

Nov 18, 2021

The series sticks the landing with this last issue, an ode to friendship and selflessness. What stands out about this series is that extra breathing space is given for the characters to interact in a believable way. This isn't uncommon for live action film where you can simply record actors, but its difficult in a medium like comics books where a subtle change in expression requires yet another panel and every page increases the workload significantly.

6.0
Man Without Fear (2019) #1

Jan 14, 2019

The whole thing is a coma fever, and is trying to be deeper than it really is.

7.5
Man Without Fear (2019) #2

Jan 18, 2019

I actually prefer the character development that came before the fever dreams.

8.5
Man Without Fear (2019) #3

Jan 25, 2019

This was a good issue, it finally achieved the emotional high that the other issues were reaching for but unable to grasp. I hope this momentum continues.

8.5
Man Without Fear (2019) #4

Jan 27, 2019

An unusual but riveting showdown between Fisk and Murdock.

7.0
Man Without Fear (2019) #5

Feb 9, 2019

I like the mantra, "What is pain for? It keeps us going." It's been cool to have a series about Matt and not so much Daredevil, but I think it is going to be forgotten in the long run.

7.5
Man-Eaters #1

Oct 2, 2018

Very weird and intriguing. The main problem is that the issue feels like half a comic, it's not a complete thought.

7.5
Man-Eaters #2

Nov 4, 2018

I'm really enjoying this, the heavy, personal subject matter contrasted with light humour is a treat. It is a fast read though, it just feels so short, it might read through better as a trade.

7.5
Man-Eaters #3

Dec 2, 2018

The plot is very bare bones, but it's not lacking in gags. This comic just... Makes me smile.

5.0
Man-Thing (2017) #1

Mar 14, 2017

I was curious what R.L. Stine would bring to Man-Thing, but given that he writes children's horror, I suppose that I shouldn't have been surprised with what I got with this book. He makes an attempt at an Adventure Into Fear format, which is actually more successful in the backup story. I'd say the backup story is much better than the main story, and the backup doesn't even feature Man-Thing. Without the backup story, I think I'd rate this book even lower. The main story can't establish a tone, it attempts to straddle the line between goofy and serious and ends up landing in a detached no man's land. Stine experiments with giving Man-Thing thought and speech, which I do not like at all, it does not even feel like a Man-Thing book now, it feels like Goosebumps dressed in a Man-Thing suit.

9.0
Maniac of New York #1

Feb 20, 2021

It turns out that an unstoppable serial killer a la Halloween/Friday the 13th is the perfect metaphor for the COVID-19 pandemic when the population has become numb to constant deaths around them. The is a splatter of political satire throughout to keep things fun and relatable. I think this may easily become a new favorite on my pull list.

8.5
Maniac of New York: The Bronx is Burning #1

Jan 8, 2022

I'm stoked to see Maniac Harry murdering innocent people once again! This issue returns to some of the social commentary that the first run initially introduced. We often think of bureaucracy as a byproduct of regulation and government oversight, but as is the case in the private school that this issue centers around, corporate enterprises can (and often do) fall into the same insufferable bureaucratic slogs. Here it's played up to comedic effect, which is pretty ballsy considering school shootings are still a concern in real America. Some might say it's poor taste; I'm not saying that but... 'reader beware,' I guess is what I'm saying.

7.5
Maniac of New York: Don't Call It A Comeback #1

Mar 26, 2023

this next arc starts by reintroducing the themes of corruption that the previous arcs had.

7.5
Maniac of New York #2

Mar 13, 2021

We're taking this in a similar direction to Jaws, but the main characters could use some refinement and the setup's internal logic starts to shock cracks when the Mayor calls in the Maniac Task Force only to send them away.

6.5
Maniac of New York: The Bronx is Burning #2

Jan 19, 2022

I'm completely sold on the aspects of Maniac of New York that lean into the slasher tropes, but I was under the impression that Harry had a level of intelligence that he could at least open doors. In this issue, he has the opportunity to very easily unlock a door through a broken window (at first I thought that was what he was doing, there is a close up to make it absolutely clear that he could do this). Then again, he doesn't even try to open a locker that a student just unlocked to hide in without any time or ability to lock behind him. In both instances he just wails on and stabs the doors. Maybe the writer is making a point of show he can't use doors? The protest is also completely bizarre. This is just a weird series but I can't stop reading.

6.0
Maniac of New York #3

Apr 18, 2021

The tone and pace of the first issue hasn't held, the plot now centers around this one train incident, which is starting to drag.

7.5
Maniac of New York: The Bronx is Burning #3

Mar 12, 2022

We're coming full circle to the Covid metaphor as Harry stumbles into a stadium full of people. Time to spread the murder like wildfire.

7.5
Maniac of New York #4

Jun 19, 2021

This issue represents the climax and reveals another chink in Harry's armor.

7.5
Maniac of New York: The Bronx is Burning #4

Apr 3, 2022

The series could potentially end here, but there is clearly still a plot thread to be resolved about the museum, so I'll be waiting with bated breath for season 3.

7.5
Maniac of New York #5

Jun 19, 2021

This is the final issue in this run, which is odd because it seems to spend time setting up for the next arc. The writer in the back-matter does reveal plans for a second volume however, so there is a promise for more to come after all. Personally, I'd rather they just continued the series from here with a 6th issue.

7.0
Manor Black #1

Sep 2, 2019

A gradual start for such a short series, but the artwork is excellent and the plot is intriguing.

7.0
Martian Manhunter (2015) #1

Jun 27, 2015

The writing is dark and interesting, the art is good, I'm actually more interested in Mr. Biscuits than Martian Manhunter, I wonder what his deal is.

7.5
Martian Manhunter (2015) #2

Jul 31, 2015

I almost dropped this but I'm glad I didn't because I'm enjoying this second issue more than the first one, so I think this will at least be worth sticking around for the first arc. I'm still not sure what the burglar chick has to do with anything, I'm not particularly interested in her; but I could read a solo series about just Mr. Biscuits.

6.5
Martian Manhunter (2015) #3

Sep 4, 2015

Although I'm getting some enjoyment out of this, it is not coherent enough storytelling to warrant high praise.

7.5
Martian Manhunter (2015) #4

Sep 27, 2015

This is getting pretty cool now that the players are coming together and the thrills are getting greater.

7.5
Martian Manhunter (2015) #5

Nov 18, 2015

The humour works well and the ending is consistently enticing enough to keep me coming back for each issue.

6.5
Martian Manhunter (2015) #6

Dec 16, 2015

This should be the most exciting issue so far but I just can't help loosing interest in this series, I don't feel connected to any of the characters and you need that when they are put in peril.

7.5
Marvel Knights: 20th #1

Nov 11, 2018

Our favourite heroes and villains can't remember who they are. Colour me intrigued.

7.5
Marvel Knights: 20th #2

Dec 2, 2018

I see that the Punisher is still his stubborn A-hole self. Good. Stop making Matt say that he "sees" Karen though; he can't see her, he's blind...

7.5
Marvel Knights: 20th #3

Jan 3, 2019

Shifting the focus further on the Punisher, with a peak at Loki and Scarlet Witch. It is interesting, but I'd like to start getting to the point.

8.0
Marvel Knights: 20th #4

Jan 27, 2019

Dope Black Panther issue, T'Challa is the protector that he is whether he remembers his identity or not, it's rather inspiring. T'Challa doesn't have biological claws though, so where did he get the gloves that he uses to climb the wall near the end of the issue?

9.0
Marvel Knights: 20th #5

Jan 27, 2019

A big moment between Fisk and Doom, plus quite the reveal on the last page. This series gets better with each issue.

8.0
Marvel Knights: 20th #6

Feb 9, 2019

The reveal is really cool, but I think maybe it would have had more power behind it if we had more understanding of this supposed doomsday approaching? With no indication that it can be stopped, part of me is wondering if the characters made the wrong decision. Also, the Hulk would have gone after the Punisher in this circumstance, not Sentry. I'll just pretend that Sentry intercepted in order to spare Frank.

3.0
Marvel Legacy #1

Oct 7, 2017

The artwork convinced me to pick this up, but with a below average main plot that is repeatedly interrupted by unrelated trivial bullshit, and at a six dollar price tag. I'm recommending readers avoid this issue like the plague. Don't reward price grabs like these with your hard earned dollars.

7.5
Masked #1

May 17, 2017

Interesting. I like the artwork, not sure what to make of the plot.

7.0
Masks 2 #1

May 10, 2015

The first issue has me intrigued, the Green Hornet & Kato make for great personalities to bounce off of the Shadow.

5.0
Masks 2 #2

May 11, 2015

Enjoyable enough but came off very staged, especially as the characters delve into their backstories. I wonder how long this series will run for, seems like it will eat up a lot of pages if Bunn continues to introduce characters at this rate. The art works, but could be better; I enjoyed the layouts of the previous issue more.

7.0
Masks 2 #3

Jun 14, 2015

Some failed attempts at forced perspective in the art, but otherwise the art's good and communicates well. The writing is better than last issue's, Cullen Bunn seems to like Peter Cannon and I'm enjoying how this issues centres around him, though I've never considered the Spider in a leadership role, we'll see how that goes.

5.0
Masks 2 #4

Jul 4, 2015

Spoilers here for the one other person reading this: it's a big info dump, the entire issue is exposition. At least now we know what is going on and the Masks are all in one place... Oh wait, they got split up again on the last page. The whole point of Masks is to see all the Dynamite characters work together as a team, why split them back up again!? Cullen Bunn is struggling on this one, he's writing half a dozen books right now so I wouldn't be surprised if this one is just a simple paycheck for him. I don't know why Dynamite titles play with time travel so much; wouldn't Miss Fury be more appropriate as the character familiar with the time travel stuff than the Spider? Or has he done time traveling in his book lately as well? On the plus side, Masks 2 is still better than it's predecessor, that series started to suck by the 2nd issue.

6.0
Masks 2 #5

Aug 22, 2015

We finally get some action in this issue, still not sure where it's going and I'm not sure what to make of the last panel, but we shall see.

6.5
Masks 2 #6

Sep 25, 2015

I'm starting to enjoy this more as the time travel stuff gets more convoluted. I'm trusting it will make sense in the end but maybe it won't. Only time travel will tell.

6.0
Masks 2 #7

Nov 18, 2015

It's action packed and fun to watch all of the cool alternate versions of these classic characters. The plot is almost stream of consciousness, like Bunn is making it up as he goes, since time travel is involved, pretty much anything is possible.

5.0
Masks 2 #8

Aug 19, 2016

What was the point of going to ancient Egypt? Those pages, with impeccable artwork, would have been better spent flushing out the climax and epilogues.

7.0
Mayday (2016) #1

May 12, 2017

The colours are pretty sweet. The story is interesting but lacks a central character to anchor it. The writer seems more caught up in 70s nostalgia than anything.

8.0
Meet The Skrulls #1

Mar 10, 2019

I enjoyed this, it is like a more nefarious '3rd Rock From The Sun.'

9.0
Meet The Skrulls #2

Apr 2, 2019

I feel like this came out of nowhere and now it's suddenly a must read. Somehow, I adore and despise these characters at the same time.

9.5
Meet The Skrulls #3

Aug 31, 2019

This plays my emotional chords like a fiddle.

9.5
Meet The Skrulls #4

Aug 31, 2019

Wow, that is one hell of a reveal. "I told you Gloria, this family IS the mission." I've got goosebumps.

9.5
Meet The Skrulls #5

Aug 31, 2019

Excellent ending. It wraps up the story but leaves a thread for the possibility of more at a later date. The butterflies are a nice touch to bring it full circle.

8.5
Memetic #1

Nov 27, 2014

A pretty good modern spin on a traditional concept. Watching helplessly as this meme spreads so rapidly throughout society was actually more disturbing than the result at the end.

8.0
Men of Wrath #1

Oct 1, 2014

A strong start that is apparently more personal to Jason Aaron than you might think. I'm hoping this means it will be more than just a series of bad-ass sequences.

7.5
Men of Wrath #2

Nov 6, 2014

I think I'm hooked.

8.5
Men of Wrath #4

Jan 14, 2015

Man, if you want to see grim and hardcore done right, this is it.

5.5
Men of Wrath #5

Mar 7, 2015

I didn't like this final issue as much. I get what Aaron is going for but Men of Wrath ultimately became tragic for tragedy's sake.

7.0
Micronauts #1

Aug 3, 2016

Well written with good art, but I just don't know anything about Micronauts so I feel like a scared, lost child. If you played with Micronauts in the 70s, I have a feeling that you'll love this; I can't imagine anyone enjoying this series who doesn't already love Micronauts though.

8.0
Middlewest #1

Dec 1, 2018

Young is conservative with providing answers, there are more questions than anything else. The artwork is very nice. I'm intrigued, but I would prefer a little more information about what is going on.

7.0
Middlewest #2

Feb 22, 2019

It's an interesting world, but this kid is kind of a douche.

8.0
Mighty Avengers (2013) #8

Jul 13, 2014

Great character development here. Are they seriously trying to make Blue Marvel a mainstay in the Marvel U?

7.5
Mighty Morphin Power Rangers / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #1

Jan 19, 2020

The plot is setup nicely and promises to go in an interesting direction. A lot of juggling is needed to handle this many characters but the creators are pulling it off thus far.

8.0
Mighty Morphin Power Rangers / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: II #1

Jan 16, 2023

Manages to handle the sprawling cast surprisingly well.

5.5
Mighty Morphin Power Rangers / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #2

Jan 19, 2020

-We must fight! Actually, never mind, let's be friends with very little justification because that's how crossovers work. -Well in that case, Power Rangers whom we just met, come to our secret lair. -Why thank you! In that case, let's all reveal our closely guarded secret identities for no reason. -Well, in that case, you should meet our friend, she's NEWS REPORTER. -Don't worry, I'll go against my own career interests by both keeping your identities secret and by giving you access to my employer's secure database. -By the way, I invented a device that can alter the mass of objects in defiance of physics. I built it in a sewer out of junk, no big deal. I'm sure it won't come up later. Well, at least the last page is cool.

7.0
Mighty Morphin Power Rangers / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: II #2

Feb 24, 2023

I lot of characters and a lot of action. Check it out if you want to see the TMNT in Power Ranger uniforms.

7.0
Mighty Morphin Power Rangers / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #3

Feb 15, 2020

The action isn't communicated very well at times, but I like where the plot is going.

7.0
Mighty Morphin Power Rangers / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: II #3

Mar 8, 2023

Plot-wise, this is the best issue so far. Character-wise, Casey Jones is way off base: his character is not one that plays 3D chess or concocts intricate plans; he has always been emotionally driven and reliant on others to hold him back and come up with a plan.

6.0
Mighty Morphin Power Rangers / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #4

Apr 5, 2020

The comic is just extremely crowded and lays the cheese on thick. The novelty is already wearing off as we go through the motions of pretty much what you'd expect.

3.5
Mighty Morphin Power Rangers / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #5

Jul 19, 2020

There are way too many panels where I simply can't tell what's going on. The art is messy, the story is messy, the conclusion is lackluster, and the internal reality seems to warp towards whatever the writers thought would be the most fan-servicing. I can't recommend this series to anyone in good conscience, fan or otherwise.

6.0
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2016) #0

Aug 6, 2016

You're a loose cannon Tommy, you need to fall in line!

7.0
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2016) #1

Mar 27, 2016

The Rangers are in the same 90s costumes and the video record panels opening the comic look like bad 90s camcorder images, only to reveal that Bulk and Skull are making a video podcast. This confused me immensely until I saw smart phones and realized that this is set in modern times. I can't say I'm a fan of that choice, the original MMPR was such a staple of the 90s that it's counter intuitive to set the comic up compatible with the cannon of the TV show while at the same time ignoring twenty years of difference in technology. Is it in canon with the tv series or is it a remake? Make up your mind. Other than that I enjoyed the comic. The artwork looks good, especially the action panels, where you can tell the most effort was concentrated (just like the tv show!). The story is decent, it actually rips off Star Trek II at one point, which is kind of funny.

7.0
Millarworld Annual #1

Aug 6, 2016

CHRONONAUTS // PROM NIGHT: This one's hilarious, can you imagine time traveling so that you can get your past self laid on prom night? -- KICK ASS // BLINDSIDED: Not bad, the last panel is kind of funny but I don't think it is intended to be. -- AMERICAN JESUS // UNDEATH: This one's my favourite, it's very creepy and dark, the artwork is cool. Gives you pause to think of the major ramifications of stopping death, even for a minute. -- KINGMAN // THE SECRET SERVICE: This is the worst of the stories in here. It's not terrible, it's just a cliche fight sequence and the whole "what happened to your friend?" "Oh, he had to leave." Plus, the stuff involving the queen was confusing and completely unnecessary. -- STARLIGHT // DUKE McQUEEN'S GREATEST ADVENTURE: This was a good excuse to hear about some of Duke's adventures, and the ending brings home that emotional edge that made Starlight special. -- HIT GIRL // MINDY'S ABCs: This was an interesting idea, I forget sometimes that Mindy is still a little girl and this reminds us. -- OVERALL: Some titles add some interesting incite, others are completely unnecessary and come off as essentially what these are, which is legitimized fan-fic. But for $2.99, I'd say go for it.

7.0
Miracleman by Gaiman & Buckingham #0

Nov 10, 2022

The story with Miracleman confronting his creator is pretty cool. The others are alright.

9.0
Miracleman by Gaiman & Buckingham #1

Sep 20, 2015

Pretty amazing stuff, it's a real treat to have this back in print. What I don't get is the $4.99 price tag. The "bonus content" is just some extra pages with the interiors presented in black and white plus the script. This may excite some but I think I'd rather pay regular price for just the story, I simply don't see why I should pay $4.99 for 30 year old reprints, where is that money going? Might be better off buying it in trade.

8.5
Miracleman by Gaiman & Buckingham: The Silver Age #1

Nov 10, 2022

The first issue already heralds a heady series.

8.0
Miracleman by Gaiman & Buckingham: The Silver Age #2

Dec 4, 2022

WTF? WTF! WTF!?

7.5
Miracleman by Gaiman & Buckingham: The Silver Age #3

Jan 16, 2023

Were all of the interiors redone from scratch?

7.0
Miracleman by Gaiman & Buckingham: The Silver Age #4

Mar 26, 2023

Slow issue.

8.0
Mirka Andolfo's Mercy #1

Mar 14, 2020

The artwork is excellent. The story is kind of like Oliver Twist meets Species. I can't say for sure yet if this is worth sticking with or not, but give the first issue a whirl if it sounds like something you'd like.

7.5
Mirka Andolfo's Mercy #2

Jul 11, 2020

At first adorable and then, almost immediately, horrifying.

8.5
Mirka Andolfo's Mercy #3

Aug 25, 2020

What a fantastically gross issue.

9.0
Mirka Andolfo's Mercy #4

Aug 25, 2020

Wow, Mirka Andolfo almost makes me root for the horrible monsters, which is kind of amazing. Each issue gets better and better, I'm glad I stuck around.

9.0
Mirka Andolfo's Mercy #5

Apr 3, 2021

Mirka has somehow convinced me to root for her monstrous protagonist.

9.5
Mirka Andolfo's Mercy #6

Apr 3, 2021

Mirka Andolfo nails the tragic ending.

7.5
Mirka Andolfo's Sweet Paprika #1

Aug 1, 2021

I'm not sure if this is related to Mirka Andolfo's other title UnSacred, but it's already clear that this will be a book of fun and sexy times. Only time will tell if the plot goes anywhere interesting, there's not enough to make a judgment on that yet.

6.5
Miss Fury #8

Nov 9, 2014

Kind of cool, but weird and difficult to follow

5.0
Miss Fury #9

Nov 9, 2014

It's a pretty looking comic, But I'm seriously not buying Miss Fury's motivations. It's also weird that this other player appears to accomplish essentially nothing.

5.5
Miss Fury #10

Nov 12, 2014

Another detour, this plot is just way too convoluted, and somehow it's all got to be wrapped up in the next issue? At least the superhero mobster is kind of cool, and the art is still top notch.

5.0
Miss Fury #11

Jun 28, 2015

Miss Fury could have been a great series, but the complex and convoluted time travel plot just proved to be too much for a monthly title. It may read better as a trade, I'm honestly not sure at this point. The saving grace has certainly been the artwork, especially in this last issue, few Dynamite titles have matched this level of quality and I hope to see more out of this team because I'm sure a more concise plot would have yielded a comic that's much more palatable.

7.5
Miss Fury Vol. 2 #1

Apr 12, 2016

A relatively simple story of mystery and intrigue that I'm liking so far. Volume 1 got lost in way too much time travel nonsense, it became incoherent, but this volume doesn't look like it will have that problem. This volume also has my boy Jonathan Lau on the art, I still can't believe Marvel or DC haven't stolen him, he's Dynamite's best kept secret.

7.0
Miss Fury Vol. 2 #2

May 22, 2016

The plot thickens with further mystery and intrigue, I have a feeling this will read better as a trade since each issue is more a piece of a story than a complete thought. Lau's art is enough to keep me coming back each month, if nothing else.

7.5
Miss Fury Vol. 2 #3

Jun 5, 2016

Whoa, apparently we're getting into some dark occult stuff now. Cool.

8.0
Miss Fury Vol. 2 #4

Aug 2, 2016

Aw, this is going to be ending sooner than I thought. It's gotten pretty good, the occult stuff has gotten crazy and Miss Fury kicks some demon ass. I love Lau/Andrade's green ghouly fire too.

8.5
Miss Fury Vol. 2 #5

Sep 23, 2016

I'm going to miss this comic. Lau went all out on the art for this, what a ride. Bechko shows off her writing chops, allowing inner conflict to be showcased on the page and giving a thoughtful way to resolve the conflict. Dynamite doesn't have anything else at this level and I hope that Bechko and Lau will do a third volume because I'd love to read more Miss Fury from this team.

8.0
Mockingbird #1

Mar 27, 2016

A surprisingly good debut, despite having no idea what is going on. The plot unfolds as you read and apparently this issue is meant to be revisited later, lending to a unique reading experience.

6.5
Monsters Unleashed #1

Mar 5, 2017

Props for McNiven's stellar artwork but I think I already see where the tiny shred of plot in this event is going. This is just going to be a lot of mindless action.

4.0
Monsters Unleashed #2

Mar 5, 2017

Uhk, it's like eating 20 pounds of gummy worms.

9.5
Monstress #1

Dec 13, 2015

At $4.99, it's actually a pretty good deal considering you get three times the number of pages in a regular comic. The artwork is striking and elegant, with a story reminiscent of a Miyazaki film. The backstory eluded to throughout sounds like a WWI type scenario and I hope to see some coverage of that aspect. I think this will be a smash hit with manga readers but even those reading American comics like myself will find something to enjoy here.

7.5
Monstress #2

Jan 29, 2016

Grr, why did this series have to be good, I'm buying too many comics as it is and this one came out of nowhere to hook me in!

8.5
Monstress #3

Mar 24, 2016

Dark, intense, gorgeous. Monstress is a hell of a read.

8.0
Monstress #4

Apr 18, 2016

The dialog at the beginning is a bit difficult to follow, but it is important to the backstory of the Monstress world. The pages where Maika is struggling with this demon thing are the best. I think this little fox girl desperately needs to get away from Maika, yet there are just too many other dangerous things out there.

7.0
Monstress #5

Apr 30, 2016

The opening pages of the concentration camp are captivating, I hope to see some followup to that. The rest of this issue was actually kind of dull, it gets us where we need to be by the end of the issue, hopefully the plot kicks back in again in the next issue.

9.5
Monstress #6

Jun 1, 2016

Wow, what an amazing issue. Everything in the series so far has built up to this point and the heavy action and revelations that are delivered to the reader are almost too much to handle. And what's even better is that it's not over! I was leery when I saw the first issue in my LCBS for the first time, I did not have room for another title and I'm not typically into magical fantasy comics, but boy am I glad that I gave that first issue a chance because I'll be recommending the first volume to everyone that I can.

7.5
Monstress #7

Oct 22, 2016

Maika was exceptionally cold in this issue, I actually lost some respect for her for letting them torture Ren.

8.0
Monstress #8

Dec 8, 2016

Maika just can't play nice with the other kids.

8.0
Monstress #9

Jan 16, 2017

We learn more about Maika's lineage and upbringing, flush out the mythology some more with these weird parasitic demon thingers, then shove off to explore the super spooky island, oh boy!

8.5
Monstress #10

Apr 23, 2017

It's like reading a modern Iliad, highly recommended.

9.5
Monstress #11

Jun 4, 2017

I took my time reading this issue to savour it. The ominous mood is intoxicating as this Blood Fox tells the tale of Maika's mother, with a sudden rush of adrenaline spiking the plot into high gear for the looming cliffhanger. It goes without saying how impressive the artwork is, but I'm also impressed with the vocabulary that Liu brings to her dialogue. I just can't recommend Monstress enough.

9.5
Monstress #12

Jun 4, 2017

A fittingly dark and gruesome end to this arc, the creators aren't pulling any punches. I like that we've finally discovered a more vulnerable side to Zinn, it makes him much more interesting.

7.0
Mouse Guard: The Owlhen Caregiver #1

Jan 17, 2022

- THE OWLHEN CAREGIVER: I actually didn't care for this one as much as the two stories following. Why would an owl need a mouse as a protector, unless he was just humoring the mouse the whole time? That being said, it's still a touching story told mostly with tapestry-style artwork. - PIPER THE LISTENER: This story used tapestry-style art as well but I found it was incorporated more interestingly among regular artwork in panels. There wasn't much of an end to the story. - THE WILD WOLF: I enjoyed this one the most. It is tragic like the first one, but with a more interesting premise, climax, and reveal.

8.0
MPH #1

May 23, 2014

A lot of questions are raised but, assuming they are answered, this looks like it will be a fun series.

6.5
MPH #2

Jun 23, 2014

Some weird physics (that Millar is perfectly aware of) and fairly uninteresting characters here; but at least it is fun. The various depictions of super-speed remain engaging.

7.5
MPH #3

Sep 11, 2014

The cliffhanger at the end of this one takes this issue a little above average.

7.0
MPH #4

Nov 19, 2014

There's something about MPH, it struggles to come to life, yet I'm having trouble putting my finger on why. It may be that I don't find the characters engaging.

8.5
MPH #5

Mar 7, 2015

MPH hasn't been Millar's best effort, but he's pretty darn good at writing endings and this book is no exception. All of the events of the plot come together in a very tight and clever fashion. My criticism is with how psycho Chevy is, it doesn't feel particularly genuine seeing as he's been a good guy up to now. I guess he's just a really mean drunk? There is also no explanation to the MPH pills, which I thought there would be when every other plot thread was tied up so neatly.

9.0
Murder Falcon #1

Oct 15, 2018

I didn't think the concept would interest me, but I love Extremity, so I picked this up. I'm glad that I did, it is over-the-top yet simultaneously down-to-earth and emotionally vulnerable. You'll have to imagine the metal soundtrack, but the artwork makes it easy to. I was expecting some kind of writer's playlist at the end, but instead there is a heartfelt letter. Very promising, don't miss out.

9.0
Murder Falcon #2

Nov 23, 2018

This is what Dark Nights: Metal wishes it was; crazy, over-the-top fun with a heart of gold.

9.5
Murder Falcon #3

Feb 2, 2019

DWJ never fails to break your heart every time you learn something new about a character.

8.0
My Bad #1

Nov 17, 2021

This one is an anthology in which Mark Russell leads off with the first story and a couple of "ad" pages, while the others stories and bonus material are written by Bryce Ingman (with the exception of an ad-lib by Scott Morse). Even as an anthology, the stories live in the same canon and carry over some continuity, so there's still a sense that the comic is one semi-coherent piece. All of the artwork for the story material is handled by the same art team, Peter Krause and Kelly Fitzpatrick, with all lettering handled by Rob Steen, so that also helps tie the whole comic together and makes feel more like a hybrid between and anthology and a typical comic book. The gags and characters were extremely fun and I think this anthology format will actually play to Mark Russell's strengths in the way he likes to write So, even though super heroes analogues have been mined to death, I'm still totally sold on this series and will be sticking around.

9.0
My Bad: Vol. 2 #1

Dec 13, 2022

As hilarious as volume 1. I know that superhero's are overdone, including in satire, but this title is well worth reading regardless.

9.0
My Bad #2

Dec 13, 2021

I laughed out loud several times. The Chandelier is especially entertaining in his self assured ineptitude that one could only expect from a trust fund baby turned super hero. My favorite line is, "I'd forgotten that Pig Latin speaks in an indecipherable language known only to him."

8.5
My Bad: Vol. 2 #2

Jan 6, 2023

Hilarious, as always. Don't skip the Good Karen prose story at the end.

9.0
My Bad #3

Jan 17, 2022

The Butler sleeps in a drawer! LOL! I can't get enough of this series, I need this humor in my life.

9.0
My Bad: Vol. 2 #3

Mar 7, 2023

#SavePizzaDelivery

9.5
My Bad #4

Apr 3, 2022

Acid Chimp has me laughing so hard. We need an Acid Chip theme, any talented producers out there?

8.0
My Bad: Vol. 2 #4

Mar 7, 2023

To be honest, I forgot about the giant lizards.

9.0
My Bad #5

Apr 3, 2022

The series wraps up with a full length story to tie the plots together, putting the Chandelier in his rightful place. There's even a stinger at the end, in true superhero fashion. I certainly hope this isn't the last we've heard of My Bad.

7.5
My Date With Monsters #1

Nov 18, 2021

This has me interested, but I will say that it's one of the most convoluted setups for a story in recent memory.

7.5
My Little Pony/Transformers #1

Aug 9, 2020

Since I typically buy everything Transformers, I had to decide whether to check this one out or now. I'm not regretting that I did, there are actually some pretty funny gags in James Asmus's half and I find myself quite smitten with Queen Chrysalis.

6.0
My Little Pony/Transformers #2

Sep 20, 2020

Looks like this is going to be a series of one-off shorts as the storylines started in the first issue are abandoned here. What is most disheartening is that this issue isn't as funny, but not for lack of trying.

4.0
My Little Pony/Transformers #3

Nov 16, 2020

I guess the first issue is going to be the only funny one. The first story in this issue is cute but almost as forgettable as the second story.

5.0
My Little Pony/Transformers #4

Nov 16, 2020

We quickly establish that the Insecticons aren't scared of helpless ponies, I don't see much reason to be scared off just because more helpless ponies show up... The final story wraps things up with the power of friendship, which is a thing I suppose, so... Sure. There is a tease for future stores at the end. Naw, I'm good, thanks.

4.5
Mythic #1

May 25, 2015

Other than the freakishly elongated female figure on a couple pages, I enjoyed the art. I did not, however, enjoy the story, or lack there of. It's kind of like FBP but with magic instead of physics. None of the characters are interesting and they are dealing with magic, so that's not interesting either. I'm glad it was only $1.99, I like Hester's writing, but not this time around.

8.0
Nailbiter #1

May 7, 2014

Very intriguing. I sense a lot of seeds being sprinkled already in this first issue.

8.5
Nailbiter #2

Jun 5, 2014

Smart, creepy, cinematic. This is a really good read.

8.0
Nailbiter #3

Jul 3, 2014

There's no telling when a killer will strike next and everyone is a suspect. The story is great, my criticism is with the colors in this issue. Having a muted colour palette is one thing, but some of these panels are so dark and muggy that most of the details are lost. This could just be a matter of the printers churning the pages out too dark, but the contrast really needs to be ramped up in future issues to fix this problem.

7.5
Nailbiter #4

Aug 8, 2014

This issue features some of the crappiest police work in a comic: a civilian can sneek right up to the Nailbiter's jail cell, and a perp is unmasked first instead of disarmed. The crazy ending makes up for some of this.

8.0
Nailbiter #5

Sep 4, 2014

Warren is an increasingly interesting character, and the new developments are increasingly exciting.

8.0
Nailbiter #6

Oct 1, 2014

A bit of a distraction from the main story, but there was also a nice little bonus story to tide me over, so extra points for that gentlemen.

6.5
Nailbiter #8

Dec 8, 2014

This issue was kind of dull, it's not bad by any stretch but I consider it the weakest issue of the series so far. *spoilers* Did Finch honestly shoot that guy in the leg and leave him hanging on to his shotgun? Maybe that will be addressed is the next issue, but it's pretty jarring, especially when he is well aware how many killers live in this town. Also, that guy could easily bleed out and die, especially if he was hit in the femoral artery. Aaand this is why people don't trust cops these days...

6.5
Nailbiter #9

Jan 12, 2015

It's twenty pages, but it just goes by so fast. We get some clues to the Buckaroo question and possibly a brand new serial killer introduced. The plotting and tone are working, but there is something missing which might be that we have to wait for the end of the arc to get any sense of pay off, so it's a long wait. Even then, the ultimate question to Buckaroo probably won't be answered until the end of the series. I guess the question I ask myself as a reader is, am I getting my money's worth out of each issue? With a $2.99 price tag, I say yes. If that price goes up, it could turn the series into something to trade wait for.

7.0
Nailbiter #10

Feb 13, 2015

There's a lot of great things about this issue: the school bus of kids in danger is high risk and the shocking actions of a little girl are intense. Let's not forgot the totally bad ass cliff hanger, but the issue falls short on the pacing. The whole thing feels like it's flying at a mile a minute and suddenly it's over. I wonder if increasing the page count from 20 to 22 pages would have helped at all, but the pacing is important in carrying the mood. The comic isn't scary if the mood isn't right. Hopefully this is just a hiccup in Nailbiter's pacing but I do admit that each new psycho becomes an increasingly unwanted distraction from the main story. Maybe it's better for everyone to wrap this series up after 25 issues or it could easily grow very stale.

8.5
Nailbiter #11

Apr 5, 2015

Best issue of Nailbiter in a while, seeing Warren freak out was awesome. We're getting seriously teased about the secret of the Butchers though and I'd rather not have that shoved at me if I have to wait a long time still to get that answer. Why don't you just dangle a steak in front of a starving orphan while you're at it?

7.0
Nailbiter #12

May 14, 2015

It ended sooner than I would ave liked, didn't feel like a complete though. I like where we're going here though, can't wait for the next issue.

8.0
Nailbiter #13

Jun 6, 2015

Love the cover, love the backstory sequences, love watching Warren scare the piss out of people.

7.5
Nailbiter #14

Jul 6, 2015

Still good, but man does each issue feel short.

8.5
Nailbiter #15

Aug 11, 2015

There is a twist that is far out of left field prior to this issue, got to admit that I didn't see that coming. It's an exciting issue and feels big. The pacing wasn't totally on point but I got what it was going for.

7.5
Nailbiter #16

Nov 9, 2015

They transferred Finch's partner out!? Now that he is finally awake!? Oh, you are a marvelous bastard Joshua Williamson... I liked the Halloween stuff, that was spoooooky fun.

7.5
Nailbiter #17

Feb 10, 2016

The violent flashes are cool, it's going to catch me off guard when she finally gives in.

6.5
Nailbiter #18

Feb 10, 2016

Not a lot happened in this issue.

7.5
Nailbiter #19

Feb 14, 2016

Does the Nailbiter have delusion? That part was funny and I enjoyed the stuff at the end too.

8.5
Nailbiter #20

Jun 9, 2016

The Devil Killer was resolved too quickly, I actually thought that I missed an issue at first. This is made up for by the amazing yet simultaneously infuriating ending. Also, this issue features some of the worst drawing of hands that I've ever seen.

8.0
Nailbiter #21

Jun 9, 2016

Man, I feel bad for Alice. Those teenagers are screwed up... I mean, even more so than the average teenager.

8.0
Nailbiter #22

Jun 11, 2016

I don't know if Alice in the blindfold is supposed to be funny, but it is.

8.0
Nailbiter #23

Jul 18, 2016

May be getting close to solving the Buckaroo Butcher mystery...

8.5
Nailbiter #24

Aug 19, 2016

We're finally getting some answers, or so it would seem... Don't forget about the bees.

8.5
Nailbiter #25

Mar 31, 2017

I need to go back and read the Hack/Slash crossover now. Another great issue, we're getting ever closer to the truth, but more blood must be spilled on the way.

8.5
Nailbiter #26

Apr 2, 2017

A lovely Christmas issue, the heartwarming tale of Nailbiter's history and present at Christmas. I'm not sure how Finch got in his predicament at the cliffhanger, hopefully that is explained later.

8.5
Nailbiter #27

Apr 10, 2017

Man, the pages with Finch are disturbing.

9.0
Nailbiter #28

Apr 10, 2017

The opening pages are particularly well done, and the collateral damage is cranking up as Nailbiter screams to it's conclusion.

8.0
Nailbiter #29

Apr 15, 2017

The mysteries of Buckaroo are mostly revealed. I thought there would be more to the bees than that. I"m actually glad that the series didn't run longer, it's not that I don't like it or that I have a particular problem with the answers that I'm getting, but the longer this series was drawn out, the more I was expecting the reveal to be mind blowing, which it isn't really. It's good, but not mind blowing. I wonder if any revelation could have met with the expectations that were built up.

7.5
Nailbiter #30

Apr 15, 2017

**Heads up, this review contains minor SPOILERS** The last few pages are pretty sweet. But what happened to the gauntlet? Is running through a tunnel considered a gauntlet? Am I missing pages? FYI, I live in Portland, so I appreciate name-dropping the Hollywood Theatre, nice touch. I don't know if I like Finch anymore, does he torture people for a living now? If this series ever starts up again, he'd make for a good serial killer nemesis.

8.0
Nailbiter: Nailbiter / Hack/Slash #1

Mar 10, 2015

Make sure you read Nailbiter / Hack/Slash side before Hack/Slash / Nailbiter because that's the chronological order. I like the format, it's just like the Revival/Chew crossover. It's also a good price considering you get two comics out of it and I enjoyed both stories. I'd say I liked the second story I little more, it's written by Tim Seeley, so Hack and Slash's personalities are more accurate; I found Cassie Hack's voice wasn't quite right in the first story. I also preferred the artwork and silliness in the second story. There's some good stuff in the first one too though, we get an earlier look at the Nailbiter and it has an interesting butcher. I'd say the first story is about a 7.5/10 and the second one is about an 8.5/10. So 8 overall.

8.0
Nailbiter Returns #1

Jun 7, 2020

I thought Nailbiter ended in a good place, but this successfully recreates the draw of the first run and has me intrigued.

8.0
Nailbiter Returns #2

Jul 26, 2020

The passage of Edward's solitary confinement and the reveal regarding the couple are the beginning are well handled by the artist.

6.5
Nailbiter Returns #3

Aug 9, 2020

The introductory scene is rather confusing. And what, Edward could just break through that glass? Either Finch is incompetent or that's bullshit.

7.0
Nailbiter Returns #4

Sep 5, 2020

The plot's alright but nothing special.

7.5
Nailbiter Returns #5

Oct 25, 2020

Seeing Edward in swat gear, pointing his fingers like they're guns really warmed my heart.

7.0
Nailbiter Returns #6

Nov 19, 2020

Things get more interesting as we get closer to discovering the main villain.

7.5
Nailbiter Returns #7

Feb 20, 2021

Nothing like some blood-induced hallucinations.

7.5
Nailbiter Returns #8

Feb 20, 2021

The series is picking up now that we have a solid villain to focus on.

8.5
Nailbiter Returns #9

Feb 20, 2021

I love that this is going all out with the eye-theatrics, especially that last page.

8.5
Nailbiter Returns #10

Mar 11, 2021

Crazy ending, with the promise of more to come.

6.0
Naughty List #1

May 11, 2022

This does a great job and setting Santa up as a depressed, suicidal S.O.B. but not as good a job at hooking me with a plot.

5.0
Neon Future #1

Feb 10, 2019

The premise sounds interesting, but the first issue doesn't do much to introduce the world or endear the characters to the reader. I find the plot particularly difficult to follow after we seem to transition to a later date and everyone is acting counter to their expressed motivations. It's just messy.

6.0
New Avengers (2013) #33

May 25, 2015

You should probably read this before reading Secret Wars. It's got a lot of Hickman's trademark cosmic stuff, the main downside would be that it's fairly procedural and not particularly exciting given the scope of what's happening here.

4.5
New Avengers (2015) #1

Oct 22, 2015

Theoretically, it should be called AIM, but that won't sell and it's also confusing because apparently AIM is the good guys now. Ultimately there are just too many characters to get into this comic. It's not memorable or interesting but at least the art is decent.

8.0
New Masters #1

Feb 6, 2022

New Masters drops you straight in the deep end of this Afrofuturist sci-fi and makes no apologies about doing so. By the end of the first issue, I feel I've got a grasp on the world just in time for the creators to introduce a McGuffin that stretches my credulity near its breaking point. But I'm most interested in the colonial allegory this is steeped in, I hope to see this further expanded upon.

5.0
New Suicide Squad #1

Jul 12, 2014

No real direction present here in this issue, which I suspect will be indicative for the future of this series. There's a lot of action that mostly amount to cool posing. In fact, the new members of this team seem to be on the roster simply because Mr. Sage thinks their cool. I wasn't expecting metacommentary, but there it is.

7.5
Night Hunters #1

Jan 17, 2021

A seductive cyberpunk world, very reminiscent of 2000 AD's Mega-City One. The artwork, especially the colors, are bold and unapologetic. The downside is that the colors tend to hurt me eyes, I'm glad the creators at least chose to go with a newsprint stock that's not glossy.

7.5
Night Hunters #2

Apr 18, 2021

Cool enough to come back for more.

7.5
Night Hunters #3

Jul 13, 2021

I'm impressed at how well the artist can depict inner turmoil in a character with no expressions that can't speak.

9.0
Night of the Ghoul #1

Oct 14, 2022

Snyder's back in true form. This is the best material of his I've read since wytches. His writing seems completely amateur when he tries to make an epic superhero crossover, but horror just seesm to tease out his natural talent.

9.5
Night of the Ghoul #2

Oct 14, 2022

The artwork is superbly fosters the creepy factor and takes this to the next level.

8.5
Night of the Ghoul #3

Nov 9, 2022

A bit more of the ghoul lore is communicated.

9.0
Night of the Ghoul #4

Nov 9, 2022

The protagonist is still in denial about what's happening, can't say I blame him, it's too horrific to believe.

9.0
Night of the Ghoul #5

Dec 13, 2022

A thrilling issue with Aliens film vibes.

9.5
Night of the Ghoul #6

Dec 13, 2022

What a twist!

4.0
Nighthawk #1

May 29, 2016

It's as if some high schoolers made a comic that rips off Batman and then Marvel picked it up. The writing sucks, especially for the tech support character, she seems to have the power of superhuman annoyance. She's supposed to funny, but instead is unbearable. Nighthawk is basically just a less interesting Bruce Wayne who doesn't talk much. The most relatable characters are the detectives and they are not even main characters. I also can't tell if this other corrupt detective that we see later is the same guy or a different detective from the one we see earlier; I'm pretty sure he's supposed to be a different guy. Don't make two different detectives look the same, duh, he even has the same colour tie. The art is also not up to par, an experienced inker could make a world of difference. I don't know who thought this series was a good idea considering Batman and Moon Knight still exist, but if you are itching to piss four bucks a month away on a store brand Batman that costs more than the name brand Batman (since DC is going to start putting $2.99 books out again), be my guest.

4.0
Nightwing (2016) #5

Oct 23, 2016

Sooo, Nightwing and Batwoman broke their fall on an injection gun, and everyone is okay with that? I also don't get why Nightwing and Spoiler feel that they can't move their Google search to another rooftop as the monster closes in. This issue is just goofy and not in a good way, I just want this Night of the Monster Men thing to be over.

5.0
Nightwing (2016) #6

Oct 7, 2016

This Night of the Monster Men event has brought the Batman family into the realm of generic super hero and there is simply nothing to get excited about. I just can't make myself care what happens in this story, let Gotham sink for all I care.

6.0
Ninjak (2015) #1

Apr 25, 2015

Enough to satisfy a Ninjak fan, but I seriously doubt it will convert anyone who wasn't a fan beforehand. The art looks great and there a hefty does of spy fantasy, but it's not my thing.

8.0
Nocterra #1

Mar 9, 2021

Conceptually, it not too dissimilar from the zombie genre. Snyder's writing tends to flourish in character-centered horror stories like this, but there is also a lot of large scale world-building happening here, which tends to run away with him. I'd say that it's too early to make a call on this series, but the first issue shows tremendous potential.

7.5
Nomen Omen #1

Oct 8, 2019

The first issue is quite interesting, though I'm not entirely sure what is going on (other than witchcraft) and I probably won't until the first arc finishes because it seems to be by design. The artwork is good and makes sensible use of color (or lack thereof). It's too early for me to make a call on this story, but the creators seem pretty dedicated to the lore.

9.0
Not All Robots #1

Aug 8, 2021

Mark Russell has done it again with another inspired satire. It's a future that makes sense with the direction of the global economy; one that can't function without consumption, and so that is all humanity remains to do. Meanwhile, automation has taken over the means of production entirely, but in a way where the robots quip, "See you later, terminator," and, "In a while, rotary, dial." There are allusions to a 1950's household, with the robot functioning as the sole breadwinner that the rest of the family is completely reliant on, and so must weather the resentment of their own proprietor. Mike Deodato himself is skeptical that he's the right pick to handle the artwork and I share his skepticism, but he's brought a level of realism that grounds this concept, which is interesting. It's a step removed from the cartoony nature of Mark Russell's previous stories.

10
Not All Robots #2

Sep 12, 2021

Mark Russell has surpassed his own high standards with the most hilarious book I've read in years. I don't think my review can do this justice, the satire distills the tensions of 2020 so perfectly. But even beyond that, little things like how the robots wear "user-friendly" t-shirts as a passive-aggressive statement against the most cosmetic solution that could possibly be offered, these flourishes debilitate me with laughter. Something so funny and so socially on-point deserves far more recognition than I fear this story will ever receive. Here's hoping for an Eisner.

8.5
Not All Robots #3

Oct 23, 2021

Not as packed with laughs as issue #2 was, but I like that the Omni Robotics CEO looks like Jeff Bezos (who looks like Dr. Evil). And we find out that, of course, the cheapest new Mandroids come with advertising programmed in. We also get to enjoy a cliffhanger that might finally get the message through to Donny that he's a total cuck.

9.0
Not All Robots #4

Jan 8, 2022

Engage Robo-Charlottesville. Satire protocol fully functional.

8.0
Not All Robots #5

Jan 9, 2022

Light on laughs, but still heavy on reflection. This issue concludes volume one, but hopefully that means there will be a volume two because this has become my favorite comic.

7.0
Nova (2015) #1

Dec 4, 2015

Enjoyable, well composed, establishes the characters and set up in an entertaining way. Good first issue.

8.0
Nova (2016) #1

Jan 14, 2017

Sam lives out every schoolboy's nightmare, far worse than battling space parasites. This is a promising start, the pieces are set up in an efficient and entertaining way, leaving plenty of room to frolic for issues to come.

7.5
Occupy Avengers #1

Nov 26, 2016

It's pretty good actually. There's a socially relevant catalyst to the story, which is contaminated water on a Reservation. I'm not really sure why bandit dudes go after Hawkeye, I'm assuming that will be explained later.

7.5
Old Guard #1

Mar 5, 2017

The art is very graphic and gets pretty cool when all the guns are going off. There isn't enough in the first issue to get hooked on as it is mosly action without much time for character developement. I find that I usually need about three issues before Rucka's books sink their claws into me.

5.5
Old Guard: Force Multiplied #1

Jan 24, 2020

Make sure to read the first volume of the Old Guard if you haven't already because this issue does not take time to reestablish the setup for new readers. In all honesty, two thirds of this issue didn't feel necessary. I suppose elements of backstory contained in the first part are good to set context and tone, but this random heist in the middle of the issue did absolutely nothing for me because I have no investment as a reader, no reason to care.

8.0
Old Guard #2

Apr 2, 2017

We have a chance to get familiar with the characters and get more insight into their unique abilities.

7.0
Old Guard: Force Multiplied #2

Jul 11, 2021

Nile's budding relationship could use some further development, but I like seeing the reaction of her comrades who know the greater ramifications of what she's getting into. Like parents watching their teenage child learn from their own mistakes.

8.5
Old Guard #3

May 7, 2017

This is the best issue yet. The series is starting to find its groove. You get a good understanding of what a curse immortality can be, at least when you are one of the only people that is nearly immortal.

7.0
Old Guard: Force Multiplied #3

Jul 11, 2021

We finally get further context of what happened with Nualia but, honestly, I expected the others to be a little more at fault somehow. I get that she suffered for centuries, but you can't really fault the other for the weather...

9.0
Old Guard #4

May 31, 2017

What a twist! Though it would admittedly have more impact if it hit later in the series.

9.0
Old Guard: Force Multiplied #4

Jul 11, 2021

Patience through the first three issues finally pays off here. A mix of backstory, character development and tragedy make this easily the best of the arc thus far.

8.5
Old Guard #5

Jul 9, 2017

An action packed conclusion to the first arc.

9.0
Old Guard: Force Multiplied #5

Jul 11, 2021

An excellent finale to the arc. The only thing that is a bit off is how quickly Andy's comrades walked away from here. Like, she's going through some shit guys, show some empathy, jeez.

7.0
Once Upon a Time at the End of the World #1

Nov 28, 2022

This is a meet cute between two young characters in a waterlogged garbage world. It's not bad, but I'm not seeing anything original to stand out in the ocean of post-apocalyptic comics on the market.

7.5
Optimus Prime #1

May 14, 2017

So, are faceplates in style now? I demand to know what the deal is with the faceplate! I like the artwork, although there is the occasional element that isn't clear: Aileron gets mad at humans behind her for reasons that I'm unsure of. The reveal at the end has me excited.

7.0
Optimus Prime #2

May 29, 2017

You guys have to do the Universal Greeting, come on now. I'm actually finding the flashbacks to be the most interesting, Cybertron has such an intricate history.

7.0
Optimus Prime #3

Jun 5, 2017

Nice to have a Soundwave heavy issue, I like that he's taking certain matters into his own hands, it could blow up in his face later though.

6.5
Optimus Prime #4

Jun 6, 2017

A fairly uneventful issue until the end really. I like the flashbacks but now I'm starting to wonder what the relevance of them is.

7.5
Optimus Prime #5

Jun 7, 2017

The Sharkticons spread all the way from the Alps to Mexico city? Other than that, I think the series is getting back on track. This issue was much more interesting and not just because of the action. I love Soundwave's ditch effort against the Sharkticons: quoting from Megatron's autobiography, Towards Peace. If IDW ever feels inclined to publish Towards Peace in its entirety, I would totally buy that. Just putting that out there *hint hint*.

8.0
Optimus Prime #6

Jun 8, 2017

The current and the flashback stories culminate in a way that contract when Optimus lost his peaceful optimism and when he regained it.

7.5
Optimus Prime #7

Aug 25, 2017

Starting to feel bad for Jetfire and Slide.

7.0
Optimus Prime #8

Aug 26, 2017

The best line goes to Jetfire, "I'm not a flier OR a scientist. I'm BOTH. And that's something 'normal channels' won't let me be." This is something that anyone disenfranchised with their system of government can relate to.

9.5
Optimus Prime #9

Aug 30, 2017

Holy crap, this is good. Sideswipe... Something doesn't feel right while reading it, details like Soundwave being on Cybertron... Then it gets to the reveal and suddenly it all clicks and my heart breaks. This is definitely the best issue of this series thus far.

5.5
Optimus Prime #10

Sep 3, 2017

Quite the detour from the main story, I'm not sure I get the point. Is it to draw parallels to the council of worlds and give insight to Arcee's backstory? I found the flashback story kind of difficult to follow actually, and there was ample opportunity for Alpha Trion to dress it up with more narration and make it more clear. The titans were also a completely unnecessary addition.

6.0
Optimus Prime #11

Jun 24, 2020

I like that this acknowledges the events of First Strike but it's an odd excuse to... go looking for Jazz.

7.0
Optimus Prime #12

Jun 24, 2020

Gun smuggling is appropriate problem for the Transformers face after an invasion and colonization.

5.0
Optimus Prime: First Strike #1

Jun 18, 2020

Hasbro/IDW are still trying to make Action Man a thing, lol, that's adorable. I can't see any reason why this issue needs to exist. I'm not sure who Centurion is, but he seems to be from one of the steam-punk style transformers from years back.

8.5
Original Sin #0

Apr 24, 2014

A simple story told very well. Waid delivers on his reputation for giving complete fulfilling story structure coupled with superb characterization. Cheung and Medina draft exquisite artwork that is inspiring in certain moments. The story is self-contained, so how necessary it was to tell this will be revealed as Original Sin continues I suppose. I'm disappointed that Waid will not carry the event through from here. My only criticism is that the story probably could have been contained within a regular sized issue as opposed to this slightly oversized issue that costs $4.99; especially knowing there will be at least eight more issues to buy (more if you go for that 3.whatever B.S. or Original SinS plural)

7.5
Original Sin #1

May 17, 2014

I'm hooked to follow through with this event, it is very different from the slew of other comic events that readers are getting used to being bombarded with. The art looks great, especially the colors; I notice a strong understanding of lighting and cinematography. I don't think this needed to be as many pages as it is, there is a lot left to go for this eight (nine) part series with too many tie-ins, but let's go ahead and suck one more dollar out of the readers anyway. At least the extra pages yeild a slower pace to build from, I would not want to see the diner scene cut down, that was great. I will say there is an an overload of word balloons elsewhere though. Even in this oversized book there is a lot left to be explained, but I guess it wouldn't be much of a mystery book if everything was presented up-front now would it?

7.5
Original Sin #2

May 24, 2014

One mystery is revealed, but there are still plenty of questions left to be answered. This is refreshingly different from other comic events and that is exciting. The art is a getting a little stiff and cluttered in the action scenes for this issue, unfortunately.

9.0
Original Sin #3

Jun 7, 2014

Oh my gerd, what's happening!!?

7.5
Original Sin #4

Jun 25, 2014

I'm starting to get dizzy from spinning around so much! We're starting to get a few answers now though, and more questions. I think other issues in this event series have been stronger, but I'm still hooked and ready for more.

6.0
Original Sin #5

Jul 5, 2014

It's the first issue of the main story that I didn't care for, so the series is still good but I just didn't need a whole issue to cover what's told here. It came off as boring.

7.0
Original Sin #6

Jul 31, 2014

Better than last week but still spiraling in unknown territory. Every time Fury starts to explain something he gets cut off and that's just plain annoying by now. It still feels original though. The conclusion to this event is going to be vital to the overall quality of the story.

7.5
Original Sin #7

Aug 15, 2014

With some questions finally being answered, this event looks like it it might pull out from it's sudden nose-dive, but it will be up to the final issue to know for sure. This particular installment would have benefited greatly from way less "How could you Fury? Why?" - "I had to, some day you'll understand!". The line about the sanctity of 'meat night' though, precious!

3.5
Original Sin #8

Sep 3, 2014

Yeah, this sucked. The answers to the mysteries weren't worth it, and maybe nothing would have been. This final issue still get's bogged down with 25% Nick-feeling-sorry-for-himself, and most of the action is straight up stupid, *SPOILER ALERT* victory is achieved by shoving the eye into Midas and Midas actually screams, "No, it's TOO MUCH [power]!" Ending with even less finesse than Micheal Bay's Transformers because at least that one made sense. I wouldn't be so hard on this if it was only 4 or 5 issues long, but the longer you unnecessarily stretch the event, the better the payoff needs to be.

6.5
Original Sin: Hulk vs. Iron Man #1

Jun 27, 2014

Certain pages feel a little claustrophobic due to all of the panels, captions and dialog, but otherwise this isn't bad, it's rather interesting. I just don't need a flashback or origin reinvention right now.

7.0
Out (2021) #1

Oct 23, 2021

It's not the first monster horror set in WWII and I'm noting seeing anything to set this one apart so far.

7.5
Outer Darkness #1

Nov 12, 2018

It's Star Trek with some occult flair. The characters are promising, they feel like real people

6.0
Outlawed (2020) #1

Apr 5, 2020

A lot of action with some mediocre artwork, but in the end this is essentially the same setup as Civil War.

8.5
Outpost Zero #1

Jul 17, 2018

I don't yet know what the significance is of this hologram that Sam has on repeat, but this is a solid start to this new series. The characters feel very real and the world provides a large threat for them to unite against.

7.5
Paklis #1

Jun 4, 2017

MUSHROOM BODIES: Very interesting and well drawn, however I do not get what Weaver is trying to say with the ending, so I guess that part isn't fully successful. Anyone else have thoughts on how to interpret the ending? -- SAGITTARIUS A* (#1&2): Not much to comment on, it's two pages of setup that I assume continue in the next issue. -- AMNIA CYCLE (CHAPTER 1): This is a rather interesting space story. Not sure what's going on yet, but that is kind of the point. -- OVERALL: I'm impressed that this was all achieved by one artist, very admirable. I'd recommend the first issue for Mushroom Bodies at least, but I doubt I'll be sticking around for the long haul.

5.5
Pantha (2022) #1

Jan 17, 2022

We have to go through so much backstory and supporting cast before we finally get to Pantha that I can't make an honest assessment of what to expect for the series moving forward yet. The art looks good, I just can't help but think a first issue needs more focus on the title character; we don't know to lead with the backstory but, when we do, it shouldn't feel so dull and detached from our protagonist.

6.5
Pantha (2022) #2

May 4, 2022

I like this issue better than the first now that introductions are done with and the plot is kicking in. The art is good too.

9.0
Paper Girls #2

Nov 12, 2015

This is great! Even though I still don't know what's going on in this town, I love this.

8.5
Paper Girls #3

Jan 3, 2016

We're slowly getting an understanding of what is going on, but not the whole picture, not yet. I'm loving the chaos happening to these girls.

8.0
Paper Girls #4

Feb 5, 2016

Crazy stuff, love it!

9.0
Paper Girls #5

Jun 6, 2016

Excellent, exciting and creative book. The only thing that I didn't understand was what happened to the two future teenager guys, that was vague.

8.0
Paper Girls #6

Jun 6, 2016

Erin's older self was way too quick to believe these girls, but I suppose no one wants to read 10 pages of trying to convince her, so I'll suspend disbelief. The best part was when the girls saw the flat screen tv, I know I'd flip out like that too if I were in the same position.

8.5
Paper Girls #7

Aug 11, 2016

Killer cliffhanger.

8.0
Paper Girls #8

Aug 11, 2016

The characters are developing nicely. Vaughan sure knows how to do a cliffhanger. I love the encrypted message in the back matter as well, spooky, what is going on at the ANDG and who is Lunchbox?

8.0
Past the Last Mountain #1

May 7, 2022

I wasn't sure what I was expecting, but this was pretty cool. What was a little odd was just how innocent the fantasy creatures are made to look, like, we get the idea? If you make them too magnanimous, you'll lose complexity.

6.5
Pathfinder: Worldscape #1

May 19, 2018

I'm back into playing Pathfinder, but don't usually buy the comics since a finished story kind of defeats the purpose of the RPG. However, I also noticed that Jonathan Lau does the interiors and the issue comes with a small poster/map and stats for a dope Ranger archetype based on Red Sonja called the Sword-Devil. It forsakes most of what I identify rangers with, but sounds like quite a nasty little unarmored sword fighter that makes good use of charisma instead of Wisdom. I love Lau's renderings of Red Sonja, however the story is very bare bones. Expect lots of action with minimal plot. The reveal at the end could lead to something more interesting though.

5.0
Pathfinder: Worldscape #2

May 21, 2018

The artwork is excellent but there is zero plot, mostly exposition. That's fine for a campaign book, but this is a comic. I like the extras in the back of the comic, Green Martian racial traits and stats for Radium firearms.

7.0
Pencil Head #1

Jan 25, 2016

Weird, but interesting. Very personal I'm sure. Based on how this first issue was structured, this will probably read better as a graphic novel.

7.5
Peter Cannon: Thunderbolt (2019) #1

Feb 2, 2019

The issue feels short as Gillen squeezes exposition into the dialog alongside a number of splash pages. The concept is very interesting as we explore the aftermath of a Watchmen-esque scenario. I'm not totally sold yet, but I'd like to at least see where this goes next now that the setup is out of the way.

8.5
Peter Cannon: Thunderbolt (2019) #2

Mar 28, 2019

Weird and self-aware. I may have to reread this series when it is over.

9.0
Peter Cannon: Thunderbolt (2019) #3

Apr 2, 2019

This is getting to be some next level shit.

9.0
Peter Cannon: Thunderbolt (2019) #4

Sep 1, 2019

I can't really do it justice to describe how cool this series is, it couldn't be told in any other format. The panels with evil Thunderbolt killing Nucleon in the past line up with the panels in the previous issue, more or less.

9.0
Peter Cannon: Thunderbolt (2019) #5

Sep 2, 2019

It's difficult to say how much of this is flying over my head, but I know enough that this is excellent and is worthy of multiple reads.

7.5
Phantom Road (2023) #1

Mar 24, 2023

Kind of interesting, maybe a bit too close to the zombie genre.

5.5
Planet of the Apes (2023) #1

Apr 18, 2023

Awe crap, it's the reboot version of POTA... and a total snoozefest.

4.5
Planet of the Apes / Green Lantern #1

Feb 8, 2017

We already have a Universal Ring, it's called the Phantom Ring. Surely DC editors would have known this. This looks to be a forgettable crossover, the artwork is not very good, many panels look sloppy. The story is generic, anyone familiar with these properties could have written this.

6.0
Planet of the Apes: The Time of Man #1

Nov 8, 2018

- ARMANDO'S TALE: Fills in some of the time between the original films when Caesar is growing up under Armando's watchful eye. -- MAN'S BEST FRIEND: This is the best story, where we take a peek at a random ape family that lovingly raises a human pet that ultimately leads to an unsettling ending. -- MOUNTAIN: Continues the story of the boy who liked to draw from Dawn of the Planet of the Apes. The artwork isn't very good and the story is okay but not necessary.

9.0
Planet of the Apes: Ursus #1

Apr 1, 2018

Wow, I wasn't expecting a short series about General Ursus to be this good! It adds complexity to his character and builds on the POTA mythology by tying in with both the first film and the excellent Boom POTA comics from a few years ago. I have to give props to the covers as well, I didn't get a hold of the sweet cover with Ursus's helmet rendered as a human cage, but I got another cover that evokes Ursus's face like a propaganda poster.

9.0
Planet of the Apes: Ursus #2

Apr 1, 2018

This issue reveals a vulnerability to Ursus that I've never seen before, it makes his character very compelling. I also enjoy how Walker is building up Ursus's history with Zaius and how Walker is tying in the economic instability of Ape City.

7.5
Planet of the Apes: Ursus #3

Apr 15, 2018

Oh wow, this is tying in to the the original film even closer than I anticipated. Good stuff.

7.5
Planet of the Apes: Ursus #4

May 1, 2018

I like the chemistry that this history between Ursus and Dr. Zaius generates. And the memories of Ursus's wife also help to add dimension to his tortured soul.

8.5
Plastic #1

May 17, 2017

Damn, that's F'ed up.

8.0
Plush (2022) #1

Dec 5, 2022

I story of intrigued, corruption and... man-eating furries? I need just a little more information than the first issue provides to know what exactly I'm getting into, but so far it looks like a comedy/horror.

9.0
Plush (2022) #2

Jan 3, 2023

This is fucking weird, but in the fashion of a dark humor, which is exactly what I didn't know I need right now.

8.5
Plush (2022) #3

Feb 23, 2023

It's funny, I can see how Devin is getting seduced by this crew of murderous furries, as they are the only people that treat him with respect... But they are clearly psychos, and he needs to get the fuck out of there.

8.5
Plush (2022) #4

Mar 19, 2023

I have to wonder if Devin would be hitting it off with this cannibalistic furries as much as he is if everyone else in his life wasn't so toxic.

8.0
Plutona #1

Sep 7, 2015

The plot doesn't get to the catalyst until the end, but the setup with the characters is excellent and makes them very real and relatable. I'm looking forward to more.

7.5
Plutona #2

Oct 22, 2015

A fairly slow issue but the characterization is convincing and interesting enough to keep me fully engaged.

7.5
Plutona #3

Feb 21, 2016

I like where this is going, and it feels very authentic. The flashback in the middle didn't seem very necessary though, if I have one criticism it would be to get to whatever point this is leading towards. It looks like the series has been extended to 5 issues now though, so maybe there is still time for further plot development after all.

6.5
Plutona #4

Jun 19, 2016

I like the characters, the writing and the art, they're all great, but we're at issue 4 of a 5-part series (that was originally solicited at 4 issues) and that is still has no clear direction to the plot. Also, what the heck is Mie's problem?

8.0
Plutona #5

May 29, 2017

Holy crap, that is a seriously dark issue and major tonal shift for the series... But I like it!

7.5
Port of Earth #1

Nov 19, 2017

The line art good be better, but I love this story concept. It is pretty similar to the Grey Area strip in 2000AD, but I love that series, so I wouln't mind reading something similar.

7.0
Power Man and Iron Fist (2016) #1

Feb 21, 2016

The dialog is good and the plot, while not remarkable, is engaging. The artwork has a cool aesthetic but leaves something to be desired for refinement.

8.0
Predator (2022) #1

Aug 15, 2022

I wouldn't have thought of Kev Walker to draw Predator, but I would have been wrong because the art is great. The story is pretty decent too, so far. The protagonist is motivated and likeable.

7.0
Predator vs. Judge Dredd vs. Aliens #1

Jul 30, 2016

I can't suspend disbelief with this scientists already knowing everything about the xenomorphs based on one skull. Were I writing this, I'd just have the Predator ship carrying eggs, but I wouldn't write the Predator getting taken down in the first couple pages, thus making them seem less dangerous; a crash landing works just fine. That being said, I certainly enjoyed the Dredd aspects of the story, Layman seems to have captured his voice and I'm looking forward to the next three issues. Hopefully we'll get a deer-person alien before this series wraps.

8.0
Predator vs. Judge Dredd vs. Aliens #2

Sep 11, 2016

Fun, silly, violent, everything one looks for in a Dredd strip. Plus, it has Aliens and Predators!

8.5
Predator vs. Judge Dredd vs. Aliens #3

Jul 9, 2017

Nicely paced, lots of twists and turns.

7.5
Predator vs. Judge Dredd vs. Aliens #4

Jul 9, 2017

A little too quick paced compared to the other issues.

8.5
Prez #1

Jun 28, 2015

If you are into 21st century political and social commentary beefed up with some ham-fisted comedy, this is the book for you.

9.5
Prez #2

Sep 1, 2015

A hilarious demonstration of money in politics with a genuinely heartbreaking scene to ground everything. The best thing out of DC this month by far, more people need to support this book.

8.5
Prez #3

Sep 1, 2015

There is a new character introduced that I'm sure many people working at Amazon will identify with. A cabinet with actual smart people in it? Corndog girl is going to rock this presidency boi! I've seen this solicited as a 6 issue series instead of 12 now. Don't you cheat me out of 6 issues of this gold, head's will roll, so help me!!

8.0
Prez #4

Sep 26, 2015

A lot more scattered than previous issues, but still thoroughly hilarious and insightful. There's not many issues left to wrap the first arc up though so a solid direction needs to get in gear.

8.0
Prez #5

Nov 20, 2015

I still really love this comic, i just hate that the content feels like it's getting crunched and rushed.

9.0
Prez #6

Dec 6, 2015

This comic is just so freakin' awesome! It's smart, it's funny, it's relevant. It says it will be continued, and it damn well better! Best book coming out of DC right now hands down, better even than Batman (partially because the Gordon-Batman stuff hasn't hit the same heights). The only thing that would improve this issue would be to give it a couple extra pages of breathing room because it is just so dense.

7.0
Primordial #1

Sep 20, 2021

The premise is interesting but there's not a lot to go off of yet to make an assessment as a reader.

7.0
Princess Ugg #1

Jun 6, 2014

The art and writing are good, but this is just not my cup of tea. The words from the editor at the end speaking of Disney princess tropes just solidified my skepticism. I have nothing against those movies, I really enjoy them, but I've already seen Brave guys, thanks anyway.

4.0
Prodigy #1

Dec 14, 2018

It doesn't matter how smart you are, watching martial arts films for a weekend will not build the muscles and stretch the ligaments necessary to kick someone bigger than you through a window, nor will it sterilize a child's bedroom for surgery. This is one of those books where Millar flew too close to the sun.

5.0
Project: Superpowers (2018) #0

Jul 7, 2018

Coming in as a new reader, I thought I'd give this a shot since I love Rob Williams and I'm never going to miss ten cents. Unfortunately, I found myself completely lost. I expected a promotional #0 issue to provide a foundation for new readers, but such is not the case. I'm also confused as to why the Normandy invasion is set in 1945, as it actually took place in 1944 and Rob Williams must know this, he has written other WWII based material. Is this a mistake or is the timeline in this universe skewed?

6.0
Providence #1

Jun 2, 2015

I'm sure this will develop into a good story, right now it's getting by on intrigue alone. The first issue is just not terrible engaging on it's own merits.

7.5
Prowler #1

Nov 13, 2016

This is actually not bad. It establishes Prowler's character nicely and has excellent artwork, including double page spread where the windows of a building function as comic panels.

7.5
Punisher (2016) #1

Jun 20, 2016

With Steve Dillon on the art and a similar style of developing the characters and villains around Frank (necessary because Frank is an unchanging character) the first issue rings true to the Punisher Max styled Punisher. The last page has me hopeful that we'll get the over-the-top gratuitous violence of the Max series as well.

7.0
Punisher (2016) #2

May 29, 2017

This definitely has that Punisher Max feel, but it doesn't amount to a hole lot more than shooting and punching.

7.0
Punisher (2016) #3

May 29, 2017

Average Punisher fare plus a little girl. She's a little bit annoying to be honest.

6.0
Punisher (2016) #4

Aug 13, 2016

Action, and lots of it. This issue is about what anyone would expect to get out of a Punisher comic. The little girl is excessively naive and weird, I can't tell if she's supposed to have some sort of developmental delay or what the writer is going for, but it would have added drama if she was actually scared instead of blissfully catatonic. Steve Dillon is great with the action sequences, but as other reviewers have pointed out, his faces all look the same and rather lifeless. If he could overcome this, it would elevate his style to the next level.

7.0
Punisher (2016) #5

Feb 5, 2017

A straight-up action issue with plenty of Dillon's disturbing imagery, not a whole lot to critique.

6.0
Punisher (2016) #6

Feb 11, 2017

This is the last issue that has Steve Dillon artwork from start to finish, he'll have a few more pages in the next issue. Most of the story is backstory for Punisher in some nondescript location in the Middle East. Is this to suggest that Frank was in Desert Storm or Iraq or something? We all know he's a Vietnam veteran, so has his origin been rebooted since Secret Wars or something? I don't understand and it is a bit of a 'screw you' to loyal Punisher readers to add superfluously to his backstory without giving more context, especially when it doesn't really add any further insight into Frank's character. What did Cloonan want us to take away from this, that Punisher wasn't always crazy? The final pages in the graveyard threw me off, but I do admit that they are cool. The cover is also sweet, I didn't see the skull in the flames before, but now that I do I can't get over how bitchin' that is.

7.0
Punisher (2016) #7

Feb 11, 2017

Here we have the final pages of Steve Dillon's artwork, Matt Horak helped out with art duties while Dillon was sick, and Horak completed the rest after Dillon passed away. If you look closely, you can tell which pages are Steve's, but Horak did a good job keeping the artwork relatively consistent. I particularly like the pages where wolves are attacking a deer, it must be imagery intended to communication Frank's inner self. The story is relatively unremarkable, it's mostly a bar brawl. The final page features an expertly rendered image of "Old Crone" whom I assume we'll learn more about soon. The structure and line quality of this page reveal Dillon's professional expertise and it's a good image to remember him by.

8.5
Punisher (2016) #13

Jul 26, 2017

I just dipped back into this run to see where it's at since I dropped it at after #7. This one off story is surprisingly good and featured the Punisher actually helping people rather than simply punishing bad guys (though there's still some of that). I'd recommend picking this up, no need to read any other Punisher issues to enjoy it, it is very self contained.

7.5
Punisher (2018) #1

Sep 9, 2018

Rosenberg knows that the key to a Punisher book is to develop the world around him.

8.0
Punisher (2022) #1

May 6, 2022

Jason Aaron comes up with a good way to make Frank Castle interesting again. I genuinely want to see where this goes.

7.5
Punisher (2022) #2

May 6, 2022

The blatant exposition in the dialogue hurts the issue, but I am still excited to see Frank take this dark journey.

7.0
Punisher (2022) #3

May 30, 2022

I don't think shifting the Punisher's origin to even younger adds much to the character. Is there concern that he'll stop being the Punisher if he gets his family back or something? Is the next writer going to have to one-up this arc with a traumatic toddler Frank Castle origin next? Maybe he executes little Jimmy for shooting a bird with a BB gun?

8.5
Punisher (2022) #4

Aug 2, 2022

I was wondering when the Hand would overstep Frank's boundaries... Punisher's got to punish, doesn't matter who, it's his thing.

9.0
Punisher (2022) #5

Aug 20, 2022

I'm glad to see that the flashbacks are starting to build dimension into Frank Castle as a character. This is the best Punisher I've read in years.

9.0
Punisher (2022) #6

Sep 15, 2022

Jason Aaron plays with the implications of Frank's supposed betrayal of war incarnate and seems to be building a psychological analysis in the undertones.

7.5
Punisher (2022) #7

Nov 9, 2022

Daredevil tries to stop Frank from making the same mistakes he did leading the Hand, but Frank came in with different motivations, and now he's too deep. Parallels are drawn in flashbacks as post-Vietnam Frank attempts to reenter civilian life.

9.0
Punisher (2022) #8

Jan 16, 2023

I'm not going to lie, this big showdown has actually got me pretty pumped.

7.5
Purr Evil (2023) #1

Oct 2, 2023

I'm missing Mirka Andolfo's superb artwork, but this issue still stands without it. This seems to be playing with the trope of metal being satanic, but there is a lot left to be revealed yet. Plus the main character looks like Ashnikko

6.0
Purr Evil (2023) #2

Oct 5, 2023

Ooof, that went downhill fast. There is a lack of clarity about how the evil kittens work and who certain supporting characters are but, worse still, there are instances where the dialogue is clearly out of order; lines appear a couple panels later than they should have in one instance. It makes it that much more challenging to follow a story that really doesn't seem particularly complicated. I dunno if the editor went on vacation or what, but my expectations for the series just tanked and I just hope that they bounce back with the third issue.

6.5
Q2: The Return Of Quantum and Woody #1

Oct 23, 2014

Though it is enjoyable, the bar was set pretty high with James Asmus's new take on the characters, so the classic Q&W will need to step up their game to compete. Other than getting a little messy at times, the art is decent; it's the story that struggles at clarity. Some of the lines of dialog are difficult to interpret and certain things aren't explained clearly, like why this tank thing switched to a truck and back again. Hopefully these issues will smooth out so we can just concentrate on having fun.

5.0
Q2: The Return Of Quantum and Woody #2

Nov 18, 2014

This was... boring to be honest. Not particularly funny and we still don't know these characters or the plot very well. Maybe it's better if you've read all the OG Q&W?

5.0
Q2: The Return Of Quantum and Woody #3

Jan 2, 2015

This issue is mostly broken up flashback sequences, which isn't necessarily a bad thing since the present day storyline isn't particularly interesting. Unfortunately, that's not enough to elevate this half-baked "return" of Quantum and Woody, there just isn't much interesting material to grab you.

3.0
Q2: The Return Of Quantum and Woody #4

Jan 19, 2015

Too much time frame jumping, I have no idea what is going on. Perhaps even more tragic: this is not funny at all, especially when it is trying to be.

4.5
Q2: The Return Of Quantum and Woody #5

Feb 16, 2015

With better dialog this actually could have been a good series, if only it were executed in a less convoluted and more comprehensible way.

8.5
Quantum and Woody #10

May 16, 2014

Loads of fun, as always!

7.5
Quantum and Woody #11

Jun 20, 2014

This issue isn't representative of how great this series has been so far. While there were a couple genuine emotional peaks hit here, the gags didn't land as well this time around and near the end Quantum is tied into the overarching conflict in the most random way, I had to flip back to see if I missed something.

9.5
Quantum and Woody #12

Jul 4, 2014

Fun, experimentation and meta-commentary are a few highlights here. Incredibly funny conclusion to this arc, and possibly the series? That can't be right... Q&W will be back in the Delinquents for sure, but Valiant can't seriously be cancelling their best series next to X-O Manowar. Can they?

10
Quantum and Woody: Goat #0

Apr 20, 2014

This is simply amazing. One of those few #0 issues that acts as a prequel while also advancing the ongoing story. It stars a goat and is hilarious while also managing to be heart wrenching and socially aware at the same time. To top things off, Fowler delivers the most crazy twist ending that would make M. Night poop his pants. Comics don't get much better than this! The only problem with this being a #0 is new reader might feel inclined to read it first, but if anything they should read it last!

8.5
Quantum and Woody (2017) #1

Mar 10, 2018

Q&W hasn't missed a beat. The artwork is fantastically kinetic and the plot has an interesting revelation regarding the characters' history.

8.5
Quantum and Woody (2017) #2

Mar 10, 2018

More excellent layouts, particularly the two spread splash the snakes upside down and right side up again.

7.5
Quantum and Woody (2017) #3

Jan 29, 2020

A brief detour from the plot to retcon the goat, why not do this after the first arc is finished? It has no business being the third issue. Execution-wise it was touching, but it bounced around way too much. If you find yourself changing locations on every page, just stop it; that's too much bouncing.

7.5
Quantum and Woody (2017) #4

Jan 29, 2020

The villain is a total tool and Woody's father is highly suspect. As for the Australian taxi driver, that dude steals the show with nothing more than a couple offhand remarks.

7.0
Quantum and Woody (2017) #5

Jan 31, 2020

Fun and goofy, as I'd expect from any Q&W issue, but I'm not really buying Negative One's motivation. I'm still in love with the layouts and line art.

8.0
Quantum and Woody (2017) #6

Feb 15, 2020

This ties in to Harbinger Wars II, but I didn't read that and you don't have to either to enjoy this issue. It's essentially a done-in-one story to show us Q&W without powers. Turns out it doesn't make much different.

7.5
Quantum and Woody (2017) #7

Feb 16, 2020

Weird issue, but it's interesting to see that Q&W aren't happy when they live in their own ideal world without the other sibling.

7.0
Quantum and Woody (2017) #8

Feb 18, 2020

Things keep getting weirder, not sure what to make of the skinless person.

7.5
Quantum and Woody (2017) #9

Feb 26, 2020

The action kicks in with a big monster attack.

8.5
Quantum and Woody (2017) #10

Feb 26, 2020

The infomercial villain is a winner and I now want this to be a recurring arch nemesis.

7.5
Quantum and Woody (2017) #11

Feb 26, 2020

This was fun, but the bad guy was beaten waaaay too easily.

8.5
Quantum and Woody (2017) #12

Mar 14, 2020

A somewhat unorthodox way to round out the series, but that's in keeping with this run.

6.5
Quantum and Woody (2020) #1

Mar 29, 2020

While the artwork is fun, it ultimately becomes busy and distracting. The villains are fun and I like them, the plot gets overly silly at times: there's a sewer system that leads directly to the congressional hall? Separated by a single door? Seriously?

6.0
Quantum and Woody (2020) #2

Mar 29, 2020

Once again, I really like the villain, but the arguing between Quantum and Woody it getting to be overkill. They should be arguing, yes, but it's set to 9 here and I need it scaled back to 5.

8.0
Quantum and Woody Must Die #1

Feb 3, 2015

I don't understand why the operators in an amoured truck would jump out after someone starts taking pot shots, it's the safest place to be in that situation. Other than that this is the enthusiastic return of Quantum and Woody I've been waiting for! Steve Lieber and Dave McCaig's interiors are not as good as that of previous Q&W artists, but they will do. There is enough outlandish action and demeaning humour to keep the series elevated. I only wish it could be ongoing again, but perhaps the self contained format will prove advantageous for story quality in the long run.

8.0
Quantum and Woody Must Die #2

Mar 7, 2015

The schemey dialog between the villains could be cut down a bit, but this is otherwise another fun issue full of Q&W's shenanigans.

7.5
Quantum and Woody Must Die #3

Apr 3, 2015

Quantum's romantic life isn't particularly engaging, but the book ratchets up the funny halfway through and I had some genuine laugh-out-loud moments.

8.0
Quantum and Woody Must Die #4

May 3, 2015

This "mini-series" reads and functions as the ongoing Quantum & Woody comic would. We got characters and continuity that come before and an ending that absolutely demands to continue. So if you were reading the 2013 Quantum and Woody then you must read this and the Valiant-Sized Q&W as well, you'd be a menace to society if you didn't. So as a mini-series, this doesn't work all that well, but if that is how the comic industry must be played to keep Quantum & Woody going then so be it, I must have my fix!

9.0
Radio Spaceman #1

Mar 12, 2022

The plot is pretty simple but I find myself enjoying this immensely.

8.5
Radio Spaceman #2

Apr 19, 2022

I'm very impressed with what this accomplished in only two issues. It feels like this world and its characters have been around for a decade and I just jumped in.

7.0
Ragman #1

Nov 26, 2017

Check this out if you think you'd like something like Moon Knight crossed with 90's Image comics.

8.5
Rai #1

May 4, 2014

I love the 41st century already, very imaginative. Lush digital interiors from Clayton Crain fit well and the story direction is interesting thus far. Check this one out.

8.0
Rai #2

Jun 6, 2014

We get to see just how massive New Japan is and it is a wondrous place for Clayton Crain to stretch his legs. Aside from a bit of muddled action panels, everything looks gorgeous. The story is progressing nicely and we find out that an old Valiant villain lives to be very old indeed!

7.5
Rai #3

Jul 12, 2014

Clayton Crain is an amazing artist, but some of the pages printed out too dark on the page. On top of that, the action scene get a little too indulgent, so at times they become hard to follow. The ending in this issue was really good though, so that helps to elevate this issue.

7.5
Rai #4

Dec 12, 2014

Though this feels a little hokey in a couple segments, it is good overall and Crain's art certainly elevates the book.

7.5
Realm #1

Sep 16, 2017

The Realm is good, but it's getting a little more critical praise than I'd expect. It's not much different from your run of the mill dystopian future comic, having orcs and goblins doesn't make it drastically different. So far the main character is somewhat interesting, but the number of other character introductions for one issue is getting a bit carried away. The dude with the axe-gun thing for example; that scene added nothing to the comic, he could have been introduced later in a much more organic way.

6.0
Reaver #1

Jul 17, 2019

The art is good and the final pages are delightfully creepy, but most of the content before involved 'telling' rather than 'showing.'

8.0
Rebels (2015) #1

Jun 28, 2015

It's fun AND educational

8.0
Red Lanterns #29

Apr 20, 2014

I'm back on board!

7.5
Red Lanterns #30

Apr 26, 2014

Another great issue.

8.0
Red Lanterns #31

Jun 2, 2014

I think Guy's going to have to put Supergirl on a leash after this.

9.0
Red Lanterns #32

Jun 30, 2014

A really great issue. Guy's concern for Supergirl seems very misplaced, but not out of character. The fight with berserker Rankorr also makes for some delicious conflict.

7.5
Red Lanterns #33

Aug 3, 2014

The plot barely inches forward but there is good characterization here. The art is still good, though I think the posing in the bar fight could have been more dynamic.

7.5
Red Lanterns #34

Aug 29, 2014

Not a great ending, but a good ending. Also, is Gardner planning to clean up the earth by help shop keepers to sweep up glass one building at a time?

6.5
Red Lanterns #35

Oct 27, 2014

The Godhead money grab continues. Just as suspected, each part of Act 1 is just an introductory skirmish for each Lantern as an excuse to make you buy every Lantern title. Luckily Charles Soule is a strong writer and still manages to craft a story that's enjoyable to loyal readers of Red Lanterns. I don't know if any writer could completely overcome this formula that's basically being forced on these tie-ins, it's really a problem at the editorial level. At least I'm happy to see Simon Baz back in the mix, now where's B'dg?

7.0
Red Lanterns #36

Dec 7, 2014

There's some great character development and interaction here. Charles Soule is making the best of this God Head tie-in fiasco but the plot still feels incredibly forced in order to keep it a tie-in. At least we see B'dg again, but that felt forced too. I thought he was supposed to be partnered with Simon Baz this whole time, he certainly hasn't been with the Corps in space, where has he been? Maybe we need a B'dg tie-in for God Head. Joking of course, that would be awful.

8.5
Red Lanterns #37

Jan 5, 2015

Charles Soule is back in top form, Godhead ruined his perfect score on Red Lanterns, but Soule overcame and gave us a great issue to leave on. Guy Gardner and Simon Baz make an awesome team and Guy's character development becomes the heart of this issue because, at least plot wise, Red Lanterns has only been relevant to the Godhead event due to one single detail.

7.5
Red Lanterns #38

Feb 7, 2015

I was worried to hear that Charles Soule won't finish the series up, but this issue was pretty good. The art looks good, fits with the gritty context of the story. There's a lot of narration, but it fits. It's a shame that Godhead screwed up the flow of the storyline Soule had going but we're back to the dark place we left off at so hopefully the conclusion is satisfying.

8.0
Red Lanterns #39

Mar 7, 2015

Honestly, I found this to be a blast. The artwork has been better, but Guy duking it out with a baby is about as crazy as you'd imagine.

5.5
Red Lanterns #40

Apr 5, 2015

Everything comes to a head in this, the most intense psychology session ever! Walker did alright in the shadow of Soule, but I do wish Soule could have rounded this series out. It's an alright ending, but could have been a little less formulaic

9.0
Red Lanterns Annual #1

Aug 7, 2014

Everything comes to a head here. This is a grand installment to the Red Lanterns story. It's exciting, bombastic and the art is glorious. One question, have the Reds always been able to just grab the ring off of a defeated enemy and slip it on to prevent it finding a new host?

9.0
Red Lanterns: Futures End #1

Sep 27, 2014

Easily the best of the Futures End one-shot tie-ins that I've read so far.

7.5
Red Mother #1

Dec 15, 2019

Interesting, but I needed more in a first issue. I like the pacing, so I don't want it to go faster, but I think the first issue would have been more success as a double sized comic to allow more plot revelation. As it is, I'm not sure what to make of the limited information portrayed.

6.0
Red Skull (2015) #1

Jul 6, 2015

Not the best premise ever, but the execution is alright. It's got a good character lineup and is similar to what Thunderbolts became.

6.5
Red Skull (2015) #2

Apr 29, 2016

Two baddies for trying to outfox each other.

5.5
Red Skull (2015) #3

Sep 26, 2015

A bleek outcome, but well suited to a 3-part tie in that isn't intended to have any repercussions on the main event. I wouldn't call it a waste of time but would suggest that lose readers looking to cut back give this one a pass.

7.5
Red Sonja (2019) #1

Mar 28, 2019

Red Sonja is an odd fit for Mark Russell, but he's long demonstrated a knack for writing unexpectedly good things. There is some pretty great dialogue from the douchebag tyrant, though I'm still not a big Red Sonja fan or anything.

5.0
Red Wolf #1

Dec 15, 2015

Red Wolf #1 isn't bad, but it just didn't do anything for me, i found it dull. The whole setup will be different in the next issue, so I'm not even sure I can recommend this to those who love westerns.

9.0
Redlands #1

Aug 13, 2017

A speedy read, but very cool. A creepy mood with a fast, gripping pace. I'm expecting great things out of this series.

7.5
Redneck #1

May 17, 2017

Intriguing. Seems awfully similar to American Vampire though.

9.0
Renato Jones: The One % #1

May 8, 2016

You may need to snort some coke to keep up with this, the intensity is overwhelming. I love the art, it shifts in dramatic ways that throw the story into overdrive. Could have benefited from about half as many "dudes," if Andrews has one weakness, it's not knowing what's too much.

6.0
Resurrectionists #1

Nov 22, 2014

The story is executed well enough but I'm not particularly interested in the concept. The figure drawing starts off a little sloppy but gets better as the book goes so I'm sure future issues will see a noticeable improvement in the artwork. I don't think I'll be there to see it though, because I didn't find anything that grabbed me about this. Check it out if you are interested in Ancient Egypt and espionage stories.

7.5
Return of the Living Deadpool #1

Feb 9, 2015

I'm not sure why the 'pools generate their own costumes, or at least that's how it seems. I'm enjoying the mix of horror and comedy though, I think this is going to be a fun mini-series. We've seen Deadpool annoy other people constantly, but how often do we get to see Deadpool deal with a bunch of other Deadpools?

8.0
Return of the Living Deadpool #2

Mar 28, 2015

Creepy idea revealed when we discover what's happening in the train. This is a mishmash of popular ideas to make something new and it is working surprisingly well.

7.5
Return of the Living Deadpool #3

Apr 12, 2015

The last page is pretty crazy. Deadpool has always known he's in a comic book, so what happens when a city of Deadpools know it? I highly recommend this series to any Deadpool fan.

8.5
Return of the Living Deadpool #4

Jun 7, 2015

Deadpool is always best when comedy and drama collide, this issue finished the series with a heartfelt ending and makes this a noteworthy Deadpool series worth owning alongside Night of the Living Deadpool.

7.5
Revival #6

Aug 18, 2014

Tim Seeley skillfully juggles more plotlines than you can shake a stick at and Mike Norton's art is refined and creepy. I like the little political opinions sprinkled in too.

8.5
Revival #7

Aug 23, 2014

I love Tim Seeley and this is some of his best work.

7.5
Revival #8

Aug 25, 2014

Continues building the story, but isn't particularly eventful as a single issue.

8.0
Revival #9

Aug 25, 2014

Nice character drama here and a nasty cliffhanger!

8.5
Revival #10

Sep 8, 2014

Things are getting really tense and exciting, I love it!

8.5
Revival #11

Sep 9, 2014

A thrilling wrap to this arc with one little mystery explained, sort of. This is one of the best things coming out of Image, and that's saying a lot!

7.0
Revival #12

Sep 14, 2014

Not a bad issue, it's just that there are half a dozen plot lines building and we're just starting this arc, so not much happens. The series reads well in trade.

7.0
Revival #13

Sep 16, 2014

A character building issue. There have been better issues but this series is always interesting.

8.5
Revival #14

Sep 16, 2014

What's crazy is that Em is really turning into the villain of the series in a misguided nature. Very good issue.

7.0
Revival #15

Sep 18, 2014

A little slow, it's another plot builder. Mike Norton's art is just fantastic, I think it's gotten even better, the characters show such great expressions.

8.0
Revival #16

Sep 22, 2014

Em is throwing up and I think we all suspect what that means... We also get a new mystery player added to the board who seems to be under the thumb of a certain sleaze bag, what's he up to? Revival continues to escalate.

8.0
Revival #17

Sep 25, 2014

Every mystery seems to get answered by another question, it's great.

5.0
Revolution #1

Oct 2, 2016

It's too scattered. I'm sure ROM's brief appearance makes more sense if you read the ROM: Revolution one-shot, but I'm not going to, I really have no interest. As it is here, ROM literally only shows up to instigate further tension between G.I. Joe and the Transformers. I feel bad for the G.I. Joe fans reading this, the Joes are written as complete idiots; America's remedial forces apparently.

6.0
Revolution #2

Oct 20, 2016

Thankfully, not as scattered as the first issue, but nothing to write home about.

5.0
Revolution #3

Jan 6, 2017

This is as busy and difficult to get into as previous issues have been. It feels more like reading a synopsis than an actual story.

5.0
Revolution #4

Mar 11, 2017

I was hoping not to read all of the tie-ins, but I seem to be missing some plot points without doing so. It's just too condensed, I don't like it.

7.0
Revolution #5

May 29, 2017

It's a visual mess of action, but this issue is better than previous ones largely thanks to everyone coming together against a common villain. It's not enough to save the series though, this one is an easy skip. I'm not sure what the "critic" reviews were smoking when they rated this (possibly sweet, sweet Hasbro bribes?), but the user reviews are easily the more accurate meter to gauge the series by.

6.5
Revolutionaries #1

Apr 2, 2017

The artwork is good, but a little hectic. The plot is decent, lots of action at least. I only like a couple of the characters though, so it could be tricky to build a series off of them.

6.0
Revolutionaries #2

Apr 2, 2017

The moon surface opening was cool but, really I'm not completely sure what the point of putting him out there like that was, was he supposed to die slow or something? Space rules were being followed fine until Kup breached the moon base and the atmosphere didn't all get sucked out, come on. Overall, high on action, low on plot.

7.0
Revolutionaries #3

Apr 2, 2017

Soundwave and a bunch of robo-mummies in WWII era are certainly a good way to elevate a mediaocre series, however that's just for this issue.

7.5
Rick and Morty (2015) #1

Oct 18, 2015

The first issue captures the look and feel of the show. The jokes aren't as hard-hitting but I need my fix yo, so this will have to do until the show seasons are longer.

8.0
Rick and Morty (2015) #2

Nov 26, 2015

Rick's got that tough exterior, but inside beats a heart of gold.

7.5
Rick and Morty (2015) #3

Nov 26, 2015

It's practically a different story arc that takes off and yet it works.

6.5
Rick and Morty (2015) #4

Nov 27, 2015

Really off track from the previous issue, until it finally ties loosely back at the end. It`s a fun ride in the meantime though. I did not get the backup story, that was dull and pointless.

8.5
Rick and Morty (2015) #7

Nov 22, 2015

Yes, new arc! I was already losing interest because of the one-shot stories in the previous issues, but this one is back to feeling like the tv show. It's smart and funny and a whole lot of fun.

9.0
Rick and Morty (2015) #10

Feb 6, 2016

Love it! A well-realized story with lots of laughs. My only disappointment is that evil-Morty's disfigured face is never explained. Although, it's actually kind of funny that it never is, as if it's just a given.

8.0
Rick and Morty (2015) #11

Mar 3, 2016

I'm impressed a one shot story carried a fully developed subplot so effectively, it was actually better than the main plot.

8.5
Rick and Morty (2015) #12

Apr 10, 2016

This starts off seriously heavy, as the family think Rick and Morty are dead.... Which is hilarious, the melodrama could have gone for the whole issue and still would have been funny. But, that's not the whole issue, we still get the crazy adventures of Rick and Morty inside a severed Rick's head to boot.

8.0
Rick and Morty (2015) #13

May 3, 2016

Super funny and enjoyable, especially the way Rick solves everything, although I am still baffled why the things that Morty understands affect this other Morty's mind, I thought it was a different Morty... Also the rag tag post apocalyptic rebel alliance thing was done in the last story arc, so that part was repetitive. Even with these problems, I still give it and 8 because it's that much fun.

7.5
Rick and Morty (2015) #15

Jul 6, 2016

The characters are off-model, but the story is another funny one-off. You can always count on Rick to unnecessarily endanger Morty's life.

7.0
Rick and Morty (2015) #16

Aug 3, 2016

This one was a bit disjointed and didn't flow well. The backup with the horse people was funny but inconclusive, does it continue?

9.0
Rick and Morty (2015) #17

Sep 11, 2016

My sides hurt from laughing so much. Rick seems admittedly more monstrous than usual, but it's too funny to complain. The backup story is hilarious too, the family was way better off with the artificial Jerry.

7.5
Rick and Morty (2015) #18

Oct 20, 2016

Rick is excessively deplorable in this one. The backup story is based on that Pocket Mortys game, which is awesome. I wasn't expecting that, but I'm glad it happened.

8.0
Rick and Morty (2015) #19

Nov 13, 2016

Rick makes good use of the Meeseeks to cover his tracks after playing Breaking Bad. A backup story with a giant Robo Morty is the icing on the cake.

8.5
Rick and Morty (2015) #20

Dec 8, 2016

Kyle Starks writes a hilarious done-in-one issue, however his artwork is so amateurish that it takes me out of the story. Please keep Starks as a writer but not an artist. The Christmas themed backup story is superb and well drawn, featuring a monstrous Santa that goes berserk when he doesn't get his cookies and milk. The backup almost outshines the main story.

7.5
Rick and Morty (2015) #21

Jan 15, 2017

It's always a pleasure to see Doofus Rick, although we're getting into evil twin territory, which is often a sign that story ideas are running dry. I love the backup with Beth and Summer, as if they could ever hope to match Rick's capabilities, fools!

8.5
Rick and Morty (2015) #22

Feb 19, 2017

Oh damn, Doofus Jerry is a force to be reckoned with. This arc is shaping up nicely. The backup story is hilarious too.

4.0
Rick and Morty (2023) #1

Jan 31, 2023

Convoluted and not particularly funny.

8.0
Rick and Morty Presents #100

Mar 12, 2023

This issue leans hard on the meta analysis front, so if you like that, then at least there is that. Wooo.

9.0
Rick and Morty vs. Dungeons & Dragons #1

Sep 1, 2018

Ooodles of fun, from creators that are clearly familiar with classic D&D and not just 5e podcasts, though they directly reference at least three of those as well.

8.5
Rick and Morty vs. Dungeons & Dragons #2

Oct 1, 2018

Gary is amazing, "My blood debt is fulfilled." Another fun issue. Not sure why Rick said Beth would be a Barbarian but then she's a Fighter.

9.0
Rick and Morty vs. Dungeons & Dragons #3

Dec 14, 2018

Another reference to Geek & Sundry. Shield and Arcane Ward have a range of 'self' but other than that the content is authentic down to the portrayal of play styles. This comic is oodles of fun and worth the read, you don't need to know D&D to enjoy it.

9.5
Rick and Morty vs. Dungeons & Dragons #4

Feb 3, 2019

A small dive into character analysis of Rick and a bit of time to shine for Morty and Summer. It's a lot to pack into one issue, but it's great writing.

8.5
Rick and Morty vs. Dungeons & Dragons II #1

Sep 21, 2019

Hilarious and fun with a few good Easter eggs scattered throughout and an awareness of the unexpected surge in D&D popularity. I doubt this will top the first Rick & Morty/D&D crossover, but that one was so good that this one doesn't need to in order to be worth reading.

8.5
Rick and Morty vs. Dungeons & Dragons II #2

Oct 27, 2019

A barbarian with no Constitution. Fun, lol.

5.0
Rick and Morty vs. Dungeons & Dragons II #3

Dec 7, 2019

This issue is actually really busy and detached

5.0
Rick and Morty vs. Dungeons & Dragons II #4

Jan 20, 2020

There were only a couple funny parts, this actually turned into just a bunch of noise. The end hints at a third crossover, I hope something better is planned if that's the case.

7.0
Rick and Morty: Corporate Assets #1

Nov 17, 2021

The premise is similar to the episode of South Park where the TOS for an app tricks Morty into agreeing to something bad. Unfortunately, the artwork falls off-model at times. My favorite parts are the ones that just happen without feeling the need for an explanation: Rick & Morty show up at the beginning covered in colorful worms that we just accept are a product of a lackluster adventure. Later, Rick shows up with a weapon that turns a man into a werewolf with one slash, which any reader familiar with Rick will accept without question.

7.0
Rick and Morty: Go To Hell #1

Jun 16, 2020

The devil rent-a-cops on bicycles were the highlight, but I already sense the story losing steam if we're just going to dive into a new circle of Hell with each issue. The DMV joke was done in Beetlejuice, I'm surprised Rick didn't acknowledge that.

6.0
Rick and Morty: Go To Hell #2

Jul 19, 2020

This is surprisingly unfunny so far; the only part I laughed at was when Summer realized this dude coming onto her was a puppy killer.

6.5
Rick and Morty: Go To Hell #3

Apr 4, 2021

There's some funny stuff, but it's starting to drag

6.5
Rick and Morty: Go To Hell #4

Apr 4, 2021

Morty finally grows some balls.

8.0
Rick and Morty: Go To Hell #5

Apr 4, 2021

I'm liking this ending, it somewhat redeems the slow pace of the story overall.

7.0
Rick and Morty: Lil' Poopy Superstar #1

Jul 18, 2016

The dialogue is true to the characters but there is still something a little awkward about it. The art looks great, the character don't need to be completely on model. The story is interesting, but there are still some weird things, like Jerry seeming to materialize on the stairs.

7.0
Rick and Morty: Lil' Poopy Superstar #2

Sep 24, 2016

Everyone wants a piece of you when you're famous. Great colours in this, more from Mildred Louis please!

7.5
Rick and Morty: Lil' Poopy Superstar #3

Nov 4, 2016

It's a fun little story, I particularly like the pages where Summer is thinking up a plan, there are step by step arrows that creatively take advantage of the comic book medium.

7.0
Rick and Morty: Lil' Poopy Superstar #4

Nov 24, 2016

The bit in the bathroom is funny. It feels like the conflict of the series is wrapped up, so it is confusing that there is one more issue to go from here. The backstory is cute.

6.5
Rick and Morty: Lil' Poopy Superstar #5

Nov 24, 2016

There is a welcome injection of Rick here, though this issue seems superfluous to the arc as a whole.

3.0
Rick and Morty: Mr. Nimbus #1

Oct 19, 2021

The funniest character in this is actually the fisherman that writes erotic fish novels, there are few jokes that land beyond that. The biggest problem with this comic is that it jumps all over the place with the timeline, which didn't actually add anything the the plot, all it did was make it hard to follow. Add to that overly-busy artwork that is difficult to interpret at times, and you get a comic that I can't recommend to anyone.

8.5
Rick and Morty: Pocket Like You Stole It #1

Aug 1, 2017

So funny! And I feel kind of bad for Morty. Love the bonus cards at the end, nice touch.

7.5
Rise of the Black Panther (2018) #1

May 21, 2019

I didn't know this history to T'Challa's mother, it's interesting. The number of captions make this a slower read than most, but the last few pages feel rushed. It might have been better to let some of that part unfold in the next issue.

7.0
Rise of the Black Panther (2018) #2

May 21, 2019

These books are dense, so you get your money's worth in reading time. So T'Challa is just going to leave Zoruun hanging like a Spider-Man villain? Its not like the local police are going to book him.

7.0
Rise of the Black Panther (2018) #3

May 22, 2019

We're halfway through our journey of Black Panther history as Wakanda reveals itself to the world, things are looking like the Black Panther we're more familiar with. It's exciting to see the Winter Soldier and read some spy genre antics.

7.5
Rise of the Black Panther (2018) #4

May 24, 2019

Always love to see Black Panther vs Doom. Marvel's coolest monarchs!

6.0
Rise of the Black Panther (2018) #5

May 24, 2019

I'll always be pulling for T'Challa and storm as a couple because they just click. The villain in this issue is not as good as others, and his bizarre nature requires a bizarre solution without much of a climax. Ultimately, it's not a satisfying read.

5.5
Rise of the Black Panther (2018) #6

May 26, 2019

Killmonger isn't as complex or well motivated as he is in the film, but maybe he'l finally humble these smug Wakandan elites.

7.5
Roachmill #1

Mar 24, 2023

Roachmill is kind of cool. Full of over-the-top comic book action.

8.0
Road of Bones #1

Sep 17, 2019

The first issue pulls me in right away, it strikes a grim tone that sticks with you after reading it.

7.5
Road of Bones #2

Sep 29, 2019

I think we all knew this was where the plot was heading. That's not a complaint.

8.5
Robocop (2014) #1

Jul 2, 2014

Robocop has been in comics since the year of the original film release, but his success in comics has been inconsistent. Does the world really need another Robocop comic? I guess we'll find out, but based on the first issue of this new series, there is a chance that the answer is yes. Carlos Magno's line art is gritty, detailed and exciting, so at the very least the book will look great. With Jashua Williamson writing the script, I'll bet the story will be great too!

7.5
Robocop (2014) #2

Aug 8, 2014

Most of this issue expands on the villain, but there is an elegant little heartbreak moment between Murphy and Lewis that I'm impressed with. I'd like to see the plot progress a little more from here, this issue was more centered on political ramifications so it didn't advance the plot far.

6.5
Robocop (2014) #3

Sep 19, 2014

I like the characters and the art is still spectacular, but not a lot really happens in this issue. It's a slow investigatory plot build.

5.5
Robocop (2014) #4

Oct 23, 2014

Robocop's battery is draining fast! Even with the brain-busting action to sweeten the opening for this issue, the story is dull and ridiculous, without the tongue in cheek. Joshua Willaims needs to give this a recharge quick or it's going to die.

7.0
Robocop (2014) #5

Nov 8, 2014

The art is great but the story is still fairly average. I know Joshua Williamson is capable of better, but he may be putting more effort into his other independent releases. I know why OCP took Murphy's gun away, but they're not doing a very good job of justifying their actions. RoboCop didn't really use his gun in a way that upset the public. At least it is an excuse to see how Murphy fairs with just a baton, that's all he needs baby!

6.5
Robocop (2014) #6

Dec 20, 2014

It's decent, it just lacks some sort of heart to the story.

8.0
Robocop: Citizens Arrest #1

Apr 19, 2018

Better than I expected considering the minimal role of Murphy. This issue expands on the commentary on American privatization that was presented in the original films while updating television commercials to apps for a modern audience. I think I'll stick around to see where this goes.

7.5
Robocop: Citizens Arrest #2

May 19, 2018

The story focuses more on the social effects of libertarian capitalism run amok and less so on Robocop shooting people, but I think we're ramping up to that now, based on the cliffhanger. I personally enjoy this approach, it's a bit more modern and unique, bringing something new to the franchise while staying true to its roots. Extra points for the hilarious parody of Fox & Friends.

7.5
Robocop: Citizens Arrest #3

Jun 28, 2018

Those last lines, damn!

6.0
Robocop: Citizens Arrest #4

Jul 25, 2018

This one starts to get sloppy. Robocop appears to take a major hit to his torso, but is fine when we see him next; a huge explosion is shrugged off; and I'm not sure what the mayor's public address was supposed to be getting at.

7.0
Robocop: Citizens Arrest #5

Sep 8, 2018

The plot is decent, but would have been more effective if it had more than one issue to explore. The layout/continuity are still sloppy, but I love the grandiose ending.

6.0
Robotech (2017) #1

Aug 21, 2017

This might be better suited to readers who already love Robotech. While it certainly doesn't waste time jumping into the action, it felt short and I couldn't find much to grab onto with the characters, so I wasn't feeling any concern for them.

7.5
Rock Candy Mountain #1

Apr 10, 2017

The artwork has a childlike innocence that lends to the fairy-tail-for-adults nature of this comic. Something isn't clicking for me though, I'm not sure what. It's a good comic, maybe it's just not my thing. I actually found the essay in the back more interesting.

8.0
Rocket Girl #4

Jun 5, 2014

So action packed, the art just sings. One of the best looking books on the shelf.

9.0
Rocket Girl #5

Jun 5, 2014

This arc ended on a really strong note and the heroic themes shine. The art is dynamic and gorgeous as always. I'm going to pick up #6 for sure.

7.0
Rocket Girl #6

Jun 28, 2015

Not sure why whats-his-face is acting so psycho, but otherwise this is a good start to the second arc.

6.5
Rocket Girl #7

Aug 18, 2016

It's really difficult to remember what happened previously because these issues comes out so infrequently, it will be a lot more enjoyable to read this when it is finally collected. The artwork is always stunning, but I struggled to follow the story, it seems like everyone is pissed off at everyone else and DaYoung is in trouble for reasons that I can't remember, and I can't follow the storyline in the futures at all. This seriously needs a recap page, it's not difficult and it will help readers immensely, just do it! Trump is also shoehorned in, which makes sense since he was big in the 80s, but he quotes one of his infamous lines that he said fairly recently that doesn't make sense in the context of the scene, so his cameo falls flat... Plus he would never, EVERY hand his key to the city over, I doubt he'd even let his own child so much as hold it... Unless he thought it would get him in his daughter's pants, that's the only thing that might motivate him to share. But I digress.

6.0
Rocket Raccoon (2016) #1

Mar 5, 2017

It has a few good laughs and even surprises me when the same homeless guy from the Star-Lord comic turns up (I wonder if he'll be significant later) but, ultimately, this just amounts to Rocket wandering aimlessly through the city.

7.5
Rocket Raccoon and Groot #1

Jan 15, 2016

Not sure what's going on yet But I'm sure we'll get there shortly. There's some good laughs here and there. It's weird, but I thought it was an interesting approach to start the series off following alternate universe analogues of Rocket and Groot.

8.0
Rocko's Modern Afterlife #1

Apr 14, 2019

Mr. Bighead is an undeservedly pompous Boomer that that gets his just reward while Heffer is a PewDiePie-style YouTuber making his living streaming video game play and thus avoiding all interaction with a zombie outbreak happening right outside his bedroom door. It's weird, but I find this updated reflection of modern life oddly therapeutic.

9.0
Rod Serling's Planet of the Apes: Visionaries #1

Dec 23, 2018

Having read the novel, and enjoyed all of the films and many Boom comics, I'm truly impressed with how many different ways the Planet Of The Apes can be presented. Gould and Lewis present a captivating adaptation of Rod Serling's original screenplays that captures the same magic of the '68 film while introducing new angles, shifted theme focus, and perhaps the most tragic ending to date.

8.0
Rogues (2022) #1

Mar 28, 2022

Damn, that is one cold Captain cold!

8.0
Rogues (2022) #2

May 4, 2022

Some good character moments and a bit of social commentary sprinkled in make this issue shine.

8.5
Rogues (2022) #3

Aug 6, 2022

The Rogues are often portrayed sympathetically, and that continues here to some degree, but they are a morally grey mixed bag here more than anything. I found myself cheering Snart on at first, but this issue is making me walk that back. This is a good thing, morally grey characters are interesting.

9.0
Rogues (2022) #4

Dec 4, 2022

Damn, I wasn't expecting to end on such a down note, but I like it.

9.5
ROM vs. Transformers: Shining Armor #1

Jul 24, 2017

Wow, this is just great storytelling, straight-up. I was thinking of skipping this series given how craptacular Revolution and Revolutionaries has been, but I have to give a big thanks to ComicBookRoundup for cultivating the positive reviews that convinced me otherwise. I found it easy to suspend disbelief and accept that the Solstar Knights have always been hanging out at the fringes of the Transformers universe. If you are a fan of any other Transformers comics that IDW has put out over the years, then I highly recommend checking out this issue. It fits in nicely with the established Transformers continuity and you don't have to be a ROM fan to understand what is going on. In fact, you don't have to be an avid Transformers reader either, the exposition and setup lend themselves very effectively to new readers; anyone who enjoys space opera can find something to enjoy here. The new transformer, Stardrive, promises to be a great character. I'm impressed with how three-dimensional she's already become in just one issue. I'm looking forward to the next installment, I wonder how many issues this series will go for.

7.5
ROM vs. Transformers: Shining Armor #2

Sep 16, 2017

Oh Bumblebee, your optimism will be your downfall. There's lots of action in this issue and the promise of more to come.

8.0
ROM vs. Transformers: Shining Armor #3

Jun 17, 2020

This the obligatory moment where the Solstar Knight and the Autobots realize they're on the same side. Even though there is no way to entirely avoid this formula, it did feel earned and organic here, which is more than I can say for most crossovers. I continue to be pleased with how seamlessly Rom and Transformers mesh together.

8.5
ROM vs. Transformers: Shining Armor #4

Jun 17, 2020

Ultra Magnus's style of humor and heroism really shine here, as does Stardrive's inner conflict.

7.5
ROM vs. Transformers: Shining Armor #5

Jun 17, 2020

Using Sata as a sword was funny, but pretty stupid at the same time. I'm confused about Stardrive's ability to fly: Starscream openly questions why she isn't flying and I assume it is because she sustained damage in the previous issue when Livia grounded her, but she flies later in the issue (presumably even carrying Bumblebee and the corpse of Ultra Magnus into orbit). So I don't get what's supposed to be happening here, it wasn't communicated clearly enough. The development with Ultra Magnus -which I don't want to spoil- was clever enough (and consistent with his character) that I don't feel cheated.

7.0
Ronin Book Two (2022) #1

Jan 3, 2023

The artwork is superb, but I haven't read the first Ronin series and I think that is cramping my understanding of what is going on.

7.0
Rorschach (2020) #1

Oct 17, 2020

The nods to Ditko are interesting. The dialog could be more clear. It's interesting overall, but I'm not totally sold.

7.5
Rover Red Charlie #5

Apr 18, 2014

The most unique comic I'm buying right now, I'm going to miss it when it's gone.

9.0
Rover Red Charlie #6

May 31, 2014

Heartwarming fun for the whole family!

8.5
Royal City #1

Mar 5, 2017

It's very difficult to sum up this book, even with Lemire's essay at the back, I'm not really sure what this series is supposed to be. I had to read it closely to figure out who the characters are, but when the end comes it becomes clear why I was getting confused and it suddenly all makes sense. Well, kind of. Like I said, it is difficult to say what this book is and where it is going. I'll have to read more before I could hope to give an elevator pitch for this or recommend whether to pursue or skip it.

7.0
Rumble #1

Dec 22, 2014

The art is very good and the story is intriguing, the only problem is that I'm not given any context for what is happening and why. I'm assuming those answers will come, but I'm not sold with just this first issue, I'll need to see what happens in the next issue to conclude whether this is worth recommending to others, there just isn't enough to go on yet.

7.5
Rumble #2

Feb 14, 2015

The art and designs are stellar. Rumble also sets the mood very effectively. I still can't tell you what's going on really, each issue is just spoon feeding as little information as possible. I have a feeling this will read better in trade because it looks like it's going to take a few issues to get into the meat of what Rumble is going for.

7.0
Rumble #3

Apr 5, 2015

We get some backstory here and the mythology is rather interesting.

7.0
Rumble #4

Apr 5, 2015

We get a good rumble this issue. Overall, it's alright, but I'm starting to lose interest in the series, I just don't really get where it's going.

6.0
Rumble #5

Aug 1, 2015

First arc is alright, but I can't seem to get into this series, I think it's the lack of empathy for the characters and the disjointed nature of the narrative. So this will be the last issue I buy.

9.0
Runaways #1

Nov 27, 2017

The art is clunky, especially the opening pages, but the writing is spot on. BKV captures the way teenagers in 2003 spoke, which is rare in media.

7.5
Runaways #2

Sep 23, 2018

Small things like not having a driver's permit yet and forgetting about glasses add authenticity to the characters.

8.0
Runaways #3

Sep 23, 2018

It's a smart vehicle for teenage angst regarding parents.

9.0
Runaways (2017) #1

Sep 17, 2017

A very heavy and well executed start. I imagine it is even better when you are already familiar with the continuity, it is admittedly a bit much for new readers, but I'm just rolling with it.

7.0
Runaways (2017) #2

Nov 5, 2017

Gert is a bit of a bitch isn't she? I guess it is a lot to take in.

6.0
Runaways (2017) #3

Nov 26, 2017

The art and character development are good, but it's past time to get some kind plot going besides "We're getting the gang back together because Gert is sad."

7.5
Runaways (2017) #4

Jan 23, 2018

Molly is adorable and her grandmother is a sweet old creep lady. The art and layouts are top notch, very professional.

7.5
Runaways (2017) #5

Feb 26, 2018

The plot is finally kicking in, it's worth hanging in there for telepathic cats.

7.0
Runaways (2017) #6

Feb 26, 2018

Awe man, it was such a good issue in so many ways, but... You can't just resolve the climax with a flash of light, wtf happened!?

8.0
Runaways (2017) #7

Apr 1, 2018

Something has me hooked in this series and I think it is the art and characterization. The characters just feel so real.

9.0
Runaways (2017) #8

Apr 23, 2018

All the character development of the previous issues is paying off. Don't miss out on Dr. Doom!

8.5
Runaways (2017) #9

Jul 20, 2018

Doombot must be an ongoing member, make it happen!

8.0
Runaways (2017) #10

Jul 20, 2018

The last couple pages are a bit rushed, but it's a great issue. I like the small scale villains, it's nice to read a series where the earth isn't constantly under threat.

9.0
Runaways (2017) #11

Sep 22, 2018

I wonder what pocket dimension Gert stumbles in t find this many people with purple hair in one place. I do get what the creators are going for though and it is otherwise communicated eloquently. Doombot is amazing as usual, I'm so glad he's still in the book.

9.5
Runaways (2017) #12

Sep 22, 2018

Hell yeah, git it Nico! I've never been so thrilled to read romance, this must be what it feels like to be a teenage girl, lol.

7.5
Runaways (2017) #13

Sep 22, 2018

We don't have Anka's amazing artwork in this issue, but it's a decent return for Alex as he seemlessly slides back into a would-be leader position.

6.5
Runaways (2017) #14

Oct 24, 2018

Man, the artwork really took a dive, there are a couple panels where the chaperone dude, Gib, was clearly drawn without holding a staff and one was Photoshopped in afterwards. The backup story with Old Lace is cute, but can't really substitute for plot advancement.

8.5
Runaways (2017) #15

Dec 5, 2018

Nico issue. The best character by far. We learn something new about the staff and witness an interesting development for Nico as a character.

7.5
Runaways (2017) #16

Jan 31, 2019

I want Doombot to come to my family Christmas!

8.5
Runaways (2017) #17

Jan 31, 2019

Do or die time, love it.

9.0
Runaways (2017) #18

Mar 13, 2019

Surprisingly simple solution turns into a sad yet satisfying ending to this arc.

8.0
Runaways (2017) #19

May 25, 2019

I like the chemistry between Alex and Molly. The issue ends far too abruptly though.

8.5
Runaways (2017) #20

May 25, 2019

Everybody's so sad :(

9.5
Runaways (2017) #21

Jul 17, 2019

Go out with the grocery girl, go out with the grocery girl!

9.5
Runaways (2017) #22

Jul 17, 2019

These characters become incredibly real because their motivations are well thought out and they cope with very human flaws.

8.0
Runaways (2017) #23

Oct 2, 2019

Gert is in danger of becoming whiny and annoying, but the other characters are progressing in interesting directions.

8.5
Runaways (2017) #24

Oct 4, 2019

Being a superhero is not as easy as it looks. The artwork is excellent save for the Pac-Man-looking mouths when drawn in profile.

8.0
Runaways (2017) #25

Nov 24, 2019

The stuffed toy sacrifice is priceless. I wasn't expecting the situation to change so quickly, but I like this direction.

8.5
Runaways (2017) #26

Dec 10, 2019

Hmm, I don't trust someone so nice and upstanding! What's he hiding? The last couple pages are adorable by the way.

8.0
Runaways (2017) #27

Nov 24, 2019

All the fun and angst I've come to expect. Especially nice page with the egg, it's funny and the art communicates well.

7.0
Runaways (2017) #28

Jan 6, 2020

More melancholy from Gert. It's appropriate to the story and her character, but it does get tiresome. Doc Justice feeds us little pieces of information about him at a time, I have my own suspicions, but I'm looking forward to finding out the full story behind this guy.

7.5
Runaways (2017) #29

Feb 7, 2021

I feel so bad for Gib, just sacrifice some chickens to him or something, you assholes; as you gobble your pepperoni pizza!

8.0
Runaways (2017) #30

Feb 7, 2021

Oh no, Doc Justice turns out to be a bad guy, I'm so surprised, lol. Jokes aside, good stuff.

8.5
Runaways (2017) #31

Feb 12, 2021

Things finally come to a head with Doc Justice.

7.5
Runaways (2017) #32

Feb 12, 2021

A sure cure for the blues, let's all go to high school!

8.5
Runaways (2017) #33

Feb 20, 2021

Happy to see things working out for Gib!

8.0
Runaways (2017) #34

Aug 29, 2021

This is an organic means to a team crossover.

8.5
Runaways (2017) #35

Aug 29, 2021

Rainbow Rowell & co have turned my into a grown man devouring a romance story.

8.0
Runaways (2017) #36

Aug 29, 2021

Best line: "I thought you didn't CARE if I was a robot assassin!" - "ARE you?" Spoilers: Chase totally leaves Van from Haul Mart hanging, lol.

9.5
Runaways (2017) #37

Aug 29, 2021

I love well-placed silent issues like this. The artwork communicates impeccably, even without dialogue, and just oozes with emotion.

9.5
Runaways (2017) #38

Aug 29, 2021

What? Who pulled the plug on this series? We still have loose ends to be tied up. Chase never followed up with Van from the Haul Mart. What the hell was Alex Wilder up to? What about Nico and Karolina? What about Chase? WHERE CAN I GO FOR MORE DOOMBOT?? The series was building momentum as is went, ending it now is just... wrong. WRONG I TELL YOU!!!!

9.0
Saga #19

May 24, 2014

I'm happy to welcome these characters back and to see how they've grown. We get some more thinly veiled commentary on super heroes plus some adorable family moments. The last page just makes my heart bleed.

8.5
Saga #20

Jun 27, 2014

Saga never disappoints.

8.0
Saga #21

Aug 2, 2014

Events continue to build at a comfortable pace.

8.0
Saga #22

Aug 28, 2014

Saga is always good, but I don't think the heart-wrenching moment I've been dreading hit as hard as it could have. It felt quick and almost obligatory. That being said, there are plenty of other goodies offered in this issue too.

9.5
Saga #23

Sep 26, 2014

Best issue of Saga in this arc so far. It's giving me that "I can't possibly wait another month for the next issue" feeling, which is rare for me. There is just so much delicious drama, it's like watching one of the Open Circuit flicks!

8.0
Saga #24

Oct 30, 2014

A lot of the pages are allocated to explaining motivations and misunderstanding, but then again, we also get the most, um... unique sex scene yet, plus some action and a killer cliffhanger.

8.0
Saga #25

Feb 14, 2015

We're well aware of the backstory to this world, but it's explained yet again, albeit in an interesting and politically conscious fashion. The rest of the story is a little slow but engaging, with sincere character moments. This issue also boasts Saga's second giant raunchy creature, which is fun but I'm also sensing a trend here, lol.

8.0
Saga #26

Mar 8, 2015

Dang, that issue just flew by. People reading this in trade have an advantage in the reading experience to us single issuers. There's certainly enough to carry the story forward here, it's just that it's one of those mid-arc stories so it's not as good as other issues, but there's a couple very important developments here nonetheless.

7.5
Saga #27

Apr 20, 2015

A trippy detour into Marko's backstory. These detours can be a little frustrating but, in the grand scheme of things, they enrich the overall story.

8.0
Saga #28

May 19, 2015

Possibly the best final page of the series thus far.

8.0
Saga #29

Jun 21, 2015

#29 holds the record for raunchiest splash page of the series, that's for sure.

8.5
Saga #30

Jul 15, 2015

Sad issue, very good.

8.5
Saga #31

Nov 29, 2015

Hope is growing up so fast and there is nothing we can do to stop it. We can only hope she is reunited with her parents before she turns all rebellious teenager on us.

9.0
Saga #32

Feb 7, 2016

Reunited and it feels so gooood!

7.5
Saga #33

Feb 29, 2016

I kind of liked these reporter dudes until I found out they are total hypocrites, lol. This issue isn't as enjoyable because it doesn't follow the main characters, but it makes up for it in the last few pages.

9.0
Saga #34

Feb 29, 2016

Hazel turns out to be great and making friends and moving the plot forward. I like her new friend and hope she sticks around. I'm not really buying that Prince Robot IV would give in to helping find Hazel, but I'm willing to let that slide. The stuff with the sea creature is pretty bad ass too.

8.0
Saga #35

Apr 23, 2016

I can just tell that this is going to be like two ships passing in the night in the next issue. I just want Hazel to be reunited with her parents so bad! Oh, and giant water bears make an appearance, that's cool.

9.0
Saga #36

May 8, 2016

It's the issue that we've all been waiting for, I'll tell you that much. Also, Ghüs is a little bad ass!

7.5
Saga #37

Sep 6, 2016

I like the development of Izabel and how everyone is growing. The story is about to kick in, this issue is more an introduction to the next arc.

8.5
Saga #38

Oct 20, 2016

I feel like the end of this issue should have hit me harder. Maybe I'm still in shock.

7.5
Saga #39

Nov 26, 2016

The best moments in this are with Hazel, but boy does it feel short. At least another month to wait to see who dies next.

8.5
Saga #40

Dec 8, 2016

I don't remember what this box being traded is supposed to be, it's difficult to retain everything that happens in 40 issues of an excellent series. Hazel steals the show again in this issue, I can tell that she's going to instigate a lot of interesting developments moving forward.

9.0
Saga #41

May 29, 2017

I had to look up what the game Sardines is, I learned something today. Man, what a roller coaster ride, and there is still one more issue in this arc. I suppose Vaughan can't leave us off on a happy note. I also have to mention one of the readers in the letters column chewing out another reader, I can't lie, that was pretty funny.

9.0
Saga #42

Jun 4, 2017

I wonder who's attacking The Will; what happens to Sweet Boy was disappointingly casual. The end of the issue is very dramatic, the number of black pages seems excessive but sure does hit you each time you turn the page, and it works even better reading a single issue and turning to a black back cover. It's pretty cool how the covers' colours have have gotten darker in this arc as they lead up to this issue.

9.0
Saga #43

Mar 16, 2022

I forgot how crazy this series gets. A miscarriage giving magic power, who thinks of this!?

9.5
Saga #44

May 15, 2022

Glad to see bits and pieces of Petri's history.

9.0
Saga #45

May 15, 2022

Omg, Petri is so awesome. And the cliffhanger can't be beat.

9.5
Saga #46

May 15, 2022

I don't know how this book is so consistently good, but it is.

8.5
Saga #47

May 15, 2022

A change in focus that is no less riveting.

7.5
Satellite Falling #1

May 16, 2016

The artwork is top notch, the best you'll see out of IDW aside from Santolouco's TMNT interiors. The aliens look great and add an interesting dynamic to the story possibilities. On the downside, it is yet another cop-type protagonist, which is seriously played out, even in sci-fi. There's a similar approach to this in 2000 AD's Grey Area. I'd suggest checking that out if you like this.

2.0
Savage Avengers (2022) #1

May 22, 2022

This is barely coherent. There is no plot to speak of.

8.0
Scarlet #8

May 9, 2016

About time! It only took nearly three years since the previous issue for this to come out! It's a bit of a let down when you consider how long the wait was, there is nothing about this issue to warrant it taking this long to make. But, there is at least the promise of a couple more issues coming soon. Then I'm sure there will be another ridiculous hiatus. Anyways, putting all that aside, I did very much enjoy this issue, it could haven ended differently so that Bendis and Maleev could wrap the story up, but that's not the case. Scarlet is in more hot water than ever now.

9.0
Scarlet #9

May 24, 2016

Oh wow, this was gone for so long that I guess no one is reading it now. Well you should, it may be the best thing Bendis is writing! This is dark and brutal, but Scarlet never loses sight of what she wants and she never compromises. This attitude makes some powerful enemies in a town like hers and they don't like to lose. Scarlet won't budge though, the line is drawn and you shall not pass, no matter what it takes. She's Machiavellian, an anti-hero with all the appeal of the Punisher living in the real world.

9.0
Scarlet #10

May 29, 2017

The style chosen for the flashbacks is a clever choice. It is done in a more child-like style to reflect Angela's naivety at the time, which is ruined by the deep internal corruption of her precinct. It's crazy to think that this story started before the BLM movement but real life almost seems to reflect the content and then the content reflects real life as it finally gets released. I can't wait another year for the next issue though, jeez. I wish Bendis would concentrate more on his independent work and less on mainstream Marvel stories.

4.0
Scarlet Witch #1

Dec 13, 2015

Extremely boring. Scarlet Witch #1 consists mostly of talking heads exchanging magical gibberish dialog, and rendered in disjointed, sloppy art. Something as simple as rendering Wanda less wall-eyed would go a long way. Even worse, it looks like the story will devolve into some magical CSI junk, it would be irresponsible for me to recommend this to anyone.

8.0
Scarlet Witch (2023) #1

Jan 9, 2023

Not bad at all, and the final page has be wishing for more.

8.5
Sea of Sorrows #1

Nov 21, 2020

A cool little horror story set in the Atlantic ocean in the 20s. The art is a bit difficult to read at times because of how dark it is, but I'm very interested to see what happens next.

8.0
Sea of Sorrows #2

Feb 20, 2021

The first death was very difficult to decipher visually, but the plot is deliciously creepy.

7.0
Sea of Sorrows #3

Feb 21, 2021

Still having issues with the art, I had to look at the last page for a minute before I could figure out what I was looking at.

8.0
Sea of Sorrows #4

Apr 4, 2021

This is really good, but the art is still unclear at times and it really messes up the plot's impact. I don't want to point fingers, but I think a more thoughtful approach to the coloring could go a long way. The last few pages are amazing: weirdly hot followed by genuinely horrifying, like something out of Species.

8.0
Sea of Sorrows #5

Aug 8, 2021

Lots of blood, crazy sea creature design, and a twist ending suitable to a horror story make this a quick but enjoyable end to the tale.

8.0
Sea of Stars #1

Jul 6, 2019

A father-son relationship backed by a trippy space setting and written by two comic book power houses make this worth checking out, but I'm not ready to swear by it yet.

7.0
Sea of Stars #2

Aug 25, 2019

Wait, Gil is closer to a couple of astronomical phenomena that are normally light years apart than he is to his son, whom he was on the same ship with moments ago? The story is otherwise alright but, honestly, I expected more from this writing team.

9.0
Second Coming #1

Sep 17, 2019

I love it when Yahweh appears as a giant head screaming "DO NOT BE AFRAID!" I think I'll start shouting that into public bathrooms. This issue tours some of the perplexing aspects of the bible that many of us are already aware of, but some readers still won't be. This isn't just laughs at the expense of religion though, Mark Russell actually displays a deep fondness for his interpretation of Jesus.

9.5
Second Coming: Only Begotten Son #1

Jan 17, 2021

Mark Russell's decision to make everything out of crystal is both hilarious and apropos. Not only does it parody Superman lore, but this gem of a comic acts as a mirror held up to reveal our society's own reflection. It's a shame that literary truth can be a little too much for certain readers to handle.

7.0
Second Coming: Trinity #1

Apr 25, 2023

Oh wow, Sunstar is a total asshole. Now I'm rooting for Cranius to destroy this world.

8.5
Second Coming #2

Sep 18, 2019

This captures some of the inherent problems with Superman, except I like Sunstar better because he is more human and makes mistakes. Very serious mistakes. The backup prose story is surprisingly apt and haunting as well, nice addition.

8.0
Second Coming: Only Begotten Son #2

Mar 11, 2021

Well, that's one way to gain a disciple.

8.0
Second Coming #3

Sep 26, 2019

"I don't know any 'Paul'." Tell 'em JC! This issue is actually more focused on Sunstar's baggage, which is fairly sad. There's a crazy short story involving aliens as a backup too.

8.0
Second Coming: Only Begotten Son #3

Oct 30, 2021

I know there are plenty of charlatans out there hocking fake artifacts, especially religious ones, so I'm instantly drawn to this idea of the Crusaders doing this after conquering Jerusalem to pay their bills. Jump to modern day and the story involves a businessman, that is not at all subtly depicted like a pimp, trying to monetize Jesus.

7.5
Second Coming #4

Nov 2, 2019

Night Justice is funny.

7.0
Second Coming: Only Begotten Son #4

Oct 30, 2021

This issue brings in a nemesis to Sunstar dubbed Cranius, who doesn't appear to have anything to do with the rest of the plot and merely serves to give the world a shakeup. He's introduced in the most clumsy flashback panels that look at first glance like they found their way into the comic by accident. There's are a number of other interesting moments beyond that, but I feel as though we've given up on maintaining a narrative. I enjoyed the short story in the backmatter called Roach, which was a Kafkaesque story about a teacher encountering Franz Kafka as a cockroach in his kitchen.

6.0
Second Coming #5

Dec 12, 2019

I found this issue lacking in laughs. Sunstar's arc kind of interesting but not particularly original. I actually enjoyed the prose stories at the end the most, especially Brainwash.

7.5
Second Coming: Only Begotten Son #5

Nov 1, 2021

The letters page is actually hilarious this time, don't skip it. Beyond that, this issue gets into what heaven is like in the Mark Russellverse, but it turns out that it's not much different from another Ahoy title, High Heaven.

7.5
Second Coming #6

Jan 21, 2020

I wasn't sure about this ending, but it grows on me the more that I reflect on it.

8.0
Second Coming: Only Begotten Son #6

Nov 1, 2021

This issue is mostly sad and cathartic. My favorite part is when the rabbis are arguing, one of them is CLEARLY correct in his reading of the Torah because God Himself intervenes several times to confirm it, and yet the detractor is still unconvinced and will come up with any justification to further his own agenda, even to God. Sound familiar?

7.5
Secret Empire #0

Jul 29, 2017

It starts out like an average Marvel mashup, but then takes a sinister turn that is very compelling. The art is pretty average, I was expecting better in a major Marvel event book.

8.0
Secret Empire #1

Jul 30, 2017

It's kind of like 'Man In the High Castle' meets '1984' in the Marvel Universe, very cool. I especially like that Cap has remained a three dimensional character that is still motivated to do what he views as good. Every good villain is the hero of their own story and Spencer makes a point of explaining the benefits that Steve believes Hydra has brought to America. This is a much more compelling hero vs hero style event than the setup to Civil War II offered and I'm ready to dive in.

7.0
Secret Identities #1

Mar 7, 2015

The art's good and there's a good sense of humour present. I also like that most of the characters are Canadian. My criticism is that there are too many characters. While they are well developed, the issue needs to jump all over to introduce the team and each character. If the continuing story is to focus on the progression of each character's personal life, it is going to make for a tedious read.

4.5
Secret Origins #2

Aug 10, 2014

As you've probably guessed, you won't learn much of anything if you are already familiar with the characters. On top of that, three stories are presented, so you're getting more of an origin summary than anything -- BATMAN: Average, nothing new here, but told reasonably well. Why did a colony of bats fly into a room in Wayne Manor though? That's just stupid. -- AQUAMAN: The best story in here and the only story that didn't swell my heart with feelings of buyer's remorse. Though most of this story will be familiar to Aquaman readers, it has a central motive with a humble ending and is told it an entertaining, albeit also an abridged way. Every story in Secret Origins ends with a splash page of the character in a heroic pose, I wish this one didn't do it and just let the final story note take the whole page. -- STARGIRL: The worst of the bunch. It is awkwardly bleak, especially when it comes time to strike that heroic pose at the end. It made me laugh unintentionally. It does not really feel like the whole story either.

4.0
Secret Wars (2015) #0

May 5, 2015

Can't complain about something free, but I can still critique it. Other than acting as a quick recap for new readers, this comic doesn't accomplish much of anything. You can probably skip this and won't notice, so Marvel fans do not fret if you didn't get this on fcbd. At least the art is good. I didn't care much at all for the Attack on Titan backup story either.

8.5
Secret Wars (2015) #1

May 24, 2015

Take notes Convergence, this right here is how you do a multiverse story! The only downside is that it is not friendly to new readers. If you have been casually keeping a pulse on the Marvel and Ultimate Universes though, you shouldn't get confused. The only part that perplexed me was the part with Cyclops, was that covered in Uncanny X-men? This will be a typically grand and complex network of a plot, Hickman's specialty, but so far it has been much more exciting and emotional than many of his other stories of late. So I'm excited for this event and I haven't felt that way since AvX, here's to hoping it progresses at this level of quality.

8.0
Secret Wars (2015) #2

May 24, 2015

Unlike the first issue, this one is actually pretty accessible to new readers because everything has changes; the characters and certain regional details are similar to before, but the world is new, so both old and new readers are on relatively level ground. So if you were utterly confused by the first issue, maybe give #2 a try before making up your mind whether to stick with this event.

8.0
Secret Wars (2015) #4

Oct 27, 2015

Oh Cyclops, you can't seem to catch a break.

7.5
Secret Wars (2015) #5

Oct 27, 2015

Some backstory is nice.

8.0
Secret Wars (2015) #6

Nov 19, 2015

Escalating to an exciting place.

5.0
Secret Wars (2015) #7

Nov 19, 2015

Awe man, the series was going to so well but now it seems to have jumped the shark. What I can only assume are tie-in stories have crashed their way into the story without any exposition, essentially hijacking the narrative. Thors in the only tie-in relevant to this issue that I've kept up on and reading it didn't even really help, it's like Hickman and Aaron were expecting the other to introduce the new Thor properly to the Thor police squad but instead she's just there and she changes their entire world view in a few sentences. Man, if it were that easy our society would have been freed from religions a long time ago. Who dropped the ball here?

6.5
Secret Wars (2015) #8

Dec 13, 2015

The action is big and bad-ass but it's largely coming from the various tie-ins, or at least I assume it is. This is annoying because it is difficult to know what is going on without reading the two dozen crummy tie-ins out there and it degrades Secret Wars's own narrative integrity.

9.0
Secret Wars (2015) #9

Jan 17, 2016

Finally, an event book that sticks the landing! Haven't had one of those in years, so kudos. Issues 7 and 8 got really indulgent in the action, in ways that started to get disjointed, but this issue pulls it all together and gives us a conclusion that wraps the whole event up nicely while keeping it very personal, particularly for the Fantastic Four. It feels like this event has been dragging for a year at this point, but it was worth is to get this result.

7.5
Secret Wars: Agents of Atlas #1

Oct 27, 2015

I've been missing the Agents of Atlas, they are such an interesting team but they don't have a large enough fanbase to sell ongoing issues, unfortunately. At least Marvel threw me a bone on this one, a one-shot based in Battleworld where anything can happen since the events will be reset later anyways. I enjoyed the swashbuckling fun of the writing and the art looks excellent. The only things that bugged me were Baron Zemo's bulging tree-trunk legs, what was up with those?

8.0
Secret Weapons #1

Jul 9, 2017

The characters are very well written and the artwork is great, particularly the layouts.

8.0
Secrets of Sinister House #1

Oct 28, 2019

The Justice League Dark story was meh, but I quite enjoy all of the others, making this a strong horror anthology overall.

7.0
Seven to Eternity #1

Nov 2, 2016

I love the art, but the story is vague and difficult to grasp. I'm sure more will be revealed as this world expands, but I needed more set up because I don't understand the setup at all.

8.0
Sex Death Revolution #1

Nov 4, 2018

The pace is slow, but that's not necessarily in a negative thing, I'm just glad that the creators (or the publisher?) chose to combine two issues into the first or I wouldn't have gotten enough out of the first issue to pull me in. The writer has an impressive vocabulary and expects much from the reader with regards to learning and comprehending the rules to black magic. I'm flipping back and forth, trying to find where rule four was defined but I can't find it. An appendix would be extremely helpful and interesting, or at least more strategic placement of the rule definitions for future reference. There seems to be a clear relation between Esperanza's transition and how reality is warping, what a cool idea! Certainly a more interesting approach to incorporating transgender subject matter into modern fiction than I've seen elsewhere. I may find the heady subject matter difficult to parse in a monthly publication, but I'm on board for now at least.

7.5
SFSX (Safe Sex) #1

Sep 29, 2019

Delivers what it promises and doesn't shy away from showing rather than telling. I already like to hate the creepy puritan regime called the Party, but they could do with a better name... maybe their lack of a creative name is meant to be indicative of who they are.

7.5
Shaft #1

Dec 22, 2014

The story is good and the art is very good. I also like the suggested soundtrack posted in the end notes.

7.0
Sharkey The Bounty Hunter #1

Feb 28, 2019

I enjoy much of the dialogue, but Sharkey as a character doesn't do much for me.

7.0
Shazam! (2018) #1

Dec 17, 2018

Admittedly, I'm not a Shazam fan, but I am a Geoff Johns fan, so I checked this out. It's pretty goofy, but not bad. I think I liked the backup story more than the main plot, to be honest.

7.5
She-Hulk (2022) #1

Jun 26, 2022

There is a unique feminine flavor here that I think certain readers will really dig.

8.0
She-Hulk (2022) #7

Nov 9, 2022

I love Doombot so much, I picked this issue up just for for a few pages of his antics. Rowell's next series needs to be a Doombot book.

9.0
Shirtless Bear Fighter #1

Jul 9, 2017

Pure hilarity! For the records though, everyone knows they're called PANCAKES!

8.0
Shirtless Bear Fighter: 2 #1

Oct 10, 2022

Shirtless is back for more ludicrous adventures.

9.5
Shirtless Bear Fighter #2

Jul 30, 2017

Easily the funniest comic on the stands right now, there's a laugh on every page. The art and plot are good too. Don't miss out on creepy Hillbilly Warlock tits.

7.5
Shirtless Bear Fighter: 2 #2

Oct 10, 2022

That mechanical bear jamboree had it coming...

8.0
Shirtless Bear Fighter #3

Sep 16, 2022

His greatest weakness is wearing a shirt! Lol.

6.5
Shirtless Bear Fighter: 2 #3

Mar 11, 2023

The only part I laughed at was the nunchacku bear and the way they trick Shirtless into getting a shirt on him.

8.0
Shirtless Bear Fighter #4

Sep 16, 2022

I think I already assumed the twist, but oh well.

7.5
Shirtless Bear Fighter: 2 #4

Mar 12, 2023

PANTSLESS Shirtless Bear-Fighter!

8.5
Shirtless Bear Fighter #5

Sep 17, 2022

Funny, enjoyable series, highly recommended.

7.0
Shuri (2018) #1

Oct 22, 2018

The first issue holds promise, the artwork works well in most panels but often falls short at conveying emotions. When the line work is this simplified, there is no room for error. Shuri's character is very well done, striking a balance between the wise woman established in Coates's run and the tech head from the Black Panther film.

6.0
Shuri (2018) #2

Nov 25, 2018

In all honesty, this issue is pretty boring. That last page really throws me for a loop though.

7.0
Shuri (2018) #3

Jan 14, 2019

Weird issue when you describe it out loud.

6.5
Shuri (2018) #4

May 27, 2020

There is a sense of familiarity with Africa from the author that shines though, but the narrative itself is somewhat lacking.

6.0
Shuri (2018) #5

May 27, 2020

I'll take their word for it that LEDs can be hacked but... those appear to be florescents depicted in the art and, regardless, that still doesn't mean the lights become speakers. The encounter itself is rushed and ridiculous; I actually found the falling action with Shuri confronting a difficult choice more interesting. I also appreciate the effort to include real African references.

4.5
Shuri (2018) #6

May 28, 2020

Sloppy art to match a sloppy narrative.

6.5
Shuri (2018) #7

May 30, 2020

Still some inconsistency in the artwork, but it has improved a bit over the previous issue. The narrative is a bit better too now that there is character development for the reader to invest in. It turns out that there was zero reason to include Ms. Marvel.

7.5
Shuri (2018) #8

May 30, 2020

This issue was a big step up, it makes a huge difference that plot is back to where is was initially intended to go and that the stakes have been raised. This is also the best artwork we've had on this series thus far. The downside is that most readers will have tuned out by now, the series is finding its footing too late in the game.

7.0
Shuri (2018) #9

May 30, 2020

I'm not sure what's going on with Storm at the end, so I hope the next issue explains that. Muti turns out to be an interesting character.

7.0
Shuri (2018) #10

May 31, 2020

The artwork is starting to break down in some panels, particularly with faces. I like the ending because it tries something a bit different from the typical 'giant monster threat' approach and it retains Muti as a new potential support character (he really needs a better name thought).

7.5
Sidekick #6

Apr 20, 2014

Pays off a good build-up from the first five issues.

7.0
Sidekick #7

Jul 4, 2014

This had a dark humor before. Now, it is even more dark and I'm starting to wonder if it wants to be funny anymore. The fact that he names himself Sidekick is utterly ridiculous, so I'm hoping that's a sign that the humor will pick up some more.

4.5
Sidekick #8

Sep 5, 2014

This used to be fun, but now it's trying to be all dark and bad ass and it's not fun anymore! It's just... hokey. On top of that, nothing much happens. Sidekick makes his super villain "debut to the world" by messing up a casino in Vegas. Yeah, because that is totally going to turn people's heads...

7.0
Silver Surfer (2016) #1

Jan 27, 2016

Hearkens back to comics of old in a lot of ways. The story is juvenile, told with a straight face, and that is charming in a lot of ways, but wrapping the story plot up within this issue was a big mistake. The story came out rushed and lazy, the villains literally just change their mind and it is completely anti-climactic. I'd recommend this for children because of the tone, style and pace. Older readers may also get a kick out of it but I'd prefer something like this goes full comedy or stays grounded, not this muddy zone in-between.

7.0
Sinestro #1

Apr 20, 2014

Good debut, solid art. The direction seems solid but I'm not sure we've found Sinestro's voice as a character yet. It is difficult to say if this series is worth sticking with but I'll check out the second issue.

8.5
Sinestro #2

Jun 6, 2014

Strong art and compelling, chilling characterization. If you were unsure after reading the first issue, I'd recommend reading the second one before writing this off.

7.5
Sinestro #3

Jun 28, 2014

It was good, I'm not sure what to make of this new enemy.

6.5
Sinestro #6

Oct 31, 2014

How many members of the Sinestro Corps are there? I question Sinestro's logic here when there is a war on the horizon. Especially considering that I recall him pulling a similar stunt in issue 2 or 3. This is certainly an improvement over initial entries in Godhead, but this event still blows.

4.5
Sinestro #7

Dec 10, 2014

The whole thing feels forced: Sinestro's little scheme feels forced (I didn't even know he had telepathy), the pointless skirmish is incredibly forced, and the twist at the end is baffling. This seems like a textbook example of a writer struggling to fit within the parameters of an event that someone else came up with.

8.0
Sinestro #8

Jan 5, 2015

While the first half of the issue doesn't feel particularly relevant, this is a complete improvement from the first two Sinestro Godhead issues. Sinestro is clever and even though he is maniacal, there's no way the Lanterns could win this fight without him. The art is good too.

8.0
Slapstick #1

Jan 15, 2017

This was better than expected, Slapstick is violent and zany, but also humanized. The twist would have been smoother if it were led in with a touch of foreshadowing. The ending reveals a new villains that looks like a fun analog of an 80s cartoon icon.

6.5
Snowfall #1

Feb 21, 2016

It is certainly an interesting concept, I just feel like I'm not getting fed enough information and, after reading this first issue, I still don't know the characters or why snow seems to be a scary thing, you'd think it would be good. I'm also unclear as to if it doesn't rain either, because snow is the only precipitation that's ever mentioned. I'm sure more information about this world will be revealed as issues come out but I needed a little more to get me off the ground.

5.0
Solar: Man of the Atom #1

Apr 20, 2014

After I accept that reciting gibberish mathematical equations can turn lead into water I still struggle in finding something to latch onto here.

4.0
Solar: Man of the Atom #5

Nov 4, 2014

I tried this issue out because I'm a big fan of Jonathan Lau's art, but this Erica character is WAY too annoying to put up with, so I'm dropping this like a hot coal.

7.0
Solo #1

Nov 13, 2016

Kind of fun, but it's going to be a SHIELD spy thing, which is never worthwhile.

8.5
Something is Killing the Children #1

Sep 16, 2019

It's timely that this comes out when IT: Chapter 2 hits cinemas. This achieves delightful creepiness and bloodshed. I'm ready for more.

8.0
Something is Killing the Children #2

Oct 23, 2019

Wait, how old is the blonde supposed to be? I thought she was a teenager. It's a pretty good issue considering not all that much happens.

7.0
Something is Killing the Children #3

Dec 7, 2019

The plot is starting to drag. I don't see what throwing Erica in prison really added, but maybe the police will be important later.

7.5
Something is Killing the Children #4

Dec 17, 2019

The bit in the store regarding the chainsaws is hilarious.

8.0
Something is Killing the Children #5

Feb 1, 2020

Dark, exciting and spooky. Some of the action is not clearly communicated in the art at times though.

8.0
Something is Killing the Children #6

Mar 24, 2020

We have confirmation in this issue that there is indeed more at play here than simple monster killing.

7.0
Something is Killing the Children #7

Jul 11, 2020

Bit by bit, we learn a little more about this monsters and this secret society.

8.0
Something is Killing the Children #8

Aug 23, 2020

Well, we know where everyone stands now, at least Erica is redeemable.

7.5
Something is Killing the Children #9

Oct 8, 2020

We finally get a brief origin for Erica. Not much to it, but sometimes simple is better.

7.5
Something is Killing the Children #10

Oct 8, 2020

I keep getting tricked by the double-page spreads, so many of them are unnecessary and not obvious enough. As cool as the moment at the end is, Aaron changes from douche to selfless too quickly and without enough motivation.

7.5
Something is Killing the Children #11

Dec 13, 2020

Another peek inside this monster-hunting organization adds some extra intrigue.

7.5
Something is Killing the Children #12

Dec 13, 2020

I like the pace that this series is written in, however out does mean that relatively little happens per issue. I'm patient though, so I'm cool with it.

8.0
Something is Killing the Children #13

Jan 17, 2021

Erica is going rogue and I love it. This secret organization seems to be as terrible as the monsters it slays.

8.5
Something is Killing the Children #14

Mar 11, 2021

We get into ever weirder things as the story reaches its climax.

7.5
Something is Killing the Children #15

Mar 11, 2021

The first arc finally wraps up. I think the book could comfortably end here, but it looks like there are plans to further explore Erica's origins in the House of Slaughter.

9.0
Something is Killing the Children #16

Oct 9, 2021

Erica Slaughter's origin is about as dark as you'd imagine.

8.5
Something is Killing the Children #17

Oct 9, 2021

This looks like a nice organization. Yup, nothing bad will ever happen here!

8.5
Something is Killing the Children #18

Oct 9, 2021

A good introduction to a new character, with quite the cliffhanger to end on.

9.5
Something is Killing the Children #19

Oct 9, 2021

This is the most intense issue of this arc yet.

7.5
Something is Killing the Children #20

Oct 9, 2021

We're getting to know this cast of characters and appreciate them. This issue also provides lore on the Order and how it works.

8.0
Something is Killing the Children #21

Apr 23, 2022

I'm glad to see that there is finally a monster in a different form from every other monster we've seen so far in the series. We also get a new character and plot setup here. Hhopefully there is some new territory to explore for the narrative though, I'm not all that interested in repeating the same arc in a different skin.

8.0
Something is Killing the Children #22

Jun 4, 2022

A super creepy new villain is introduced. I don't know about the new protagonist kid, not very likeable. Maybe we'll get lucky and she'll die.

7.5
Something is Killing the Children #23

Jun 4, 2022

Careful Tynion, you're making me start to like this villain, lol.

7.5
Something is Killing the Children #24

Jun 26, 2022

A low-key, plot-building issue.

8.0
Something is Killing the Children #25

Sep 27, 2022

As if things weren't already hard for Erica, they just got a whole lot worse.

6.0
Something is Killing the Children #26

May 9, 2023

I dunno, not much happens in this issue.

7.5
Something is Killing the Children #27

May 9, 2023

We got a tragic backstory involving a rigged soup contest and some creepy monster action. So, not bad.

6.5
Sons of the Devil #1

Jun 3, 2015

The idea is good, the opening pages are riveting and the art is enjoyable. My criticism is that the plot does not offer much substance in the first issue to chew on. The focus is mostly on establishing the main character's personality and circumstances. Protagonist Travis displays the standard reluctant selflessness and orphan status that typically garners empathy from the reader, yet here I'm not particularly sold, it feels hollow and by-the-book. As a result I'm not itching to know what happens next. The second issue will most likely deliver more on the plot, but is it worth sticking around for?

6.0
Sovereigns #0

Jun 19, 2017

I found the main story confusing and boring, but all of the prelude material for the other titles was very interesting, particularly for Magnus.

6.0
Sovereigns #1

Jul 24, 2017

I've got a handle on what is going on now, which is an improvement over #0, but I'm not really engaged enough in the story to continue reading this series. The artwork is excellent on most paged bur a bit rough around the edges on others. The Magnus backup is good but super short. I'm happy to have it in addition to my reading of the Magnus series even though it doesn't add much; clearly it was intended that one could read the Magnus series without the backup in this issue.

7.5
Space Bandits #1

Jul 18, 2019

I like the green haired character. The plot doesn't quite grab me, it might have something to do with EVERYONE being a bad person.

8.0
Spawn: Resurrection #1

Apr 4, 2015

Al's conversation with God is interesting and also provides a smartly veiled recap.

3.0
Spider-Ham (2019) #1

Jan 4, 2020

Zeb Wells is a great writer, so it surprises me how bad this is. The puns are intentionally terrible, and Peter Porker is meant to be a total jerk, but there is only so far you can take this angle, there needs to be something for the reader to grab onto: an endearing character, a compelling plot, jokes that are actually funny... Anything. I wonder if Zeb even wanted to write this or if it was something he had to do to get on Ant-Man after taking a break from comics for a few years. Fingers crossed that his Ant-Man run is more successful.

7.0
Spider-Man & The X-Men #1

Dec 14, 2014

This is a fun read, very silly, and I respect a comic that is suitable for children to read these days. This could have been a little more accessible to new readers, I'm not familiar with these characters and it would be nice to know what their powers are up front because somehow Spider-Man knows and I do not. Unfortunately, I didn't get a wow-factor reading this, I think it may just be a little too simplistic in the storytelling for my taste.

7.5
Spider-Man / Deadpool #1

Feb 6, 2016

I bit too sporadic but probably the best Deadpool comic out all the crap he's in right now.

7.5
Spider-Woman (2015) #1

Nov 23, 2015

Cool seeing a pregnant super-hero for the first time, the downside is a distinct lack of super-heroing on Jessica's part, but it looks like she'll have no choice but to get into action in the next issue.

8.0
Spider-Woman (2015) #2

Mar 27, 2016

Whoa, I forgot that Spider-Woman holds no qualms about killing skrulls. She's a total bad-ass for pregnant freaks in every galaxy.

8.0
Spider-Woman (2015) #3

Mar 27, 2016

Okay, we get it, she's pregnant, there is no need to constantly point it out. That being said, this issue is fantastic! The artwork really takes centre stage, especially in the splash pages.

9.0
Spider-Woman (2015) #4

Mar 28, 2016

Most bad-ass baby delivery ever.

8.0
Spider-Woman (2015) #5

Apr 8, 2016

It's your typical "OMG, the new baby is too overwhelming for me" story, well executed. I particularly like the pages with all of the thought bubbles, what a creative way to tell the story.

7.5
Spider-Woman (2020) #1

Mar 24, 2020

The main story is fun. I could have done without the followup short story, but I guess there is an important revelation at the end. If she's so broke, why is she prioritizing a new costume? So Jessica really just walks and cabs everywhere in her superhero costume? I can't tell if this is purposefully tongue-in-cheek.

6.0
Spidey (2015) #1

Jul 29, 2016

The Spider-banter is well written, but I'm not interested in reading high school Spider-man tales that pretend previous Spider-Man stories didn't happen. Just read some Stan Lee/Ditko volumes. Other readers may like this idea, if so then I'd recommend checking this out, it's a quick introduction that lays all the cards on the table without diving deep into anything.

6.5
Spread #1

Jul 12, 2014

I picked this one up based on the strength of the interior artwork. Filipe Sobreiro's colours are excellent, the muted blue tones really pop the red colours of the Spread and the blood. The Spread entity looks really cool and the way it attacks makes it an interesting post apocalyptic critter. So, the art really helps to elevate this book, but it's a cookie cutter story nonetheless. And no matter how good the icing is on a cookie, you can't make it good if it's already stale. As one reviewer commented, naming your main character 'No' is a terrible idea. At least spell it different for clarity's sake, like Kno (an amazing hip-hop producer). No seems to - see what I mean? - he seems to be a stoney-face character who doesn't talk much, so don't expect any interesting dialog or characterization. The baby's name is, you guessed it, Hope! And of course, she is humanity's only hope. Okay, well what about the plot? It looks like we'll be going on a journey... somewhere. Somewhere away from the Spread, but since Hope is narrating, we know it's going to be a long journey because she'll be grown up by the end. Sounds like another Saga that I'm currently reading. Well, good luck on your journey, wake me when it's over, thanks.

3.0
Squadron Supreme (2015) #1

Jul 28, 2016

A cold, joyless and boring mess. I have no interest in any of these characters and have only been handed reasons to dislike them. As for Namor, I can't say that I ever liked the guy, but to give Marvel's first anti-hero such a half-assed fate with no weight to it is just a kick in the balls. Not to mention shrugging off the genocide of an entire city. I know James Robinson is capable of better than this and I expect more from the editors at Marvel as well. I know Marvel is throwing everything that they have at the wall right now to see what will stick, but the world would be better off if this comic had never existed.

9.0
Squarriors #1

Dec 23, 2014

Whoa... I'm not sure what I expected when I picked this up, but man was I blown away by this. The artwork is absolutely stunning and the story is intriguing and violent. I love stories with talking animals, so I found it perplexing that the writer for this was unfamiliar with Redwall and Mouse Guard before writing this series. Maczko doesn't even read that many comics apparently. Well, it hasn't hurt the product, so just keep doing what you're doing because I love it!

9.0
Squarriors #2

Apr 19, 2015

I love this series. This is a dark and bloody issue. The art look as fantastic as the first issue, if there is a downside, it's that the main plot could have moved forward a little bit more.

7.5
Squarriors #3

Jul 29, 2015

It gets tricky to keep track of the characters, but it's worth making the effort to pin them down, the artwork is so glorious that you can't possible spend too much time analyzing it. Certain moments drag, other moments are truly heartbreaking. The end of the issue is nerve racking and makes me worry whether the story will be able to conclude in a satisfying way in just one more issue.

6.5
Squarriors #4

Oct 3, 2015

Not the most satisfying ending, I hope there will be more issues in the future. This one gets a bit confusing in the flashbacks, it's hard to differentiate the characters and I'm not entirely sure what is going on. Maybe I need to go back and read the whole series again.

8.0
Squarriors: Summer #1

May 29, 2016

Now is your chance to jump on board for this violent but gorgeous series. There are a lot of characters and backstory to keep straight, so I would still recommend that you read the first trade. This is tribal warfare in a far more interesting vehicle than most other stories like this and the first issue sets us up for an even more brutal and suspenseful arc than the last one.

7.0
Stan Lee Meets (2006): The Amazing Spider-Man #1

Oct 7, 2014

I nice little treat for Stan Lee lovers, there aren't many new scripts coming out from him these days. Here we get a new story with him and Spider-Man plus a charming reprint of an old Spidey story. I like the Joss Wheedon story as well.

7.5
Star (2020) #1

Jan 12, 2020

I'm going in unfamiliar with this character, but I found this interesting; there's potential here.

7.0
Star Trek / Planet of the Apes #1

Jan 4, 2015

The voice and likeness of the Star Trek cast is captured perfectly here, it feel just like a Star Trek episode in many ways. There is a flip side to that though in that much of the comic descends into talking heads. When you are making a comic, that isn't limited to the budget and practicality of a television show, it helps to take advantage of the medium. That being said, there is certainly a well earned authenticity to this comic, any Star Trek fan will enjoy this and we'll find out soon enough if that can be said for POTA fans as well. Now that the premise has been established, I'm confident that the second issue will offer plenty of thrills take us to the next level.

6.0
Star Trek / Planet of the Apes #2

Jan 25, 2015

The archeological site in POTA was demolished at the end of the film, so I don't understand why it's still around in this comic. I get the sense that the Scott Tipton is a Star Trek fan first and a POTA fan second. Taylor wasn't actively seeking a way to unleash genocide on the apes like he is in this comic. The back matter further seeks to antagonist POTA fans, emphasizing how optimistic Star Trek was and how pessimistic and depressing POTA was; even going as far as accusing Taylor with the intent to rape the female astronaut in his original crew. I devoured this comic intently in the moment, but found it left a nasty taste in my mouth afterwards, I hope the next issue improves on this direction.

7.5
Star Trek / Planet of the Apes #3

Mar 8, 2015

Kirk and Taylor go head to head which is pretty cool. The art is great other than a few panels needing a background and one of the most awkwardly drawn arms I've ever seen.

7.0
Star Trek / Planet of the Apes #4

Mar 23, 2015

Par for the course with this series. It's not totally exciting, but it's good.

6.5
Star Trek / Planet of the Apes #5

Jun 28, 2015

The status quo feels rather forced back into place, but it works.

8.0
Star Trek TNG: Mirror Broken #1

May 21, 2017

This is the first time I've put money down for a Star Trek comic, and I'm pleased to say that I was not disappointed. The FCBD issue peaked my interest with the painterly realism of the artwork and unique opportunities afforded by this parallel universe. The pace and dialogue in this issue are just right, it feels like Star Trek Next Gen despite the evil universe angle. I'd recommend checking this out if you enjoy the tv series.

8.0
Star Trek TNG: Mirror Broken #2

Jul 9, 2017

Progressing nicely, I love the deviousness.

8.0
Star Trek TNG: Mirror Broken #3

Aug 21, 2017

Nothing like a good coup, suck it Jellico, we all know Captain Picard is the superior officer.

8.0
Star Trek TNG: Mirror Broken #4

May 6, 2018

A brief stop at space prison reveals the extent of the Pcard's subtle ruthlessness. The next issue will be the true test of his mettle given the reveal.

8.5
Star Trek TNG: Mirror Broken #5

May 6, 2018

After all that drama, Guinan's advice was pretty insubstantial, lol. Still, the plan that they do come up with and execute is pretty cool and there is something very satisfying about seeing evil Picard and his crew come out on top. The art just brings the series to the next level and I hope to see much more out of Woodward and Kirchoff in other comics.

7.5
Star Trek vs. Transformers #1

Oct 2, 2018

A charming crossover that delivers what it promises. There's a couple transformers that aren't from the cartoon, a little cheat but it ultimately doesn't matter.

7.5
Star Trek vs. Transformers #2

Nov 22, 2018

Time for everyone to realize their misunderstandings and team up together. It's like candy, not nutritious but enjoyable nonetheless.

7.5
Star Trek vs. Transformers #3

Jan 28, 2019

My inner child is thrilled.

7.0
Star Trek vs. Transformers #4

Jan 28, 2019

At one point Optimus seems to be restrained by Megatron's laser ball & chain, then on the next page he's a couple hundred feet away. Otherwise great.

7.5
Star Trek vs. Transformers #5

Jul 11, 2020

Very fun little series.

7.0
Star Trek/Green Lantern: Stranger Worlds #1

Jan 10, 2017

A very efficient introduction to the characters and setup. One downside is that this feels short. It somehow feels appropriate that Guy Gardner is wasting the last bits of his ring's energy showboating., but surely Sinestro wouldn't be foolish enough to squander away his energy already as well.

6.5
Star Trek/Green Lantern: The Spectrum War #1

Jul 18, 2015

Simple introductory issue, it reads through quickly so there isn't a lot to criticize or applaud at this stage. I would have preferred a different generation of Star Trek, but the first issue is winning me over on this choice. The likenesses are spot-on at least.

7.0
Star Trek/Green Lantern: The Spectrum War #3

Nov 21, 2015

Some backstory explained and some rings spread to the go-to players in Star Trek.

6.5
Star Trek/Green Lantern: The Spectrum War #4

Nov 21, 2015

A bunch of stuff happens, sure, but where's the heart?

7.5
Star Trek/Green Lantern: The Spectrum War #5

Dec 1, 2016

At some point, Larfleeze, Atrocitus and all the other bad guys aside from Sinestro just cease to be present. The chaotic battle serves as someone of an excuse, but I'd still like to see a of couple panels dedicated to showing something that distracts the bad guys before we stop paying attention to them. Other than that, this is just good, clean fun.

6.0
Star Trek/Green Lantern: The Spectrum War #6

Dec 2, 2016

I wasn't under the impression that anyone could simply suck the rings off of chosen bearers from light-years away, the Green Lantern aspect of this is playing loose with the rules. And Kirk would clearly get a green ring if one were available, it's not difficult to guess what colour he'd be despite the comments of the Star Trek crew. Overall, this is an entertaining but somewhat rushed and inconsistent ending.

7.0
Star Trek: The Next Generation: Terra Incognita #1

Jul 25, 2018

I miss Woodward's art, and I miss the rest of the TNG Mirror Universe crew. I'm not sure where evil Barclay is taking this, "I'll do such a good job that they'll promote me based on my merits, muahahahahaha!"

7.0
Star Trek: The Next Generation: Terra Incognita #2

Sep 3, 2018

So... Is the premise of this series "Star Trek episodes that evil Barclay makes a cameo in?" There's nothing wrong with it, I was just led to believe that this was a continuation of Broken Mirror, rather than standard Star Trek TNG. IDW hoodwinked me, clever girl!

9.5
Star Wars (2014) #1

May 13, 2016

When reading it panel by panel on your phone, it feels like you are looking at detailed storyboards of a lost Star Wars movie, this just captured the feel of the original films perfectly, all the way down to the dialog. It's only the first issue and already I don't know how they're going to get out of this one, I couldn't imagine a more edge-of-your-seat debut issue. This is a must read for Star Wars fans, whether you like comics or not, maybe this one can pop your comics cherry.

9.0
Star Wars (2014) #2

May 23, 2016

This is really good Star Wars. I'm glad to see Luke and Vader meet each other here since it seems that they are familiar with each other by Empire Strikes Back.C-3PO is freakin' useless, I love it. Now, if Jar Jar did the exact same thing, fans would be livid, let's keep it 100. But since it's 3PO, it's hilarious.

7.5
Star Wars (2014) #3

Jun 8, 2016

How did Chewie do "a day and a half" of repairs in 5 minutes? Great other than that.

7.5
Star Wars (2014) #4

Jun 19, 2016

The series switches to a lower gear to get some character development going. It makes sense for Luke to be doubting himself at this point and to show his inexperience, I think this flushes out character traits in a way that the movies didn't have the opportunity to, so it enriches the Star Wars mythos overall.

8.5
Star Wars (2014) #32

Jul 25, 2017

I love taking the Star War franchise into this creepy corner, it works surprisingly well.

8.5
Star Wars (2014): Screaming Citadel #1

May 29, 2017

You have to suspend disbelief that Luke would run off with Aphra without telling anyone (it is actually pretty well justified). Do that, and you are in for one of the most unique Star Wars stories I've seen. A couple panels are a little unclear, but overall the artwork is excellent.

6.0
Star Wars (2014): Empire Ascendant #1

Jan 20, 2020

-- STAR WARS // AN ECHO OF VICTORY: I think I remember Shara and Kes from Star Wars: Shattered Empire, glad to see they're still fighting the good fight in the comics lore. This was easily the strongest story in this anthology. I'm not sure how central these characters will be to the next Star Wars run, but I hope they stick around. -- DARTH VADER // IN SERVICE TO THE EMPIRE: I don't think Greg Pak achieved the theme he was trying to get at: what little plot there is gets too muddled to communicate the theme properly, leaving Vader's final words to fall flat. -- BOUNTY HUNTERS // TWO SIDES TO EVERY SORTIE: This is marginally better than the Darth Vader story because it communicates clearly, but it isn't particularly fun or engaging. -- DOCTOR APHRA // EPILOGUE: This story is out-of-place in this anthology; the other stories set a stage for a new run while this sums up a recently completed run. It won't mean anything to you if you didn't read Doctor Aphra. I DID read Doctor Aphra however, and I thought it was nice to check in with where she left these characters off. Ultimately, this story should have just been worked into Doctor Aphra #40.-- OVERALL: Not worth picking up unless you have read Doctor Aphra and are planning to check out at least one of the other upcoming titles. Nothing here is mandatory reading, nor is it meant to be.

6.5
Star Wars Special: C-3PO #1

Apr 23, 2016

An unnecessarily complex origin to the red arm, but I liked it. It would be better with more clear artwork.

5.5
Star Wars: Age Of Rebellion: Princess Leia #1

Jan 3, 2020

It's weird how she seems to instantly show up on the planet, this could have easily been executed better. The story itself is essentially another unnecessary one-off that fills in a tiny gap between episodes V and VI. It's not bad, but it is instantly forgettable.

6.5
Star Wars: Chewbacca #1

Oct 20, 2015

A bit of a silly, inconsequential premise. Plus, the supporting character doesn't understand Chewie, so now neither will the audience.

7.0
Star Wars: Chewbacca #2

Nov 4, 2015

Turning into a fun story but ya, maybe Chewie should stop letting the child come up with the plans.

7.0
Star Wars: Chewbacca #3

Nov 25, 2015

Trying that comes with trying to find a way out of the mine could have taken up the whole issue, but I'm partially glad that it did not because the plot can move forward. I don't buy that the guy is going to let his daughter run around with this wookie, especially after he was just reunited with her.

7.5
Star Wars: Chewbacca #4

Jan 7, 2016

I like this issue, it's good, clean fun.

6.0
Star Wars: Chewbacca #5

May 25, 2016

Hey Hey, Chewie never got a medal! Writing that he has one in this issue doesn't make it so! The plan that Chewie and his friend use is kind of stupid and would never work. But it's not a bad issue or anything.

6.0
Star Wars: Darth Maul #1

Feb 5, 2017

Darth Maul is essentially complaining for the whole issue that he doesn't get to kill Jedi, "Dad, I want to kill Jedi, gawd!" The backup is this weird short that stars one of the robot scouts that Darth Maul sends out, it was cute, but I'd rather take it out and pay a dollar less.

8.5
Star Wars: Darth Vader #1

May 19, 2016

Nice debut, read the first couple issues of Marvel's Star Wars first, this issue contains potential spoilers for that, but I like this it ties loosely together.

8.5
Star Wars: Darth Vader #2

Jun 19, 2016

Haha, don't F with Vader. I feel sorry for that guy though, he was just doing his job...

7.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #1

Dec 11, 2016

Doctor Aphra is an awesome character, so I'm pleased to see that she has her own ongoing series now. Nice fake out at the beginning of this issue as we dive back in the bag of tricks that was introduced in the Darth Vader series. The backup was a short rushed little one-off that I could have done without, I probably would rate this book as an 8 without it because it makes her into more of a spoiled brat than anything, although at least it provides an opportunity to reflect on how her character has grown.

7.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #2

Jan 30, 2017

It seems that the Doc has some daddy issues. What a treat to see them bond over space Indiana Jones-style adventures, with killer robots and a wookie bounty hunter tagging along for the ride.

8.0
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #3

Jan 30, 2017

I like how this ties in with the Star Wars mythology, they've already incorporated the events of Rogue One. Aphra's father is reflective of how many people are in the real world, blissfully ignorant of the many injustices that happen in society, thus being complacent in a minor way.

7.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #4

Feb 16, 2017

Just a fun space adventure, what more can I say?

8.0
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #5

Apr 2, 2017

I'm glad the atmosphere on this floating rock has been explained, that was bothering me. This has lots of action, and a father-daughter moment to complete the Last Crusade feel.

8.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #6

May 29, 2017

That was a load of fun, Doctor Aphra proves to be the perfect vehicle for swashbuckling space adventures.

8.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #7

Jul 27, 2017

Holy crap, this arc is just nuts! I'm liking the artwork in this one a bit more than in the main Star Wars comics as well, it's a little more cartoony, but it is more dynamic.

8.0
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #8

Jul 27, 2017

It's weird that Luke has lost any and all interest in the crystal considering how much trouble he went through to unlock it, but I'll go with it given his excuse. I found this to be a thrilling conclusion to an arc that I very much enjoyed. It's a little different from your typical Star Wars stories, but that's why I like it.

7.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #9

Jul 27, 2017

I'm thrilled to see Kev Walker back on the art, it just feels so right. This one is introducing a new arc and so not much has happened as of yet, but you know Aphra can't help but attract trouble.

7.0
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #10

Sep 10, 2017

Aphra entertains different offers, which is not really anything special yet the creators still managed to keep it entertaining.

8.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #11

Sep 20, 2017

Balls to the wall action in this issue, what's not to like?

7.0
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #12

Sep 20, 2017

This issue felt a bit scattered, at one point it felt like Aphra and Krrsantan teleported to another part of the base because the transition didn't work. I also feel like Aphra could have taken another, less risky and less unyielding path in how she deals with BT-1 and 0-0-0, not to spoil anything, but Aphra's character wouldn't risk her life needlessly.

7.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #13

Feb 9, 2019

Some fun moments. There is one page regarding Black Krrsantan that might justify reading the first Annual issue before this one.

9.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #14

Jun 15, 2019

These detours into more personal character development are what make this series shine. This issue makes you laugh and makes you cry, nicely done.

9.0
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #15

Jun 16, 2019

Man, I need to start having sexy dreams like Magna Tolvan's. It is quite unexpected how she gets out of her predicament. What a hilarious bureaucracy the Empire is.

8.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #16

Jun 16, 2019

It gets a little messy juggling the all of the bounty hunters, but I like that they're each unique and developed. There is one mistake where a word bubble is rendered as if it is meant to be received through a communication device but is instead coming from Aphra in person. That's not what triggered one of our fellow user reviewers here though, is it? I'm absolutely loving the romantic cat and mouse relationship that's developed between Magna Tolvan and Doctor Aphra after teasing it out over several issues. Funny, no one has a problem with Batman's romances with femme fatales, or the ongoing flirtation between Spider-Man and Black Cat, but when two recently created characters in Star Wars do it, suddenly its a problem for certain readers. Hmmm, I can't quite put my finger on what's different this time...

8.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #17

Jun 19, 2019

Dr Aphra is always one step ahead, she's like the Batman of the Star Wars universe. This is shaping up to be the best arc by far. But uh oh, did we trigger the homophobic user reviewers again? Poor babies, won't someone think of the homophobes?

8.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #18

Jun 19, 2019

Aphra continues to strike that balance between being likable and being Machiavellian in nature, it is a difficult balancing act but this team pulls it off. I don't get what is happening when the rebel commander drops the blaster, did someone shoot it out of her hand?

9.0
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #19

Jun 22, 2019

I love it when a plan comes together, though there are apparently too many moving pieces for some to follow, it is a wonder of intricacy.

7.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #20

Jun 22, 2019

I love Kev Walker's art. Man, the Empire commits so many human rights abuses.

7.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #21

Jun 22, 2019

It's the same art team but I don't think the artwork is as good as last issue's for some reason. Awe look, Magna Tolven's got a matching tattoo.

7.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #22

Jun 30, 2019

I like that Aphra gets by with band aids on band aids as she adapts to a deteriorating situation (which is partially her own fault). It's like driving a car held together with duct tape.

8.0
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #23

Jun 30, 2019

Nice cliffhanger, see this is why communication and cooperation is important in a relationship, to avoid things like this.

8.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #24

Jun 30, 2019

This is when all of your misdeeds come back to bite you in the ass at once. Apparently some critics found this hard to follow? There are many conflicting plans running amuck, but it's not difficult to understand unless it's been a year since you read the previous issue. Read this arc in one go if your reading comprehension isn't up to snuff.

9.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #25

Jun 30, 2019

This was a great time to make use of an oversized issue. Everything comes together in a tragic yet somehow satisfying way. Plus there's a bit of space dedicated to Darth Vader wylin' out.

8.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #26

Jan 8, 2020

Aphra's gotten a bit soft, which makes sense given the previous arc. This inconvenient circumstance that they find themselves in is a golden opportunity for fun and comedy, and so far it is delivering. I'm happy to report another titillating cliffhanger at the end.

8.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #27

Jan 8, 2020

A little bit sillier than your typical Star Wars planet, but I love it. This is pure joy!

8.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #28

Jan 8, 2020

It's a little jarring how suddenly Winloss & Nokk appear and vanish and how easy it was for Evazan to broadcast to an entire planet with undoubtedly tight broadcasting restrictions, but it's not a big deal. The little character arc between Aphra and the kid is very nice and leads to yet another suitable cliffhanger.

8.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #29

Jan 9, 2020

Now an Imperial Propaganda flagship gets involved? This just keeps getting better.

9.0
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #30

Jan 9, 2020

Big development for Triple Zero. Good thing Aphra always comes up with something to save her skin.

8.0
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #31

Jan 12, 2020

I've never been a fan of pulling something off in minutes that is supposed to take hours, just... don't put that in there, it's not needed! For the most part it's another good issue though, too bad Aphra is dead now. Yup, won't be seeing her again...

5.0
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #32

Jan 12, 2020

Major points lost for simply shrugging off the end of the previous issue; it's not a different writer and there's no need to get to this point so quickly. I like that we're getting a trickle of backstory for Aphra, but the main plot is very lackluster and the banter is annoying.

6.0
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #33

Jan 17, 2020

Kind of boring, the emotional aspect doesn't really land and this one-of-a-kind Jedi sniper rifle is kind of dumb given the technology that already exists in this universe.

7.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #34

Jan 18, 2020

A return to the morally ambiguous alliances of convenience that have proven so successful thus far in this run.

8.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #35

Jan 18, 2020

Well played Doc, glad to see that the romance is still alive as well.

7.0
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #36

Jan 18, 2020

This features a plan so insanely convoluted that one of the characters had to point it out. Thankfully, things go another way.

8.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #37

Jan 19, 2020

Darth Vader and Aphra reunited and it feeeeels so goooooooooood. This arc is off to a promising start, the drama is already getting juicy.

8.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #38

Jan 19, 2020

The gang is back together, yay! And we get a nice moment with Chelli and her father.

9.0
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #39

Jan 20, 2020

Get it girl! I'm glad to see that Aphra scored one more time before the end of this run.

8.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #40

Jan 20, 2020

You'll have to suspend your disbelief for a couple parts, but it's worth it to wrap up the run with a showdown with Vader. I'm grateful that a character like Aphra, who doesn't exist in the films, could get a 40 issue run of this quality. Even with a change of writers midway, it is still head and shoulders above almost any other character spin-off book except maybe the Darth Vader series in which Aphra was introduced. Kieron Gillen has cemented Doctor Aphra as my new favourite character in the Star Wars universe.

6.0
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra Annual #1

Feb 9, 2019

The journalists are poorly introduced, I get the sense that I'm supposed to know who they are already? We get to read Black Krrsantan's back story, but it is brief and uninspired.

8.0
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra Annual #2

Jun 30, 2019

A one-shot story told surrounding two new characters brings some fresh perspective into the series.

7.0
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra Annual #3

Jan 19, 2020

The artwork is jarringly different from any previous issue. While it's not bad, it's too cartoony to feel appropriate to a Star Wars title. The plot in itself is a decent one off, a little predictable, but solid.

6.0
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra (2020) #1

Jun 9, 2020

Aphra's personality feels right and the promise of Indiana Jones adventures in the Star Wars universe is guaranteed but... There's something missing. Some of my favorite support characters are absent and don't seem likely to become part of the cast considering there is already a full roster of new characters set up in this issue.

6.0
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra (2020) #2

Jul 26, 2020

The creators must be new, because the dialogue and panels do not flow very naturally. The villain is pretty stupid too.

8.5
Star Wars: Han Solo #1

Jun 19, 2016

Excellent fist issue. Han and Leia feel dead on, I particularly like the way Leia see Han off in the hanger. The plot kicks in right away and it's already in high gear by the last page, and it looks very promising. Keep it up Han, your mini-series needs to be better than Lando's, okay? You can't let Lando show you up dude!

8.0
Star Wars: Han Solo #2

Nov 29, 2016

Very exciting.

7.5
Star Wars: Han Solo #3

Nov 29, 2016

Money talks and bullshit walks, race on! Love the page that splits up ten hours in a sunbeam design.

7.5
Star Wars: Han Solo #4

Nov 30, 2016

Oh boy, murder mystery!

8.0
Star Wars: Han Solo #5

Dec 2, 2016

A heartwarming way to end the story.

7.0
Star Wars: Lando #1

Jul 16, 2015

Not a must read, simply light Star Wars fun.

7.5
Star Wars: Lando #2

Aug 22, 2015

A swashbuckling good time, and the last page hopefully leads to Lobot becoming more like how he's played in Empire.

7.0
Star Wars: Lando #3

Sep 1, 2015

The story continues. My criticism would be that the action bits do not feel natural or flow.

7.0
Star Wars: Lando #4

Sep 24, 2015

Maleev is a great artist but could benefit from referencing better action poses. The story is simple but cool and I'm looking forward to the conclusion.

9.0
Star Wars: Lando #5

Apr 29, 2016

Impressive ending to this series, what a nailbiter! At the same time, it's emotional and ties into Star Wars continuity. If you were on the fence about this series, I assure you it is worth continuing to the final issue.

7.0
Star Wars: Obi-Wan & Anakin #1

Jan 31, 2016

It was a little difficult to discern the first couple pages, but after that I started to like the art. The story is actually very intriguing, and I like seeing Anakin snap when he hears the slave comment. Overall, it felt like a short issue, but I'm interested enough in this steam punk world to keep reading.

7.5
Star Wars: Obi-Wan & Anakin #2

Mar 8, 2016

I'm actually liking this, especially the flashback. The artwork is mostly cool but the action is difficult to understand in several panels.

8.0
Star Wars: Obi-Wan & Anakin #3

Apr 20, 2016

We all have knee-jerk reactions against anything t do with the prequels, yet this is shaping up to be the best Marvel Star Wars mini-series yet. I particularly like the complexity being developed in Anakin, it makes his character far more compelling than he ever was in the movies.

7.5
Star Wars: Obi-Wan & Anakin #4

May 3, 2016

The art gets a little over indulgent, but boy does it look gorgeous. The plot is still going well, there is plenty of backstabbing to keep you on your toes, you just can't trust anyone on this miserable planet.

5.0
Star Wars: Obi-Wan & Anakin #5

May 30, 2016

*Spoiler alert* -- Soule sets the timeline up to be very immediate and dire, but as a result has to result to contrived means to resolved the plot. Anakin 'builds' four or five speeders. The comic's wording an content suggests that he builds them out of the scrap laying around in a couple minutes, which is ridiculous, so it is more likely that he just fixed the CPUs as he did with the mechs. Let's pretend that is the case, we still have the problem that Obi-wan sent out a signal that was answered across space with a full fleet instantaneously. This is a Republic that is constantly marred in bickering politics, but the second that they hear that there may be some sort of resource, literally, the second that they hear it, they drop everything, authorize an entire fleet to zap across the galaxy (which, even at light speed, takes a while) and annex an independent planet and break up a civil war? Preposterous! Also, Sera is a freakin' idiot to think the kids would be totes cool with genociding their own families and tribesmen. I understand that she's been in isolation for a long time, but did she really think that plan would work? An otherwise great series is weighed down by cheap writing at the end, and it's a shame because the character development that Anakin goes through is interesting and this was shaping up to be one of the better Star Wars mini-series to come out from Marvel thus far; quite a surprise when you consider that it occupies prequel territory.

6.0
Star Wars: Poe Dameron #1

Apr 13, 2016

Not much interesting happens, although the artwork is excellent. The next issue looks like it will include the Order, so it could be better but I can't guarantee I'll be around for it. Who the hell asked for an ONGOING Poe Dameron comic? The extra little story at the end was lame, and didn't even have to do with Poe Dameron, Marvel just threw it in there so they could charge an extra buck. If that's going to be a regular occurrence, then I guarantee I won't stick around. I have no interest in pissing my money away on backup stories.

7.5
Star Wars: Princess Leia #1

Mar 15, 2015

Waid has everyone's motivations down perfectly, I'm glad this addresses why Leia never displayed the trauma she must have felt after losing her home planet. This is going to be a good series.

7.0
Star Wars: Princess Leia #2

Mar 23, 2015

Never trust a guy with a mustache, I saw that coming a mile away. Decent issue with goo artwork. Nice cliffhanger at the end.

7.5
Star Wars: Princess Leia #3

May 7, 2015

The interaction with Preserver Jora Astane come off a little forced at times, but otherwise this is a thrilling romp with excellent art.

7.0
Star Wars: Princess Leia #4

Jun 27, 2015

Princess Leia's selfless plans seems ridiculous at this point, but issue #5 will be the ultimate decider as to how thought out this issue is. If I were Leia, I would have fed misleading information to the sister to keep the Empire of my trail for a little while.

6.5
Star Wars: Princess Leia #5

Jul 9, 2015

Final entry is still good, just a little shallow on the emotional appeal at the end. I find the pace feels a little rushed or cluttered too.

7.5
Star Wars: Shattered Empire #1

Sep 25, 2015

Art is great, story is alright so far. Greg Rucka has a thing for female protagonists which is A-okay with me because he's really good at it. The military tactics of the rebellion confuse me, why risk rebel lives when the major battle is over? Just bomb this outpost from the air, you hold air superiority. I guess they wanted to insure that the intelligence inside remained in tact, let's just say that, who cares how many ewoks died for it, they're worth about 1/4 of a human life at best right?

7.5
Star Wars: Shattered Empire #2

Apr 29, 2016

The format looks like it might be a different mission in each issue, I often dislike this format but it seems to be working here. It might just be that the characterization and art are spot on.

7.5
Star Wars: Shattered Empire #3

Oct 19, 2015

It's almost like a historical reenactment of key missions in the war. I like it.

7.5
Star Wars: Shattered Empire #4

Oct 27, 2015

Each issue is a short mission alongside a different Star Wars character, which is skippable I suppose, but I like the execution.

8.0
Star Wars: Vader - Dark Visions (2019) #1

Aug 15, 2019

Vader vs a kaiju and being an all around badass. 'Nuff said.

9.5
Star Wars: Vader - Dark Visions (2019) #2

Aug 15, 2019

You see, this is why it's so important to respect your employees. The tyrannically Vader style of upper management is just not conducive to an efficient empire in the long run. I'd like to see this comic distributed in next week's corporate seminar as mandatory reading.

9.5
Star Wars: Vader - Dark Visions (2019) #3

Aug 15, 2019

Ah, to be young and in love, only to realize that you're in love with an idealized delusion. A cautionary tale regarding that school yard crush... They were probably a psychotic mass murderer, you actually dodged a bullet!

8.0
Star Wars: Vader - Dark Visions (2019) #4

Aug 15, 2019

The previous two issues were so good as to overshadow this one, but this is still a nicely written done-in-one.

8.5
Star Wars: Vader - Dark Visions (2019) #5

Aug 15, 2019

Five one-shots, five successes. Congratulations to Hopeless and the whole team.

8.0
Star Wars: War of the Bounty Hunters: Alpha #1

Jul 4, 2021

Fantastic artwork showcasing equal parts characterization, action, and glorified fan-fic. Unfortunately, the plot branches out to a half dozen other titles that I don't want to deal with, I wish this just remained a self-contained story.

7.0
Star Wars: War of the Bounty Hunters: IG-88 #1

Oct 29, 2021

>>initiate_amateur_critic_protocol > >subject: star_wars_war_of_the_bounty_hunters_ig-88_#1 >necessity: low >required foreknowledge: negligible >narrative: functional >artwork: satisfactory >ending: appropriate > >subjective_evaluation: 7/10 > >>end_critical_analysis

7.0
Star-Lord #1

Jan 10, 2016

A fun issue, probably not realistic that someone with no training could pilot and troubleshoot better than professionals, but I guess this is Peter Quill we're talking about here.

7.5
Star-Lord (2016) #1

Mar 5, 2017

Chip Zdarsky made a comic about a character that I have no stock in fairly interested. I especially like the bit with Howard The Duck, don't let him fade back into obscurity Chip! I also noticed the same homeless dude from the Rocket Raccoon comic, I wonder if he'll be relevant later.

6.0
Star-Lord And Kitty Pryde #1

Aug 14, 2015

It's charming, there is a sense of fun and romance. I'd recommend it for someone younger and more feminine than me.

9.5
Starlight #1

May 17, 2014

This just made me melt into a puddle of goo. Thank you for reminding us that comics can still be emotional and truly touching.

8.0
Starlight #2

May 17, 2014

"Don't Shoot! I'm only eighty-six!" What a great line to open with. We're in for a wild ride with this series.

8.5
Starlight #3

May 17, 2014

We're starting to see where Duke got his reputation from and that's awesome! We're also introduced to a pretty cool villain.

9.0
Starlight #4

Jun 19, 2014

Great issue, and the twist caught me by surprise.

7.0
Starlight #5

Aug 16, 2014

This wasn't a strong issue when compared to the previous ones. It actually comes off as pretty cliche.

9.0
Starlight #6

Oct 25, 2014

An exciting and rewarding way to end the story.

7.0
Starve #1

Jun 16, 2015

The premise is interesting but I'm also skeptical how a cooking show theme will work in the comic medium. Can't say I care for the art, it's very muggy.

8.0
Step By Bloody Step #1

Mar 2, 2022

Pretty cool. I have guesses about the importance of this child. I am still confused about the panels where the ground seems to explode between the child and little things they want, like the flower... Is the armored giant making the ground explode somehow, what's going on?

8.0
Stillwater (2020) #1

Sep 19, 2020

Well, the main character seems like a douche, but the setup is interesting.

7.5
Stillwater (2020) #2

Mar 16, 2021

It's not a bad plot but I don't identify with any of these characters and can't see myself continuing to read a story with them all stuck together in a small town sharing dirty looks.

7.5
Strange (2022) #1

Jun 5, 2022

I enjoy seeing Clea kicking ass and taking names.

6.5
Strange (2022) #2

Jun 5, 2022

The artwork is intense, but the plot could use a bit more structure.

7.5
Strange (2022) #3

Jun 9, 2022

So far so good. Clea is a cool character, and the Blasphemy Cartel make for a good comic book nemesis.

8.0
Strange (2022) #4

Aug 3, 2022

Clea's relationship with her mother is reminiscent of certain Asgardian parental dynamics. I love it when modern technology is augmented with magic, a rocket-propelled genie is going to be hard to top.

8.0
Strange (2022) #5

Aug 21, 2022

We have a random night on the town with Moon Knight, which makes me start to wonder where this is going, but then Jed MacKay got me good with the reveal at the end. What a twist!

7.0
Strange (2022) #6

Oct 2, 2022

We take a detour with Wong and Bats. I can't say including Black Window added anything to the issue, but I like spell idea for the bartender changing to an entirely different looking woman every few seconds.

7.5
Strange (2022) #7

Nov 5, 2022

So happy to see Clea reunited with her man. The next step is to save him!

6.5
Strange (2022) #8

Jan 16, 2023

We get the origin story of the Blasphemy Cartel, which is rather convoluted and feels like a different comic is shimmied into the middle of this one.

7.5
Strange (2022) #9

Jan 16, 2023

This is shaping up to be quite the climactic final showdown.

9.0
Strange (2022) #10

Feb 25, 2023

Fantastic, I thought this stuck the ending.

7.5
Strange Fruit #1

Jul 11, 2015

I think it's a little early to condemn or applaud any of the insights Waid and Jones strive for with regards to race in this issue. It's interesting to witness everyone reading this with a microscope because of the today's political climate. Either way, I enjoyed this as a first entry and there is no denying that this is some of the best interior artwork you'll find in any comic on the stands.

7.5
Strange Fruit #2

Oct 20, 2015

It's not the easiest to digest but the gorgeous artwork sure helps.

5.5
Strange Fruit #3

May 15, 2016

For all the gorgeous artwork, it ends up amounting to a lot of talking heads, at least for the first half of this issue. With one issue left, I wish this would get to a point soon.

3.5
Strange Fruit #4

Nov 24, 2016

The artwork is really the only thing I have to praise here. After waiting half a year, the story ends with the bare minimum of intellectual effort or reflection. There is nothing satisfying about this ending.

7.0
Strange Tales (1951) #148

Jan 9, 2023

Jack Kirby writes an exciting script in Stan Lee's absence. The script, not the art. It outshines the writing by Danny O'Neil for the Doctor Strange half, which covers the Ancient One's goofy arch nemesis Kaluu, who outwardly proclaims his evil nature and cunning schemes to anyone who will listen.

8.5
Stray Dogs (2021) #1

Feb 28, 2021

The perfect contrast of cute, cartoon dog characters undermined by an unnerving atmosphere of horror and intrigue.

5.0
Stray Dogs (2021): Dog Days #1

Jan 6, 2022

This is a series of short stories to accompany the main series as a window to view where the supporting cast of dogs came from. It provides a bit of context but is ultimately unnecessary. The story with the cat hits home and the one with the dogs trading the stick for the ball was funny, but the rest are easily forgettable.

8.5
Stray Dogs (2021) #2

Apr 1, 2021

I'm loving this, high intrigue with dogs.

8.5
Stray Dogs (2021) #3

Apr 25, 2021

This is heartbreaking.

9.0
Stray Dogs (2021) #4

Jul 4, 2021

Nice arc for Earl.

9.5
Stray Dogs (2021) #5

Jul 4, 2021

Jeez, this is going to make me cry. It's a strong ending with equal parts tragedy and rejoicing.

4.5
Suicide Squad: Rebirth #1

Aug 9, 2016

So let me get this straight, the Suicide Squad has been operating without Whitehouse authorization, so when the President finds out he decides not only to keep the Director in charge (who's kept it secret all these years, essentially committing treason) but to allow her to appoint her own oversight without vetting her choice? Either Rob Williams doesn't think much of the President, or he doesn't care. If Williams didn't want the President to interfere with the status quo, why even bring him up? The rest of the book isn't particularly compelling either, it's basically just some action to fill out the issue. It's just a hollow, empty shell of a comic. Suicide Squad hasn't been worth reading for the last few years and it doesn't appear like that's going to change any time soon.

8.5
Sundowners #1

Aug 27, 2014

I love these characters already! I'm not entirely sure what's going on yet, but I think this is going to be a fun and creative series!

7.0
Sundowners #2

Sep 25, 2014

I didn't enjoy this as much as the first issue mainly because I feel like it's breaking into too many individual plot strings too soon. Tim Seeley is quite skillful at juggling multiple storylines though, so I'm planning to keep reading for now because these are very well realized characters and I enjoy the awkward interactions they have with each other and normal people.

7.5
Sundowners #3

Oct 30, 2014

Things are getting pretty psychological, and that's pretty cool. My only criticism would be to lighten up on the narration a little, but then again, it's become part of the storytelling style and it's still balanced; Seeley doesn't succumb to the trope some writers fall into where the narration and dialog interfere with each other or serve no purpose. I like the art too, the classic style works well with the subject matter.

6.0
Sundowners #4

Dec 1, 2014

This starts out grounded and then does somewhere outlandish for the second half, I'm not quite sure what to make of it. I like it but I don't love it. But I also want to see what happens next.

5.5
Sundowners #5

Jan 5, 2015

Great characters, but the story has grown stale and convoluted. As this gets to five issues, I expect the events set in motion to come to a head but that's not the case, not yet. As for the art, aside from some very screwed up legs on the last page, it's great.

6.5
Sundowners #6

Feb 14, 2015

I like the characters and the story. The dialog and captions get heavy at times but the main problem is that no less than three minor characters just randomly appear in the mix, and seemingly just so they can be killed. Seeley is overreaching with the number of pieces on the board and needs to simplify a bit, the story and themes are already complex enough as they are. I also have to mention the clever premise to the way this wraps up, it makes the reader second guess what is real in this comic.

7.5
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #26

Apr 21, 2014

I love how well Slott is able to carry the continuity through so many twists without losing it.

8.0
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #27.NOW

May 19, 2014

Question: if he was a hologram, how'd he smash that table? Did he just project that he did that? Otherwise, great issue.

8.0
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #28

May 21, 2014

Maybe not quite reaching the same heights that the series was earlier but still great. The art has certainly improved. God bless that robot by the way.

9.0
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #29

Jun 8, 2014

Otto is finally experiencing the tragedy that molded Peter Parker into the character we know, and it is a brilliant spectacle to watch as it unfolds.

7.5
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #30

Jun 23, 2014

Peter's journey back is well realized but I feel like Otto's exodus was rushed and didn't hit the emotional arcs that it could have when I think back on how well realized AMS #700 was. All those Superior Spider-Man holdouts will be happy, but those of use that have taken this journey with Otto might feel a little disappointed.

9.5
Superior Spider-Man (2013) #31

Jun 23, 2014

A satisfying conclusion to this milestone in the Spidey saga. The emotional arcs missing from the last issue are certainly present here as we say a bittersweet goodbye to Otto and his relationship with Anna Maria. It is tragic knowing Otto had to die for Peter to live. Another classic moment that made me giddy is when Spidey makes the 'man-purse' comment and we see the realization in Goblin's eyes. Hopefully the epilogue to this issue will take care of a lot of the backlash in Peter's life and we don't get bogged down in Peter feeling sorry for himself in future issues.

9.5
Superior Spider-Man (2013) Annual #1

Apr 20, 2014

Don't mess with Spock! This was intense.

8.0
Superior Spider-Man (2013) Annual #2

Jun 23, 2014

A couple side stories, the Ben Urich one is pretty good and the other one is decent too, with nice art.

7.5
Superior Spider-Man Team-Up #8

Apr 21, 2014

This is impressive for a one shot team-up book. I love how this slap's it's own cliched ending in the face.

9.0
Superior Spider-Man Team-Up #9

May 12, 2014

So good. I don't usually like team-up books but they seem to have cracked the code with this run.

7.5
Superior Spider-Man Team-Up #10

May 18, 2014

Not as strong as the first part to this story. Odd that no one objects much to a blind Punisher shooting wildly in the skirmish

6.0
SuperMansion #1

Apr 22, 2018

Some gags are more successful than others, I absolutely love the scene where Black Saturn visits Groaner in prison without any pants. The plot in part one is better realized than it is in part two since the latter cops out on the climax. The art is decent, highly kinetic but the characters are often off-model, particularly Cooch.

3.0
Supreme: Blue Rose #1

Aug 2, 2014

Does this make more sense if you've read Supreme? As it is, this lacks any clarity to speak of and is extremely boring.

7.5
Surgeon X #1

Oct 5, 2016

A chilling reminder of where the world is heading with our current use of antibiotics. The plot and characters are decent but I don't honestly care much for the art, it's serviceable.

8.0
Swamp Thing (2011) #0

Sep 23, 2014

Creepy, well written, nice art. Strong issue and a good way to introduce readers to Swamp Thing.

8.0
Swamp Thing (2011) #31

May 27, 2014

I jumped on even though this is not really a jump on point. But I like what I'm reading.

5.5
Swamp Thing (2011) #32

Jun 7, 2014

Extremely underwhelming climax, I thought for a moment that I was missing pages. The "cliffhanger" is ridiculous too and although Aquaman should be thick headed, I think he's portrayed as too much of an ass.

7.0
Swamp Thing (2016) #1

Jan 15, 2016

It really feels like old school Swamp Thing, which makes sense with Len Wein at the helm. Pretty cool., check it out if that's your jam.

7.5
Swamp Thing (2021) #1

Mar 11, 2021

This random new Swamp Thing shows some promise thanks to an interesting villain.

9.5
Swamp Thing Winter Special #1

Feb 21, 2018

A bittersweet goodbye to Len Wien and Bernie Wrightson. The first story by King and Fabok floored me, I couldn't ask for a better one-off. The Wien story takes the interesting approach of maintaining the art without captions since Wien didn't have a chance to write them in yet, but the script at the end gives a window into his creative process and friendly personality. It's a shame we'll never get to know where he planned on taking the story from there.

7.5
Swamp Thing: Green Hell #1

Jan 17, 2022

Jeff Lemire brings us a three-part, self-contained Swamp Thing story set in a post apocalyptic future with lots of heads getting crushed in a gory fashion that feels right at home under DC's Black Label. The setting seems to be a product of anthropogenic climate change, as a discussion between the Green, the Red and the Rot suggests. This is quite fitting with the typical scope of the Swamp Thing mythos, which has often taken on an environmentalist focus in its publication history. But don't expect that to deter the same tired reactionary voices from shitting their pants in indignant outrage over this fairly generic take on the post-apocalyptic genre. What's actually odd about the Parliaments' motives is that they've waited until now in the story to go on a human killing spree, long after the damage to the environment is already done and modern industrial activity has apparently ceased. Here, the Parliaments are just as guilty as anyone else for taking action way too late. I supposed maybe the Parliaments didn't have the same access to overwhelming scientific data that humanity did, forecasting rising sea levels, so there's a bit more credibility on the Parliament's part if they were to claim ignorance.

7.5
Switch #1

Jan 12, 2016

Good start to a next gen Witchblade

7.0
Switch #2

Feb 13, 2016

Sara Pezzini makes an appearance, nice!

6.5
Taarna #1

Feb 25, 2018

If there is one reason to pick this issue up, it is the gorgeous, full colour artwork. The Escorzas excel at quiet scenes and figure drawing, but the battle scenes get a bit difficult to follow. The plot is interesting enough but there is not a lot of it yet as the action takes centre stage.

7.5
Tarzan on the Planet of the Apes #1

Oct 9, 2016

I'm curious how these two timelines converge. There's a clear love for the properties and the artwork is excellent.

7.5
Tarzan on the Planet of the Apes #2

Nov 5, 2016

The art is excellent. I can't believe what a dick Tarzan's brother is and why Tarzan has tolerated slavery for as long as he has.

5.0
Tarzan on the Planet of the Apes #3

Dec 8, 2016

This is just going off the rails now. We've completely dismissed the plot this was following in favour of pursuing revenge against a race of telepathic pterosaurs that reside within the centre of the earth (or another dimension's earth). What the hell?

9.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #33

Apr 26, 2014

This continues to be one of the best comics on the stands. These characters feel so real and so deep. Welcome back Mateus Santolouco!

8.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #34

Jul 2, 2014

The series sidesteps into this relatively contained segment, but it's all worth it to see Santolouco's absolutely stunning rendition of Metal Head! Also, in just one page I'm getting uneasy at Splinters increasingly reckless perspective as he brushes off the threat of the Technodrome.

8.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #35

Jul 2, 2014

Wow, it seems like we're getting a new character every issue, and it's fantastic. I love the characterization and situational drama that happens here. As for the art: whatever you do, IDW, do not let go of Santolouco!

8.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #36

Jul 31, 2014

TMNT is in between arcs and it's an ideal time to introduce new players and plant new seeds, which is exactly what happens here. Is this issue necessary to the series? I think so, because we will no doubt see the Rat King again soon and we'll already have an introduction at that point. Stick around, things will heat up soon enough.

9.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #37

Aug 14, 2014

It played out like the opening to a Quentin Tarantino movie; it was surprisingly effective. When the action hit, it was like a punch to the gut (and not just because it was initiated by a gut-punch). To my memory, this is the only installment in the main TMNT title so far not to feature the turtles, but I didn't mind at all. At first, I thought the artist was Mateus Santolouco, but it is a new line artist named Cory Smith. I would not be opposed to seeing more from him, he's amazing!

7.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #38

Oct 2, 2014

This is the first mediocre issue in a while. This series is usually so consistently good, but this issue felt like a waste of time. I'm getting tired of the argument of who to worry about first, Shredder or Krang. I swear, Splinter and the turtles are going to just hold each other at a stale-mate until Shredder or Krang strike first. The new characters are also really cheesy and forced into the story. With all the new characters and developments in the past few months, how much do we need these guys (other than something to kill off later)? I know all the fans keep writing in asking for 'this character' and 'that character' but please don't let fan service interfere with telling the story. On the plus side, Santolouco is still on the art and that is always a joy to behold. The characterization of previously established characters also remains strong and consistent.

8.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #39

Oct 24, 2014

After so many character introduction issues, we're finally getting back on track with the ongoing story. There is also plenty of character development here, especially with Donnie, enough to satisfy any fan.

8.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #40

Dec 1, 2014

What I really like about this is that we get a brawl with Bebop and Rocksteady that lasts the entire issue. Many other titles would have kept the fight to just a few pages but it's really flushed out and enjoyable here. There are also some great character moments, especially with Raph and Alopex. Plus, there's a great cliffhanger at the end.

7.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #41

Dec 15, 2014

Cory Smith does a fantastic job on the art, including consistency with Santolouco's designs. I would be totally down with rotating the story arcs between these two artists. The story itself fell short, it just feels like filler, especially in the way it begins and ends with basically the same Krang sequence. The last couple pages, and the issue as a hole, would have been a lot stronger without the same Krang intro pages, it completely took the wind out of the ending. The character development with Casey and April is not bad, but I'm not sure where it's going other than to say, "Hey, don't forget about these two." Donatello's conversation with Shredder is certainly a highlight. The exercise with the turtles and the other mutants felt very much like filler since we just finished a whole issue of them already working together, I didn't feel like this was needed. So I'd call this one of the weakest issues so far, but that's a testament to the consistent quality of this series because this is still better than many other comics at their best.

9.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #42

Jan 31, 2015

We've seen TMNT bring emotional intensity several times before, but this issues shows that the creative team is also capable of strong technical story types. This is probably the smartest, most intricately woven plots of this TMNT run so far, and it is revealed via thrilling twists and turns. Eastman, Curnow and Waltz have outdone themselves. Cory Smith is producing interior line work that meshing almost seamlessly with previous artist extraordinaire Mateus Santolouco and looks every bit as good. TMNT remains one of the best comics on the shelf and it shows no signs of slowing down, I can't wait to see what's happening next month.

9.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #43

Mar 7, 2015

The action is intense and all the plot lines are juggled concisely and in a very intelligent fashion. With great artwork on top of that, TMNT is still one of the best comics on the shelf.

9.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #44

Mar 23, 2015

Whoa, this is the most jaw dropping cliffhanger of the series thus far! What an intense read, this is easily the best book of the week.

9.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #45

May 3, 2015

TMNT is taking us into uncharted territory now. I've been chomping at the bit to find out what would happen with Donnatello after issue 44 and I'm very excited to see where these new developments take us. I love the dream sequences (for lack of a better description) that are deep and touching. The fall out with the turtles also provides more of their trademark drama that I can't get enough of. I found myself cheering to see Mickey blow up on Raph, you know things are bad if Mikey's temper flares up. The future is sure to be chaotic as the major powers shift and struggle in the aftermath of #44, I can't wait to see how it all turns out. If you are a new reader curious about this book after hearing news about Donatello, I highly recommend you pick this issue up and give the series a chance, at least until #50. You won't be disappointed.

8.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #46

Jun 2, 2015

TMNT has always been good about giving a breather after major events so that our characters can process it and grow, this issue is no exception. The city is about to endure a power shift and I can't wait. If you got the FCBD issue, I'd suggest reading it after this issue.

9.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #47

Jul 4, 2015

The first half of the issue is especially inspiring, that could have been a single issue in and of itself but wait, there's more! Shredder is back already and Stockman is letting loose the droids of war. With Santlolouco on the art, the action is big and the emotions are genuine. Another great issue.

8.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #48

Jul 30, 2015

It's basically straight action throughout the issue. So much time has been investing into establishing this rich cast that it seems effortless the way that each character is woven into the plot and how they interact with each other. Everything is set in motion and now it's time to sit back and enjoy the well-earned fireworks.

7.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #49

Aug 27, 2015

Looks like a fan favourite is coming. Good issue.

8.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #50

Oct 18, 2015

I didn't quite get the theme they're going for between Splinter and Shredder, but this is just an excellent way to celebrate 50 issues. Here's to the next 50 issues!

7.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #51

Nov 18, 2015

TMNT is ramping up a new age after the epic events of #50. There is a new threat and a new artist. I'm not totally sold on this artist, I've been spoiled with the interiors by Santolouco and Smith, Garing's doesn't quite measure up, but I will say that it feels like the Mirage comics, so that's a plus.

7.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #52

Dec 1, 2015

The new power dynamic introduces many new conflict opportunities including gang warfare, something I never expected the TMNT to lead the Foot into.

7.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #53

Jan 15, 2016

An issue with just Mikey and the Mutanimals, so that's cool.

9.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #54

Feb 5, 2016

Wow, so much feels, I was not expecting that. There was a promise to give Mickey more attention and boy did we get it. The relationships and tragedy created here are truly compelling in a way that was actually earned.

7.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #55

Mar 6, 2016

TMNT has always focus on the push and pull of character relationships. The lovers quarrel between Casey and April is not as compelling for some reason, but seeing Mikey come back and fix up the lair somehow leads to a much more engaging emotional moment.

7.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #56

Mar 30, 2016

Santolouco is back and that should be incentive enough for anyone to jump on board this issue. I'm excited that Leatherhead is being brought into the fold and I enjoy how hospitable he is despite this air of distrust floating around him, he's very mysterious and I like that. Fairly subdued issue though, a new arc is just getting started so buckle up, it's only going to get more exciting from here, especially after that cliffhanger. We may be in for a murder mystery.

8.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #57

May 19, 2016

The sewer interiors look freakin' incredible!

7.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #58

May 19, 2016

A bit of a cheap move to write Leatherhead into getting through the portal, but I can live with that. What happened the the rock dudes, they're still around but got shoved to the side in the latter half of the comic. Maybe we'll find out later since it looks like this isn't over.

8.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #59

Jun 26, 2016

Master Splinter!!!?

8.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #60

Aug 4, 2016

The so called professional critics complaining about "plot issues" have obviously not read all of the issues or they would know that these aren't plot holes. This was another excellent issue, plenty of action and compelling character moments. I especially love the final panel where Splinter's forethought comes through. Nice try Kitsune, but you can't beat the rat so easily.

8.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #61

Sep 21, 2016

Donnie is a total badass in the beginning of this issue. I appreciate the emotional turmoil that Mikey displays, it's very authentic and puts a compelling strain on the family. As a result, Splinter has become more morally gray than I've ever seen before, but I completely identify with his approach. It seems inevitable that this powder keg will explode, but I'm not sure I'd make different moves from Splinter if I were put in the same situation.

8.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #62

Oct 2, 2016

Whoa, Splinter is starting to authorize reckless moves, he's not acting like himself. Is the Rat King holding influence on him? I'm going to make that bet right now!

8.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #63

Oct 23, 2016

The action ramps up, including efforts from Harold. I love and identify with the Turtles' apprehension, Splinter has turned super Machiavellian and I suspect I know why. The last page has me giddy for the next issue.

9.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #64

Nov 27, 2016

And so the Splinter empire grows. Master Splinter has gone over the edge and there may be no coming back from here. I still suspect that the Rat King is exerting some unseen influence, but Splinter explains his motivations and, given the stability that growing his empire will create, it may be a case of the ends justifying the means. It won't end here though, things will surely escalate further and, as if the turtles haven't been dealt a serious emotional blow already, I have a feeling that the burden of halting Splinter's momentum will fall to their shoulders.

8.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #65

Jan 8, 2017

A much needed pallet cleanser after the emotional roller coaster that was issue #64. Christmas party comics are usually garbage, but not this one. It's a good excuse to touch base how all of our favourite secondary characters are doing. The overhead shots are a smart way to show the many conversations taking place throughout the party. The issue comes to a close with a touching moment which most readers can relate to from our own childhoods, which makes it all the more heart wrenching given the current rift in the family. It certainly put me in the mood for the holidays.

8.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #66

Feb 3, 2017

I'm psyched to bring Alopex back into the picture, she has become one of my favourite characters.Raph made a joke about being cold blooded, which got me thinking: are the turtles actually cold blooded? Technically, wearing winter gear wouldn't do anything for an ectothermic creature, your body needs to actually generate heat to insulate. Maybe the Turtles mutated to become endothermic. The inspirational speech was refreshingly blunt and in-character for Raphael, "You kick serious ass," that's all he needs to say, he and Alopex understand each other, they don't communicate well but they stand by their principles.

9.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #67

Mar 1, 2017

Hell yeah, Santolouco is back! Not only is his art detailed, but he excels at both quiet character moments and action scenes. The page with the building collapsing is illustrated so well by the panels that appear to tumble down the page. The story is like a gut punch, it's difficult to see friends forced into confrontation, but a quiet moment between Splinter and Leo gives the reader a chance to take a breath and reflect. It's a decent jump-on point if you aren't already reading the series, just read it!

8.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #68

Apr 2, 2017

Tactically, a stupid move by the turtles. I'm hoping this doesn't end up being too close to the first plot in TMNT Universe where the Turtles were boxed-in in a similar situation. I love an Old Hob team up, and this new villain is an opportunity to provide a worthy foe for a few issues.

8.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #69

May 11, 2017

Aw man, now I want to know what Eisenhower saw in Area 51.

8.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #70

Aug 7, 2017

The action is packed to the brim and the villain is freakin' crazy. The mercs were a little too friendly with the mutanimals near the end though, I think that needed to be scaled back.

7.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #71

Aug 7, 2017

It's weird that they introduce members of their own family to each other, it makes for transparent exposition. It is interesting to see all of the Pantheon, or at least most of them, having dinner together. It is a curious nature that governs this universe.

8.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #72

Aug 8, 2017

That part with Jagwar, Mikey and the umbrella? Priceless! I've enjoyed watching the Pantheon in action, the new artist is great.

7.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #73

Aug 12, 2017

Congrats on this run for being the longest run of ongoing TMNT comics to date, despite this being a time for constant reboots in comics. What an accomplishment, I think it is all owed to the consistent quality that the creators bring to this series. I'd highly recommend reading the 2017 Free Comic Book Day issue of TMNT before starting this issue, consider the FCBD issue as number 72.5, because it leads right into this issue and you'll feel like you missed something between #72 and #73 otherwise. I'm exited to see a couple old favourites in the cast and what promises to be a new favourite villain.

8.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #74

Jan 17, 2023

The Dimension X is sort of necessary to read to know who all these characters are... But if you're just in this for the main plot and don't care about these characters that we'll likely never see again, go ahead and skip that Dimension X series and plow through this one, it'll be fine.

7.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #75

Sep 25, 2022

TMNT comes full circle to its original Daredevil comic ispiration by giving us a comic book court scene. The dialogue drags at times but I'm actually more frustrated with what terrible cross examiners these layers are. That's the REAL travesty! I guess I'll cut honeycutt a break since he's not actually a lawyer. I'm with Leatherhead and his reaction to the verdict in this case. The king turns out to be typical world leader, going easy on the war criminal because he's worried about the possible implications regarding his own crimes. Disgraceful.

6.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #76

Sep 25, 2022

Wow, Agent Bishop is an F-ing psycho to instigate war against the Triceratons.

7.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #77

Oct 30, 2022

Splinter is breaking bad.

7.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #78

Oct 30, 2022

Cool to see Cassie Jones wielding the Purple Dragons as a force for good.

7.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles Annual: 2014

Aug 21, 2014

This will strike a chord with fans of the original TMNT comics. It captures that same sort of "doesn't take itself too seriously" fun that I love and feature both coloured and black & white interiors from Kevin Eastman. I wouldn't call it slow paced, but it does drag a little at times and, although it is oversized, it's priced about a dollar more than I want to pay for it.

7.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles / Ghostbusters #1

Oct 23, 2014

Team crossovers are often overly busy due to the number of characters. While I wouldn't say this is an exception to that, it does do a good job of feeling authentic and respecting the characters and continuity set up in the two respective comic franchises, rather than fall to the common trope of keeping the story self contained without relevance. Now that the triggering crossover event has been established, I hope we'll be able to concentrate on telling a fun and engaging story.

7.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles / Ghostbusters #2

Dec 2, 2014

The character development and interaction is easily the best aspect of this issue. While it doesn't hit any deep emotional arcs or hard plot points that would propel the overall rating of the issue, I think this gradual integration of the turtles into this world will prove to be a solid base and yeild rewards as the story progresses.

7.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles / Ghostbusters #3

Jan 4, 2015

The strong points are the artwork and the dialog, very fun. Where this falls short is the action, it feels a little staged and each encounter is rather hollow. One of the problems with many Ghostbusters stories is the repetitive "discover new knowledge or tech to take down the bad guy of the day" formula and, unfortunately, this issue is falling into that trope.

8.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles / Ghostbusters #4

Mar 7, 2015

Good times. A fun action packed ending and everyone gets a chance to shine.

7.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles / Ghostbusters II #1

Jul 18, 2022

TMNT does another Ghostbusters crossover just as the turtles are finishing up some dimension hopping. That's some good planning in the IDW office. There is actually a lot to set up with this first issue, but it is done well, I don't feel lost after jumping back in years later.

8.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles / Ghostbusters II #2

Jul 18, 2022

Each character gets some time to shine, and some alternate artistic interpretations with each dimension provide a delicious bonus that includes a couple Easter eggs.

8.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles / Ghostbusters II #3

Sep 7, 2022

So much fun to be had here, each character duo gets into a different situation, but they all boil down to combat breaking out. Having a different artist cover each dimension goes a long way to giving each dimension a unique identity.

7.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles / Ghostbusters II #4

Sep 7, 2022

I got confused with the villain's approach... That last page though, I'm excited.

8.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles / Ghostbusters II #5

Sep 10, 2022

Solid ending. I wouldn't say no to a third crossover.

7.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles New Animated Adventures #18

Jan 2, 2015

It gets cheesy at times, but it's pretty decent for a children's comic with an excellent backup holiday special.

7.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: 30th Anniversary Special #1

May 26, 2014

Its great to see short stories from the various turtle incarnations. Long-time readers will appreciate that they are within their own continuity, and fresher readers will find it fun AND educational.

6.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Casey & April #1

Jun 27, 2015

It's nice to have a chance to flush out Casey and April's relationship, and this point it's fairly cliched. This issue just gets your feet wet, hopefully we can dive in on the next one.

7.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Casey & April #2

Jul 27, 2015

The artwork is starting to grow on my a bit, I like April's design but Casey looks kind of Asian. The character exploration works and the end of the issue has introduced some high stakes, I think this will go into some interesting places.

7.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Casey & April #3

Sep 7, 2015

Sort of a trippy character development issue.

8.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Deviations (One Shot) #1

Dec 2, 2016

The Hamlet style ending is a bit excessive, but a 'what-if' like this would be the time to do something like that. A very dark and emotional comic, very cool.

8.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Mutanimals #1

Mar 7, 2015

Andy Kuhn's artwork reads properly, but doesn't measure up to the quality we've been seeing in the turtles books for the past couple years. The story itself includes snappy comedy and a couple genuinely heart wrenching moments, I highly recommend turtle fans pick this up.

7.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Mutanimals #2

Mar 31, 2015

I love the character interactions, especially between Mondo Gecko and Seymour Guys.

9.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Mutanimals #3

Jun 28, 2015

Heart-wrenching for both Slash and Mutagen Man. Mutanimals is living up to the already high standards of the IDW Turtleverse.

7.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Mutanimals #4

Jul 5, 2015

Good for the must part, but this doesn't quite achieve the emotional resonance it strives for. Hob cooks up a new plan halfway through that doesn't feel unrealistic in it's execution.

7.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: The Last Ronin #1

Nov 7, 2020

Nothing to write home about, but it's a pleasure to see Eastman & Laird together again.

7.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: The Last Ronin: The Lost Years #1

Jan 31, 2023

We followup with April, Casey, and the next generation of turtles. Plus, explore further into Michelangelo's journey from good-natured teen to vengeful old guy.

9.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: The Last Ronin #2

Mar 11, 2021

I actually like this quiet reflective issue more than the high-octane first issue. TMNT for life dawg!

7.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: The Last Ronin: The Lost Years #2

Mar 26, 2023

The opening bit in the present is very sweet. The main plot, in the past, feel fairly redundant though.

8.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: The Last Ronin #3

Jun 19, 2021

The backstory is interesting, and the use of different artists for different time periods is effective.

9.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: The Last Ronin #5

May 30, 2022

The final fight needs a little something extra, but this is otherwise an instant classic

8.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Turtles in Time #1

Jun 29, 2014

A light, fast-paced, and mostly one-shot story. Ross Campbell delivers more of his charming style and shows off some sweet dino-drawing skills. I think a couple more pages to let this story breath would have helped the pacing, but the plot is hitting all of it's marks in good form.

8.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Turtles in Time #2

Aug 7, 2014

The art style fits feudal Japan nicely, but the turtles faces look a bit wonky. A couple plot points are shared with the third TMNT movie, but the story is very good, especially if you are familiar with the IDW turtles origin story and Secret Origin Of The Foot Clan. Great ending.

7.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Turtles in Time #3

Aug 29, 2014

The story is nothing special, and mostly hinges on the pirates being straight up idiots, but I like the continuity teasers and Ben Bates delivers superb action and drama in his art. I liked Bates's art in Turtles prior to this, but I'd say he's gotten even better since then.

7.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Turtles in Time #4

Sep 19, 2014

The story is a little disjointed, a little contrived and a little too condensed, but the theme carries through very strong, and Donatello's character is explored better than I've ever seen before. The art is inconsistent, but not bad, the turtles slimmed down a bit from the last time I saw them, better start packing in those pizzas again guys.

7.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Universe #1

Sep 6, 2016

A cool new mutant is introduced, and the number one enemy to the mutant race, some random agent who claims to speak on behalf of the human race, which is admittedly silly. The backup story reads a lot like the original Mirage comics.

8.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Universe #2

Nov 5, 2016

The turtles are boxed in and they'll have to form an unholy alliance with Stockman to get out of this. Watch your backs! There some especially good Raph moments in here too. As for the backup story, I don't really get it, is it a dream? It doesn't make sense.

9.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Universe #3

Nov 24, 2016

I wasn't expecting this side-story series to delve deep into Raphael's motivation and inner turmoil, but I am happy to report that I'm pleasantly surprised. It turns out that this is essential reading for TMNT fans.

7.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Universe #4

Dec 8, 2016

I don't get what this agency that Bishops heads is supposed to be, is it government sanctioned or what? It isn't believable that they haven't attracted attention from the rest of the city at this point or that they would just retreat when Null shows up; that's not what any police agency would do, it doesn't feel authentic. Who are these guys? I do like that April cuts this deal behind Stockman's back and the low key ending to this arc is executed beautifully. And is that who I think it is at sleeping in the other room at the end? When did that happen?

8.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Universe #5

Jan 15, 2017

Leatherhead and Old Hob team up, sort of. They'd make a great team if they'd work together, but clearly Leatherhead has some trust issues and Old Hob isn't exactly a good role model. I can't help but feel bad for Old Hob, getting rejected on Christmas while he's already in an emotional hole. Hun's character felt a bit off, he's never been a coward before. Hun went down like a sack of potatoes against Hob, the old Hun would have broken Hob in half in up-close combat. I like that all of these characters have changed over time and I'm looking forward to further character development.

7.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Universe #6

Feb 3, 2017

I don't know if I've seen a hoarder villain before, that's an interesting idea. Incidentally, helium is a Noble Gas, and therefore not flammable. This means that Wyrm must be filling his balloons with hydrogen gas, making each individual balloon a potential miniature Hindenburg (or the writers screwed that up). I like this officer character, but it is difficult to buy into how rapidly she accepted a giant talking turtle. We had a different female officer character in the previous arc, it would have been interesting to use that character here instead and create a temporary alliance between her and Mikey as she searches for Calvin, but then I suppose it would give away that the turtles live in the sewers. I'm sure the writers have other plans for that character. I love the moment where Mikey uses techniques that he learned from his brothers, we saw Raph do something similar in TMNT #66 and it demonstrates the continued character growth of the turtles. The backup story was a significant improvement of the previous backup arc, it is incredibly dense for just four pages of story.

8.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Universe #7

Mar 3, 2017

I've been eagerly awaiting the second coming of Metalhead, I knew that Donnie's time in that robot body would have some sort of ramifications down the line, I'm pleased to see that this is where the book decided to go because it introduces some very interesting concepts to digest. I was skeptical at first that TMNT needed this extra book to come out each month, but it is becoming increasingly evident that their world is expanding too much to be contained in just one book and the occasional micro-series. The artwork isn't quite on the level of the main book's, but it tells the story effectively. I'm pleased to see that the backup story turned out to be a little prequel to this issue, all the insights into Ninjutsu are great as well.

8.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Universe #8

Mar 28, 2017

A tragic direction for Metalhead to take, but I can identify with him at the same time. Emotions can be difficult enough to deal with as an average person, but when they are digitized, who knows what the experience would be? I like the original design for Metalhead, so I hope this isn't the last we see of it. The personality of each brother in the Hamato family shines through here, they each have their own opinion of the situation and watching them work things out as they go feels true to life. The only problem that I have with the art is that the facial expressions get a little wonky in certain panels. The backup story is excellent as well as it continues Jennika's story, this time with Mikey featured. Are those zombies that Mikey fights? That threw me a little bit, I don't recall that ever happening in the IDW continuity unless this is something that will happen down the line. Is that jogger supposed to be Jennika?. I don't know, it would raise less questions to just have Mikey fight off typical muggers. The prison part of the story though, super cool but also incredibly tragic, it's a shame we couldn't spend a full issue flushing out Jennika's prison story because I loved what little we got of that.

7.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Universe #9

May 21, 2017

The artwork is gnarly at times, but works well in this fantasy environment. I've got a bit of a pet peeve when characters help themselves to someone else's canoe and let themselves into rooms uninvited, but it's not really a big deal. The backup story has a gratifying conclusion, I enjoyed the opportunity to explain ninja history while simultaneously exploring Jennika's character. She may be do for her own one-shot soon.

7.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Universe #10

Jul 24, 2017

The artwork is mostly good, but Angel's face looks gnarly through most of the issue. As for the plot, there is nothing wrong with it per se, but I couldn't really get into it, something didn't click for me. The backup story is cute, but hardly justifies the $4.99 cover price. The price is starting to feel like a money grab, I'd like to see this come down to $3.99, especially considering this is not the main TMNT series, we're basically paying extra for supplemental stories here.

7.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Universe #11

Aug 10, 2017

*spoilers* It's a decent issue, but wouldn't make much difference if it never happened at all. We get some interesting new characters out of it, but Dreadmon heads on his way and doesn't end up adding to the Mutanimal team, so it feels more like providing fan service to see Dreadmon in an issue more than telling a relevant story. How does the head mercenary guy have a cybernetic wolf head under the skin? I thought this mutatgen changes the anatomy, does it mutate robotic parts too? That's just stupid.

9.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Universe #12

Aug 11, 2017

Great issue. The artwork is excellent and excels at the action. The characters are at a very interesting point where they've hit the bottom of the barrel. Even the backup story is great, even though I don't really know what's going on yet.

8.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Universe #13

Jun 12, 2022

I love Sophie Campbell's art but I think the noses are hitting critical bulbousness, and need to be dialed back a bit. Koya is turning into the Raphael of the group and stealing the show with her vulnerability. Bludgeon is pretty cool too, he's basically turning into Daredevil, which TMNT was largely inspired by.

8.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Universe #14

Jun 12, 2022

Now Natsu is turning into a beloved character. TMNT makes character development look so effortless, it's kind of amazing. That giant badger things is dope too.

8.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Universe #15

Oct 30, 2022

Love seeing Karai get her revenge.

8.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Universe #16

Oct 30, 2022

Expands on the Triceraton lore in an emotional way.

8.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Universe #17

Oct 30, 2022

I've effectively fallen in love with the Triceratons just in time for them to invade Earth.

9.0
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Universe #18

Oct 30, 2022

Tyler Boss's art is fantastic, it brings in the charm from 4 Kids Walk Into A Bank and meshes perfectly with Michelangelo's antics and Raph's twisted sense of humor.

7.0
Terminal Hero #1

Aug 8, 2014

There are some good ideas here, but the pacing feels a little rushed and the main character is not terribly relatable. Future issues could build a good story arc from here, but I have my doubts.

6.0
Thanos (2016) #1

Jan 12, 2017

The layouts are cool and the confrontation with Corvus Glaive is brief but badass. Aside from an intriguing last page, the rest of the comic is uninteresting exposition moving the plot forward is a stale fashion. I can't imagine anyone reading this as an ongoing, aside from the half dozen hardcore Thanos fans out there.

8.0
The Auteur #1

Jun 5, 2014

Lots of arrogant humor and drug trip outs. This looks like some raunchy fun! The after notes come off pretty arrogant too though.

8.0
The Auteur #2

May 17, 2014

Very funny, T. Rex is such an A-hole and I love it!

8.0
The Auteur #3

May 14, 2014

This is the most insane comic on the shelves right now.

8.0
The Auteur #4

Jun 25, 2014

Reading this just puts a big stupid grin on my face.

9.0
The Auteur #5

Jul 22, 2014

I didn't realize this is the finale, but this went out on a strong note! Great series, highly recommended.

8.5
The Auteur: Sister Bambi #1

Jun 28, 2015

Oh ya! The Auteur is back and more wacky and violent than ever before, don't sleep on it suckas!

9.0
The Auteur: Sister Bambi #2

Jun 28, 2015

Every issue is more insane and inspiring than the last; we run into King Kong in this one then get a substance fueled writing lesson, what more could anyone ask for?

7.5
The Auteur: Sister Bambi #3

Jul 30, 2015

I'm having a blast, even when I'm totally lost.

8.5
The Batman Who Laughs (2018) #1

Dec 17, 2018

This is what I wanted Dark Nights: Metal to be. Maybe Snyder will redeem himself as the legendary Batman writer that we once knew him as.

6.5
The Batman Who Laughs (2018) #2

Jan 26, 2019

The dark matter talk makes no sense when you know what the hypothetical form of matter is that the term actually describes in the real world. Its a dumb artifact from the Metal series that I would rather get swept under the rug and forgotten. This issue starts out strong with the Joker business, but leaves the narrative behind to hop Bruce into various locations without much of a through line.

7.5
The Batman Who Laughs (2018) #3

Aug 11, 2019

Nice entrance by Grim Knight. The Penguin business feels random, we must be touring more alternate Bruce Waynes, I hope this comes to some sort of payoff. Watching Batman slowly succumb to the poison is the most interesting aspect of the story.

9.0
The Batman Who Laughs (2018) #4

Aug 11, 2019

We start with a heartbreaking interaction between Bruce and Alfred before steadily progressing into a dark game of cat and mouse. This is what I want in a Batman comic, more of this please!

7.5
The Batman Who Laughs (2018) #5

Aug 30, 2019

I like how Bruce's changing state of mind is revealed in the red letters, that is a nice touch. The subway token motif is cool, I don't see the point of bringing the Court of Owls into this, maybe it will be worth it in the long run. I also can't stand that Batman breaks smashes through bullet proof glass with his body, how does that make it past the drafting phase? The pacing at the end of the issue works particularly well though, so it is really a mixed bag.

8.5
The Batman Who Laughs (2018) #6

Aug 30, 2019

If there's one thing this issue delivers on, it's tension. Another thrilling cliffhanger.

8.0
The Batman Who Laughs (2018) #7

Sep 2, 2019

Right here still ha ha

8.5
The Best Defense: Doctor Strange #1

Jan 12, 2019

Duggan finally wrote something exceptional. I haven't read the other Best Defense issues, and I doubt that I will, but I was able to enjoy this issue on its own merits and don't feel compelled to read the others.

6.0
The Black Monday Murders #1

Aug 14, 2016

In typical Hickman fashion, this is well researched, planned out, and meticulous in the graphic design. However, in typical Hickman fashion, it is also very dry, decompressed and cold. Readers who enjoy in depth, long running and highly technical stories will enjoy this, but if you like emotional, thrilling stories that lean on drama and character development, I'd advise something else.

7.0
The Bone Orchard Mythos: The Passageway

Jun 20, 2022

It delivers on creepy, sure, but the entire story is a big questions with no answers. Maybe more will be revealed as the Bone Orchard Mythos progresses, but this installment left me wanting.

8.0
The Bone Orchard Mythos: Prelude #1

May 21, 2022

This was certainly creepy, the simple but horrifying introduction tale hooked me instantly. I find myself more interested in seeing this particular story progress than I am in the proposed shared horror universe though.

7.5
The Boys: Dear Becky #1

Jun 9, 2020

It's written well enough but I think I've grown out of the edgy, brutal content that is central to any Boys comic.

8.0
The Cape: The Fallen #1

Jul 24, 2018

Nice character piece.

7.5
The Cape: The Fallen #2

Aug 6, 2018

Holy crap, that escalated fast! Eric truly is a psychopath. The D&D character pages at the back are a cool idea, but they are totally phoned in and unrealized. If you aren't even going to try, don't bother.

7.0
The Cape: The Fallen #3

Feb 9, 2019

Jeez, this this just keeps getting more disturbing.

7.0
The Closet #1

Jun 5, 2022

Okay, so the parents aren't likeable at all, which I assume is on purpose and will pay off in some way down the road. The creepy factor is there, but I'm not getting a strong hook to keep me invested since I don't care about any of the characters.

7.5
The Crow: Hack/Slash #1

Jul 6, 2019

I've been waiting for Hack/Slash to get back in shape and this crossover with the Crow might be the ticket.

8.0
The Crow: Hack/Slash #2

Aug 14, 2019

It was a great moment when Cassie mistaken presumed to take advantage of the Crow's healing factor.

7.5
The Crow: Hack/Slash #3

Oct 13, 2019

This issue fills in needed details which make the characters much more relatable.

8.0
The Crow: Hack/Slash #4

Oct 23, 2019

It's been a return to form for Hack/Slash.

7.5
The Death of Doctor Strange #1

Oct 23, 2021

Fastest undeath ever! Seriously though, I am intrigued by this.

6.0
The Death of Doctor Strange #2

Oct 23, 2021

So far, just a fight with random magic villains that I don't recognize. It actually feels like a page is missing in the middle with the way Cap and the Avengers are introduced, like something was left on the cutting room floor or not transitioned to effectively.

7.5
The Death of Doctor Strange #3

Jan 8, 2022

Yeah, that would be creepy, to autopsy yourself.

7.5
The Death of Doctor Strange #4

Jan 8, 2022

I think this reveal would have impacted me more if I was more familiar with Doctor Strange lore from back in the day. This series strikes me as a gift to fans from that era.

8.5
The Death of Doctor Strange #5

Sep 24, 2022

Love it, good ending.

8.5
The Delinquents #1

Aug 21, 2014

A very strong start to this mini-series. I wish Quantum and Woody wasn't cancelled at issue #12, but this is the next best thing and promises to be hilarious!

7.0
The Delinquents #2

Oct 21, 2014

In the process of setting up the status quo, the story and jokes of this issue felt a little forced and just didn't come to life in the same way as in the first issue. The sheer number of panels goes a little overboard on many pages as well. That being said, this is still entertaining and I'm certainly looking forward to reading the next issue now that the status quo has been established.

8.0
The Delinquents #3

Oct 25, 2014

Lots of fun and equally offensive to everyone, though this still lacks some of the gut laughs Q&W used to give me. There is an interesting 48 panel double page action sequence that was awesome but also confusing to navigate at first.

8.0
The Delinquents #4

Dec 14, 2014

The main drawback on this issue is it's disjointedness and anticlimactic ending. However, it makes up for this in spades with Kano's amazing panel layout and the world's first (maybe, I don't know) do-it-yourself fight sequence that basically blames your own imagination if you don't find it fulfilling enough, pure genius!

7.0
The Disciples #1

Jun 21, 2015

Interesting but feels short because not much happens until the last page, it's mostly character building. The art is okay, I like the colours. Hard to know what to make of this series from this issue, the 2nd issue may give a better idea if this title is worth sticking around for

5.0
The Disciples #2

Jul 27, 2015

The concept is good, but the execution is not quite hitting it's mark. The artwork isn't very refined, but that doesn't bother me too much, what bothers me are the characters smiling all the time in a dire situation, it ruins the atmosphere. The plot is alright, but each issue still feels too short, by the time it gets interesting it's the last page, as was the case in the first issue.

8.0
The Fade Out #1

Aug 21, 2014

Very promising first issue and the back matter is interesting too.

7.0
The Few #1

Feb 5, 2017

I'm not entirely clear about what set the bad guy off. The action is the main draw for the book, although some panels are hard to decipher due to the highly stylized artwork. The Few #1 is not bad, but I see no indications that this will bring anything new to the table for the post-apocalypse genre

7.5
The Flintstones #1

Aug 21, 2016

A surprisingly original take on Flintstones, it's much more of a satire on the series and on modern society than I originally expected, with a couple laugh out loud moments. It does jump around a lot though, I love Mark Russell's writing, but I'd like to see him smooth out the transitions between sequences. One other nit-pick: there shouldn't be any paper in Bedrock, perhaps it's animal hide that I keep seeing, but pictures and written materials should all be on stone.

8.0
The Flintstones #2

Aug 22, 2016

Never in 65 million years did I think I'd be digging a Flintstones comic this much. Taking on religion, consumerism, pyramid schemes, existential crises, the Flintstones has never been more adult and relevant.

7.5
The Flintstones #3

Sep 11, 2016

I was expecting an issue focused around Dino based on how the last issue ended, but he's just in the background in a couple panels, so that's disappointing. This issue is a fun idea in it's own right, a bunch of young adult aliens come to bedrock for their "Galactic Break," drinking and throwing up all over before they decide that it would be fun to disintegrate the indigenous. I would have liked to see this expanded over two of three issues, it was too condensed in the continuing effort to keep each issue self contained. The self contained format just misses out on opportunities, I would have liked to see Fred and Barney suffering wartime flashbacks or something. Even so, there is plenty of entertainment to keep me coming back for more.

9.0
The Flintstones #4

Oct 9, 2016

A thoughtful and humorous breakdown of marriage and prejudice, with a wink at education and slavery while we're at it. This issue is dense without feeling cramped.

8.5
The Flintstones #5

Nov 6, 2016

Mark Russell is getting the hang of pacing a comic and it shows. There are still so many ideas here that I think this would have been even better spaced over two issues, but given the done-in-one formula of this series thus far, this works. We finally get a look at Fred and Barney's war record and it leads to an unexpected but perfect origin for a main character.

8.0
The Flintstones #6

Dec 11, 2016

Commentary on the search for life's meaning and how it relies on a stable civilization in order to ponder such questions; yet civilization can break in an instant. This one fell pray to the overly fast pace again. The whole asteroid thing came out of nowhere, it would be good to see the scientist actually observing it before reaching his conclusions. At first I thought the part about bowling was unrelated to the rest of the comic, but now I see how it reinforces the theme. It's certainly a dense comic, I would like some breathing room for the plot to unfold and to include additional gags. If each comic is going to continue being a one-off, it might be worth it to make some issues oversized. Even so, there is more here to digest in one issue than there is in a year of almost any other ongoing series.

9.0
The Flintstones #7

Jan 12, 2017

The issue starts by approaching religion, corruption and human nature in a jaded fashion, but reveals hope just beneath the surface, so to speak. Well paced, with a thoughtful approach that suggests a growing adeptness in Mark Russell's writing skills. Keep 'em coming!

8.5
The Flintstones #8

Feb 8, 2017

In this issue, we explore possible origins of male and female dynamics. I'm not entirely clear if Wilma's father was abusive to her mother or something, it was kind of vague. There is also this random guy who insists on injecting economic theory to someone else's classroom, which was probably my favourite part. There is also Mayor Clod's corrupt bureaucracy that ties together with Fred's struggle to be a good father. It is a lot to digest in one issue, I would have liked more pages or to turn it into a two-part series. Russell's mind must be overflowing with ideas to pack so much into one issue.

8.5
The Flintstones #9

Mar 9, 2017

"Coat Rack don't play that," greatest line of the week, drop the mic. I've been waiting for an issue that focuses more on the appliances, and here it is. It's a emotional one. It also ties in nicely with the the human characters realizing their inherent need to be needed.

9.0
The Flintstones #10

Apr 11, 2017

Favourite line: "Of course, with any new technology, the question in the back of everyone's mind is, 'can I have sex with it or use it to kill people?'" The Lizard People are hilariously weird, and I love how the people of Bedrock fear them because of their 'cultural differences.' Those poor appliances though, holy crap do they have the most emotionally devastating tertiary plot in comics or what?

7.0
The Flintstones #11

May 8, 2017

Today's subject: gentrification. Unfortunately, this issue doesn't shake out as well as the others. The conclusion is rather flat and there aren't as many laughs as there usually are.

8.0
The Flintstones #12

Jun 11, 2017

I like how Russell tackles religion and uses it as a vehicle to tie in the the driving forces of each character. It was shaping up to be another great issue but then just ended abruptly. I think it would have been appropriate to give a couple extra pages, especially since it's the last issue, to give a more well rounded epilogue. In the end, I'm going to miss Russell's take on the Flintstones. I've got that bitter sweet feeling knowing that something I love has concluded but I'm grateful that it existed at all. One last favourite line: "'Meaty Thumbs'! The only pet food made entirely from the thumbs of convicts!" Good bye Flintstones, we had a gay old time.

5.5
The Forged (2023) #1

Mar 19, 2023

There is a lot of technical text to wade through and the character dialogue is not much better. I usually like Rucka's writing, but this isn't connecting for me.

7.0
The Further Adventures of Nick Wilson #1

Mar 3, 2018

Interesting slice of life story, but nothing to write home about so far.

6.5
The Further Adventures of Nick Wilson #2

Mar 3, 2018

Wait, the tradition to eat this little bird thing is to cover yours eyes so God doesn't see you eat it? Does this God follow universal peekaboo logic?

8.0
The Great Divide #1

Sep 18, 2016

I was ready to chalk this up as just another dystopian future comic, and in a lot of ways it is, but an interesting plot development at the end might keep things interesting enough to stick with it.

6.0
The Great Lakes Avengers #1

Nov 13, 2016

This feels pointless but makes up for it in humor.

9.0
The Green Hornet (2013) #11

May 27, 2014

I think the series may have just hit it's high point. This is a really great issue, Waid and Frere are firing on all cylinders and the ending is absolutely shocking!

6.0
The Green Hornet (2013) #12

May 27, 2014

This issue could have flowed better for me, I felt like the climax was just tossed in without much care. The art is good except for some odd facial expressions. The end of this issue is good though and I'm pumped to see how the series comes to a close.

6.5
The Green Hornet (2013) #13

Jul 2, 2014

I'm not sold on Casey's actions/motivation here. It's a decent conclusion knowing that the legacy needs to continue somehow, but it just doesn't feel genuine to me.

6.0
The Humans #1

Nov 5, 2014

I really enjoy the artwork, but the story doesn't give me much to grab on to. The first issue is much like #0, it introduces you to the group, but doesn't give any hint as to where the narrative will go.

8.0
The Hunt #1

Jul 30, 2016

The art is impeccable and goes a long way towards setting the tone. The story is interesting, there seems to be some king of supernatural threat that has a vendetta against this family. Check this out if you like horror-fantasy.

7.0
The Last Witch #1

Jan 12, 2021

The artwork is charming, as are the characters. The main problem is that this is rather slow in building to where it wants to go. It could very easily be worth the build-up, it's just difficult for me to say at this point. At least it's better than the Eternals comic that came out this same week from Marvel to rave reviews.

7.5
The Last Witch #2

Feb 21, 2021

I didn't originally intend to come back for the second issue, but I found myself wanting to know what happens next and I feel quite engaged now that a narrative has been established.

7.5
The Last Witch #3

Mar 14, 2021

The artwork and characterization are exquisite, but we are asking the reader to really stretch their suspension of disbelief that Saoirse has become this powerful with virtually no training... And should fire have a distinct disadvantage against water?

6.5
The Last Witch #4

May 31, 2021

It feels a little late to be introducing a new character but he does reveal some lore and provides a different personality for Saoirse to play off of.

7.5
The Last Witch #5

May 31, 2021

Badb has a cool design. This is supposed to be the last issue but it is very clearly fishing to become an ongoing series, which I'm not sure is the way to go, I would have preferred a more conclusive and less swift resolution.

8.0
The Many Deaths of Laila Starr #1

Apr 25, 2021

Given my lack of understanding regarding the Hindu religion, its difficult for me to describe or quantify what's here. At the very least, this feels fresh, unique, and full of possibilities.

7.5
The Marked (2019) #1

Oct 23, 2019

Not bad. The lore is interesting and the issue leaves off heading in an interesting direction. Two of the main characters look identical aside from what they wear, I'd like to see more differentiation between them.

9.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #1

Nov 25, 2015

Being Thor is literally killing Jane. Damn! Great issue, if this won't get you reading Thor, nothing will.

7.5
The Mighty Thor (2015) #2

Jan 17, 2016

We're dropped in the middle of an epic battle that probably should have been showcased more as it broke out. No big deal, Thor is awesome and now Loki is getting into the mix. Like another reviewer commented though, Loki's facial hair looks like pubes, somebody fix that.

8.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #3

Jan 21, 2016

A very Loki centric issue which seems to drive Loki fans crazy, can't say I identify with why. Maybe wait until the next issue before going into a murderous rage, Loki clearly has some inner conflicts to reconcile.

8.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #4

Feb 25, 2016

Another great issue, let the haters hate, they're just screwing themselves out of some truly great Thor stories.

9.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #5

Mar 19, 2016

Lots of expertly rendered action, Loki drives you nuts, we find out about Odinson. Great issue, the battle on Asgard wraps out a little too swiftly (and keeps getting referred to as a war, which is silly), but there isn't really anything else to call out. Put this series on your pull list, it's totally tits.

3.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #6

Apr 26, 2016

What is this crap? Who demanded this as the sales pitch proclaims? I certainly didn't! This series was marketed as starring the new Thor, and I added it to my pull file to that effect. But now we've hit the snooze button on the main story so that we can hear the tale of some viking that no one could give two s***s about? This had better have some sort of relevance to the plot because it's not even a one-off filler issue, it continues! Marvel could at least have the courtesy to knock a dollar off of the cover price if they are going to make me buy a comic that I didn't even sign up for. I am obligated to buy it because I subscribed with my LCS, it wouldn't be fair to back out of my agreement, but I guess it's fair for Marvel and Aaron to take my money and toss me some filler story that's been gathering dust somewhere. There isn't even a letters page this month, it's less than the typical issue for the usual $3.99. Maybe I'm being unfair, perhaps this is an extremely long-winded and roundabout way to introduce a new villain; if that were the case, Aaron could at least have the decency to contain his origin to one installment and bring it around to reveal the relevance of the current story by the end of the issue. As for the story itself, it's nothing special. It is a ye old Thor tale, though he's actually a secondary character in it. The artwork could communicate a lot more clearly, some panels are difficult to read or offer boring layouts, though I do commend the painterly style. Go ahead and skip this until we get back to the actual story with Jane Foster. If you are one of the losers who hates Jane as Thor, well I guess you got your wish. Be careful what you wish for next time.

2.5
The Mighty Thor (2015) #7

Jun 1, 2016

A boring story marred further by horrendous artwork. There are a couple panels where it literally took me a minute to decipher what the heck Garres was trying to render. The flashback story concludes with an unimaginative - albeit slightly funny - climax. I was previously unaware that sex and liquor to Thor are as spinach is to Popeye. Then we come to the present to conclude this issue, we find out that the relevance of this story is shaky at best and nonexistent at worst. What a shame that this issue and #6 will drag the overall rating for the series down, but hey, I'm not the one that demanded this as Marvel proclaimed in the previous issue's solicit. If they really wanted to put this out, they should have sandwiched it in an annual.

8.5
The Mighty Thor (2015) #8

Jun 26, 2016

Excellent all-around, especially with how the sound effects are incorporated in the artwork. I'm so happy that we've moved on from those dreadful Loki story-time issues.

7.5
The Mighty Thor (2015) #9

Aug 1, 2016

I think Aaron is starting to stretch with how much this hammer can do now, and he goes way overboard with Exterminatrix beating up helicopters in mid-flight. But this hostile takeover of Roxxon is bringing some interesting developments, even if the impending destruction of Manhattan is a bit of overkill.

8.5
The Mighty Thor (2015) #10

Aug 27, 2016

What the hell is wrong with these SHIELD agents, do they seriously not understand the gravity of the situation? And the characters call this out... those agents are a strange couple. That cliffhanger though, damn, it's got me scratching my head. Perhaps that random guy in the opening pages has something to do with it?

6.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #11

Jul 30, 2017

Oh come on, is there anything the Mjolnir CAN'T do? It gets less interesting when you aren't working within any logical limitations, Thor might as well have a repellent bat-spray for every possible contingency while we're at it. Also, *spoilers* why does the gold bullet turn the whole island to gold but not the forceps, or Thor herself for that matter? Does it just not affect magical things? I don't understand how anything works!

6.5
The Mighty Thor (2015) #12

Jul 30, 2017

I'm not a big fan of these tales of old type stories. It's not bad by any means, this one was decent, it just doesn't do a whole lot for me and I'm more interested to read Thor's next adventure instead.

7.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #13

Jul 30, 2017

A D&D ready team in a raid gone wrong. Kind of fun, but nothing special so far. I want to see more action from this mountain giant, she's cool.

8.5
The Mighty Thor (2015) #14

Jul 30, 2017

A bleak yet somehow satisfying way to cap off this arc. The art was dynamic and well suited to the action.

7.5
The Mighty Thor (2015) #15

Aug 30, 2017

This is a bit of a random development, but I'll roll with it. I love seeing Jane get in Cul's face; yeah, don't take no shit from that tool!

7.5
The Mighty Thor (2015) #16

Aug 30, 2017

Git 'em Thor, F those narcissistic gods up! Oh, and the filibuster? Brilliant! I tip my hat to you Aaron.

7.5
The Mighty Thor (2015) #17

Aug 30, 2017

There is an important detail here that brings the story into the larger scope of the series so it is not as much of a random distraction from where the previous arc was heading.

8.5
The Mighty Thor (2015) #18

Sep 3, 2017

A pretty satisfying brawl and unlikely alliance with Quentin Quire.

9.5
The Mighty Thor (2015) #19

Sep 3, 2017

Holy crap, Dauterman's artwork in this issue is to die for. The layouts, pencils, and also Wilson's colours are just breathtaking. Unfortunately, it looks like they brought in guest artists to finish the issue, perhaps the pages in the first half were taking too long, but the story developments under the guest artists continue to please; I love seeing douchebags get their comeuppance. The only drawback is that I would like the deal with the Phoenix to be a little more clear, why does she even need a deal to get to her end goal? Oh and I'm absolutely thrilled to see Thori still around, I love that hel-hound!

9.5
The Mighty Thor (2015) #20

Sep 3, 2017

What a heartbreaking issue, with powerful allusions to the firebombings in WWII. It is a edgy, smart, and powerful issue. I didn't think #19 could be topped, but this one is giving it a run for its money.

8.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #21

Sep 3, 2017

A lot of ass kicking dished out by Volstagg. I don't get Jane's refusal for magical medical care, it is addressed in the letters page for one of the issues, but not to my satisfaction. Be that as it may, it makes for excellent drama in the last few pages here.

8.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #22

Sep 3, 2017

I'm delighted to watch Volstagg dance on the line between good and evil, where revenge can destroy anyone.

9.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #23

Oct 7, 2017

Another great issue, Aaron provides just the right balance of action and heart.

6.0
The Mighty Thor (2015) #700

Nov 5, 2017

I like pieces like the bit between Odinson and Karnilla. I like the fight between Thor and She-Hulk despite its lack of relevance to anything else in the comic or to Thor's ongoing story. Individually, each short story is pretty decent, but the way the book jumps back and forth between each one is annoying, especially with the ones that are not relevant to the main narrative that Mighty Thor has been following thus far. So overall, it ends up being a long, laboured read, not a fluid enjoyable one.

9.5
The Mighty Thor (2015) #701

Apr 3, 2019

Violent and heartbreaking, don't miss it.

8.5
The Mighty Thor (2015) #702

Apr 4, 2019

Excellent artwork and a brief step into diplomacy as a short break from all of the brutal conflict after the previous issue.

9.5
The Mighty Thor (2015) #703

Apr 6, 2019

Man, just brutal. Juxtaposing Mangog's alongside Dr. Foster's battle against cancer is brilliant.

9.5
The Mighty Thor (2015) #704

Apr 6, 2019

It's a depressing issue in a lot of respected and yet I still find myself cheering at the end.

10
The Mighty Thor (2015) #705

Apr 7, 2019

I think this is the 4th perfect 10 that I've ever given on ComicBookRoundup. It is a truly spectacular issue; beautiful, action-packed, tragic, and moving on all fronts: from plot to art, to colour, even lettering. It's a goosebump generator, everything that I wanted it to be and more. Aaron, Dauterman, Wilson and everyone involved have really outdone themselves.

9.5
The Mighty Thor (2015) #706

Apr 10, 2019

It's tempting to accuse Aaron of copping out... But this is too damn good for that. We are still left with major ramifications and big events on the horizon.

7.5
The Mighty Thor (2015): At The Gates Of Valhalla #1

Apr 13, 2019

This issue functions to check in with Grampa Thor's Goddesses of Thunder then to make sure any new readers are filled as to what's happened to Jane Foster and what's going on in the other realms as war escalates. This is not required reading for the ongoing series, but it may be helpful to readers looking to jump onto the next Thor title. Otherwise, it is entertaining on its own merits, though the artwork slowly declines as the issue progresses.

7.5
The Mighty Valkyries (2021) #1

Apr 25, 2021

I had low expectations for this because of the King in Black tie-in, but this narrative is already much more promising.

7.0
The Mighty Valkyries (2021) #2

Jul 4, 2021

Kraven is a nice wild card thrown into the mix to shake things up. The subplots are not incorporated very smoothly into the rest of the narrative.

7.0
The Mighty Valkyries (2021) #3

Jul 4, 2021

The subplots are finally starting to make sense with one another just as another one in Hel is introduced. This series just needs more focus.

7.0
The Mighty Valkyries (2021) #4

Jan 17, 2022

I'm enjoying this more character centered issue.

7.0
The Mighty Valkyries (2021) #5

Jan 17, 2022

The artwork in this issue is just breathtaking. If only I could better follow what is going on... I'll just smile and nod, I think I've got the gist of it, I just don't fully understand who More is and why they are so ridiculously powerful... They're a cool character nonetheless.

8.0
The Multiversity #1

Aug 22, 2014

The scope of the story is ambitious and the idea to involve the reader is very intriguing, but leaves me skeptical in it's success. We'll see. If there is a downfall, it is that everything moves at a sprinter's pace and relies on the characters to jump to conclusions in order to explain things to the reader.

3.0
The Multiversity #2

May 7, 2015

I didn't enjoy this at all. There is just too much happening at all times, I wouldn't call it a story as much as the DC multiverse chewed up and regurgitated all over the page. It may provide fan service if you have been reading DC for decades and have been reading every single Multiversity book. Long time readers are more likely to get satisfaction from this issue. Multiversity does not leave any room for the casual reader. In fact, the characters nearly break the fourth wall explaining within these pages the necessity to read every Multiversity book in order to understand what is happening. I read comics to relax and escape my work life, if the comic can make me think then that is all the better, but when the reading experience starts to feel like work and not fun, I think that is an indication that this series is not for me. It's a shame because I really do appreciate the commentary that Morrison brings to his writing here and the art is especially compelling when a Rubik's cube cosmically alters the panels, but the narrative isn't engaging and there isn't much of an ending; there's an epilogue but not an ending. I get what that's saying, but that doesn't mean it leaves me satisfied.

4.0
The Multiversity: Society of Super-Heroes #1

Oct 6, 2014

An expensive, hot mess of a comic. Half of the time I don't know what's going on (even after reading the first Multiversity which was pretty decent), but I don't even have enough interest to flip the page back and attempt to figure out what the whole point of reading this was. It's just simply not entertaining or engaging. I recommend skipping this.

9.5
The Multiversity: Pax Americana #1

Dec 7, 2014

In a nutshell, this is Watchmen for a post 9/11 audience with the heady time related concepts on steroids. Immense rewards lie in wait for readers with enough time on their hands to pour over this comic forward and back. It took a lot of work for me just to get familiar with the Charlton characters, who is who, and what happens when; let alone the meaning to the whole question. Though the content is actually pretty condensed, readers looking for something to entertain themselves for only 15 minutes may not get that here because it takes much more commitment to get the full story and themes, and once you have them you ask yourself, what's next for Question? Also, is the rest of Multiversity actually worth reading? Even if they're a little overindulgent, there is no denying that Grant Morrison and Frank Quitely deserve props for this beast.

6.5
The Multiversity: Mastermen #1

Feb 22, 2015

If you mistake this or Uber as pro Nazi, you are an idiot. You know who you are. The Nazis are still bad guys here, it's just a what-if scenario. Obviously Nazis will think their version of the world is better than anyone else's; real villains consider themselves heroes of their own story. If you are not comfortable entertaining alternate history, don't read it. All that aside, Mastermen is a cool idea, a more modern version of Red Son but with nazis, and commentary on modern America as well. Unfortunately, it is too broad and without enough pages to flush itself out; it's basically the first issue of a series with the last few pages of a series tacked on the tail end. Jim Lee's art elevates the issue of course, it's certainly a sight to behold visually. But, like much of the Multiversity one-shots thus far, it's a fairly forgettable comic.

9.0
The Multiversity: Ultra Comics #1

Mar 30, 2015

Very creative and complex, but I wouldn't call it a complete success, the end left me wanting, but I suppose it's all in how you read it?

3.5
The Multiversity: Thunderworld Adventures #1

Jun 2, 2015

I guess you have to already be a fan of old Captain Marvel comics? If the goal was to create a comic that read like it was from fifty years ago, mission accomplished, in the worst ways. The plot is compressed and utterly ridiculous. The creating of an 8th day to the week was actually an easy pill to swallow compared to the rest of the drivel pumped out in this issue. In an attempt to be light hearted and fun, all common sense is thrown out the window. Where did the Monster Society come from and why? Where did the Lieutenant Marvels come from? Cheap fan service. What point did traveling back in time for an instant serve, really? And the climax, if you can call it that, cheapens everything that happens in the comic since it was inevitable. I won't give the end away, but just be ready to have your time and money wasted, Captain Marvel's actions achieve nothing. If approached in a clearer tone, this could have served as a parody, but it falls short in the humour department, the whole thing is played straight. I honestly can't tell if it was trying to be stupid funny or not. This issue is also fairly light on the undertones that have made the Multiversity books worth reading, it mostly just teases that everything is connected. No s***, wait until you read The Multiversity 2, this is not as connected as you may think. Don't believe the hype on this issue, critics basically convinced me to mine for diamonds in a turd pile. It's not to say there wasn't a jewel in there, but it certainly didn't justify the effort in finding it. Time to wash my hands.

8.0
The New 52: Futures End #0

May 4, 2014

Definitely one of the highlights from FCBD 2014. Exciting intro to this second monthly series to start before Batman Eternal has found strong footing and before Forever Evil has finished. I'm not in favor of DC flooding the market, but I can't really pass any negative judgement on this story based on its own merits.

5.0
The New 52: Futures End #1

May 8, 2014

This issue just felt way too disjointed. I'm assuming that the different plot strings introduced will be tied together eventually but there is nothing here that makes me want to invest in that journey.

5.5
The Other History of the DC Universe (2020) #1

Dec 2, 2020

Not bad, but not great either. Ridley writes in prose, which does not take advantage of the comic book medium; the story wouldn't be any different without the images. The story itself come off as tedious and lacks payoff. Pierce spends most of the book tackling systemic issues by punching "thugs" and tossing bootstraps. He individualizes pretty much everything, including things like the Iran Hostage Crisis, which serves to frame his mindset within the time period but, in effect, also acts as apologetics for Reagan voters. In the end, Pierce learns the error of his ways, sort of; he's nice to John Stewart... whom he initially disliked even though he didn't know anything about him. In the end, we walk away from this story without properly acknowledging the root of poverty because punching gangsters ends up legitimately improving the neighborhood... On top of that, the theory that you just need a good teacher to improve a school's performance also proves itself out: I guess we don't need to give them proper funding after all. So, if your neighborhood sucks, it's because you haven't destroyed every human connection in your own personal life by giving 110% as an individual. I don't know that this is the intended message by the writer, but this is my interpretation.

6.0
The Other Side #1

Sep 16, 2017

The NVA side of the story is interesting because we don't usually get to see that part, but the American part of the story leaves something to be desired. He's already having visions of dead guys and talking guns after just starting training? Come on.

7.5
The Other Side #2

Sep 16, 2017

This book is staring to grow some legs by this issue. The tiger part is fantastic and the transitions between the two main characters are smooth and organic. It is a shame that ComicBookRoundup doesn't list the issues past this one because they get better as they go. Man, the NVA are like the little engine that could, so much tenacity.

7.5
The Paybacks #1

Sep 22, 2015

A goofy yet creative take on the superhero genre. It seems to be set in the same universe as Buzzkill because Dr Blaqk is in it, I love that guy! If this series turns out anything like Buzzkill did, count me in.

7.5
The Paybacks #3

Jan 3, 2016

I'm still enjoying the read. I'd like a few more jokes Doctor Blaqk is the only one who is actually funny, the book is a little more serious than I expected but I like that about the plot itself.

6.0
The Paybacks #4

Feb 22, 2016

I guess this is the last issue on Dark Horse. It must have come s a surprise because there wasn't anything resembling an ending. The problem with Paybacks, and it happened in this issue too, is that the action, humor and drama are all squeezed together with a few too many characters, and everything seems to just drone each other out rather than function as an orchestra.

7.5
The Plot #1

Sep 29, 2019

There is a lot left to be explained but it is an intriguing, horror fueled start.

9.5
The Plot Holes (2023) #1

Sep 28, 2023

I love this concept and I love the approach that Sean Murphy is taking with it. Pretty much anything by him is an automatic buy from me these days, and here we have him at the helm of a meta concept book that looks likely to break through the glut of other meta stories on the shelves and stand on its own.

8.5
The Pro #1

Jan 15, 2015

A good done-in-one about a prostitute that becomes a super hero. Reading it now in 2015, it's very much what you'd expect from a Garth Ennis book and actually has some questionable commentary on 9/11, but keeping in mind it was created in 2002, it's was pretty fresh. The dialog at times beats you over the head with what Garth Ennis is saying about super heroes, but it's very funny. If you like raunchy humour, check this one out.

7.0
The Question: The Deaths of Vic Sage #1

Nov 25, 2019

Seems a little over hyped, but it's decent. The book by it's very nature is reactionary, which is appropriate for the Question's character.

8.5
The Resistance #1

Mar 21, 2020

Straczinski builds a science fiction world in the best tradition of sci-fi: one that reflects on our current social-political situation and channels those anxieties into asking "what if?" The actual sci-fi mechanism at work here isn't terribly different from things we've seen before, such as the Terrigen Mists a few years ago in Marvel which created new Inhumans but was effectively a pale imitation of X-Men. Heck, a friend and I had essentially discussed this same world setup as a comic book universe concept back in college, but Straczynski contrasts this setup with an abstraction of America's current political climate that accidentally becomes a self-fulfilling prophecy in many ways by the time it hits store shelves, which is pretty cool to witness in real-time. I'm more interested in what stories we can expect to come out of this new universe that can be more localized and character-driven, which is the stated intent for some of the future books published by AWA. Here's your chance to get in on the ground floor of what hopes to be the next relatable comic book universe in the tradition of DC, Marvel, Valiant, and others.

5.5
The Resistance: Uprising #1

Apr 18, 2021

While the narrative still has interesting aspects, the are simply no interesting, recognizable character to latch onto.

8.0
The Resistance #2

Sep 5, 2020

We continue with a broad focus of the larger societal implications of the pandemic and, worse, Trevor Lane's fascist agenda. It's bleak, but the resistance gives me hope.

8.0
The Resistance #3

Jan 3, 2021

A Garth Ennisesque approach to how this world with newly born superheroes is developing. The authoritarian government is relying on the private sector to keep tabs on these superheroes and it ends up looking very similar to our world's industry for social media influencers.

7.0
The Resistance #4

Jan 3, 2021

The comedian and the man on death row used as a guinea pig are actually more interesting and memorable that the people that are becoming the main characters. What this comic lacks most of all is focus. Concentrating on this weird hive-minded resistance-cult seems to be the way forward, but we probably should have spent more time making them interesting.

8.5
The Resistance #5

Jan 17, 2021

The revolution in the Ukraine is amazing, another good issue. With that said, I've decided that I really don't like the layout style that uses extra gutters for no reason; they're just distracting, busy, and serve no purpose. They're awful, let's move beyond this gimmick, please.

9.0
The Resistance #6

Jan 17, 2021

Very good. I'd like to see more from this world with this same political commentary and less focus on giving one-word names to specific power sets. I could be mistaken, but the Resistance Reborn doesn't look like it's going in this direction.

9.0
The Royals: Masters Of War #3

May 25, 2014

Incredible issue. Heavy and depressing maybe? Sure, but that's war baby.

7.5
The Royals: Masters Of War #4

May 18, 2014

I feel left a little high and dry with what happening in the Pacific, but it is totally worth it to check out Stalingrad.

9.0
The Royals: Masters Of War #5

Jun 19, 2014

WWII history buffs will really dig this because it shows you the historic moments rather than explains them. Add human drama and treachery into the mix and this becomes a captivating episode to behold.

7.5
The Rush #1

Nov 17, 2021

Si Spurrier writes convincing dialogue for the era and the horror elements strike the right atmosphere.

7.5
The Saviors #1

Sep 4, 2014

An enjoyable read with great art, even if it isn't the most unique premise.

7.0
The Saviors #2

Sep 4, 2014

It's enjoyable and has you on the edge of your seat in the opening pages. It's a bit of a shame that the main character is a pot head because this is shaping into a story that I think your readers would really enjoy.

8.5
The Seeds #1

Oct 2, 2018

Very weird, very intriguing. The art is simple but effective, sticking to a 9 panel grid à la Watchmen.

8.0
The Seeds #2

Oct 2, 2018

I got the characters confused briefly, it is something to be mindful of when employing this art style. I'm still digging it though, I hope the creators stick the landing with the next issue.

7.5
The Shadow/Batman #1

Oct 8, 2017

Professor Pyg's goons are too funny, I can't tell if it intended as tongue-in-cheek or not, but I like it. Pyg sure speaks a lot of gibberish though. The artwork is good, it's a shame I'm not more familiar with the Shadow's mythos.

5.5
The Skeptics #1

Dec 8, 2016

This is rather boring to be honest, the comedy will need to be ratcheted up to maintain any hope of keeping this interesting. It also feels like there is a page or panel missing near the end when some sort of weird projection appears in an office. It comes out of nowhere, both characters are in the room despite only showing one character falling in, and the projection is not triggered or explained in any way. It's just sloppy and only makes sense if a page is missing when this was printed. The character motivations also aren't comprehensible.

5.5
The Spire #1

Jul 7, 2015

I start off completely lost as I'm reading this, but as I progress through the book I'm starting to get my bearings. The main character is abrasive. But later, once I find out she's a lesbian, I like her, lol. I think it's because it shows the other side of her character. From there, the story progresses into a police procedural, a format that I'm generally not a huge fan of, but the fantasy elements make it more interesting. Overall, this isn't a totally successful as a first issue to hook the reader; as the book progresses it looks more promising. The series could pick up from here and get really good but, unfortunately, a mediocre first issue is usually a death sentence these days.

8.5
The Superannuated Man #1

Jun 5, 2014

The world is very intriguing and the art is unique and appealing. Anthropomorphic animals always peak my interest. We only get a snippet of story in the first issue; in fact there is a ton of breathing space here, but in a good way. With only 5 more issues in the series, I'd say we are in for a simple, straightforward tale, but there's nothing wrong with that. Count me in!

8.0
The Superannuated Man #2

Jul 31, 2014

I love the format and the art is stunning. The intrigue increases as readers are fed more hints to this world's backstory. I'm smitten, my money is yours Ted McKeever.

6.5
The Superannuated Man #3

Sep 10, 2014

The first two issues were very intriguing, but this one just doesn't feel like it's going anywhere. There was also a funky transition that didn't really work because I had to over-analyzed the page to figure out what was going on. I'm still all in for this series, I'm sure it will pick back up again, the art look great!

7.0
The Superannuated Man #4

Nov 6, 2014

On the plus side, this is very nicely drawn and executed, I'm still fully on board. The downside is that we only get through one story beat here and it's hard to justify spending four dollars for that. I'm sure this will make a great trade when it is finished.

7.5
The Superannuated Man #5

Jan 19, 2015

A cute new character is introduced in this issue and we also get some more information on how the town of Blackwater changed. The artwork is stunning as usual, the one thing I'd like to see improved is the use of the captions; we don't need three caption boxes for every sentence, it's just awkward and, in most cases, unmotivated.

4.5
The Superannuated Man #6

Mar 8, 2015

Oooookay... I don't get what the point was. Earlier issues offered plenty of intrigue, but this final issue has very little payoff.

5.5
The Totally Awesome Hulk #1

Dec 10, 2015

As a concept, this comic is stupid and nobody asked for it. In execution it is actually not bad. The art is the true saving grace of the series, very clean with good story-telling and figure-drawing skills. The script is not bad, it is a typical 'jump into action against an existing threat and explain on the way' type of introduction, which is fine except I still don't have my biggest question answered and that is, why the heck is Amadeus Cho the Hulk now? This is also a Hulk that he is fully in control of, at least for now, and I've never liked that approach. There is also a heartfelt moment between Amadeus and his sister in between the unbearable banter they pass back and forth throughout the rest of the book. So, good execution, bad concept.

7.5
The Twilight Children #1

Nov 15, 2015

Great art and a strange story, I'd say this is worth checking out, I'm not sure where is is going to go. I will say that I don't think the mistrust of the scientist feels genuine, feels kind of forced seeing as these orbs have apparently been appearing for a while and he's never been around til now, why would anyone be suspicious of him having something to do with the orbs?

8.0
The Twilight Children #2

Nov 16, 2015

Damn, everyone keeps getting exploded, must be all this sexual energy permeating this little town.

6.5
The Twilight Children #3

Dec 13, 2015

This is starting to turn into Desperate Housewives, I hope the last issue has something good waiting for us, otherwise this is going to feel like it wasn't worth it.

8.5
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #6

Apr 7, 2016

Super fun and hilarious. The captions at the bottom of the page seem like a bit much, they're mostly funny but they take me out of the story, are they typical in a Squirrel Girl comic? I picked this up as a Howard the Duck fan. In Howard's defense, he does know Quack-fu... Though I have yet to see him use it to defeat any foe.

8.0
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #7

May 8, 2016

We don't get a lot of choose-your-own-adventure comics. The last one that I read was a Judge Dredd story that was in a 2000AD annual; the Dredd story was, sorry squirrel team, way better than this one. This is pretty cool though, and it's just one issue, so anyone can check this out and join the adventure. My biggest criticism would be that the paths you choose are mostly redundant and often lead to the same things. Often, you can see where choices lead on the same page, so it's not really a surprise as to what path to take. It's only near the end that the choose-your-own-adventure method starts to work and lead to actual unique consequences. The villain, Swarm, is actually a cool character. He's cheesy but unique and imaginative, I don't know why I haven't seen him in more comics before now.

8.0
The Unworthy Thor #1

Nov 25, 2016

It's exciting to catch back up with Odinson. The artwork looks great and he kicks ass on his flying goat. Plus, a surprise appearance from a fan favourite at the end of the issue.

9.5
The Unworthy Thor #2

Dec 14, 2016

A seriously cool issue. Beta Ray Bill has strong character, and the dream sequence was thoughtful and disturbing.

7.5
The Unworthy Thor #3

Jul 29, 2017

I love Thori, give that hound his own series! It's kind of odd that Thor didn't even try to lift the hammer in the last issue but now is hel bent on getting to it. It's also kind of weird that he stops to cut his hair in the middle of a jail break. I do like the new look though.

8.5
The Unworthy Thor #4

Jul 29, 2017

Gah, that last page! I am unworthy of this comic book!

7.5
The Unworthy Thor #5

Jul 29, 2017

Man, nobody gives a reader blue balls like Jason Aaron. We all just want to see Odinson pick up that hammer so bad, but Aaron is such a tease! As for the reveal for what Fury said... It's okay. I guess nothing could live up to the hype for a mystery that's been simmering for a couple years. I can't say that the issue blew me away, but I do admire and respect the choices made here.

6.0
The Valiant #1

Dec 22, 2014

It's a'ight. Frankly, it's mostly exposition. It's well executed, but ultimately leaves little accomplished in the fist issue, so I fail to grasp the overwhelming praise this has been getting from critics. Rivera's art look good, but then the pencil work was revealed in the back material and it looked way cooler before the finishes (no offense to the inker and colourist). We also get the origin of Gilad's facial scars: I won't spoil it but it's actually kind of funny. Will this entertain you? Yes. Will you remember it a year from now? Not likely.

6.5
The Valiant #2

Jan 31, 2015

Short and sweet, the comic is mostly one conflict with the villain, who's pretty cool. The pages where he goes after Ninjak are memorable, but the rest of the comic is pretty average. I can't figure out what I'm missing that has the critics swooning over this series. Advertising money from Valiant perhaps?

5.5
The Valiant #3

Mar 7, 2015

Valiant isn't doing much for me, especially this issue because there's simply not much to it. The character development between the Geomancer and Bloodshot is a little entertaining but also a little trite. The action sequence felt pretty lackluster considering the scale it is meant to be. Unless The Valiant ends on a pretty high note, this will amount to an average story that's not worth recommending.

8.0
The Valiant #4

Apr 5, 2015

A bizarre way to end things, but I do admit I enjoyed this issue the most out of the four.

9.0
The Wake #7

May 10, 2014

Still amazing and it was nice to see a little back-story on Leeward.

7.5
The Wake #8

May 10, 2014

It feels like there is a page missing at the end, and maybe that is intentional but it was a bit jarring. A rare misstep in this great series. The art is great as usual, Sean Murphy and Matt Hollingsworth excel at rendering large craft, but Leeward's face is drawn a bit wonky a couple times. I hope Murphy isn't getting rushed as we approach the end, I'd rather be patient and give him the time he needs.

8.0
The Wake #9

Jun 7, 2014

I didn't enjoy this issue as much as others and I'm not entirely sure why. I might have been put off by the montage. But looking back, it doesn't bother me now.

8.0
The Wake #10

Aug 2, 2014

It's a very bold ending, it almost does another 180 turn for this second time in this series, so expect some polarized reader opinions. That being said, I like it!

7.5
The Wicked + The Divine #1

Jun 19, 2014

It's a well told story but it didn't click with me personally, I'm sure other readers will enjoy this. Two notes for Gillen: I don't know who calls it a "finger click," but everyone I know calls it "snapping your fingers". My other note, why is this reporter yelling and swearing at the her interviewees? I don't have anything against using foul language in comics but it needs to fit. A journalist would not have a very long career acting like such a bitch.

6.5
The Wrong Earth: Fame & Fortune #1

Apr 23, 2022

It's written with the superb class consciousness and comedy that I've come to expect from Mark Russell, portraying corrupt business practice in two different lights simultaneously, to contrast how their approaches differ, but their results are largely the same. What's missing is a heart to the story, as Russell typically provides a glimmer of hope to root for, but not so much here. As for the backup story, I don't think I get it...

9.0
They Called Us Enemy #1

Aug 25, 2019

Takei and team contrast his early memories as an innocent child with his later understandings, drawing parallels to recent events. They Called Us Enemy couldn't be more relevant.

8.5
Thor (2014) #1

Oct 1, 2014

Truly excellent. Thor hit's his emotional lows and strives to overcome, but it doesn't seem to be that simple this time. This is sure to bring a new edge to the already legendary Thor run from Jason Aaron.

9.0
Thor (2014) #2

Nov 16, 2014

You honestly can't ask for much more from a Thor comic. It's also very friendly to new readers.

8.0
Thor (2014) #3

Dec 17, 2014

Intense, high stakes action packed with a slick cliffhanger at the end.

7.5
Thor (2014) #5

Feb 16, 2015

It would be an understatement to say the social commentary is on the nose, but the fight with Absorbing Man and Titania still retains a sense of homour. Other than printing out a little too dark, the artwork in this issue is stunning, especially in the facial expressions. It's always fun when Odinson gets in a bar too, here we readdress the question as to what Nick Fury whispered, but the reader is left hanging. I like a good mystery as much as the next guy Aaron, but let's not drag your mysteries on forever okay? The longer you wait to reveal answers the more underwhelming they'll probably be.

7.5
Thor (2014) #6

Mar 28, 2015

The attempt to make agger more bad ass is a little sloppy with the timeline. The moment with Jane Foster is nice but the search for Thor's identity is getting tiring.

8.0
Thor (2014) #7

Apr 25, 2015

Aside from the ridiculous final page, this was a another great issue. We finally know who the new Thor is now. Right? If that is the reveal, it could have done with a little more finesse, so maybe there's more to it? The inner dialogue is well written and the characters and action are well drawn; it's just an exciting comic to read.

9.5
Thor (2014) #8

Jun 28, 2015

Even if the issue turns into a bit of a cluster bomb with all the heroines, Aaron has crafted an amazing story arc. All the stringing along and red herrings were worth it because, unlike most comic arcs, this conclusion is thoroughly satisfying. It's a shame that Secret Wars is interrupting the series from continuing, but I'm sure this isn't the last we've seen of this Thor.

7.5
Thor (2014) Annual #1

Mar 8, 2015

The first story is the best. The other two are cute little romps that dish out fun with little consequence.

8.0
Thor (2018) #1

Apr 14, 2019

Stoked to see that Thori is still kicking around and I'm excited for an old man Thor adventure. That last page is priceless.

6.0
Thor (2018) #2

Apr 29, 2019

It's not that I don't like painterly artwork, this is just hard to ready, like it's too busy.

6.0
Thor (2018) #3

May 1, 2019

The timeline shifts between a "now" and "then" process but without labeling it as such so I was actually rather confused until I got halfway through, wondering if I missed an issue.

7.5
Thor (2018) #4

May 1, 2019

Good wrap to the arc, I wish I were more in the loop on the continuity with Thanos. Apparently several readers didn't get what was taken on the last page, as evidenced in the letters column of issue #6. I had to flip back a page to figure it out so it probably could have been made more clear... But it was also rewarding to look and find what was taken for myself, so maybe the blame this time rests squarely on you, the readers!

8.5
Thor (2018) #5

May 1, 2019

Cool. Future Thor is my jam!

9.0
Thor (2018) #6

May 1, 2019

This is epic cosmic battle done right, love it! I also love the worm interludes, I wasn't sure where that was going at first but couldn't be happier. My only gripe is that Thor's daughters are essentially forgotten halfway through the issue.

9.0
Thor (2018) #7

May 4, 2019

We go on a brief detour for a one-off with young Thor. It's a simple but effective story with excellent art from Tony Moore. Very new reader friendly.

9.5
Thor (2018) #8

May 4, 2019

Jeez, this is just appalling... For the characters in the story. For me, the reader, it's pretty cool!

8.5
Thor (2018) #9

May 4, 2019

Roz Solomon pulls off something crazy. That's one way to handle a frost giant.

8.5
Thor (2018) #10

May 4, 2019

I don't know if I'm supposed to feel bad for Odin but he really is an abusive shithead. As if being self aware of how bad he is makes it any better. He deserves every smash to the face that he gets.

7.5
Thor (2018) #11

May 5, 2019

We take this issue to catch up on all of the key players. No more detours, time for the War of the Realms.

9.5
Thor (2018) #12

May 19, 2019

I wasn't expecting an issue staring Loki but I'm glad it did. The poor guy is suffering a fate worse than death and we the readers get to revisit some of the different iterations of Loki from the past few years, plus a brief look at Malekith's childhood, which is interesting. I think this is the strongest WotR tie-in thus far, maybe better than the main event itself. I'd highly recommend picking this up even if you don't regularly read Thor.

8.0
Thor (2018) #13

Jul 10, 2019

Did we need Cul issue? Probably not, but it was good nonetheless.

7.0
Thor (2018) #14

Jul 10, 2019

This one takes place simultaneously with War of the Realms #6. So which to read first? I suggest reading the first couple pages of WotR #6, then read this issue, then finish WotR #6. I think this issue got too carried away by the end.

8.5
Thor (2018) #15

Nov 3, 2019

A feel-good end to the War of the Realms. We still have 1 issue to go for Thor though.

7.0
Thor (2018) #16

Nov 9, 2019

Not as good as the previous issue. It's just a little boring, but I suppose it is necessary to tie up all the loose ends. Jason Aaron certainly had an amazing run on Thor.

7.5
Thor (2020) #1

Jan 5, 2020

After briefly acknowledging where the Thor canon left off from the War of the Realms, Cates wastes no time plunging into a completely new direction. It's certainly an interesting choice, I'm not sure yet that I'll be sticking around as I'm a bit exhausted with universal threats, but I'll give it another issue for sure.

8.0
Thor (2020) #2

Feb 1, 2020

I'd prefer the pace to be ratcheted down a bit, but this is pretty dope overall.

8.5
Thor (2020) #3

Feb 26, 2020

I feel the emotional pain of the characters as I read this.

7.0
Thor (2020) #4

Mar 16, 2020

We're moving through everything faster than I suspected, it's a bit too fast-paced for my taste. I'm curious about this development surrounding Loki/Mjolnir, I expect Cates to follow up on that plot thread later.

7.5
Thor (2020) #5

Jul 11, 2020

The main body of the issue is alright, nothing special, but there's a a very interesting reveal at the end.

7.5
Thor (2020) #6

Sep 20, 2020

I guess I was expecting a bit more than just Thor acting as a big power battery.

8.0
Thor (2020) #7

Oct 25, 2020

A quirky issue ending with an interesting development.

8.5
Thor (2020) #8

Mar 14, 2021

Some nice character development here. Let's keep the prank war with Tony going!

9.5
Thor (2020) #9

Mar 14, 2021

This is about as compelling as an antagonist can get. Bravo!

8.0
Thor (2020) #10

Apr 18, 2021

Dr Blake seems a little overpowered to be able to take on every Asgardian like this, but it's a cool plot nonetheless.

9.0
Thor (2020) #11

Apr 18, 2021

This is a masterful example of how to set the tone through the layouts.

7.5
Thor (2020) #12

Apr 18, 2021

I don't really get why the frog overcomes Dr Blake only to reverse the script, we kind of undercut Blake as a threat.

8.0
Thor (2020) #13

Apr 18, 2021

This is a cool arc, excellent villain.

8.0
Thor (2020) #14

Dec 5, 2021

Holy s***, that is one dark ending

7.5
Thor (2020) #15

Dec 5, 2021

Cates is taking the opportunity to explore Thor as a king and it's a little depressing, lol.

7.5
Thor (2020) #16

Dec 5, 2021

A bit of an oddball, in-between-arcs issue. I must say that I laughed out loud at the hotdog part, that was genuinely funny. However, I could also see the argument that it is out of character, despite the plausible explanation.

7.0
Thor (2020) #17

Dec 5, 2021

The giant cat with gatling guns is badass, I think that goes without saying. Thor probably should have seen the ending coming, I can think of a lot more secure places to leave the Mjolnir lying around, lol.

2.5
Thor (2020) #18

Dec 5, 2021

The Donald Blake arc had me sold on this as an iconic run, but this issue has me backtracking that thought big time. It's empty fan-service with no substance. I think there's a lot of potential joy to see Throg take center stage for an issue, but it doesn't amount to any more than a montage of him asking his friends to come out and play. Some of his recruits are a stretch that struggle for an adequate justification (Doctor Strange's ghost dog because he's a ghost?). Having already assembled them doesn't really make any sense and adds nothing to the plot other than make it more outlandish. Beyond all that, there is literally a panel of Thor appearing with Mjolnir in hand when we've just established that it is missing.... What!? How does this get past editorial? Am I missing something? Someone tell me I'm not the only one seeing this!!

5.0
Thor (2020) #19

Dec 5, 2021

I'm assuming that the planet with dinosaurs on page two isn't Earth since it was smashed to rubble... Was that just some other planet that happened to also have dinosaurs? Every so often a weird detail like this arises and I feel like there's something I'm not understanding. I'm glad that we caught up with Odin in the space coliseum. So the panel of Angela somehow screwing him to get him in that arena was more than a single one-off gag from issue #17, however it still doesn't amount to anything here. Thor and Odin depart and Angela isn't seen again. It seems that this was just an opportunity to showcase a cool giant-hand-space-coliseum and I fear that Cates is over-relying on random idea that look cool but don't have any meat. Really, why couldn't Thor and Odin have simply proceeded together from issue #17 to the dwarven forge? THey could still visit Throg in-between; the way it's published just added extra steps for the sake of extra steps. Also, since I'm here, I have to mention that the letters column has been... Cringe inducing. A minority of the letters column includes actual letters; about two-thirds to three-quarters of it (I'm not exaggerating) consists of [whoever writes the letters section] pretending to be Huginn and Muninn in a way that is.... Let's say, not entertaining. I usually stick around to read letters sections, but this one is so awful that I'll have to start skipping it because it's actually dragging the book down.

7.0
Thor (2020) #20

Jan 16, 2022

Classic father-son quarrel followed by the great reveal of the 'God of Hammers.'

8.5
Thor (2020) #21

Apr 3, 2022

I always enjoy seeing a hero hit their lowest low point.

7.5
Thor (2020) #22

Apr 3, 2022

Enjoying witnessing Thor reach his true potential.

7.0
Thor (2020) #23

Apr 3, 2022

The family themes are good but the resolution seems kind of lazy.

5.5
Thor (2020) #24

May 19, 2022

A lot of small filler stories followed by the promise of yet another gimmick pasted onto Mjölnir.

8.5
Thor (2020) #25

May 30, 2022

Although Cates is continuing to lean on altering power sets to generate his stories, it's working well for him here. The scenes in the bar come off as suitable traumatizing.

8.0
Thor (2020) #26

Jun 26, 2022

I guess this means Odin can change who is allowed to lift the hammer now?

5.0
Thor (2020) #27

Mar 2, 2023

Make an obscure villain pop out of a portal, followed by Venom and, boom, we have a story... Or at least, an excuse to crossover with another character Cates writes...

3.0
Thor (2020) #28

Mar 2, 2023

I think it's safe to say at this point that this series doesn't offer much beyond Thor combining with another character concept to make Venom-Thor... or Hulk-Thor... or Galactus Herald-Thor... Is it going to be Thanos-Thor next?

9.0
Thor (2020) Annual #1

Jan 3, 2022

The main story works just fine as a one-off, there is no need to read the other books in the Infinite Destinies series, you are better off reading War of the Realms as a primer. The main story includes good art and a strong mix of lore, humor and character. I always enjoy a humor at Hawkeye's expense. I did read the Infinite Fury backup story but was completely lost since I haven't read the first four installments. What I did read here does not entice me to look into it any further.

8.0
Thors #1

Jun 27, 2015

I don't care much for police procedural, yet this I liked quite a bit.

8.0
Thors #2

Jul 31, 2015

Ha, the Thors are just as crooked and reckless as real police departments.

9.5
Thors #3

Sep 24, 2015

Hot damn, this is good! The interrogation is intense and the reveal at the end it exciting. This is the best tie-in to come out of Secret Wars and I'd recommend it to pretty much anyone.

6.0
Thors #4

Nov 18, 2015

After three great issues, this tie-in was shaping up to be fantastic, but halfway through this issue the brawling Thors break through a wall and just throw away their entire worldview after hearing a short speech from a strange Thor they've never seen before, then fly off into battle with... I don't even know, I'm assuming it is part of the larger story of Secret Wars. The characters cease to be believable and the plot is suddenly forced in a direction with no purpose as if editorial simply took over for the last few pages. It hurts the overall story, which is disappointing because it was exceptional up to this point.

6.0
Thunderbolts (2016) #1

Jun 22, 2016

The artwork looks straight out of the 90s, which is a little jarring. Add some line variation, less crowding and less colour contrast on none-focal areas and the artwork would we drastically improved. The writing is okay, I only read a couple Standoff issues and I was fine jumping into this, so I think it is friendly enough for new readers despite carrying continuity over.

7.5
TMNT/Usagi Yojimbo #1

Jul 30, 2017

References previous Usagi stories that I haven't read yet, but it is friendly to new readers so I didn't feel lost. A fun done-in-one story that you can jump right into and enjoy.

8.0
TMNT: Bebop & Rocksteady Destroy Everything #1

Jun 5, 2016

Looks like we're going to get into some mind-f***ing time travel with Bebop and Rocksteady at the wheel, nice! Funny issue, B & R are such clueless characters, they make for great dialogue. The turtles have some clever dialogue too, it's been too long since we heard a whitty joke from Donny. If B & R weren't so freakin' powerful, they'd have died from stupidity a long time ago. With Ben Bates at the wheel, I'm confident that this will be a wild ride.

7.5
TMNT: Bebop & Rocksteady Destroy Everything #2

Jun 14, 2016

Wow, this is going to get very messy, but it's a lot of fun, so just roll with it. I hope we see Pepperoni again!

7.5
TMNT: Bebop & Rocksteady Destroy Everything #3

Jun 23, 2016

Joyfully chaotic is the only way I can describe this.

8.0
TMNT: Bebop & Rocksteady Destroy Everything #4

Jun 28, 2016

Even the plot s getting lost in time. Friendship though, that transcends time and space. Awe.

7.5
TMNT: Bebop & Rocksteady Destroy Everything #5

Jul 10, 2016

I'm still kind of missing the what the deal is with mummy Renet, overall a fun and charmingly convoluted series.

7.5
TMNT: Dimension X #1

Aug 12, 2017

What a crazy planet, it makes for some fun antics.

6.5
TMNT: Dimension X #2

Jun 5, 2022

Looks like each issue will focus on introducing a new character, and a new world in doing so. One thing TMNT has always been good at is characters, and Anemon is no exception.

7.5
TMNT: Dimension X #3

Jun 12, 2022

The plot is funny and got a couple chuckles out of me. The colour use fell short, particularly in the first panel we she Raphael's outfit. Show it in normal colours the first time you show it, otherwise the gag relating to how it looks falls flat.

8.0
TMNT: Dimension X #4

Jun 12, 2022

The art looks great, and the new character is quite charming.

7.5
TMNT: Dimension X #5

Jun 12, 2022

A classic ugly duckling-style tale, sort of.

6.5
TMNT: Saturday Morning Adventures (2022) #1

Oct 9, 2022

A charming, done-in-one TMNT story suitable for children. It's got cameos (sort of) from just about the whole rogues' gallery. Don't expect anything mind blowing, it delivers what it promises, nothing revolutionary.

6.0
TMNT: Saturday Morning Adventures (2022) #2

Nov 9, 2022

A new character, Thrum, is introduced, and he enjoys fun music with satirical lyrics.

7.5
TMNT: Saturday Morning Adventures (2022) #3

Jan 9, 2023

Casey Jones from the first animated series is a crazy, Judge Dredd type of character, and lots of fun.

7.0
TMNT: Saturday Morning Adventures (2022) #4

Feb 23, 2023

It was a fun series, giving a brief second life to the OG cartoon, but I think it's run its course now and is better served not overstaying its welcome.

6.5
Transformers '84 #0

Mar 24, 2020

A bit hard to follow in all honesty. The revelation near the end is interesting but the transitions in time/setting aren't always clear or organic. Also, I can't picture any version of Optimus Prime doing what is ultimately revealed that he does in this issue. He's never been Machiavellian; Megatron is supposed to be the ends-justify-the-means-guy.

7.0
Transformers '84: Secrets & Lies #1

Jul 19, 2020

I'm glad that someone made the decision to include a "writer's commentary" at the end where I can read Simon Furman nerding out on the nuggets of continuity he's included. It's been too long since I've read the 80s Transformers comics, so a lot of his Easter eggs go over my head. I think I'm going to have to track down the Transformers UK collections now, as this seeks to stitch some of the hole between the UK and American Marvel runs. I love Guidi's art as always and the Dynobots look cool in their Cybertron forms. The plot isn't particularly memorable, but has introduced some good elements of intrigue that are likely to blossom in the future.

7.0
Transformers '84: Secrets & Lies #2

Sep 5, 2020

Simon Furman is working the Dinobots into the OG Transformers lore so they're a bit more meaningful, but the laser focus on continuity leaves much to be desired from the narrative and characters.

7.5
Transformers '84: Secrets & Lies #3

Sep 20, 2020

Oh cool, this issue finally starts to develop new plot and continuity that can blossom and fill in the interim time frame on Cybertron where the Autobots and Decepticons on earth lay dormant. Straxus is quickly becoming a formidable tyrant, the but introducing heavy hitters like Scorponok and Deathsaurus ensures that his power grab will not come so easily.

7.5
Transformers '84: Secrets & Lies #4

Nov 7, 2020

The series is a cool idea on paper, but you have to be absolutely steeped in the OG Transformers lore to care about any of this continuity which, frankly, ends up taking priority over telling an interesting story here.

8.5
Transformers (2019) #1

Mar 31, 2019

In the first issue, we already have some hints at a couple consequential changes to the Transformers universe, the most obvious that Megatron's faction currently goes by the identity of Ascenticons rather than Decepticons and that Tarn is some kind of place (real or mythical) which I previously only knew as the name of the head of the DJD. The biggest change is that apparently alt modes are now chosen by a Transformer after they are forged and have some idea of what role they wish to serve. This is a huge change because pre-war politics in the previous IDW Transformers Universe dictated that a robot's alt-mode determined your role in society: a 'Fuctionalist' society. This was the previous injustice that Megatron and the Decepticons initially rebelled against, so something else will have to be the catalyst for revolution this time around.

7.5
Transformers (2019) #2

Mar 31, 2019

We've got our first murder mystery underway.

6.0
Transformers (2019) #3

Sep 4, 2019

Geomotus is an interesting new bot, but not much happens in this issue overall.

6.5
Transformers (2019) #4

Sep 16, 2019

Cyclonus is intriguing, I wonder what his deal is now. We get some factional conflict in this issue, let's ramp it up people, before I get old.

7.0
Transformers (2019) #5

Sep 28, 2019

Something happening! The plot advances a bit and we get a look at the energon hoarding -I mean,"reserving."

7.5
Transformers (2019) #6

Sep 28, 2019

The Sky Bridge is cool, and I always love an issue centering on Optimus and Megatron, though I've seen it done better in the past.

6.5
Transformers (2019) #7

Oct 5, 2019

5 pages of Andrew Griffith artwork remind me what I'm missing out on.

7.0
Transformers (2019) #8

Oct 5, 2019

Feels like we're finally getting somewhere.

7.5
Transformers (2019) #9

Oct 28, 2019

Action!

6.0
Transformers (2019) #10

Oct 28, 2019

Conspiracies aren't as fun when they are this blatant and spelled out.

8.0
Transformers (2019) #11

Oct 28, 2019

It's funny watching Megatron trash Soundwave's office but Soundwave doesn't flinch. Nice speech at the end by Megatron, it taps into a mentality that I think a lot of us can relate to, but there is a bit of a letdown as to the bland origin of the Decepticon symbol.

8.0
Transformers (2019) #12

Oct 28, 2019

A quick but fun detour from the main plot.

7.5
Transformers (2019) #13

Oct 29, 2019

Putting Springer through the wringer!

8.0
Transformers (2019) #14

Nov 18, 2019

This issue handles combat well, you feel like you are hunkered behind cover with the characters. Soundwave pulls a crazy move that's memorable.

6.5
Transformers (2019) #15

Jan 22, 2020

It's not really explained who/what Exarchon is, but I did enjoy seeing Megatron get all roided out.

7.5
Transformers (2019) #16

Jun 17, 2020

I'm liking the characterization injected into the members of the infiltration team, especially Slipstream and Flamewar. The final pages leaves off with quite the cliffhanger.

9.5
Transformers (2019) #17

Jun 17, 2020

This issue is simply excellent, it's a return the the strong character-focused format that I loved so much in runs like the Lost Light. Here we meet Lightbright for the first time and, in just a few pages, I've already fallen in love with her and find myself invested in her friendship with Lodestar and her heroic acts of self-sacrifice. As is usually the case on ComicBookRoundup, trust the user average rating over the "critic" ratings.

8.0
Transformers (2019) #18

Jun 17, 2020

The series jumps to a new character focus for just this issue, but it works surprisingly well. The events of the previous issue just happened, but we see the implications elsewhere on Cybertron; it makes the setting feel authentic and lived-in. I love Arcee's righteous indignation.

6.0
Transformers (2019) #19

Nov 7, 2020

A bit hard to follow at times.

7.0
Transformers (2019) #20

Nov 7, 2020

Busting up a gambling spot is always fun.

5.0
Transformers (2019) #21

Nov 16, 2020

Megatron's broadcast was the only part that I found particularly interesting. This issue focuses largely on undeveloped characters and does not execute the artwork or dialogue with clarity. Things like reinforcements arriving, and whatever happened to the Decepticon that was supposed to haul the trailer, just seem to come out of nowhere.

7.5
Transformers (2019) #22

Nov 17, 2020

This was a much-needed improvement from the previous issue. The reader can follow everything that's happening and the action has payoff because the creators investing in building up to it.

8.5
Transformers (2019) #23

Feb 10, 2021

In the previous iteration of the Transformers comics that IDW regularly published, the Decepticons initially emerged as a rebellion against a Functionalist society; one that determined your role based on your alt-form. I found that this made them all the more interesting, as they seemed to have a noble cause at first before becoming corrupted. This current iteration of Transformers has the Cybertronions choosing their own function some time after being forged, so the previous dynamic isn't possible. Instead, the Decepticon are a reaction to centuries of austerity, wherein Sentinel Prime has rationed out energon to keep everyone's power levels too low to stir up trouble. This means that the Decepticons are reactionaries that glorify violence as a means to return the planet to the mighty empire of the past. Essentially, they are Fascists. I think this makes them more typical of a villainous faction, but putting this much time into their emergence gives a constructive look at how this ideology forms, which isn't actually explored in good faith within fiction very often.

7.5
Transformers (2019) #24

Feb 10, 2021

Wheeljack and friends use comic book science to save their moon.

8.5
Transformers (2019) #25

Feb 10, 2021

It's interesting to read this after January 6 and see what a coup looks like when it's conducted by someone competent, lol.

7.5
Transformers (2019) #26

Feb 10, 2021

I'm not totally clear on what's so special about Termagax, but I sure do like her walking house. The artwork in this issue is excellent, more like this please!

6.0
Transformers (2019) #27

Feb 10, 2021

Is there a reason we keep coming back to the moon? I hope so.

7.5
Transformers (2019) #28

Aug 8, 2021

My favourite part, by far is when the media robot realizes that she's now limited to function as pro-Decepticon propaganda if she wants to survive this new order.

8.0
Transformers (2019) #29

Aug 8, 2021

The action in this series is used sparingly, but it tends to be quite brutal when a fight breaks out and I like that.

7.5
Transformers (2019) #30

Aug 8, 2021

I am all-in for this bad blood between Cyclonus and Pyra Magna, very interesting.

7.0
Transformers (2019) #31

Aug 8, 2021

Hmm, we're going into alternate reality stuff. Could be interesting...

5.5
Transformers (2019) #32

Aug 8, 2021

I'm not buying that these alternate universe Autobots would sacrifice themselves for a stranger to readily.

8.0
Transformers (2019) #33

Aug 8, 2021

I've never heard of Charger and Fire Beast before now, but they sure made one hell of an entrance in this issue. Skywarp is stirring up trouble too, was wonder where that guy's been.

8.0
Transformers (2019) #34

Sep 30, 2021

This is a cool issue, we explore the lore surrounding the sea of rust and also fend off an army of insecticons with Termagax's crazy house for good measure.

7.5
Transformers (2019) #35

Sep 30, 2021

This art is absolutely gorgeous, especially the panels of Sky Linx breathing huge plumes of fire. I wonder who that new Autobot is with the dual curved swords.

8.0
Transformers (2019) #36

Oct 30, 2021

Excellent artwork once again. Skywarp takes center-stage as the powerhouse one would expect him to be even though he's never been portrayed as this powerful before.

7.0
Transformers (2019) #37

Dec 3, 2021

Despite the description for this issue, Pyra Magna never makes an appearance. We do get a look at Cyclonus's past but, since the reader has no attachment to his comrades, his friends' deaths don't hit as hard as they could had we known them.

6.5
Transformers (2019) #38

Dec 20, 2021

The Senate seems pretty easy to break in and out of, to be honest.

7.5
Transformers (2019) #39

Jan 30, 2022

They are so F-ed is Exarchon takes control of Shockwave.

9.0
Transformers (2019) #40

Mar 12, 2022

This is a very exciting and well executed combat issue. Lot of large scale transformers warfare that still lets the characters shine.

7.0
Transformers (2019) #41

Apr 8, 2022

It's alright. Ties right in with War's End #2.

7.5
Transformers (2019) Annual: 2021 #1

Aug 8, 2021

After the brief but notable moment we had with Lightbright and Lodestar in the main series, this is a good opportunity to expand on their characters.

8.5
Transformers (2019): Valentine's Day Special #1

Jun 17, 2020

Transformers has been introducing a lot of new characters lately. Here, two new ones are introduced and they have an adorable relationship. This is also another story introducing a new organic species, which has proven to be a fun plot device for Transformers these days. The Cosmos backup is nice too. The variant cover suggests he is talking to Astrotrain, but it's not officially revealed in the story content. Now I am shipping the two bots that transform into spaceships, lol. I'm also impressed with the amount of emotion that the art is able to evoke from Cosmos's nearly featureless face. In fact, the artwork is fantastic throughout.

8.5
Transformers (2019): Halloween Special #1

Oct 19, 2021

Damn, Starscream is cold as ice.

3.0
Transformers vs. G.I. Joe #1

Jul 31, 2014

The art is fun and whimsical, but there is no story to speak of. I'm a huge Transformers fan and I like G.I. Joe, but I need some sort of cohesive narrative, not just a bunch of doodles of toys.

3.0
Transformers vs. G.I. Joe #2

Aug 28, 2014

Marginally better than the first issue in that I can at least infer as to what is happening. This isn't saying a whole lot though, I've already gotten over the novelty for the concept after reading the first issue. Read the current Batman '66 Meets the Green Hornet if you want to see campy nostalgia done right. This is just poor draftsmanship and lazy storytelling, overpriced at $3.99. I think it's even worse when you read the creators in the back matter patting each other on the back. If you want to recreate the 80s comics, why not print it on shitty newsprint and charge $1.99? This series deserves no better treatment, it's clearly a money grab. Yes, you have to pay the creators, but I guarantee that they aren't spending much time on this, Scioli openly admits that all the layouts were done in a day sitting at a FCBD signing.

6.0
Transformers vs. Terminator #1

Apr 1, 2020

This starts out promising with a refreshing misdirection within the terminator future, but as soon as the terminator arrives in the past the comic goes downhill. He's rattling off one-liners in a ridiculous manner and Sarah Connor is handling all this surprisingly well. I hope things get back on track as the transformers get back into the picture because I already pre-ordered the whole series in solidarity with my retailer.

6.0
Transformers vs. Terminator #2

Jul 11, 2020

An improvement thanks to the Transformers taking up most of the spotlight, but the terminator is still extremely out of character. The only reason the one in T2 makes one-liners is because he is taught to.

5.0
Transformers vs. Terminator #3

Aug 23, 2020

There is still no reason for Sarah Connor to hang around, she was very clear in the original Terminator film that she wasn't about this life - it was thrust upon her and she couldn't escape.

7.0
Transformers vs. Terminator #4

Apr 4, 2021

Not bad, but not great either.

4.0
Transformers vs. The Visionaries #1

Jul 11, 2020

If you're going to kill and beloved, classic character, you do it in an epic way that is essential to the story. You don't kill them as a side-note to generate shock value. What the fuck.

5.0
Transformers vs. The Visionaries #2

Jul 11, 2020

Wow, way to rub salt in the wound by parading Kup's head around.

4.5
Transformers vs. The Visionaries #3

Jul 11, 2020

I might as well finish out the issue, but it is purely out of love for IDW's Transformers universe, not for the story and certainly not for the Visionaries.

5.0
Transformers vs. The Visionaries #4

Jul 12, 2020

The drilling goes by so fast you almost miss the innocent transformer's death. This is another Visionaries heavy issue and thus not very interesting.

4.0
Transformers vs. The Visionaries #5

Aug 23, 2020

So the Visionaries just permanently exist in the background of Cybertron now? It's funny, this was probably one of the better issue of this series, but it can't save a bad series. I'll be honest, the Transformers universe was better off before this story ever existed and that's probably the most frustrating part. There is also a revelation that definitely ties into the main Tranformers books and will come up later, so it's not even like I can pretend this never happened.

6.0
Transformers/Back to the Future #1

Oct 20, 2020

Fairly paint-by-numbers so far, but this is only the first issue. Now that plot is set up, I'm interested to see what happens next.

5.0
Transformers/Back to the Future #2

Jan 17, 2021

So... the robot just scanned the Delorean's flux capacitor and can now time travel? Provided the reader suspend disbelief for this, isn't that a plot point ripe for abuse?

7.0
Transformers/Back to the Future #3

Apr 1, 2021

Ridiculous but fun.

4.5
Transformers/Back to the Future #4

Jun 27, 2021

A pretty sloppy ending to be honest. The reader has to fill in a big gap for what happened off-panel.

7.0
Transformers: Beast Wars #1

Feb 8, 2021

It's a bit early to tell, but the writing is alright so far. Sounds like this will essentially be a remake that goes it's own way. I am a bit puzzled why the characters start out with animal-centric names in this version, but I could buy that the animal names somehow trickle down into our culture from theirs... Or that they're probably speaking Cybertronian anyways and it doesn't matter, lol. I can't say I'm a fan of the art, which is a shame because the artist is a big fan and has a history in coloring Beast Wars comics. I just don't like the design and style chosen to depict these characters, it looks blocky and unpleasant.

6.0
Transformers: Beast Wars #2

Jul 4, 2021

Unlike the original series, we get a look behind the scenes early on to make better sense of the grand experiment happening on Earth. The artwork still bothers me though. Some characters, Scorponok and Optimus Primal in particular, are practically unrecognizable.

7.5
Transformers: Beast Wars #3

Jul 4, 2021

Dinobot defecting in order to prevent the unethical torture of a P.O.W. is a solid motivation and a worthwhile contribution to his origin story.

5.0
Transformers: Beast Wars #4

Jul 4, 2021

There are a variety of interesting extinct mammals to draw from as a random encounter, why did it have to be a ridiculous, blue, spiky creature of fantasy?

5.5
Transformers: Beast Wars #5

Jul 4, 2021

I'm enjoying Dinobot's character arc, but very little otherwise happens in this issue.

7.0
Transformers: Beast Wars #6

Aug 2, 2021

Dinobot and Rattrap get there shine as we wrap this first arc. I particularly like the moment Optimus has with Dinobot where he recalls the proud legacy of the G1 Dinobots.

7.0
Transformers: Beast Wars #7

Aug 29, 2021

The artwork is starting to improve. The characters are finally recognizable; Optimus's head looks a bit large in the first few panels and the backgrounds are sparse, but I prefer this art style by far over the previous one, blocky style. Hopefully, the artwork continues on an upward trend like it did in IDW's ongoing TMNT. As for the dialogue, we really didn't need Cheetor to assume and reiterate what was going on with Blackarachnia.

7.0
Transformers: Beast Wars #8

Sep 30, 2021

This is an interesting angle to bring the protoform pods into play, but it also seems like it would be easily repeatable which may require some suspension of disbelief when it doesn't turn into a recurring event. Also, I know Cheetor is naive, but the way Blackarachnia gave him the slip is a bit ridiculous even for him. You have coms for a reason, you idiot!

4.5
Transformers: Beast Wars #9

Oct 30, 2021

Awe crap, we're back to the blocky art. This is the long-promised issue dedicated to developing Skold, who had dreams of becoming an artist until... some Maximals were mean to her, apparently. In all honesty, this reads at times as if it is written by a child. Perhaps that is the intent for Skold's character, but it doesn't explain why Dinobot sounds so out of character, "The only reason I can think of is that you're not in a negative environment." One last thing, what's with the ironwolves? The original series had some odd additions to the planet in their experiments, but never a random pack of robot wolves; it's just so out-of-place.

4.0
Transformers: Beast Wars #10

Dec 3, 2021

It's only been one issue and the plot seems to already have forgotten that the Predacons are supposed to be looking for protoform pods. Instead they are shown here "training" outside so that the Maximals can ambush them. It's just sloppy writing.

5.0
Transformers: Beast Wars #11

Jan 6, 2022

I don't recall floating energon mountains being established, the reader would only have prior knowledge of these from the tv show, so this really comes out of nowhere as a lazy plot device, especially considering it seems to be right next to the Predacon ship.

5.5
Transformers: Beast Wars #12

Mar 12, 2022

Megatron would welch on any deal with the Maximals the second that the disc was back in his hands, so I can't really see this working.

7.0
Transformers: Beast Wars #13

Mar 12, 2022

The artwork is a step up and it makes a huge difference.

5.0
Transformers: Beast Wars #14

Apr 1, 2022

We could really use a stronger plot.

5.5
Transformers: Beast Wars #15

May 15, 2022

Better art, but this story isn't shaping up.

7.5
Transformers: Beast Wars #16

Jun 2, 2022

The previous issue had better artwork, but this one has a better narrative thanks to an uncomfortable alliance and treachery around every corner. Oh, and did I mention a zombie transformer? There's a zombie transformer in this issue.

7.5
Transformers: Beast Wars #17

Jun 25, 2022

It's the final issue. Despite ending prematurely, the plot is wrapped up decently enough to keep me happy with it.

5.0
Transformers: Beast Wars Annual: 2022

May 7, 2022

When exactly did Tarantulas build this huge underground maze? Look, the mini stories aren't bad, but they're demonstrative of one of the problems this run as faced from the beginning, it just doesn't feel grounded.

8.0
Transformers: Best Of: Megatron #1

Mar 12, 2022

There is a great selection of stories in here, several of which logically relate well to one another to give you a picture of Megatron's long character arc. Except for the 1984 series story, which is still good but not what I'd consider a Megatron story.

8.0
Transformers: Best Of: The Beasts #1

Aug 1, 2022

Includes a couple rare stories: the comic included with an Optimus Primal/Megatron 2-pack toy set (the bat and crocodile versions), and a love letter to Airazor by Mairgharead Scott the can be read as a direct precursor to her Windblade stories.

9.0
Transformers: Best Of: Rarities #1

Sep 15, 2022

This actually delivers on the promise of rarities, including strips and original art scans that have never been published before.

5.0
Transformers: Bumblebee: Go for the Gold! #1

Jan 24, 2019

A disposable fight scene, I'm not really sure what the point was in creating it other than trying to generate buzz for Bumblebee: Win if you Dare. Bumblebee is far more annoying than he is relatable.

6.0
Transformers: Combiner Hunters (One-Shot) #1

Aug 17, 2015

I was bewildered as to why this one-shot was conceived in the first place, until I read the back matter; this simply functions to introduce and showcase a combiner toy that fans voted on. The artwork looks great, especially with the body language of the main characters, but the story is totally redundant, finishing right where it started. Scott does her best to make the plot interesting, and succeeds to some degree, but there is no getting around the fact that the bots making up Victorion have never been seen before and essentially come out of nowhere, their presence is not earned and more pages needed to be spent on getting to know these torch bearer bots.

4.5
Transformers: Deviations (One Shot) #1

Dec 13, 2016

The pace is overly rushed due to the fact that an entire film is being crammed into a one-shot comic. Hot Rod is getting shit on constantly for trying to interfere with the Optimus/Megatron fight, despite how little he was shit on in the movie after he actually caused the death of Optimus. In the end, nothing interesting or drastically different from the movie occurs, so the whole comic feels like a missed opportunity.

8.0
Transformers: Drift: Empire of Stone #1

Dec 1, 2014

I found this to be a very fun and exciting read. The banter is excellent and the action is thrilling. Guido Guidi wouldn't have been my first choice for a Drift book but he really shines.

8.0
Transformers: Drift: Empire of Stone #2

Jan 3, 2015

Excellent issue, full or smart comedy and swashbuckling adventure. I think the prison escape was my favourite part, if you've seen enough of those in the movies you'll get a kick out of this one. Oh, and lets not forget about the exceptional artwork. Transformers fans need to be reading this series.

7.5
Transformers: Drift: Empire of Stone #3

Feb 14, 2015

Other than a lazy motivation for Hellbat and an unimpressive final page, this is just a fun comic to read. I love the art and I love the alt mode of Gigatron, I seem to remember that from an extremely forgettable Transformers tv series that aired after Beast Machines wrapped.

7.5
Transformers: Drift: Empire of Stone #4

Mar 9, 2015

It's sort of by the books in terms of story, Drift even reinforces the moral of the story at the end, to which I'm delighted to see Ratchet proclaim it as stupid, and Drift retorts "YOU'RE stupid!" All in all, it was worth it to bring Drift through this character arc.

6.5
Transformers: Escape #1

Jan 17, 2021

I like that we've brought back the bots from the Valentine's Day Special back into the fold, it makes a lot of sense considering that this issue focuses on relations with organic species. I like the reflection on how the Transformers interpret thing differently because of their extreme longevity. But, in the end, do we really need another series? I'm guess this series will focus on off-world adventures, so maybe it will turn out to be worthwhile.

6.0
Transformers: Escape #2

Feb 22, 2021

The plot is too reliant on expository dialogue, which is constant. I'd like to see more characterization in the dialogue, like in the ambidextrous comment. Frankly, only a couple of the transformers have started to develop a personality so far, and more of that would bring this to life.

5.5
Transformers: Escape #3

May 31, 2021

I think Ruckly is injecting too many plot lines for his own good, this is supposed to be a short series.

7.5
Transformers: Escape #4

Aug 8, 2021

The ships would benefit from a lot for fine details in the artwork to add scale. I am enjoying Dai Atlas's character arc, it makes gives this issue some identity to stand out within the rest of the series.

7.0
Transformers: Escape #5

Aug 8, 2021

Go four-armed dude! Lol.

7.5
Transformers: Galaxies #1

Oct 28, 2019

Good start, but I guess this means that the origin of Devastator isn't much different from the other combiners.

8.0
Transformers: Galaxies #2

Nov 3, 2019

Not sure what the "critic" reviewer found confusing. It's better if you are already reading the main title, yes, but everything is laid out as clearly as possible without becoming a wiki article.

6.0
Transformers: Galaxies #3

Dec 14, 2019

I love the way the artwork and lettering portrays Devestator's mind chunking online and swallowing the Constructicons, that was dope. I can't tell what Boncrusher is supposed to be doing while Mixmaster counts.

7.0
Transformers: Galaxies #4

Apr 5, 2020

That's some dark shit, lol. It's cool seeing Devastator hulk out and the Insecticons murdering innocent bots, but it rings a bit hollow in the end.

8.5
Transformers: Galaxies #5

Jun 17, 2020

Another charming organic species is introduced, but I'm entirely unclear as to why Bumblebee is worshiped, is it supposed to be purposefully vague about this?

8.5
Transformers: Galaxies #6

Jun 17, 2020

Awe dang, who'd have thought someone named Deathsaurus wold turn out to be a bad guy? I really liked this story, it was short, but it had high stakes and a heartwarming ending, I just wish the climax felt more earned.

8.5
Transformers: Galaxies #7

Dec 2, 2020

This approach of focusing on one character to develop is proving more successful than the widely encompassing approach of the main Transformers book.

8.0
Transformers: Galaxies #8

Dec 2, 2020

And just like that, Gauge becomes an endearing, memorable character.

5.5
Transformers: Galaxies #9

Dec 3, 2020

The final issue in this arc falls flat, unfortunately, as the narrative becomes too disjointed. It honestly feels like pages are missing due to jumps in the story's flow.

6.0
Transformers: Galaxies #10

Dec 13, 2020

This Ultra Magnus is very different from the one I know and love from the previous IDW timeline, so this is going to take some getting used to. The end is weird, Magnus seems intent to resist until his comrade validates this choice and encourages it... at which point Ultra Magnus immediately capitulates. What a jerk, lol.

6.0
Transformers: Galaxies #11

Dec 14, 2020

There's no way the planet's natives would survive the entire planet crystalizing. And why does Spinister show up? I thought the whole point of sending Ultra Magnus here was because of how dangerous it is.

6.0
Transformers: Galaxies #12

Apr 4, 2021

Final issue of a mediocre arc but at least we're on our way back to Cybertron.

8.0
Transformers: Holiday Special #1

Apr 2, 2016

-- CHOSE ME: A perfect fit for Corin Howell's art. It's cute, funny, heartwarming, and it rhymes! I perfect little Transformers Christmas tale. -- SILENT LIGHT: I think this is my favourite short story in this collection, it's funny that it's an accidental Christmas special through a series of derived coincidences. The story is fun and touching at the end. It also seems to be within continuity for Megatron, this one could easily fit within the canon of More Than Meets The Eye -- THE THIRTEENTH DAY OF CHRISTMAS: This one is the funniest, we finally get to enjoy one of Thundercracker's crappy screenplays and it's a hoot. -- OVERALL: A surprisingly entertaining Christmas special, you never know with Christmas specials, they are often disposable, but I'd recommend picking this up if you like the IDW Transformers comics.

7.0
Transformers: King Grimlock #1

Aug 8, 2021

I'm not sure if this is inspired by Simon Furman's GI story with transformers in medieval times, but including magical fantasy elements should make this unique. I have no idea if this is the same timeline as the main Transformers series, the plot essentially throws you into the deep end and tells you to swim. Regardless, Grimlock refused to break character and help the people he encounters even though we spend pages trying to convince him. That aspect could have been streamlined.

3.0
Transformers: King Grimlock #2

Sep 5, 2021

There's really no relatable character here, not even Grimlock. On top of that, the artwork does not communicate clearly, so whatever action might have breathed life into the scene is lost.

4.0
Transformers: King Grimlock #3

Oct 19, 2021

The art has improved enough that the action communicates. I'm still not invested in the plot, but at least there's a couple of twists in this issue to hold my interest.

4.0
Transformers: King Grimlock #4

Dec 5, 2021

This issue sports the fight with the big bad guy but, since I don't like or care about any of the characters, there are no stakes. Grimlock has to shoulder some expository dialogue as well and, much like the Hulk, he's better when he doesn't say much.

3.0
Transformers: King Grimlock #5

Feb 10, 2022

Grimlock defeats the big bad by sucking him into his spark or something... I stopped caring a long time ago and I think the writer did too. Even the artwork is frequently messy and unclear. everything about this series was phoned in.

7.5
Transformers: Last Bot Standing #1

May 21, 2022

It's rare for non-cybertronian support cast be any good, but these ones seem somewhat promising. No idea what the hell is going on with Rodimus, but I'm looking forward to finding out.

8.5
Transformers: Last Bot Standing #2

Jun 17, 2022

A lot of the captions were not arranged intuitively, I hope to see this tightened up because this issue was otherwise very good. The character keep me guessing who to trust.

9.0
Transformers: Last Bot Standing #3

Sep 5, 2022

Wheelie speaks in haiku know? Blasphemy! Just kidding, it's all good. This is actually a pretty brutal issue with Robert Kirkman vibes.

9.0
Transformers: Last Bot Standing #4

Sep 5, 2022

Rodimus is proven right in this issue and it's quite a condemning allusion to the human race, as the Cybertronians' insatiable need for resources could easily be a glimpse at our own future.

8.5
Transformers: Lost Light #1

May 16, 2017

Aw yeah, MTMTE is back and just as crazy as ever! I love that the time machine has to be configured as this little crawl space now, it's so delightfully undignified.

9.0
Transformers: Lost Light #2

Jun 9, 2017

Oh man, I am stoked for this series! Ever wonder what Cybertron would be like today if there was never a Great War? Read this! They said it has something to do with them going back in time and killing Megatron, but I thought they fixed that. Thoughts anyone?

7.5
Transformers: Lost Light #3

Jun 10, 2017

Whoa, Killmaster didn't just kill those two, did he? They'd never die so inconsequentially... Also, why is Cyclonus all messed up?

8.0
Transformers: Lost Light #4

Jun 10, 2017

I love seeing Megatron take charge, it's no wonder he and Optimus were gridlocked in their war for four million years. Looks like we're in for a rocky road with Cyclonus and Tailgate.

8.5
Transformers: Lost Light #5

Jun 11, 2017

Several revelations in one issue, including a major one with Rung. And of course the Functionist Council are a bunch of hypocrites, seems par for the course with fundamentalists like that.

8.0
Transformers: Lost Light #6

Aug 15, 2017

Sooo, we're going to be continuing our adventures with Megatron for the rest of the series now... Right?

5.0
Transformers: Lost Light: First Strike #1

Jun 24, 2020

First of all, this continues from the Optimus Prime tie-in to First Strike which should have been marketed as a two-part Revolutionaries series. Second of all, this issue proved irrelevant to the main story and never needed to exist.

6.5
Transformers: More Than Meets The Eye #28

May 4, 2014

I'm trusting that the direction this goes will pay off because this art team hasn't let me down yet. As it is though, this issue's timeline was difficult to follow and some motivations feel weird.

8.0
Transformers: More Than Meets The Eye #30

Jun 29, 2014

There are a lot of plot lines flying around here, but they're all interesting. We finally learn how Megatron get's his position on the Lost Light: I still need to suspend some disbelief but there is a little bit of logic to it at least. Even as a castrated, half-bot of his former self, you know Megatron can never be trusted.

7.0
Transformers: More Than Meets The Eye #31

Jul 13, 2014

An interesting mystery-driven read, but also very tedious one.

8.5
Transformers: More Than Meets The Eye #32

Aug 28, 2014

This is a strong issue. We finally hear some of Megatron's motivations during some one-on-one time between a couple of my favourite Decepticons. We also get a hint of what Brainstorm's briefcase does, a page with panels scrambled in a clever way, the return of and old friend and hated enemies, all presented in a creepy atmosphere sprinkled with comic relief.

9.5
Transformers: More Than Meets The Eye #34

Oct 31, 2014

IDW Transformers comics truly excel when it comics to setting in-depth and believable politics to Cybertron that mirror our own. This particular issue finally gives us a look at a page from Megatron's autobiography, which I've wanted to see for a while, and it's absolutely fascinating. Megatron is, without at doubt, the most complex and interesting character in the transformers universe right now, and one can't help but wonder how he deteriorated from a Robo-Che to a Robo-Hitler.

9.0
Transformers: More Than Meets The Eye #35

Dec 4, 2014

This is definitely the Transformers book to be reading right now. I'm assuming this is time kind of alternate timeline or something, whatever it is, it is fascinating, and the end of the issue is awesome!

9.0
Transformers: More Than Meets The Eye #36

Jan 2, 2015

I can't get enough of this series. It balances both character development and a complex time travel storyline in perfect form. My favourite moment is the phone call between Megatron and Orion Pax, you can't have a conversation between these two that isn't riveting. James Roberts and Alex Milne are a team to be reckoned with and every transformers fan should be reading 'More Than Meets the Eye."

8.0
Transformers: More Than Meets The Eye #37

Feb 14, 2015

It gets a little clunky when Hammer and Anvil show up, but the is plenty of the fun and humour mixed with political commentary that I've come to expect. Here we are also getting indications that either the time shift has already happened or that they were destined to go back and cause the ripples.

8.5
Transformers: More Than Meets The Eye #38

Mar 11, 2015

A very complex and dense issue containing plenty of excitement and humour to round it out. This whole arc has been tricky to wrap my head around, but I love it. The post script leaves me wanting to know more so I hope that's not the last window into that parallel universe we glimpse.

7.5
Transformers: More Than Meets The Eye #39

May 25, 2015

The biggest drawback is that this one-shot story technically spans a large timeline and is casual with making sure you know where and when you are. The characterization doesn't suffer but you certainly need to have read all the material of More Than Meets the Eye prior to this and remember what happened. That being said, the DJD turned out to be quite a compelling crew. Megatron is essentially a holy prophet to them, so imagine how shaken they are when they find out Megs has gone Autobot. This will act as a good set up for future issues, now that we know who the DJD are, it will be all the more interesting when they inevitable cross paths with our heroes again.

7.5
Transformers: More Than Meets The Eye #40

May 25, 2015

Ratchet ends up being the glue that holds this issue together effectively. There is great containerization, emotion and humour throughout, and even a Back to the Future reference thrown in. The thing I didn't like about this issue was how easy Brainstorm got off; the characters comment on this as well, but there is not really any justification given. The guy nearly upended the entire universe's timeline and he's not even imprisoned for it?

6.0
Transformers: More Than Meets The Eye #41

Jun 7, 2015

Another mystery plot coming into the fold, which is alright, but it essentially affects characters that no one cares about, so the stakes couldn't be much lower. The whole thing ends up being forgettable.

6.5
Transformers: More Than Meets The Eye #42

Jul 21, 2015

It was okay, but all over the place and mostly dialog explaining what was going on. A rare misstep in the execution of a MTMTE issue

8.5
Transformers: More Than Meets The Eye #43

Aug 3, 2015

This was hilarious and clever, I enjoyed it immensely but I wish it lasted longer than just one issue; it was over by the time it started

7.5
Transformers: More Than Meets The Eye #44

Sep 25, 2015

A detour out of nowhere, if this Necrobot guy is such a legend, how come this is the first I've heard of him? It's a good issue though, a feel for the characters and there is an especially poignant image with Megatron on the last page.

7.0
Transformers: More Than Meets The Eye #46

Nov 26, 2015

Well, it was an unexpected step away from the Lost Light, but it turned out to be worthwhile. I think I'd enjoy this story arc with better context. It keeps referring to previous event that I either don't remember or are just part of the mythology and it can get difficult to follow as a result. The high point of the issue is the commentary on mental health, that was touching.

9.5
Transformers: More Than Meets The Eye #47

Mar 31, 2016

This issue is shocking, heartfelt, tragic and beautiful, all at the same time. What an accomplishment.

8.5
Transformers: More Than Meets The Eye #48

Mar 31, 2016

Very creepy and also creative in a way only transforming space robots can pull off. I'm a little disappointed that the end of the previous issue was shit on though. I'm glad Cyclonus is fine, but it also takes away from what I thought was a major moment last month.

8.0
Transformers: More Than Meets The Eye #49

Apr 1, 2016

It would have been great to expand this over another issue, I can imagine what might have been cut out in order to wrap the story up before #50, but this is still another strong issue regardless, I love it when Roberts has something creepy loose on the ship. This development with Megatron seems to come out of nowhere, so I hope it is expanded upon later. I think there's also a grammatical error on page 6 with something Froid says; the past few issues have averaged a spelling/grammer mistake once per issue, someone better start to proof-read these one more time than usual.

8.5
Transformers: More Than Meets The Eye #50

Jun 2, 2016

Now is the perfect time to jump on board and partake in the exciting, funny and tragic adventures on the Lost Light. This is one of the best runs on the shelves right now, so stop missing out! Rodimus's crew is in another sticky situation and things aren't likely to be the same moving forward. The backup story was good too, a thoughtful way to recap some of the history that's happened on the Lost Light thus far. It was enlightening to read the letters page as well, I had no idea how meaningful this series was to readers in the LGBTQ+ community, though I shouldn't be surprised. Take a mechanical alien race, where gender isn't really a thing, and it introduces so many interesting ways to reflect on our own society's norms.

8.5
Transformers: More Than Meets The Eye #51

Jun 3, 2016

Megatron steps up, he's always been one of the most complex characters in comics. Ten is going be key here, of only everyone would stop screwing him over...The last page made me jump with glee!

7.5
Transformers: More Than Meets The Eye #52

Jun 4, 2016

Overlord came out of nowhere, I don't understand how he is relevant or how he adds anything to the story, he seems superfluous. I guess we'll find out in the upcoming issues, hopefully he's there for a reason.

9.5
Transformers: More Than Meets The Eye #53

Jun 4, 2016

As if Rewind and Cromedome haven't suffered enough tragedy in their rocky relationship, get ready for another curve-ball. It would have hit harder if it happened at the end of the issue though, rather than the middle.

9.5
Transformers: More Than Meets The Eye #54

Aug 21, 2016

Megatron is so badass! Not only that, but he's become the most complex character.

9.5
Transformers: More Than Meets The Eye #55

Aug 21, 2016

Things that might initially come off as deus ex machina turn out to be really deep cuts from the series, you've got to wonder how much of this was planned from the start, it's freakin' mind blowing. This run could have easily ended here, but it looks like we get one more crossover before the relaunch. I can't wait! This could easily go down as the best run on Transformers to date.

8.0
Transformers: More Than Meets The Eye #56

Dec 16, 2016

Read this issue after you read Transformers (Robots in Diguise) #57, if you read both titles. There is inconsistency with how Sovereign's head looks from how it was at the end of Transformers #57, there must have been a bit of a mix-up behind the scenes. I'm not sure what's going on with Red Alert, but we'll find out soon enough, I'm sure. That bit where Red Alert micro-analyses a couple lines of expository dialogue is funny and a little meta.

8.5
Transformers: More Than Meets The Eye #57

Dec 16, 2016

It is a rather quick and uninspired way to defeat Sentinel Prime, though I'm sure he'll pop up again with Onyx Prime soon enough. I love the journey that we go through with Red Alert. The background noise reading that they get at the end must have been sent from another reality by the IDW team, I see MTMTE, 2012-2016 (the years that this was published in) and 57 (the number of issues) hidden in the code. And so ends the best ongoing Transformers run thus far. It's a shame it can't continue with the same numbering all the way up to #100, but I'm just glad that I don't have to say goodbye to this series thanks to its continuation in Lost Light, which I'm confident will take us to the glorious #100 landmark. Don't sleep!

9.5
Transformers: More Than Meets The Eye - Revolution #1

May 29, 2017

This has very little to do with Revolution, and how it does relate ends up turning a little meta. Long story short, this is miles ahead of anything else to come out of Revolution and is worthy of reading solely on it's own merits (though it is better if you are familiar with these characters from Transformers: MTMTE). It manages to be hilarious and touching while introducing three-dimensional new characters in a one-shot issue. Roche, Roberts and Milne are today's Transformers dream team.

7.5
Transformers: Primacy #1

Aug 15, 2014

The Autocracy team is back! I'm always happy to see Ramondelli on the art. The story is off to a good start with some big events promised to come. It doesn't say how many issues this will be, is it ongoing? My only issue with the story here is Optimus and Ironhide are going mountain climbing in some icy plains to relax and stumble upon a new character; it just feel very staged.

6.0
Transformers: Primacy #2

Sep 13, 2014

Kind of goes through the motions to get to the cliffhanger ending. The art also lacks clarity in a number of panels, so this just wasn't a strong issue overall, but the next issue promises to be more exciting.

8.5
Transformers: Primacy #3

Oct 28, 2014

Great issue. It's got a good ol' fashion titan battle and some other plot treads coming to the surface, even one I thought was finished.

7.0
Transformers: Primacy #4

Nov 25, 2014

Lots of action and one of Optimus and Megatron's iconic duels using improbably laser weapons. Good stuff. I enjoyed this story arch but would not consider it as good as other transformers stories out there. Livid Ramondelli art is always great too.

8.5
Transformers: Punishment (One-Shot) #1

Feb 2, 2015

Fantastic art, with a socially conscious story full of political intrigue and mystery. It's good to have Barber writing a Cybertron story again, this is a must read for any Transformers fan and well worth the price of admission both in quality and page count.

8.5
Transformers: Redemption #1

Mar 23, 2016

A tale with conflicting emotions coming to a head. Another excellent Dinobot-centric story from Barber and Ramondelli, what a killer team they make. *SPOILERS* I was thrilled to see Bludgeon is still kicking around doing twisted experiments. I'm excited to see what his fate in this issue leads to, maybe this is the dawn of the Pretenders in the IDW Transformers?

8.0
Transformers: Revolution #1

Mar 12, 2017

It's always a joy to read Thundercracker's writing. This is a fun issue, and nothing can top the South Park ending pulled on the Washington Monument. So much better than the main event issues.

7.5
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #28

Apr 26, 2014

Excessive timeline bounces get a little confusing, but now that the new direction is established I'm looking forward to the future. You never know what direction IDW will take the Transformers, but it is always exciting. Excellent art as always.

7.0
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #29

Jun 5, 2014

It's not a bad issue by any means, but I guess I'm not really buying a lot of the motivations in this issue. Just because the Decepticons no longer follow Megatron, that doesn't mean that the humans could start trusting them. There must be more to it that hasn't been told yet. I certainly hope so. At least this ends on a strong note.

7.0
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #30

Jun 19, 2014

The art on the actual transformers is great as usual, but the humans are a little flat. This was good, lots of action but gets a bit dense and convoluted when so many elements are in play, but I like how everyone has their own agenda and we're also getting some foreshadowing of trauma suffered by Prowl from becoming Devastator, maybe it is no mere coincidence that all of the Constructicons are idiots.

8.0
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #31

Aug 7, 2014

This series is starting to get back into it's groove. Good issue with a surprising cliff hanger at the end.

7.0
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #32

Aug 21, 2014

I enjoyed this, but these schemes Prowl cooks up get more and more convoluted. My favourite part is actually Thundercracker's script, I think IDW ought to publish it!

7.0
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #33

Oct 26, 2014

Happy to be back on Cybertron and with Sarah Stone handling the art.

6.5
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #34

Oct 26, 2014

An unexpected (and somewhat unwelcome) detour, though I should come to expect these historical tangents by now as they seem to be a regular occurrence for Transformers. I'm pleasantly surprised to see Ramondelli on the art, I figured he was too busy with Transformers: Primacy, but maybe he finished that before doing this; he's always does ancient Cybertron well, though I would prefer to stay on track with the current storylines. On the plus side though, Rhinox is in this one! And possibly even an explanation to bestial transformers...

6.0
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #35

Nov 16, 2014

I was hoping for a comment on the name change in an afterword, but that was not present. It's not a big deal, I'm just curious. There is also a logo on the inner front cover certifying 'Authentic Transformers' and I'm not sure what that is either. The dialog is spot on, and the humour is good, I might even suggest turning it up one notch. I'd say the main weakness of the issue is the fact that it is introducing the new status quo and, therefore, it needs to be steeped in exposition. It remains entertaining, but certainly not to the degree of other issues. We also have an artist change here, but the art and design remain strong. Even the humans are well drawn, which can often be a miss in a transformers comic. I'm not sure what Optimus's motivations are yet and I certainly don't understand why he's leave Prowl in charge when Kup is around, especially after the stunt Prowl just pulled. Rest assured though, with Prowl in charge, stuff is about to go down.

6.5
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #36

Dec 17, 2014

Thundercracker is an interesting character in this series. Spike Witwicky is surprisingly unrelatable. I was going to give this a lower score but the reference to the original Transformers series and Beast Wars won it a point back.

6.5
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #37

Jan 31, 2015

Andrew Griffith's art is good, it just needs a little more line variation in the inks, especially on his human figures. As for Barber's writing, it's very engaging when a Transformer is present, but I feel like falling asleep when the humans talk to each other, something about their characters disinterests me greatly. All of the double crosses help to keep things interesting, but there just seems to be something about Earth, the Transformers lose some of the magic that always seems present when on Cybertron.

7.0
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #38

Mar 28, 2015

The stuff with Devestator and the stuff with Thundercracker are very cool and well done. The switcheroo with the Enigma of Combination was seriously half-assed though. I had to flip back to see if I skipped a page, but such was not the case.

7.0
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #39

Apr 4, 2015

This arc already looks more promising than the last one. As always, I love Ramondelli's artwork, but the contrast on the colour brightness needs to be increased for the print to paper, I'm tired of everything being too dark, this is an easy fix guys, come on!

7.0
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #40

Apr 26, 2015

The chess pieces are shuffled and it looks like Prowl is about to get up to his shenanigans again. Not a particularly eventful issue, but I like how the story is building.

8.5
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #41

Jul 27, 2015

The last page made me cum in my pants. Excellent artwork from Ramondelli and a cut-throat plot from Barber. Best issue of Combiner Wars.

7.5
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #42

Jul 27, 2015

The exchange between Prowl and Optimus is excellent. As for the new plot centering around this tablet, I'm not sure where it's going but I'm mildly interested. The artwork is shared between two artists, but it works and looks great.

8.0
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #43

Jul 28, 2015

A Soundwave heavy issue is always a treat. I really enjoy this altercation between him and Cosmos, who hasn't had a lot of opportunity to flush out before now. At this point, Soundwave's intentions have become more pure than anyone else. Somehow I doubt his commune is going to live up to his dream though.

8.5
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #44

Aug 22, 2015

This issue focuses on two characters we hardly knew before this who are apparently brothers; not sure how that works, since when did Cybertronians have families? It's a really great issues though, I love the approach to the disenfranchised Decepticons, whom it seems even Starscream has turned against. Starscream also seems to be losing it now, as he's talking to a certain dead someone who is not even there.

7.0
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #45

Nov 25, 2015

Blackrock is a tricky son of a B.

7.5
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #46

Nov 25, 2015

We barely touch on what is happening with Jazz and Arcee's crew, but the conversation between Optimus and Mistress of Flame is riveting. Using religion as an excuse to conquer a a less technologically progressed people is the oldest trick in the book of empires. This new colonial era of Cybertron creates all sorts of new opportunities. Should war ever break out again, it could easily draw comparisons to WWI and WWII.

6.0
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #47

Dec 4, 2015

Needlenose is a jerk and Optimus gets into a violent conversation with Victorion for some reason. There are some entertaining elements but nothing particularly memorable about this issue. I just hope I can remember anything that's happened for when I read #48 next month. The Decepticons marching on the space bridge is kind of cool, I'll just try to remember that.

7.0
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #48

Mar 24, 2016

It's very cutesy, which is kind of fun buy also very out of place. Never thought Transformers would cross over with Homeward Bound. The end has quite the interesting twist.

7.5
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #49

Mar 24, 2016

Wait, since when can Frenzy and Rumble fly? I know they have in early episodes of the tv show, but I figured the comics ignored that because it's stupid. Anyway, this is a pretty cool issue, I'm very sad to see Soundwave screwed over by Galvatron but, to be fair, Soundwave definitely should have seen that coming. Actually, it's pretty out of character for him not to have. Perhaps he was blinded by his optimistic ambitions. Optimus's entrance takes some dramatic liberty too, he didn't look like he was coming out of the ship, where the space bridge would spit him out, but damn if he didn't delivery a bad ass line. I think I like this side of Optimus a lot more than the self doubting Optimus.

8.5
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #50

May 26, 2016

This is essentially two comics in one, plus it's insightful and action packed, so it is well worth the price of admission. Optimus makes a bold move to stop Galvatron but, for once, he may have gone too far and crossed the line into conqueror status. Don't sleep on Transformers, it's one of the best ongoing series money can buy, and one that's not going to reboot on you immediately now that it has earned a loyal readership. There was a minor mistake in the opening pages where Mindwipe was visible, but he teleports in a couple pages later with Skywarp. Not a big deal, but that should have been an easy fix. I wouldn't call this an ideal jump-on point, it's in the awkward position of wrapping up the previous arc while jump-starting the next one. But if you like transformers or sci-fi comics with political overtones, you owe it to yourself to read Transformers, so just dive in and run with it.

7.0
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #51

May 26, 2016

Aileron seems to be all over the place in this issue, totally unstable. It would make more sense to ramp up to that more, she seems so nonchalant at the beginning of the issue, it's like she goes zero to one hundred in a second, it didn't feel genuine. Optimus is as interesting and complex as ever though, he's never schemed so much as he is right now, he's usually totally up-front, but he's adapting his approach to the changing tides. I love the character development Transformers is able to achieve largely thanks to its staying power, but this issue could stand to advance the plot slightly further. I think some time is supposed to have passed but I'm not sure since everyone is still injured, I'm getting mixed messages.

7.5
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #52

May 27, 2016

Okay, there is definitely something going on with Optimus, perhaps Galvatron is on to something, is Prowl behind the wheel of the big red truck?

7.5
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #53

May 30, 2016

The art looks great but it's been switching with each comic, so expect inconsistency in the trade later. Optimus is biting off more than he can chew and, unfortunately for him, Galvatron and Starscream are prepared for it. Plus, surprise! More combiners! I hope this doesn't get carried away with the number of combiners. It's fun to see new combiners, just don't let them take away from the plot.

7.0
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #54

Aug 22, 2016

Far too much mind-hacking in this issue, it just felt like lazy writing. I get why it was needed for Superion to do it, but it was especially unnecessary for Soundwave to do it because the actions that he takes as a result turn out to be inconsequential.

9.0
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #55

Aug 27, 2016

I can buy Cosmos and Astrotrain getting to Jupiter this fast since they are made for space travel, but I just cannot abide the other characters getting to Jupiter with jet packs or rocket feet, it's simply ridiculous. Don't forget, it took NASA three days just to get to the moon. Other than that, this is an exceptional issue, one of the best smack-downs I've ever seen in a Transformers comic, and there are some great battles out there. Optimus seems to reluctantly accept the horrible things he must do for the greater good, it is almost a righteous Machiavellian style of leadership. I can only imagine the turmoil that brews inside his psyche because he has always strived to take the high ground, always; and I'm not sure if it's that he's evolved his outlook on life or that he just feels that there are too many lives at stake to be uncompromising with his principles. I just don't want to forget this dialog, it's priceless - Optimus: "If I were like you, if I could think only of myself... I would never do this." - Galvatron: "No, you can't, I surrender! I surrender Prime! - Optimus: "I know." BLAM!

6.5
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #56

Dec 15, 2016

How does Sentinel Prime know who Blackrock is? And how does Sentinel catch up with Optimus and Soundwave inside the Titan so fast, does he teleport or something? The introduction of Joe Colton is also half-assed. At least the art is good.

8.5
Transformers: Robots In Disguise #57

Dec 16, 2016

Sentinel Prime makes for a very good villain, being a Functionist is essentially the Transformers equivalent of a Fascist and Sentinel poses a very real threat to undoing all the progress that the Transformers have made since ending the war. My heart goes out to Soundwave and the Decepticons who were victims of the massacre in the ghetto. Soundwave had a real badass moment here and I love that he is becoming a central character, he'll be essential to keeping the peace. I am a little annoyed how easily Sentinel escaped, I think displaying the fight in greater detail would have helped because it seems like he just strolls away. I assume that this is the last issue on this run. This run has had it's ups and down, I'd certainly recommend it to Transformers fans as it is essential reading for the ongoing political developments on Cybertron and Earth. I can't wait for John Barber's next run.

6.5
Transformers: Robots In Disguise Annual: 2017

Jun 6, 2017

I like the Bumblebee story. The Pyra Magna story didn't do much for me. Hey, what was that head that Soundwave was wearing at one point? I'm curious what the story behind that is and why he couldn't just use his own head.

7.5
Transformers: Shattered Glass #1

Aug 29, 2021

We've got veteran Transformers artist Guido Guidi drawing some sort of alternate timeline, with quite the bait-and-switch of a first issue.

7.0
Transformers: Shattered Glass: II #1

Sep 6, 2022

I got confused halfway through. I think I get it, but it wasn't very clear.

8.0
Transformers: Shattered Glass #2

Oct 5, 2021

This issue shifts focus to this parallel universe's version of Starscream and Megatron, who are pretty awesome. This Megatron has the same drive to right perceived injustices, but he's much more selfless in his approach.

7.5
Transformers: Shattered Glass: II #2

Dec 3, 2022

Evil Blaster vs righteous Soundwave.

8.0
Transformers: Shattered Glass #3

Dec 16, 2021

We get a glimpse at this Starscream's history and find out that Jetfire was a friend with loose alliances in this reality as well. Some things never change.

7.0
Transformers: Shattered Glass: II #3

Dec 3, 2022

I don't get why evil Wheeljack is named Slicer but I enjoy watching him cart Blaster's head around as he plots with Ratchet against Optimus and Goldbug. He blows up his own arm at some point, which is odd and doesn't achieve anything beyond a distraction, but I guess it's fun.

8.0
Transformers: Shattered Glass #4

Dec 16, 2021

So far this series has been shifting focus to center around a different character in each issue without losing the main plot. It's working effectively to give a larger scope to view the lore in. I'll admit that it's difficult to suspend my disbelief as a reader to buy that Goldbug as powerful as he is portrayed here.

7.0
Transformers: Shattered Glass: II #4

Dec 3, 2022

Flamewar's introduction and relevance is a bit clumsy, as we jump back and forth between flashbacks, but I like that she went through a solid character arc.

9.5
Transformers: Shattered Glass #5

Jan 8, 2022

A heartbreaking conclusion to this arc that leave me begging for more. I'm sure this story will continue in some form. It had better; it's the best executed Transformers series being published currently. This issue focuses on Jetfire's perspective as he grapples with the conflict between what his head wants and what his heart wants.

8.0
Transformers: Shattered Glass: II #5

Feb 11, 2023

This may be our last IDW issue of Transformers, and that's a real tragedy. At least we got to go out seeing the righteous alternate universe version of my favorite Decepticon clean house! Heroic Soundwave gives regular universe Optimus a run for his money as most inspiring figurehead.

6.5
Transformers: Sins of the Wreckers #1

Dec 5, 2015

There is so much chronological baggage that it is difficult to get into the story. A threat of leaking Autobot war crimes definitely peaks my interest though, and the art looks great.

7.5
Transformers: Sins of the Wreckers #2

Mar 21, 2016

Beast Wars baby, Beast Wars! Every time Beast Wars character are introduced it brings me joy, and there are several in this issue. The issue is trying to do too much though, characters keep coming out of nowhere, some action gets muddled, I don't even know what the heck that regurgitating panel was all about, can someone explain that to me? Roche is trying to do too much and needs to be reigned in a bit or spread it over more issues. On the plus side, it takes longer than the typical comic to read this, so you feel like you are getting your 4 bucks worth.

7.5
Transformers: Sins of the Wreckers #3

Mar 22, 2016

Haha, yes! I knew that's who Mesothulas would turn out to be! Awesome! Great issue, but one thing that threw me off was Kup being in a space ship all of a sudden.

6.0
Transformers: Sins of the Wreckers #4

Jul 2, 2016

There's too much dialogue and it doesn't sound natural at times.

8.5
Transformers: Sins of the Wreckers #5

May 29, 2017

This issue came together nicely.

8.5
Transformers: Till All Are One #1

Jun 26, 2016

I love the allusions to police brutality emerging from Starscream's badgless police force. This is what you get when there is no accountability, whether on Earth or on a robot society that is light years away. It is also interesting how the Deceptions have become the rejects whom society has turned it's back on and it breeds all sorts of hate, distrust, bigotry and desperation. On top of that there is a fragile coalition being built with this council of worlds that can't afford to let the individual get in the way of trade and progress. If you like Transformers, sci-fi or politics, I can't possibly image that you'll regret picking up on this series.

8.5
Transformers: Till All Are One #2

Aug 27, 2016

Very relevant to current issues, perhaps too on-the-nose, but I like it nonetheless. Ironhide has the right idea, but there is always some radical around to ruin a good thing for everyone.

8.0
Transformers: Till All Are One #3

Jan 6, 2017

I like seeing lesser known characters like the Combaticons being developed.

9.5
Transformers: Till All Are One #4

Jan 6, 2017

A hard hitting, tragic end to the arc. I particularly love the main cover and the way the minds of the Combaticons are portrayed.

8.0
Transformers: Till All Are One #5

May 16, 2017

Wow, that threat hit pretty fast. It's very interesting to see the council of worlds work together against a planetary threat for the first time and who you can actually count on.

7.5
Transformers: Till All Are One #6

Jun 4, 2017

I'm enjoying seeing everyone work together and Elita One's reluctance to deploy Carcer throws an wrench in the works, making this situation even more interesting.

8.0
Transformers: Till All Are One #7

Jun 4, 2017

Oooo, if this cliffhanger means what I think it means I am stoked!

9.5
Transformers: Till All Are One #8

Jun 4, 2017

Whoa, that was an intense issue, and now Cybertron has a new threat, one that I'm not familiar with, which is doubly exciting.

8.0
Transformers: Till All Are One #9

Aug 20, 2017

Elita One, you clever girl. Someone is giving Starscream and Prowl a competitor for best schemer. Even though it is an issue of dialogue, it's confrontational and compelling.

8.0
Transformers: Till All Are One #10

Aug 20, 2017

Have we seen Airachnid in another issue? I don't remember seeing her before, I think I'd remember someone this creepy and cool. The cute romanced sparked within the Combaticons is a nice touch.

7.5
Transformers: Till All Are One #11

Aug 22, 2017

Starscream is having a bit of a mid-life crisis. I also want to acknowledge that cool form Windblade took on briefly in her mind with the ribbon things.

8.5
Transformers: Till All Are One #12

Aug 23, 2017

Oooo, that's super cool to get a look at Starscream's "true form," though I am glad it is not his permanent from because I like his classic design better. The cold construction thing also explains why Starscream, Skywarp, and Thundercracker have the same chassis. A pretty great take on the mind battle story trope.

9.5
Transformers: Till All Are One Annual #1

Jun 16, 2020

I fell behind on my Transformers comics a couple years ago, but when I pulled this out of a pile I was sorting, I knew it was time to jump back in. I'd almost forgotten how excellent this era was, Mairghread Scott emulates what made IDW Transformers so great: charming characters that feel real and are given small moments to shine, but also political intrigue that make the world feel real as well. I actually met Mairghread Scott at Comic Con, I'm glad I had a chance to tell her how great she's done by Windblade and the Transformers mythology, I sincerely hope that she comes back. At least Scott goes out on an optimistic high note, if only elections in the read world could go this way. I'd be remiss not to also commend Sara Pitre-Durocher and Joana Lafuente's fantastic artwork that injected so much emotion and life into these metallic beings.

7.5
Transformers: Till All Are One - Revolution #1

Jan 6, 2017

Focusing the story on Windblade helps to make it for more coherent, accessible and, frankly, just better than the other Revolution comics have been.

8.0
Transformers: Titan's Return #1

Oct 9, 2016

Nothing can top movie night with Megatron.

6.5
Transformers: War's End #1

Feb 28, 2022

This is a direct continuation of the plot in the main series so I'm not sure why it is its own series other than to get the plot out faster and in a more concentrated format than the main title has been so far. Maybe all the subplots will start to get their own title. Hopefully they converge into a satisfying conclusion before IDW loses their publishing rights.

6.0
Transformers: War's End #2

Apr 7, 2022

Please, just pick a plot.

7.0
Transformers: War's End #3

Jun 5, 2022

The plot is getting more focused, thankfully. I absolutely love seeing Exarchon's confidence get the best of him in the funniest way.

7.0
Transformers: War's End #4

Jun 5, 2022

The uneasy truce bears fruit, but will it be enough?

9.0
Transformers: Windblade #1

Apr 18, 2014

Fantastic debut for this new short series. The fans are finally getting a booking staring a female hero that is written and drawn by female creators. This is something new and very welcome to the ongoing transformers saga and I couldn't be more excited. So far, Windblade's character is easy to relate to and the art is absolutely stunning! I can't wait to see where this goes.

8.5
Transformers: Windblade #2

May 25, 2014

The art is a little rougher in places than it ever was in the first issue, but Sarah Stone gets back into her groove as this issue progresses. Keep it up, consider me your personal cheering section, Sarah. Mairghread Scott's story is progressing nicely and I couldn't be happier to see Waspinator brought into the fold, especially in a fun but still touching way: "Why would we hurt you?" - "Everyone hurtzzz Wazzpinator." My only criticism is in regard to the caption boxes, it is awkward to scatter the inner monologue between the dialog, please keep complete thoughts and complete discussions separate.

8.0
Transformers: Windblade #3

Jun 30, 2014

Some nice plot twists and characterization. The art gets a little washed out at times, but is still great.

6.0
Transformers: Windblade #4

Aug 5, 2014

A good mini-series overall, but the ending did not do it for me. The twist was surprising, but felt forced. It wasn't alluded to, nor did it really carry any consequence. I do enjoy the little glimpses of Beast Wars that have trickled into the Transformers lately. I hope to see more!

7.5
Transformers: Windblade #5

Aug 1, 2015

Nice how the numbering lines up with the way the first Windblade volume ended, but this one is still technically part of volume 2. The artwork is growing on me, that or the cartooniness of the previous issue has been toned down slightly. It's a simple but enjoyable story, I think this series will be a welcome addition to the Transformers franchise and I can't wait for some Beast Wars characters in the next issue!

6.5
Transformers: Windblade #6

Aug 29, 2015

Beast Wars characters are here! It's interesting how the Beast War characters are tribal. The plot this issue is minimalist and so is the artwork. The titan felt like an idea tossed in at the last minute, it didn't do much for the story at all.

7.5
Transformers: Windblade #7

Oct 1, 2015

I didn't realize this was ending so this is a shock, it was a good issue, Starscream knows how to keep things interesting. It's nice that this alliance is set up, it will introduce some more characters and absolutely guarantee nothing good will come out of it for them. It's been a great series and I'm glad to hear it will pick back under another title in the spring.

8.0
Transformers: Windblade Combiner Wars #1

Apr 12, 2015

Starscream is playing politics again, but Windblade and Optimus are finally starting to learn how to play the game in their own way. Oh, and combiners duke it out also!

7.5
Transformers: Windblade Combiner Wars #2

Jul 31, 2015

Lots of large scale combiner action to behold. Prowl has stepped off the edge and I fear there is no rehabilitating him at this point.

5.5
Transformers: Windblade Combiner Wars #3

Jul 26, 2015

More cool in concept than execution; I like the internal debate between Prime and Prowl but it's clumsy in the way it is worked in. Optimus Maximus shows up for a fight and immediately jumps into an internal debate instead. The artwork would be better with some cleaner layouts, some action gets confusing. It's shame we couldn't see the final issue done by Ramondelli because his Optimius Maximus looked so cool and this one is sort of meh. It's not a bad issue, but it doesn't live up to the hype that the series built it up to and it doesn't read completely cohesively. Extra points for the panel showing Airazor and Tigatron, every time a a new Beast Wars character shows up my heart jumps for joy.

6.5
Transformers: Windblade Combiner Wars #4

Jul 3, 2015

A dramatic shift to the artwork in this issue; it looks good on it's own merits but isn't a style that I really want in my Transformers book just because it feels geared toward a young audience who I don't imagine will be too excited by space politics. Either that or it's pandering to the type of artwork IDW thinks the female readership wants, goofy and cartoony. I don't mean to be overly critical, the artwork itself is well executed, the art team is doing a fine job, the book just reads with a totally different tone now. As for the story, it is a dialog heavy issue setting up the next story arc, so it's not exciting but it has good characterization and comedy.

7.5
Transformers: Wreckers - Tread & Circuit #1

Oct 18, 2021

This takes place on a colony called Velocitron where they determine their leadership by racing. Looks like the antagonists are going to be led by one of the Pretenders, Octopunch, who wants something more akin to actual democracy. I always like a story where the Decepticons have righteous motives.

7.5
Transformers: Wreckers - Tread & Circuit #2

Dec 16, 2021

This series has pretty good dialogue, I'm already get a sense of the characters and their dynamics.

7.5
Transformers: Wreckers - Tread & Circuit #3

Dec 16, 2021

Looks like the revolution will be televised after all.

6.0
Transformers: Wreckers - Tread & Circuit #4

Jan 19, 2022

I like the ending, but it's executed rather clumsily the way the Wreckers just seem to accept that their comrade is fucked and fly away. The moment at the end with Circuit makes no sense and there are other clunky panels where Submarauder blows his chassis up (I think?) in the middle of a close pursuit. If the exact same plot were better executed, it would be a very good conclusion.

8.0
Trees #1

May 28, 2014

Barely dipping my toe in here. There is so much to be explained, I can't wait to read more.

6.5
Trees #2

Jun 27, 2014

I have a feeling this is going to read a lot better in trade format. As it is right now, this isn't really structured for single issues and this second issue felt really lackluster as a result. With so many comics coming out every week, I hesitate to stick with this. Do I have enough faith in Warren Ellis?

7.5
Tuki: Save The Humans #1

Jan 13, 2015

A charming new series from Jeff Smith. It has excellent artwork and intriguing storytelling, though I'm a little concerned about whether these characters will prove interesting enough to hold down this narrative.

7.5
Twig (2022) #1

May 15, 2022

Often, comics have too much exposition, but I think this one needed a bit more for me to feel invested on whatever this mission is supposed to be for.

5.0
U.S.Avengers #1

Mar 5, 2017

It's an Avengers team that no one asked for and most of the issue is bogged down in boring interview style character introductions that run too similar in tone and personality to each other. The saving grace of the issue is Paco Medina's breath taking artwork. There is room for the series to grow, but this is a flat way to start.

7.5
Uber: Invasion #1

Dec 12, 2016

Serves largely as a recap, but there's still some intense $!%# that goes down.

5.5
Ultimate End #1

May 25, 2015

The dialog is funny, but ultimately nothing happens in this issue, it is another talking head entry from Bendis, sometimes he just makes the characters talk until he hits his page count it seems. The characterization could have some payoff in the end, it's just that most of the issue is recap and exposition; hopefully that's all out of the way so a plot can start to form. I'm disheartened to see the Thor corps yet again, I'm starting to see a formula in the Secret War tie-ins already. At least Bagley's art looks good.

7.5
Ultimate End #2

May 14, 2016

The multiverse has been cobbled together by Lord Doom, continuity errors are irrelevant in this world, so don't worry about it. I actually enjoyed this issue, the moments between Tonys were charming, the mom with Parker was wholesome and the action in the Raft was awesome.

6.0
Ultimate End #3

May 23, 2016

Yay, not one whiny Banner, but two! The Punisher stuff is cool, of course that's what happens when he meets himself. Tony is being Tony, still playing fast and loose by his own rules.

4.5
Ultimate End #4

Jun 4, 2016

Way too condensed to fully enjoy. The clash between the 616 and Ultimate Universe characters feels rushed and forced. For the record, 616 would win hands down, they have more characters including more heavy hitters. I'm not familiar with the Ultimate Punisher, the 616 universe one never kills innocents, but ultimate one might be crazy enough to go this route.

5.5
Ultimate FF #1

Apr 18, 2014

Seems promising in some ways, but not so much in other ways. Not digging the art at all; apologies to Mr. Guevara. This first issue's plot is pretty formulaic, but the team has a fun dynamic and the "new member" of this team that was just formed sounds like fun.

6.0
Ultimates (2015) #1

Nov 28, 2015

I'm intrigued and confused at the same time. It look like a winning team and I'm very curious what they are doing with Galactus, but what the heck is going on with America Chavez and Spectrum? Nothing is explained adequately, so it will be up to the next issues to rectify that.

7.0
Ultimates (2015) #2

Dec 26, 2015

The art is excellent, the story relies heavily on comic book science, which makes it less interesting as a result.

7.5
Ultimates 2 (2016) #1

Jan 7, 2017

I'm glad to see the new Galactus is still in play, it looks like a promising direction.

9.0
Ultramega by James Harren #1

Apr 1, 2021

The creators went all out on this issue and apparently it's actually a setup for another arc, so I can see the need for such a large issue. Very bold.

7.5
Ultramega by James Harren #2

Apr 25, 2021

It doesn't really measure up to the insane Kaiju action of the first issue, but there's promise here.

7.0
Unbelievable Gwenpool #1

Apr 25, 2016

We're still not given Gwenpool's origin, but that's okay, this sort of harkens back the the days when Marvel would introduce characters in cameos and then solo series before ever tackling the origin, though we do get some hints that she's from the real world somehow. One problem with her character is that she is a rip off of Deadpool, who was already a rip-off to begin with, so she still doesn't feel real to me as a reader, but that may change as she continues to develop. I wasn't feeling her much at first but I like the unexpected ending to this issue; I thought we were going to get the standard vigilante/merc with the teammate feeding inlet through an earpiece, but... Well, I won't spoil. Hopefully the jokes get better; there are certainly a few good laughs, but an equal number of duds.

8.0
Unbelievable Gwenpool #2

May 16, 2016

I was planning to drop this book because I thought it was going in a predictable direction, now that I realize that Gwenpool is a henchman for M.O.D.O.K. and her crew is essentially a D&D team, I'm totally in! There are a few good laughs, the new Thor plays a large role and she plays a good straight man against Gwenpool. The only thing that doesn't work about this issue is that Thor lets them get away with murder, she wouldn't do that, that's out of character, I'm surprised the editor let that slide. The book ends on a strong note with an emotional moment of reflection before a humorous cliffhanger. You won me back with this issue Gwen, don't screw this relationship up for us now.

7.0
Unbelievable Gwenpool #3

Jun 26, 2016

Still a fun read, but mostly focuses on spring cleaning, getting Gwenpool situated in the Marvel Universe so that she can move forward.

7.5
Unbelievable Gwenpool #4

Jul 28, 2016

Cecil is not Gwen's friend, she's known him for what, a day? So I don't get why she's convinced he's her friend, nor do I really care to have him hanging around, I was glad when he got killed off because it meant I didn't have to suffer through a tech guy chattering in her ear all the time. That being said, I enjoyed Gwenpool's showdown with MODOK. Keep 'em comin'

7.5
Unbelievable Gwenpool #5

Aug 24, 2016

Miles and Gwenpool, this will be a great team-up, especially considering how useless Gwen was on the first day, looks like Miles will be the Kato to her Green Hornet.

8.5
Unbelievable Gwenpool #6

Sep 21, 2016

Oh jeez, I didn't realize Gwenpool would go that far and it's kind of hysterical. The fact that this incorporates an Ultimate Spider-Man subplot via Secret Wars brings it to the next level.

7.0
Unbelievable Gwenpool #7

Oct 21, 2016

Some funny moments, but ultimately just pushing the plot forward.

7.0
Unbelievable Gwenpool #8

Nov 24, 2016

A chance for a little character development, and the Terrible Eye turns out to be hot. We get an interesting reveal at the end, maybe things aren't on the up and up for Gwen after all.

7.5
Unbelievable Gwenpool #9

Jan 14, 2017

Victor has a quaint little origin story, I like how nicely it fits into existing Marvel continuity. FYI, Batroc's legs aren't bound, so he can start kicking ass any time now.

7.5
Unbelievable Gwenpool #10

Feb 5, 2017

Dressing all of the minions in Gwenpool outfits completely flies in the face of the going joke regarding the Gwen's lack of pants, but it's funny, so it's worth it. And anytime you threaten innocent bystanders for the greater good, I'm in. The end has me a little put off though, it's well written, but I want more adventures with this team...

7.5
Unbelievable Gwenpool #11

Dec 10, 2017

While Gwenpool doesn't blow me away, it is good clean fun and I feel like I'm missing out if I don't read it. I love how she convinced the guy to leave her alone on the train.

9.5
Unbelievable Gwenpool #12

Mar 10, 2018

It's Dungeons & Dragons! If you're a tabletop gamer, you'll love this. Gwen's power to guess gamer tropes is both a boon and hindrance.

8.5
Unbelievable Gwenpool #13

Mar 29, 2018

Very fun. A book with both Gwenpool and Deadpool can't help but talk about itself.

5.5
Unbelievable Gwenpool #14

Mar 31, 2018

I didn't care for this issue. The art is below average and there is no real plot. Gwen has become a more interesting character than the new Hawkeye and Ghost Rider, she doesn't need to share the spotlight with them.

4.5
Unbelievable Gwenpool #15

Apr 10, 2018

There wasn't really any point in making this a crossover other than Ghost Rider providing transportation. The narrative does not flow well, and one page is difficult to decipher with this crate shunting from an unintroduced boat to the dock, seemingly instantly instantly sue to poor layouts. The teaser on the final page is the only reason to keep reading.

8.5
Unbelievable Gwenpool #16

Jul 24, 2017

I took a little break from Gweenpool but decided to hop back on board when I flipped through it in my LCBS, saw the artwork, and realized that we're finally getting a sneak peek at Gwenpool's origin. I absolutely love the ending, I don't want to spoil it by giving any other details, you'll know what I'm talking about when you read it.

9.5
Unbelievable Gwenpool #17

Jul 24, 2017

I love it when comics start playing with the medium and Gurihiru does an excellent job of this. Check this issue out even if you aren't reading the series but like reading meta comics. It's a crime that there aren't any 'critic reviews' for this issue.

9.0
Unbelievable Gwenpool #18

Aug 5, 2017

This is quickly becoming the seminal arc for Gwenpool. It's funny and ties in nicely with the first arc.

9.0
Unbelievable Gwenpool #19

Aug 21, 2017

The first page of the story makes it worth buying the comic on paper. I haven't looked at the digital copy yet, but the digital comics do not have ads, and you see the first page ad through when you turn the page. Since digital comics don't have the ads, I'm wondering if that art is the same or not. I can't say that I'm surprised that future Gwen goes dark, she's already pretty unstable, but I still can't wait to see what happens next.

9.5
Unbelievable Gwenpool #20

Nov 5, 2017

Another stellar issue, I think this wraps what will be remembered as the defining arc for Gwenpool. We'll see what the future holds for her character, for better or worse. I do appreciate how the artist captures the difference in the figure drawing of adult and adolescent characters, you can clearly see the difference which is not always the case with comic art, so I appreciate it.

7.5
Unbelievable Gwenpool #21

Nov 5, 2017

Gwen Poole puts her new found powers to work, but it could easily be something that is a one trick pony, so we'll see where Hastings takes it in the next issue.

5.0
Uncanny Avengers (2015) #1

Oct 22, 2015

The characters feel off at times, but the story is alright. It's the art that falls short more than anything, the characters look like they are tooth paste getting squeezed out half the time.

7.0
Uncanny Inhumans #1

Nov 4, 2015

I confess that I've never been a fan of the Inhumans, I find it difficult to relate to the characters and here, for the most part, that hasn't changed. I like the two guys following Black Bolt, not sure why he went back in time to screw up this supposed deal he made, but that story arc is pretty good. Unfortunately, the comic is marred by an additional cast following under Medusa who are introduced using the generic method of taking care of a quick, inconsequential threat and then going back to the base, it's completely dull and forgettable. The backup story also hurts the overall score rather than help, I don't know what that was but it certainly wasn't interesting or necessary to include. Soule seems to be giving it his all to breath life into this franchise and McNiven's art is amazing. I applaud their efforts but it just seems to be a losing battle, their talents would be better concentrated elsewhere.

5.0
Uncanny X-Men (2013) #600

Nov 15, 2015

An extended issue of talking heads and drams. The big rally with Cyclops doesn't really make sense or explain how he summons everyone. It explains how he summons the group in the middle of Beast's intervention, but it's a roundabout way of doing it. To be honest, it's just unearned and seemingly inconsequential. I've enjoyed what Bendis has done in the All-New X-Men series but lost interest in the Uncanny X-Men series about halfway through and never finished it. At the very least we can remember Bendis's contribution to the franchise via the young X-Men he's brought into the fold; but in true Bendis form, the journey is fun but the ending does not satisfy. There is also an Iceman backup that is fun, is it a reprint? It's a little cheesy but, ironically, better than the main story.

9.0
Uncanny X-Men (2013) Annual #1

Jan 10, 2015

This story is a powerful concept and very effectively written. If you didn't give a crap about Eva before, like me, this is the book that flushes her out into a real character for you. The only downside to this issue is that the inking is rather weak, though the art makes up for it with glorious colours and layouts.

4.0
Uncanny X-Men (2016) #1

Feb 6, 2016

One of the most lackluster X-Men books that I've read in a while. The banter is where this book really face-plants, it's just horrible, it reads like typical comic dialog from the 80s or 90s, just unashamed exposition and bad jokes. The thing with Psylocke and Archangel is interesting, perhaps the only interesting thing about the comic, I'd like to know how that happened, is this new or was it covered in another comic that I don't know about? Another problem, this is a team of supposed former villains, yet I'd say that they are STILL villains: the X-Men now LITERALLY have a slave. Also, they free these mutants who invested their life-savings into this underhanded sleep chamber business, but after freeing these mutants, they just left them all to wander the streets. Are they all locals, do they even have anywhere to go? Do they have a dime to their names? Yeah, not heroic. And Greg Land's art isn't helping; he's good on some panels but cringe-worthy on others. I'm not feeling this issue at all, it definitely seems to be the worst X-Men book out right now and that is a shame since it carries the Uncanny crown in the title. I'd suggest skipping this one and either reading another X-Men book or take a break from the X-Men altogether for a bit.

7.0
Undiscovered Country #1

Nov 21, 2019

To be honest, I was expecting something more. The concept sounds cool, but ultimately overindulges in the Mad Max angle and turns utterly ridiculous, trading a potential story core for fancy riding sharks. This is what I notice happens with Scott Snyder's writing when you let him off his leash, I guess I was hoping Charles Soule would exercise restraint on Snyder and ground the story. I'm not encouraged by the glorification of the CIA in the back matter either, considering how many democracies they've sabotaged.

6.0
Undiscovered Country #2

Dec 16, 2019

I was hoping that something would click for me in the second issue, but there is just no connection. There is plenty of cool artwork to feast the eyes on, but I don't care about the characters or even America to be frank, much less a long, drawn out journey for something vague. I might actually be more interested in this comic's world outside of the US.

6.0
Undone By Blood #1

Jan 3, 2022

I guess the idea is that the guy in the 30s is using the heist plan in a fictional western novel for inspiration for his own heist. I'm not really a fan of wading through a story within a story, especially when the main story isn't all that interesting anyways.

7.5
Unearthed: A Jessica Cruz Story (2021) OGN

Sep 27, 2021

This is the latest in DC's series of youth oriented books that intentionally put new spins on DC characters, outside of the current canon. It's unclear if the other reviewers here are innocently unaware of this and simply prefer DC canon over plot (not uncommon) or if they are criticizing a lack of canon as a post hoc justification to give a book about a DACA student a bad review. To that end, this story actually makes more sense set in the fictional Coast City because Portland is a sanctuary city and resistant to ICE. No conflict would mean no story, which is not entertaining. But it looks like setting this in a fictional city still didn't stop the right-wing snowflakes from crying crocodile tears anyways, so at some point you have to just ignore these types of people because they will never stop playing the victim. There are actually legitimate criticisms on the book to provide here, mainly that the figure drawing needs a lot of improvement. The shoulders are often rendered enormous and the heads are often too small. The colors are excellent though. I enjoyed the story and the message for hope. I stand in solidarity with asylum seekers, don't give up.

6.0
Unfollow #1

Dec 11, 2015

Introduces the concept and players but I'm not finding that spark to capture my interest.

4.5
Unity #0

Oct 24, 2014

Meh, wasn't very good. The art was rough and unrefined, the story was bland and uninteresting. I'm someone who is very interested in WWI, but this actually has very little to do with WWI and this takes a little too much creative license with Breaker's inventing skills. It doesn't help much that I don't seem to like the Eternal Warrior either, he just doesn't have much personality and is constantly spewing the same narration over and over throughout his role in Unity.

7.0
Unity #5

Apr 20, 2014

I like how Aric is the most powerful person in the world, but the team won't let him do anything.

8.0
Unity #6

Apr 20, 2014

Unity is holding its ground quite impressively considering I only find one member of he team particularly interesting.

7.0
Unity #7

May 26, 2014

None of the tension that was built up in the previous issues translated to this one, it all seems to go over easily for the characters. I think maybe Matt Kindt had to quickly put a pin the story to make way for Armor Wars. I'm also confused as to how this girl Dell is branded with the virus; she describes herself as "A living carrier of the infection," but I guess that doesn't mean you can catch the biological virus from interacting with her? Because Gilad does this and then reads the activation code, but nothing happens. So she was just talking about a literal branding of the activation code on her back then? Clarity please.

7.0
Unity #8

Jun 25, 2014

Seems like this is part of Armor Hunters 'just because', rather than to add something. It still makes for an enjoyable read and a good excuse to build up the team, starting with Bloodshot. The Eternal Warrior brings experience to the team, but no one listens to him soooo... In that case he doesn't really bring anything to the table! I think that's kind of funny, weather on purpose or not. I wonder if future stories will reflect this.

7.5
Unity #9

Jul 31, 2014

This issue is very well constructed. It ties into the action from the Armor Wars event while also exploring character history and team dynamic. More issues like this will keep this title going strong.

7.5
Unity #10

Aug 16, 2014

The backstory on Gin Gir and the affect it has on Livewire is a nice touch in the middle of this big event. The rest of the issue with Ninjak and Eternal Warrior felt like filler though.

5.5
Unity #11

Sep 21, 2014

Unity is quickly becoming irrelevant. You might as well be reading an All-New Ninjak comic featuring the Eternal Warrior as his new bumbling sidekick. It would be fun if it weren't meant to be taken seriously. Instead, both characters are two-dimensional and boring; they're basically pulling janitorial work for X-O Manowar and trying to look damn good doing it! The result isn't bad, but it's not great. This would be a lot better as a comedy since that's what it sounds like it is when I summarize it.

5.0
Unity #12

Nov 16, 2014

There isn't enough character development or reflection to make this interesting. The dynamic between Gilad and Ninjak is a little better but it's still the same joke. I'm not expecting to jump back into action right away after Armor Hunters... But this is just really boring. Aric better not be an occasional team member like this suggests, he's the only interesting character!

6.0
Unity #13

Jan 4, 2015

This isn't the first issue for this arc but it sure feels like it as a solid 11 pages are given to introducing The United and also reintroducing Unity. Faith straddles the line between naive and annoying, but I do like the dynamic she brings to the group. The art is great and what little story we do get here is good, but there just isn't much of it. Unity #13 turns out to be an odd issue to tailor to new readers, but it is certainly ideal for those people. As for those of us who've been reading this since the first issue, it feels like "here are the villains we touched upon in the previous issue and here are the rest of the pages to fill out the issue." Not worth the four dollar entry fee.

7.0
Unity #14

Feb 9, 2015

Overall, it's okay. The art is cool and the news cast thing is a neat idea. The story is average, Gin-Gr kind of takes away from some of the point of having a fight. Unity is better than a lot of DC and Marvel books, but it certainly does not hold a candle to X-O Manowar or Quantum & Woody. Aric is supposedly still a member but we never see him. I'm assuming it is because he would render the rest of the team useless so I guess that's how it's going to be moving forward. Gin-Gr is filling Aric's gap as the the power house now, and I think she is pretty cool but I'm just not engaged with the other characters enough to continue shelling out 4 bucks every month. The United also turned out to be a bunch of chumps.

8.5
Unnatural #1

Jul 7, 2018

Is it furry porn? Yes... But, at least it is expertly drawn and the plot is surprisingly intriguing: set in a society so socially conservative that it borders on fascism, Leslie must decide what to do as she reaches age 25 and faces a future of crippling regressive over-taxation unless she conforms to the "natural" social standard of a same-species nuclear family. There may be some justification to this monstrously conservative approach that the state is implementing though, as the population seems to be of a major concern because inter-species relationships cannot interbreed. Perhaps this is a false justification or perhaps things are not as black an white as they may appears. I'd like to find out.

7.5
Unnatural: Blue Blood #1

May 30, 2022

Not bad, but it doesn't promise much new, and the stakes are lower when there aren't anthropomorphic fascists in charge of the government anymore. The artwork is good, but it still feels like a bit of Unnatural's identity is missing.

8.5
Unnatural #2

Aug 28, 2018

I could have done without the pinups reminding me what the target audience it, but the plot is good, it takes a couple twists that I wasn't expecting and I'm hooked now.

8.0
Unnatural #3

Sep 22, 2018

The series just took a huge left turn to reveal a different direction than I expected. I'm quite certain that the revelation regarding Trish is a fake-out though.

8.5
Unnatural #4

Oct 16, 2018

Jeez, you can't trust anyone, what the hell is going on!?

8.0
Unnatural #5

Dec 17, 2018

Things just keep getting weirder... Story-wise. The sexually liberated furry stuff is still weird too, but I just accept it and enjoy the plot.

7.5
Unnatural #6

Mar 4, 2022

The more answers we get, the more questions are raised.

7.5
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #1

Jun 30, 2019

Learning all about bunraku. Now I need to figure out what a Nukekubi is.

8.0
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #2

Aug 11, 2019

Living puppets are always creepy, I'd like to see more shadow used in the colouring, but I'm otherwise please with how this series is kicking off.

8.5
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #3

Aug 20, 2019

Stan Sakai weaves a creepy climax while maintaining the family-friendly nature of the title. Excellent conclusion to the first arc.

8.5
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #4

Sep 15, 2019

Sometimes a simpler is better, Usagi Yojimbo demonstrates this over and over.

9.0
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #5

Oct 13, 2019

Heavy and tragic with a killer ending! Excellent work.

8.5
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #6

Nov 18, 2019

Revisits and fleshes out the first Usagi story from 35 years ago.

8.5
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #7

Dec 11, 2019

Stan Sakai demonstrates his aptitude for comedy.

7.5
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #8

Feb 15, 2020

Stan Sakai teaches the reader a little Japanese history in each issue. In this case, we learn about tatami mats.

9.0
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #9

Mar 23, 2020

Nice plot and character development, exciting action and a tragic conclusion. Stan Sakai hasn't lost a step.

7.0
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #10

Aug 9, 2020

It seems that every town has a group of thugs that have a problem with Usagi no matter where he goes, why would he think it would be any different in the Northern Province?

8.0
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #11

Sep 7, 2020

Usagi and Mariko are as adorable as ever, especially their cute child selves in the flashback

9.0
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #12

Sep 7, 2020

As soon as Usagi acts out of character, I as the reader know that he's hiding something, yet the reveal is no less exciting.

9.0
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #13

Oct 20, 2020

Quite the cliffhanger.

7.5
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #14

Nov 21, 2020

Jotaro is the world's most adorable savior.

8.0
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #15

Dec 13, 2020

Wow, I recognize this tengu from an older story but I didn't know Usagi had tengu training.

7.5
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #16

Jan 16, 2021

Interesting, I didn't know about this third type of tengu before now.

7.0
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #17

Apr 1, 2021

Not the best dialogue, even by Usagi standards.

7.5
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #18

May 20, 2021

This one has some tragedy in it.

8.5
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #19

Jun 19, 2021

I hope this crazy snake hermit becomes a recurring villain as the cliffhanger suggests.

7.5
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #20

Jun 20, 2021

It's a good thing that I have Usagi Yojimbo on my pull file now because my retailer told me that this issue is sold out everywhere. I'm assuming the sudden demand is due to the first appearance of Yukichi. There have been many recurring characters in Usagi's saga, from villains to love interests. Yukichi seem like a youthful version of Usagi, perhaps someone he will take under his wing since Yukichi's renown teacher is now deceased. In classic Usagii fashion, the adventure starts with a brawl outside of an inn.

8.0
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #21

Aug 8, 2021

Oh no, the inheritor of Itsuki's sword turns out to be a total sellout. Oh well, just an excuse for Yukichi to become Usagi's new travel companion.

7.5
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #22

Oct 31, 2021

Usagi knows better than to associate with Kitsune, but he's just too polite to keep saying no.

6.5
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #23

Oct 31, 2021

I there was too much expository dialogue here, even for Usagi standards

5.0
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #24

Dec 3, 2021

I get that Aoki feels dishonored by his employer, but wouldn't betraying and murdering his own comrades be even more dishonorable?

7.5
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #25

Jan 23, 2022

My god... THERE'S NO PINEAPPLE IN THIS ISSUE!!!!!

8.5
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #26

Sep 7, 2022

Jei and that kid are so delightfully creepy.

8.5
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #27

Sep 7, 2022

A ghost-driven one-shot is always good.

7.0
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #28

Sep 7, 2022

Again with the ruffians.

7.5
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #29

Sep 7, 2022

Oooo, the ninja bats are back! This ties in with the events of the previous issue that was originally billed as a one-off story, but there is more to these boxes. This issue also marks the return of Chizu.

8.0
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #30

Sep 7, 2022

I enjoyed experiencing the same feelings I imagine Usagi and Yamamoto are as they witness Chizu exploit her underground network of resources.

8.0
Usagi Yojimbo (2019) #31

Oct 2, 2022

Deception wins again.

9.5
Valiant Sized Quantum and Woody #1

Dec 7, 2014

Quantum and Woody are back! Specifically, the James Asmus version that I know and love. The main story and the second back up are both written by Tim Siedell however, and I couldn't tell the difference! He perfectly captured the bromance and stupidity that make Q&W so exceptional. The first backup story, written by James Asmus, is just downright touching, this is the best gift Valiant could have given me for the holidays. Treat yourself to Q&W this Christmas and I guarantee your heart will grow three sizes that day.

8.5
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #1

Aug 14, 2019

A successful first issue, with excellent artwork and highly reputable writers. Get in on the ground floor now because this series is going to be good.

8.5
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #2

Aug 29, 2019

I expected to see better fighting skills showcased on Bullseye, but I love the heart of what the issue captures.

5.0
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #3

Oct 13, 2019

The last few pages were the only thing I liked about this issue, I found most of it rushed and unsatisfying. Some pages of artwork were subpar as well.

7.0
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #4

Dec 7, 2019

Bursting into the lecture was rather painful to witness, but I am excited to see Doctor Strange.

7.5
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #5

Dec 11, 2019

So you can take anyone to Valhalla even if they aren't dead?

7.0
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #6

Jan 5, 2020

The art and dialogue are good but the plot is moving a little fast: Jane intuits that there is a problem with Death after just one weird occurrence with a dead body and a team of medically themed super heroes is assembled without much of an introduction to acquaint new readers with these somewhat obscure characters.

8.5
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #7

Jan 16, 2021

A team of healers saving Death, the concept alone here is brilliant.

6.5
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #8

Jan 16, 2021

Not bad, I'm just not finding anything particularly noteworthy here, that's all.

7.5
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #9

Jan 17, 2021

Things are picking up as more Norse mythology takes over.

6.5
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #10

Mar 12, 2021

A bit rushed, I don't get the sense that this run originally intended to end yet.

5.0
Vampire: The Masquerade #1

Sep 20, 2021

The sister with Alzheimers is the most interesting aspect, though not enough to make Cecily a likable character. The factions are interesting; I needs a little bit more info on them to get invested.

6.0
Vampirella (2017) #0

Feb 5, 2017

I have no idea what is going on, I assume this will make more sense later. The art looks good though, it's well suited to Vampirella. The book with the alternate versions that Vampirella has appeared in was a nice touch. You certainly can't beat this price tag.

7.0
Vandroid #1

Mar 28, 2015

A really fun idea ideal for fans of 80s action flicks, since that's what this was meant to be.

6.0
Vandroid #2

Mar 28, 2015

Very silly, but very fun. I thought it was over when there were 4 more pages, that was kind of weird and threw off the pacing.

6.0
Vanish (2022) #1

Oct 5, 2022

The artwork looks cool, but alternate takes on archetypal superheroes have been done to death and this one isn't promising of a particularly original or interesting take.

8.0
Veil #1

Oct 21, 2014

Great start to this series, can't wait to see where it goes.

7.0
Veil #2

Oct 21, 2014

Progressing slowly, but interesting

7.5
Veil #3

May 11, 2014

Delightfully disturbing. I get the feeling Mr. Rucka doesn't think much of business people.

8.5
Veil #4

Aug 5, 2014

Best issue so far. I love the creepy moments with the rat and the art really elevates the story to the next level. I must admit though, I find it strangely off-putting that Veil loses her femininity after her transformation.

9.0
Veil #5

Oct 24, 2014

Veil sticks the landing. The ending is suspenseful, mysterious and oozes with social commentary. I wasn't sure about this title at first, but Bet Rucka and Fejzula rounded it out nicely.

8.5
Vision (2015) #1

Nov 21, 2015

Starts off like the Coneheads, which is fun in and of itself, and then it takes a big turn and throws the story into another level.

7.0
Vision (2015) #2

Dec 9, 2015

It's a superhero character adapted into a non-superhero story. The result is interesting but maybe not for everyone. The humour from the last issue is not present, so it doesn't offer much of anything out of the fun category. Not a lot happens in this issue either, the strongest part of the issue is the cliffhanger at the end.

8.0
Void Trip #1

Dec 12, 2017

I'm not sure what direction this is going, but it is a fun issue with cool, trippy space visuals.

7.0
Void Trip #2

Mar 10, 2018

The hippie chick is a real dick, but it's funny.

7.5
Voyagis #1

Nov 28, 2022

First of all, the artwork is fantastic, probably the biggest selling point on offer here. The characters seem likable enough, and the world seems pretty similar to another well known galaxy far, far away. Bringing in the Voyager and it's golden disc seems to be the twist. What if a Star Wars-type world made contact with ours? Beast Wars did this already, but I digress. This title has potential, we'll see if it can fully realize it.

8.0
VS #1

Feb 28, 2018

The colours are excellent and the world concept is very interesting. The characters thus far are ringing hollow and difficult to invest in, but that could improve down the line.

6.0
W0rldtr33 #1

May 9, 2023

So... people in real life glitch-out at a brief look at a screenshot of the undernet?

5.5
Wakanda Forever: Amazing Spider-Man #1

May 27, 2019

Gets better as the issue unfolds, including the art and dialogue. The first half is so clunky that it weighs the issue down.

7.0
Wakanda Forever: X-Men #1

May 27, 2019

More on track than the first part, but still a bit clunky.

7.5
Wakanda Forever: Avengers #1

May 27, 2019

Other than some imperfect figure drawing here and there, the art is an upgrade from the previous installments. The story hits it's stride as well, I like how this ties back to the goop from Black Panther: Long Live the King. Nakia is obviously reminiscent of a crack addict, I'm glad she could find a path to redemption.

7.5
War of the Realms #1

May 5, 2019

Time to dive into Dauterman's brilliant artwork. The war has finally reached Midgard after years of foreshadowing. I just hope it amounts to more than just a bunch of splash pages in New York, which the majority of what we get in the first issue.

8.5
War of the Realms #2

May 9, 2019

The Punisher looks too much like the Hulk, but I'm happy with everything else. It's an exciting and tense issue.

7.5
War of the Realms #3

May 19, 2019

Well, it's cool seeing how Daredevil came to wield the sword, Hofund, but now War of the Realms: War Scrolls #1 doesn't fit in with the continuity given where Daredevil acquires the sword and how he gets isolated from New York. Does War Scrolls happen later? Dauterman's art is spectacular as always.

8.5
War of the Realms #4

May 19, 2019

How romantic!

7.0
War of the Realms #5

Jul 10, 2019

Lots of punching. So very much punching. There are a lot of skirmishes that are flushed out in other tie-ins that I have no interest in pursuing. I'm still annoyed by the way the Punisher just stands around shooting throughout this event. His use of tactics are what is supposed to make him interesting in a fight, any asshole can shoot a gun while standing. The World Tree stuff is interesting and the issue's main saving grace.

9.5
War of the Realms #6

Jul 10, 2019

I don't get what force is holding the Ultimate Universe hammer together, but bringing the other Thors in was a kick-ass idea for the series climax, what a way to make full use of Aaron's run, and with excellent artwork as usual. It's a satisfying ending, it's nice to read an event book that is justified in being made into a full blown Marvel event and doesn't feel like a money grab.

7.5
War of the Realms: Omega #1

Aug 11, 2019

It's brief, but I dig the Daredevil segment. However, it's the Jane Foster segment that turn this into necessary reading if you want to continue following her in her new Valkyrie title. The Loki story is pretty cute and worth reading but the Punisher one didn't move me like it was supposed to. I used to love the Punisher but I guess I grew out of him or something.

7.5
War Of The Realms Strikeforce: The Dark Elf Realm #1

May 18, 2019

It's not mandatory reading for War of the Realms but I do recommend it for some worthwhile flushing out of Frank Castle and Lady Freyja's character motivations.

7.0
War Of The Realms Strikeforce: The War Avengers #1

May 19, 2019

It's explained in a couple of the pages here how Malekith got a hold of the Necroblade which he used out of nowhere in one of the main War of the Realms issues. So it almost feels like essential reading because of that alone, but the rest of the book is easily to justify skipping unless you just want to see more combat or Deadpool. I think Hopeless captured Deadpool's voice accurately.

9.5
War Of The Realms Strikeforce: The Land of Giants #1

May 27, 2019

Technically, this doesn't add much to the plot that wasn't already covered in the main WotR book, but the writing is so hilarious and character voices are spot on, particularly Spider-Man's. Even the art is excellent, this might be the best WotR book I've read so far, I'll be on the lookout for other Tom Taylor works in the future.

6.0
War of the Realms: Journey Into Mystery #1

May 8, 2019

Yet another sibling added to the extensive Thor family tree. The McElroy family from the Adventure Zone fairs admirably in their break into Marveldom. I think they need a little more restraint with the jokes, it doesn't work as well if everyone is the goofball character. Any time you need to assemble a team together in one issue it becomes problematic. It works well at first with the team's first half, but the second half is very inorganic.

7.5
War of the Realms: Journey Into Mystery #2

May 19, 2019

The plot is average, but there's some good laughs.

7.5
War of the Realms: Journey Into Mystery #3

Jun 30, 2019

The D&D influences come through pretty strong here.

8.0
War of the Realms: Journey Into Mystery #4

Jun 30, 2019

A henchmen convention is a fun idea.

6.5
War of the Realms: Journey Into Mystery #5

Jul 10, 2019

Pretty cheesy but, overall, it's not bad as a break into the industry for the McElroys. As a tie-in it is completely skippable and unneeded. Check it out for kid-friendly, lighthearted comedy if that's your thing.

7.0
War of the Realms: The Punisher #1

May 17, 2019

Frank acts out of character at times. He'd never arm and collaborate with someone on his hit list, even in a war zone.

6.5
War of the Realms: Uncanny X-Men #1

May 18, 2019

There's a lot of X-Men continuity that I'm clearly out of the loop on, especially with the way the issue opens, I have no idea what's going on there, but I think it's good.

7.5
War of the Realms: War Scrolls #1

May 10, 2019

-- THE GOD WITHOUT FEAR: A smart way to elevate Daredevil to the next level. I'm ready for more -- THE WARRIORS THREE (OR FOUR): The art is hit or miss depending on the panel. It is nice to see Cloak & Dagger -- NICE SHOT FRANK: I don't get it, did Frank shoot an explosive bullet? -- WAUGH OF THE REALMS: Very funny 4-page return of the great Howard the Duck team from a couple years ago.

7.5
War of the Realms: War Scrolls #2

Aug 14, 2019

-- THE GOD WITHOUT FEAR: This is insane and I love it -- AGENCY: Good, but easily forgettable. -- MY DRAG BRUNCH WITH LOKI: I don't really know these characters besides Loki

8.0
War of the Realms: War Scrolls #3

Aug 14, 2019

-- THE GOD WITHOUT FEAR: This is dope, though I admit to being a bit confused as to what magic rules a shattered Bifrost follows -- A ROSE FOR VICTOR: I love this so much; as soon as Doom seems to be a hero he commands his peasants to kneel! Wouldn't want to break character. -- THE FACE OF A WARRIOR: The narrative is okay but goddamn that's some wonky artwork!

6.0
Warlords of Appalachia #1

Oct 20, 2016

It's an interesting concept that is not totally explained, but I assume it will be as the story progresses. I'm unable to identify with the characters though, this basically lives out the strange wet dream that a lot of American Southerners have of being persecuted for some reason. I'm not going to root for a new Confederacy, I'm just not.

8.5
Way of X (2021) #1

Apr 25, 2021

I grew bored with X-Men titles a few years ago, but Si Spurrier has piqued my interest with his mature vocabulary and attempt to inject philosophical ramifications into current mutant lore.

7.5
Way of X (2021) #2

Aug 8, 2021

I'm finding it difficult to pin down what this series is. It's very intriguing but also moves quickly though a number of different ideas. A bit more of a central focus would go a long way.

7.0
We Have Demons #1

Mar 30, 2022

The plot doesn't offer anything particularly original, but it comes with the promise of Greg Capullo demons. Unfortunately, the main character looks like a porcelain doll in almost every panel, her emotions just don't come through at all. This is kind of important seeing as she's the protagonist. As a child she actually looks chipper while her arm is supposedly rotting off from a snake bite, it's weird.

7.0
We Have Demons #2

May 12, 2022

We really don't need so many captions.

5.0
We Have Demons #3

Jun 12, 2022

There is a twist that needs to be over-explained to make any sense, and that's not a sign of elegant writing. There is zero chance that I will ever read the script pages included as back-matter to justify the $4.99 price tag. Capullo's renditions of demons are pretty much the only highlight to this series.

8.0
We Only Find Them When They're Dead #1

Sep 6, 2020

The world and premise are introduced nicely; it's essentially a futurized fishing economy getting choked out by corporatization. It's a pretty quick read though, so there isn't enough time to feel invested in the characters. A double-length first issue might have helped.

8.0
We Stand On Guard #1

Jul 3, 2015

Shamelessly caters to my countrymen, but I'm not complaining. The first issue is fairly straightforward in terms of story, it sure didn't feel like 40 pages. The artwork looks great, the designs look like something out of Star Wars which may not be realistic but they're certainly fun. I'm looking forward to where this goes from here and I trust Vaughan not to turn this into a simple pissing contest for who's more badass in the rebel group, as this issue is a little guilty of doing. I'd be interested to see America's invasion strategy and reasons why. This issue suggests a 9/11 style trigger and water as the underlying cause; but I struggle to believe that America hasn't created large-scale facilities to convert salt water to fresh water one hundred years from now.

7.5
We Stand On Guard #3

Sep 8, 2015

Some might claim this paints Americans as barbaric, but it's not even a far step from what America was doing less than ten years ago. I only wish the plot could advance a bit more in each issue, apparently there are only 3 more.

7.0
We Stand On Guard #5

Nov 13, 2015

Dialog is still funky at times but Vaugham makes up for it with extreme violence.

8.0
What If? (2018): Thor #1

Oct 26, 2018

A very interesting what if. It's it wrong that I think the frost giant is a better father than Odin was?

8.0
What If? (2018): Magik #1

Nov 10, 2018

It's a nice character piece for Illyana.

8.5
What's The Furthest Place From Here? #1

Nov 17, 2021

The creators are extremely talented at creating characters and playing the comic medium to its strengths. There's just enough of the world revealed in this issue that only raise more questions as to what the F- is going on?

8.0
What's The Furthest Place From Here? #2

Dec 16, 2021

I'm still a bit hazy as to the specifics of the setting, but I don't mind because that seems to be on purpose.

9.0
What's The Furthest Place From Here? #3

Jan 23, 2022

I'm getting major Walking Dead vibes with all to the little themed enclaves in this world. This issue is as bizarre, funny, and intriguing as I've come to expect in this series.

7.5
Wild Storm #1

Feb 19, 2017

Interesting setup, the artwork is good. I'm not sure I'm ready to commit to this though.

7.5
Wild's End #1

Sep 18, 2014

This promises to be a good series, but on the other hand, I've already read War Of The Worlds so I'm probably going to save my money for other titles.

7.5
Wildfire #1

Jun 12, 2014

Pretty interesting first issue with decent art. The story as it is presented seems better suited to a short series then an ongoing; I wonder what Hawkins has planned.

3.5
Will Eisner's The Spirit #1

Jul 5, 2015

Right... If I wanted to read a comic in which the Spirit does NOT appear, I would read any other comic on the shelf.

7.5
Witchblade (1995) #173

Apr 20, 2014

Good issue. Gorgeous art. This new direction has been great so far but I still wish Seeley and Bernard's run wasn't cut short.

5.5
Witchblade (1995) #174

Apr 20, 2014

The blatant exposition in dialog during the fight sequence just raised more questions than anything, and kind of killed the momentum to this arc's climax. Have to see where this is going to fill in the timeline gaps.

6.5
Witchblade (1995) #175

Jun 30, 2014

Regarding the main story, I feel like we've done this dance before. It is handled fine, but I don't care for the way the Witchblade on it's own is portrayed here. I'd prefer it to look creepier and more feminine. The backup story with the Japanese Witchblade is okay and the art looks great. The backup narrated by Gleason feels irrelevant and is not particularly entertaining. I would have preferred a story here to branch the time gap between the current Witchblade and Tim Seeley's run. As a jump-on point, this works, but I can't imagine new readers would get psyched to open a subscription.

4.5
Witchblade (1995) #176

Mar 21, 2015

The artwork is creepy but it looks rushed and low on detail, I'm glad this was just a stand in artist. The story was going well.. and then it ended. It set up for a short arc that was never meant to be, so much potentially cool stuff happens off-page. On top of that, I think this may be the first time a villain has agreed to take the easy way out when offered.

7.0
Witchblade (1995) #177

Mar 26, 2015

The art looks good again and the story arc is off to a good start.

6.5
Witchblade (1995) #178

Apr 9, 2015

It's very bizarre the way Rooney's jacket changes colour from magenta to purple and back again, how does that happen? Aside from that the art looks good. The story is alright, fairly short because the issue is essentially one fight. I like it, it could just benefit from a little more substance and character.

5.5
Witchblade (1995) #179

Apr 12, 2015

While I enjoyed this overall, it seemed kind of pointless and lazy the way the issue wraps up the conflict. Also, what idiot isn't concerned about the size of that footprint?

6.0
Witchblade (1995) #180

Aug 9, 2015

It's okay, just okay. Jackie isn't even in the issue, other than his head at the beginning; I have a feeling this is going to be anti-climactic. The sketch artwork almost works, it needs a little more refinement in many panels. The Magdalena back-up is decent, being so short hurts a bit because she seems to be chasing ghosts, i don't know who she's saving or why; but for such a short story it does a mostly a good job.

3.0
Witchblade (1995) #181

Aug 16, 2015

Daaamn, that's a sucky end to Jackie. What's with the sword, where the heck did that come from? Talk about lazy writing, what should be a huge issue ends up being completely half-hearted and unearned.

7.0
Witchblade (1995) #185

Jan 10, 2016

Decent end, not flashy but it's gratifying for Sara to finally get her life back.

8.0
Wonder Twins (2019) #1

Feb 22, 2019

There have been other Mark Russell books to come out since Prez and the Flintstones that take different paths, but this is a welcome return to the quirky comedy that he burst on the scene with.

9.5
Wonder Twins (2019) #2

Apr 13, 2019

Okay, I have a new favorite DC title. Unsurprisingly, it's written by my man Mark Russell. I don't think this is intended to be canon, I wouldn't overthink it, just enjoy the ride. In true Russell fashion, the plot is tragic and hilarious at the same time, calling out the neoslavery rampant in America's for-profit prisons owned by, who else, Lex Luthor. The Wonder Twins try their hands at operating within the system, devastated to realize that they are perpetuating an industry that's slowly bleeding society. The Fruity Pies ad is a nice tough too.

8.5
Wonder Twins (2019) #3

Apr 14, 2019

It's like Batman '66 if they had a pet monkey with PTSD! It doesn't hit the heights of issue #2, but it's a barrel of laughs with some of the best lines so far: "Oh no, a plastic bag! My one weakness!"

9.0
Wonder Twins (2019) #4

May 19, 2019

I appreciate Zan's naive but positive attitude towards the friend zone, having fallen victim to that devious zone during my own high school years. I also enjoy what a douche Red Flag is and I really want Gun Cop to be a real movie now.

8.0
Wonder Twins (2019) #5

Jun 22, 2019

Haha, Red Flag is such a douche: "Jayna won't return any of my texts. And I sent her like fifty of them! So Rude!" Straw Man and Angry Lady Who Was A Judge Like Thirty Years Ago are awesome, can they be in every issue? "Wake up! What would you do if you saw a man you didn't know entering some random building somewhere?"

7.5
Wonder Woman: Dead Earth #1

Jan 7, 2020

I checked this out because of how much I enjoyed Daniel Warren Johnson's Extremity and Murder Falcon. Diana looks a bit young, but the creature designs are cool. Even though this is a post apocalyptic future, the weirdest thing is Batman's body in full uniform dead on his couch. It's not like Batman to die sitting down. But I'm liking this overall, DWJ is good at expressing his characters' inner emotions. If you like this, check out Extremity which is even better.

9.5
Wonder Woman: Dead Earth #2

Apr 1, 2020

Wow, this issue is some next-level stuff, I'm really glad I decided to stick with this series. Diana is so flushed out and three-dimensional. It also makes sense to me that gods would blame all of humanity for something previous generations perpetrated, as much as I hate them for it.

8.0
Wonder Woman: Dead Earth #3

Jul 11, 2020

Wonder Woman's arms start looking wonky in some panels, but the historical reveal here is what makes this issue cool.

9.0
Wonder Woman: Dead Earth #4

Sep 5, 2020

The action gets turned up to eleven for this final issue in an attempt to step up the already insane action, but it's worth it. The story wraps in a sombre place and leaves room to be revisited. I don't know what else to say, unless Three Jokers surpasses this, it will easily be the best thing coming out from pandemic era DC.

6.5
Wonder Woman: Rebirth #1

Jun 12, 2016

This may be more interesting for long time readers who would like to see Diana's origins reconciled. New readers, such as myself, will likely be left wanting something more. I don't really care that Wonder Woman has contradicting origins, but DC is trying to address that sort of thing with Rebirth, so this may not be for me. The biggest shortfall with this issue is simply that not much happens.

7.0
World of Tanks #1

Oct 9, 2016

This feels true to life, these characters could have really existed as far as the reader can tell. Those with a natural interest in WWII will find something to like here, and Ezquerra brings a certain charm to his artwork.

9.5
Wytches #1

Oct 8, 2014

Holy crap, this is good! This is the stuff that makes creators cry because it's just untouchable. I haven't felt this much anticipation to read the next issue since Saga started. The story is intriguing, creeping, mysterious; it gives you just enough information to take hold of you, but leave you begging to know more. If there is anything at all I can criticize, it's that the art gets a little muddled with the gritty colours melding into the gritty inks. This is just the first issue though, there is plenty of time for the art style to find its groove. The art certainly adding to the creepy atmosphere of the story.

8.0
Wytches #2

Nov 15, 2014

This doesn't reach the baffling heights of the first issue, but it's certainly still an exceptional read. There was a mistake with one of the word balloons not being the "over the phone" format that was a little confusing at first, and occasionally the art doesn't flow as clearly as it could. Hopefully the art team will get into their groove by the next issue. I can't wait for next month, it's rare for me to have no clue as to what will happen next.

7.5
Wytches #3

Dec 22, 2014

Okay, so this is going to be a slow burn. The story is a little slow but still awesome, it's the art that is having some issues. The colourist is getting way too overzealous with the watercolour splotches, back it off dude. There is a page showing the art progression in the back that had an initial watercolour pass that looked just fine, then they added a second layer and it gets ridiculous. Mood is one thing, but the art still needs to communicate. It would also be better to vary the degree of the colour blotching based on the mood of that page, rather than this uniform madness throughout.

8.0
Wytches #4

Feb 9, 2015

There's actually a word balloon misplaced and few grammar errors (some but not all in the letters page), the letterer and editor better go over everything one more time than usual before printing future issues. The water colour splotches are getting less offensive but could still use further toning down in the quiet moments. I like the parallel action between the flashback and current storyline with Sailer, even if some of the transitioning gets clunky it adds excellent depth and motivation. The wytches look seriously freaky too, this is the first good look at their face we've gotten. Also, one thing that never disappoints is the cliffhangers in each issue, and this one is no exception to that.

9.0
Wytches #5

Mar 29, 2015

Really good. The flashbacks to Sailor's childhood put the present into deep perspective. The artwork is improving too, the watercolor splotches aren't quite as annoying this time around.

9.5
Wytches #6

May 23, 2015

Amazing ending to this arc, the series could wrap up right here and I'd be happy, but somehow it is going to keep going. I can't imagine what is going to happen next but I can't wait to find out!

9.5
Wytches: Bad Egg Halloween Special #1

Nov 4, 2018

Collects all 12 of the short chapters from Image+ and adds an ending. It's every bit as creepy and thoughtful as the first arc was. You can pick it up and jump right in, the first arc is not required reading, the story is self-contained but with the promise of a little future relevance. Scott Snyder also provided a captivating essay in the back explaining his inspiration and the underlying theme.

4.5
X-Men '92 (2016) #1

May 8, 2016

Like this show, this is purposefully cheesy in certain ways, like the way basic Russian and German words are thrown awkwardly into English dialogue to make a character sound foreign. I think there is a fair bit that is accidentally cheesy too, like the school getting trashed by mutant training antics, that's become so cliche at this point as to be nauseating. Omega Red and his goons show up to grab this guy and, after a brief scuffle, decide to come back later. Why would you plot the comic like this? It feels like it's just a lazy way to work a fight scene into the first issue when the plot hasn't reached the conflict point yet. Another villain is introduced mysteriously later, and that is the most interesting aspect of this comic. Unfortunately, it's not going to be enough to bring me back for another issue. If this is supposed to be a continuation of the tv series, I'd say mission accomplished, warts and all. But those who grew up with the show are old enough to expect a more intelligent entertainment experience, so this concept doesn't really work well for the desired audience.

7.5
X-Men: Blue (2017) #1

May 10, 2017

The banter goes overboard, it got my eyes rolling. I'm actually much more interested in the backup story.

7.5
X-O Manowar (2012) #0

Oct 21, 2014

A story about Aric's personal history and motivations is a welcome way to settle out of the bloated action of Armor Hunters. It's a timely issue to bring in new readers who may be curious after reading Armor Hunters but I wouldn't say that this is a must read, due to the inconsequential, self-contained nature of the story. In fact, regular readers wouldn't even miss this if it were absent from their collection.

8.5
X-O Manowar (2012) #23

Apr 20, 2014

Excellent. I'm fearing for Aric's safety which doesn't happen often while he has that armor on.

9.0
X-O Manowar (2012) #24

Apr 20, 2014

About everything you can ask for is in this issue. Expertly rendered action, character development, humour, impending doom, universe expansion. I'm stoked Armor Hunters.

7.0
X-O Manowar (2012) #25

May 26, 2014

There are some nice goodies, but not much about this Anniversary issue feels essential, and some pieces are just tossed in the mix for the heck of it. It functions okay as a jump-on point, but I'm not sure I'd recommend it for that because all of that text explaining the story's history might scare new readers away.

7.0
X-O Manowar (2012) #26

Jun 29, 2014

Not a bad issue, but I don't have much interest in reading the villain's back story unless there is more to say with it. Perhaps more purpose to this back story will be apparent as it progresses. Like it or not, it looks like it continues. At least we got to see a different variation on the Manowar armor.

7.0
X-O Manowar (2012) #27

Aug 2, 2014

I have very little interest in exploring the Armor Hunter history. It's feels odd to read it in the X-O Manowar issues, if you are not picking up Armor Hunters then you are really wasting your time here. That being said, the story here is still well told and at least offers some interesting insights.

7.5
X-O Manowar (2012) #28

Aug 29, 2014

This is a tragic, well rounded end to this arc... Now can we PLEASE get back to Aric!?

7.5
X-O Manowar (2012) #29

Sep 26, 2014

I hope we see more of Malgam later, this issue made me really like him. One of the most exciting developments: we finally find out what the X-O stands for!

6.0
X-O Manowar (2012) #30

Nov 23, 2014

Lots a political development here, but not in a particularly entertaining manner. In fact, I'd say it's even more stale than in the recent Unity issue. We're also introduced to the soon to be arch nemesis of Aric, who's a rather uninteresting eccentric billionaire. Colonel Capshaw has a nice little meal with Aric and his lady, which was kind of nice, but overall this issue fails to administer a healthy dose of character development that is desperately needed to make up for the lack of excitement. I'm getting nervous that Valiant hit its prime before Armor Hunters and it's all going to be downhill from here...

9.0
X-O Manowar (2012) #31

Jan 6, 2015

Awe Yeah, Aric is back in top form! Or at least the comic is, Aric is not in good shape by the end of this. Nice quaint opening and a surprising climax, this was great.

8.5
X-O Manowar (2012) #32

Feb 14, 2015

Another excellent issue, X-O Manowar has a solid place in my pull file so long as we keep getting issues like this. It's going to be especially interesting in the long term as we watch the armor slowly consume Aric over time, who knows what his fate will be in the end but it can't see it being pleasant.

6.0
X-O Manowar (2012) #33

Feb 14, 2015

X-O is transitioning to a new arc here and this whole issue focuses on historical flashbacks, the significance of which are not yet clear. I'm sure this issue will prove relevant to the upcoming Dead Hand story arc, but on it's own it offers very little story to sink your teeth into.

7.5
X-O Manowar (2012) #34

Mar 28, 2015

Aric seems a little less aggressive than usual and something friggin' devastating happens that is sure to shake him, I wonder this destruction is indeed as bad as it looks.

9.0
X-O Manowar (2012) #35

Jun 28, 2015

Man this is a heartbreaking issue, I actually feel really bad for the Vine. I want retribution, I want to see the Dead Hand burn!

7.0
X-O Manowar (2012) #36

Jun 28, 2015

A less eventful issue but a necessary stepping stone in this story arc. I expect some major ass-kicking in issue #37

7.5
X-O Manowar (2012) #37

Jul 3, 2015

I like it, Dead Hand was a very exciting and emotional story arc. My only issue in this entry was the pacing, the climax ended a little too abruptly, in retrospect it made Dead Hand seem a little less dangerous than we thought. I like the falling action with the other armors and I hope this isn't the last we've heard of them.

7.5
X-O Manowar (2012) #38

Jul 31, 2015

-- THE WEDDING OF X-O MANOWAR: The opening pages of the comic are what really sell the story; Aric seeking the approval of his late wife adds so much more dimension than just focusing on the wedding. There's enough sap and humour to make the wedding interesting too though. -- RAFER ROBERTS STRIP: Good for a quick chuckle. -- THE LADY SAANA: Totally unnecessary, but executed well. It almost touches you where it's supposed to. -- THE TALK: Nice talk dad. -- BOUNCING BACK: Cute -- OVERALL: The back stories weren't necessary, but there are a couple I'm happy that I read. Worth owning in your collection due to the main story.

9.0
X-O Manowar (2012) #39

Aug 22, 2015

Man, this issue is heartbreaking. The Vine just can't catch a break, I feel bad for them despite what their race has done in the past, these are mostly innocent civilians. I'm also pleased how the events from the Battle of Los Angeles have resulted in a pilot suffering with PTSD.

7.5
X-O Manowar (2012) #40

Sep 27, 2015

Aric has grown as a leader and as a humanitarian and he's actually negotiating instead of fighting! But don't worry; the bad guys aren't going to let that stand.

8.5
X-O Manowar (2012) #41

Dec 1, 2015

Awe man, I want these Vine refugees to find a peaceful home so bad, but everything just keeps on going to S***. That's what makes it a great read though.

8.0
X-O Manowar (2012) #42

Dec 4, 2015

Yeah, you did it Aric! Success seemed impossible but X-O delivers. It will be a rocky road moving forward, can't wait to see what this Vine agitator's next move will be.

7.5
X-O Manowar (2012) #43

May 20, 2016

I realize that they are alien sleeper agents, but is it really okay to murder them without a trial? It would be more heroic to capture and imprison these vine agents, but then again, I suppose this is a mission led by US and British military intelligence agencies, so it's actually pretty close to the real world that they'd take this approach, sadly.

7.5
X-O Manowar (2012) #44

May 20, 2016

I think super-friends Aric and Ninjak need their own theme song now! Murdering alien sleeper agents one by one together is the best way to form a brotherly bond. Though I think what I like best about this issue are the interactions between the human and Vine children and the disapproval of the bigoted parents.

8.5
X-O Manowar (2012) #45

May 20, 2016

Lousy Trill! Just when you think you're out of the woods and peace is possible, he has to ruin everything! This is good though, you know it's good writing if it gets a rise like that out of the me.

8.5
X-O Manowar (2012) #46

May 20, 2016

An action packed issue. The conflict escalates but it may not be resolved the way that I expect because we are left with a cliffhanger straight out of left field.

7.0
X-O Manowar (2012) #47

Jul 10, 2016

Feels short for some reason, perhaps because of the pages spent on recap, I didn't need those and, since this series is ending at #50, I don't think it's necessary to cater to new readers at this point.

7.5
X-O Manowar (2012) #48

Aug 20, 2016

Arc has faced many powerful enemies, but I don't know how he's going to conquer this one, especially with Trill nipping at his heels. I smell an unholy alliance.

8.5
X-O Manowar (2012) #49

Apr 2, 2017

Tons of action and an unholy alliance to battle a greater threat. The story rolls on to the epic conclusion.

7.0
X-O Manowar (2012) #50

Apr 2, 2017

Rather anti-climactic actually. Half the comic is a flashback and the conclusion is... lame. The first backup story was actually much more entertaining and with better artwork. The second backup was just a Ninjak story, didn't need that. The preview for the future looks mighty exciting, I'm certainly looking forward to that.

7.0
X-O Manowar (2012) Annual #1

May 23, 2016

-- PROLOGUE // THE ORIGIN OF X-O MANOWAR: A one-page recap, works well for it's purpose, I think it recycles the original interior art. -- CHAPTER ONE // HERITAGE: Gorgeous artwork Pere Perez supports this emotional story. The occasional boyhood story for Aric is welcome, it strengthens the foundation of Aric's character. -- CHAPTER TWO // THE PRISONER: A story surrounding Jamie Capshaw, she doesn't get much character exploration in X-O, so this is welcome. It's a creepy story and well executed. -- CHAPTER THREE // TAKING A MEETING: A little humorous, but humanizes the vine hybrids in a way that hasn't been flushed out yet, but keeps them evil at the same time. -- EPILOGUE // THE TORMENT: A short tease for this The Torment, some big dark bad dudes from Vine scripture. It's not much, just enough to get me curious about X-O #47. -- OVERALL: This is all supplementary material, I'd recommend it for new readers or if you don't want any holes in your collection. If you're watching you checkbook, you're okay to skip this, you're not missing anything essential.

4.0
X-O Manowar (2012): Commander Trill #0

Apr 2, 2016

Cammander Trill's origin really did not need its own issue if this is it; it could have been told in a few pages since it is incredibly simplistic. The only reason I can think to print this is as a backwards way to retell X-O's origin for new readers. If you've been reading X-O from the start, this turns out to be a money grab.

8.0
X-O Manowar (2012): Valiant 25th Anniversary Special #1

Jun 27, 2015

I enjoyed the emotional touch to the armor's origin, nicely done.

9.5
X-O Manowar (2017) #1

Mar 26, 2017

If you are unfamiliar with X-O Manowar, now is the perfect time to jump on board. If you were a fan of the last run, I think you'll be pleased with this new direction. Aric is has become an old space barbarian and is thrown into some crazy cosmic action. He's got some new cooch, whom apparently does kinky things with her tail, though I didn't notice a tail on her in any of the frames. The artwork is also stunning and worth the price of admission on it's own merit. Don't sleep, I have a feeling this will be the pride and joy of Valiant for the next couple years.

9.0
X-O Manowar (2017) #2

May 7, 2017

It feels really short but, damn. The artwork, the action, it's amazing. Don't miss out.

8.0
X-O Manowar (2017) #3

Jun 2, 2017

The history presented in the opening pages is interesting. I didn't find the action as clearly laid out in this issue, but other than it's basically more of the cool stuff that we get in the first two issues.

8.5
X-O Manowar (2017) #4

Jul 27, 2017

I love how Aric has matured from the previous run, it just feel natural. The artwork is fantastic as always, the visual cue provided by the closeup of the moth was interesting. I'm starting to get pretty fed up with the leadership that Aric is serving under, how many times can they try to screw him over? It's going to be sweet when Aric finally takes them down.

8.0
X-O Manowar (2017) #5

Apr 29, 2020

Aric is so ungrateful to his armor after everything it's done for him!

9.0
X-O Manowar (2017) #6

May 17, 2020

Aric just wouldn't be Aric if he thought the consequences of his actions through before acting.

7.5
X-O Manowar (2017) #7

May 17, 2020

It starts to undercut the seriousness of the battle when you keep winning them so easily.

8.0
X-O Manowar (2017) #8

May 17, 2020

The decision to separate Aric from his armor was a good one, to remind us that he is always a warrior, with or without the suit.

8.5
X-O Manowar (2017) #9

May 17, 2020

The artwork is better than ever, and we find out that Aric is not necessarily as good an emperor as he is a warrior.

7.5
X-O Manowar (2017) #10

May 17, 2020

We take a break to get to know the new bounty hunter characters. As characters, they are not particularly interesting, but the world that they come from, with the beautifully rendered giant creatures, it pretty cool.

7.5
X-O Manowar (2017) #11

May 17, 2020

Up until now, this run has used a painterly art style. This issue incorporates ink lines, which I still like, but much of that fantasy, space opera feel is lost.

7.0
X-O Manowar (2017) #12

May 17, 2020

Wait, so the bounty hunters left Aric on-planet? I thought they'd seclude him on a moon or something.

7.5
X-O Manowar (2017) #13

May 17, 2020

This issue reveals some much needed character development to keep things interesting as this plot line loses its spark. The character development is great, but the climax is very lackluster.

6.0
X-O Manowar (2017) #14

May 17, 2020

This art style has vibrant colours but the characters remain static and lifeless. The narrative doesn't reveal anything new or interesting.

6.5
X-O Manowar (2017) #15

May 17, 2020

This issue dives into Aric's history and essentially ignores Harbinger Wars 2, which is absolutely fine by me. I'm not sure what Sabbas has to do with anything though, I guess we'll find out. The highlight of this issue is most definitely when Aric urinates into a Roman aqueduct.

6.0
X-O Manowar (2017) #16

May 23, 2020

Aric is becoming a sideshow. How long was he supposed to be passed out for that the Visgoths have joined up with the Romans?

6.0
X-O Manowar (2017) #17

May 23, 2020

Sooo... The warriors of Thamud had some fighters hidden in the sand far ahead of their own position (and before they even knew they would be there) that waited for the Romans to dig in the sand and wait for their own ambush? That part pulled me out of the story completely. I do appreciate that the pace has slowed down a bit from the massive campaigned squished into each issue though.

7.0
X-O Manowar (2017) #18

May 23, 2020

I've read that the Colosseum could be flooded to reenact naval battles, but I think this is the first time I've seen it depicted in fictional media, so that's cool. Somehow, I doubt there was a giant bathtub drain in the middle...

7.0
X-O Manowar (2017) #19

May 23, 2020

Haven't seen Colonel Capshaw in a while, so it was nice to have an issue that set aside some pages to flush her out. I'm sure it would have had more of an impact if I followed Harbinger Wars 2.

7.5
X-O Manowar (2017) #20

May 23, 2020

This Atom-13 guy is interesting. I wish I had read Divinity now.

7.5
X-O Manowar (2017) #21

May 24, 2020

I'm loving the dudes in the gas masks, can we give them a spinoff? There's also plenty of fun to be had watching Aric mangle some weird druid-hippy cult.

7.5
X-O Manowar (2017) #22

May 24, 2020

"Lead yourself, fool."

6.5
X-O Manowar (2017) #23

May 25, 2020

Aw crap, not the bounty hunters again. I'm really just not into these guys. Also, I wasn't under the impression that things were left as sour between Aric and the bounty hunters as they apparently are now.

7.5
X-O Manowar (2017) #24

May 25, 2020

Oh hey, it's [spoilers]! Things just got interesting again.

8.0
X-O Manowar (2017) #25

May 25, 2020

Lots of well rendered action and a touching moment between Aric and [spoilers] bring this issue full circle to the feeling that the earlier issues in this run evoked.

5.5
X-O Manowar (2017) #26

May 25, 2020

You know how X-O Manowar is essentially a cross between Thor and Superman? Well, in case you forgot, we have this as the last issue in the series to remind us. Overall, this was a decent run; it started out strong but it gradually lost steam with each passing month. If you plan to check out this series, I'd recommend sticking around until Aric is the emperor and leaving off on that high point.

7.5
X-O Manowar (2020) #1

May 25, 2020

The choice to put Aric into urban and more typical social situations give the opportunity for the fish-out-of-water aspect of his personality to shine through, which I like. Unfortunately, this issue does feel like a soft reboot: Aric suddenly wants his armor's input, plus there isn't any acknowledgment about what happened with Schon between now and the previous run.

7.5
X-O Manowar (2020) #2

Jan 3, 2021

Oh crap, Aric's going to work this this Elon Musk clone? My condolences buddy.

7.0
X-O Manowar (2020) #3

Jan 16, 2021

I'm going to take a wild guess here that Elon Musk's doppelgänger is playing the long con with Aric.

6.0
X-O Manowar: Unconquered #1

Mar 29, 2023

Liam Sharp has a wonderful painterly style. The plot is fairly simple and forgettable.

7.5
X-Ray Robot #1

Apr 4, 2021

Interesting, but not my thing right now.

3.0
Year of the Villain: Special #1

Aug 9, 2019

Twenty-five cents. In this case, you get what your pay for. Each chapter tries to establish a ton of information in a diminutive number of pages and the result is this soulless, confusing info dump. The Justice League chapter has the most success as it is easier to follow and includes some heroics to latch onto. The Lex Luthor chapter is the most problematic, largely due to the cringe-worthy dialog and lightning pace. The Leviathan chapter's greatest sin is that it is just boring. For twenty-five cents, I think I just saved myself many dollars by purging any urge to dip my toe into the pool of Year of the Villain books to come out, so in that sense, it was a worthwhile investment.

9.0
Year of the Villain: Sinestro #1

Aug 13, 2019

I couldn't care less about Year of the Villain, but luckily I didn't need to in order to enjoy this mostly self contained story, which is F-ing brilliant! Mark Russell represents the unstoppable juggernaut of capitalism with literal unstoppable juggernauts that are maintained by a vast, microscopic workforce. So how does Sinestro tackle this problem? Why, with Marxism of course!

8.5
Year of the Villain: The Riddler #1

Sep 25, 2019

I love the relationship that Tut and Riddler have in this issue, I'm glad there was a chance for that to be a thing. I doubt the ending will stick, but it's a great issue as its own piece.

8.0
You Are Obsolete #1

Sep 22, 2019

You Are Obsolete doesn't give it all up on the first date, there are some creepy and intriguing details established in the first issue, enough that I want to find out more.

7.5
You Are Obsolete #2

Dec 14, 2019

Lyla is certainly taking this all in stride, she doesn't feel totally authentic.

Reviews for the Week of...

April

March

More